Survey
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
1. Adrian Miroiu, coord. , “Etica aplicată”, Ed. Alternative, Bucureşti, 1995 2. Adrian Miroiu, coord. , “Teorii ale dreptăţii” Ed. Alternative, Bucureşti, 1997 3. Adrian Paul Iliescu, Emanuel - Mihail Socaciu, "Fundamentele gândirii politice moderne. Antologie comentată", Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 1999 4. Albrow, M., King, E. (eds.), Globalization, Knowledge and Society, London, Sage, 1990 5. Albulescu, I., Educaţia şi mass-media. Comunicare şi învăţare în societatea informaţională, Ed. Dacia, Cluj-Napoca, 2003 6. Albulescu, M., Albulescu, I., Cetăţenia democratică, O provocare pentru educaţie, Casa Cărţii de Ştiinţă, 2004 7. Albulescu, M., Albulescu, I., Studiul disciplinelor socio-umane. Aspecte formative: structura şi dezvoltarea competenţelor, Ed. Dacia, Cluj-Napoca, 2002 8. Almond G., Sidney V., Cultura civică, [1963] Atitudini politice şi democraţie în cinci naţiuni, Bucureşti, Editura Du Style, 1996. 9. Arblaster, A., Democraţia, Ed. DU Style, Bucureşti, 1998 10. Arend Lijphart, "Modele ale democraţiei", Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 2000 11. Arendt, H., Origins of Totalitarianism, Harcourt Jovanovich, New-York, 1973 12. Argyris, C., Schon, D., Organizational Learning. A Theory of Action Perspective, Reading, AddisonWesley, 1978 13. Aronowitz, S., Giroux, H. A., Education under Siege. The Conservative, Liberal and Radical Debate over Schooling, South Hadley, Mass, Bergin and Garvey, 1985 14. Audigier, Fr., Concepte de bază şi competenţe esenţiale referitoare la educaţia pentru cetăţenie într-o societate democratică (trad. C. Mitocariu), Consiliul Europei, Strasbourg, 2000 15. Audigier, Fr., L’éducation à la citoyennete, Paris, INRP, 1999 16. Bakhtin, M. M. (1981). Discourse in the novel. In M. Holquist. The dialogic imagination: Four essays. Austin: University of Texas Press. 17. Bakhtin, M. M. (1986). In M. Holquist & C. Emerson (eds). Speech genres and other late essays (1st ed.). Austin: University of Texas Press. 18. Barbalet, J.M., Cetăţenia, Ed. DU Style, Bucureşti, 1998 19. Barometrele de opinie publică, FSD. 20. Bazerman, C & Prior, P. (2004). What writing does and how it does it: an introduction to analyzing texts and textual practices. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers 21. Bell, D., Communitarism and its Critics, Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1995 22. Berevoescu I. şi alţii, Feţele schimbării. Românii şi provocările tranziţiei, Bucureşti, Editura 23. Berger, P. L., Luckmann, Th., Construirea socială a realităţii, Ed. Univers, Bucureşti, 1999 24. Bîrzea, C., Education for Democratic Citizenship. Consultative Meeting, Strasbourg, Council of Europe, 1996 25. Bîrzea, C., L’éducation dans un monde en transition: entre postcommunisme et postmodernisme, în Perspectives, 1996, vol. 26, nr.4, p.721-730 26. Bohnke, P., Nothing Left to Lose? Poverty and Social Exclusion in Comparison, WZB Berlin, 2001. 27. Botkin, J.W., Elmandjra, M., Malitza, M., Orizontul fără limite al învăţării. Lichidarea decalajului uman, Ed. Politică, Bucureşti, 1981 28. Bourdieu, P. & Thompson, J.B. (1991). Language and symbolic power. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA. 29. C. Bîrzea, “Arta şi ştiinţa educaţiei”, E. D. P. , Bucureşti, 1995 1 30. Cartea Albă a Comisiei Europene. Un nou elan pentru tineretul Europei, Bucureşti, ANSIT, 2002. 31. Chelcea, S., Personalitate şi societate în tranziţie: studii de psihologie socială, Ed. Ştiinţă şi Tehnică, Bucureşti, 1994 32. Christie, F. (2002). Classroom discourse analysis : A functional perspective. London ; New York: Continuum 33. Closa, C., Supranational Citizenship and Democracy: Normative and Empirical Dimensions, în: M. Torre (ed.), European Citizenship. An International Challenge, Dordrecht, Kluwer, 1998 34. Cole, G. D. H., Social Theory, London, Methuen, 1920 35. Coleman, J., Foundations of Social Theory, Harvard University Press, 1994. 36. Constituţia României 37. Convenţia ONU cu privire la Drepturile Copilului 38. Cope, B. & Kalantzis, M. (1993). The Powers of literacy : a genre approach to teaching writing. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press 39. Cope, B., Kalantzis, M., & New London Group. (2000). Multiliteracies : Literacy learning and the design of social futures. London ; New York: Routledge. 40. Crick, B., Porter, A., Political Education and Political Literacy, London, Longman, 1978 41. Cristea, S., Constantinescu, C., Sociologia educaţiei, Ed. Hardiscom, Piteşti, 1998 42. Cucoş, “Pedagogie”, Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 1996. 43. Cucoş, C., Educaţia. Dimensiuni culturale şi interculturale, Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 2000 44. Cusack, T., Social Capital, Institutional Structures and Democratic Performance: a Comparative Study of German Local Governments, WZB, Berlin, 1997. 45. Dahl, R. A., Preface to Democratic Theory, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1956 46. Dahrendorf, R., Citizenship and Beyond: The Social Dynamics of an Idea, în Social Research, vol. 41, 1994 47. Dahrendorf, R., The Changing Quality of Citizenship, în: B. van Steenberger (ed.), The Condition of Citizenship, London, Sage, 1994, p. 10-19 48. Dave, R. H. (coord.), Fundamentele educaţiei permanente, Ed. Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti, 1991 49. Declaraţia Universală a Drepturilor Omului 50. Dekker, H., Meyenberg, R. (eds.), Politics and the European Younger Generation. Political Socialization in Eastern, Central and Western Europe, Oldenburg, University of Oldenburg, 1991 51. Dewey, J., Democraţie şi educaţie, Ed. Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti, 1972 52. Dominique Schnapper şi Christian Bachelier, "Ce este cetăţenia?", Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 2001 53. Eckstein, H., Division and Cohesion in Democracy: A Study of Norway, Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1966 54. Engle, S. H., Ochoa, A. S., Education for democratic citizenship: Decision making in the social studies, New York, Teachers College Press, 1988 55. Evaluarea curentă şi examenele, Ghid pentru profesori, (coord. - A. Stoica), SNEE, Ed. Prognosis, Bucureşti, 2001 56. Fairclough, N. (1992). Discourse and social change. Cambridge, UK ; Cambridge, MA:Polity Press. 57. Fairclough, N. (1995). Critical discourse analysis : The critical study of language. London ; New York: Longman. 58. Fairclough, N. (2001). Language and power (2nd ed.). Harlow, Eng. ; New York: Longman. 2 59. Falk, R., The Making of Global Citizenship, în B. van Steerberger (ed.), The Condition of Citizenship, London, Sage, 1994 60. Faure, E., A învăţa să fii, Ed. Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti, 1974 61. Fernando Savater, "Politica pentru fiul meu", Ed. Humanitas, Bucureşti, 1999 62. Ferréol, G. (coord.), Identitatea, cetăţenia şi legăturile sociale, Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 2000 63. Foucault, M. (1977). Truth and power. In Colin Gordon (Eds). Power/ Knowledge. NY: Pantheon Books 64. Foucault, M., Power and Knowledge, New York, Pantheon Books, 1980 65. Freeden, M., Drepturile, Ed. DU Style, Bucureşti, 1998 66. Freire, P., Pedagogy of the Oppressed, New York, Continuum, 1970 67. Gabriel Almond, Sidney Verba, "Cultura civică", Ed. Du Style, Bucureşti, 1996 68. Gagné, R.M., Condiţiile învăţării, Ed. Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti, 1975 69. Gee, J. P. (1996). Social linguistics and literacies : Ideology in discourses (2nd ed.). London ; Bristol, PA: Taylor & Francis. 70. Gee, J. P. (2005). An introduction to discourse analysis : Theory and method (2nd ed.). London ; New York: Routledge. 71. Gellner, E., Condiţiile libertăţii. Societatea civilă şi rivalii ei, Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 1998 72. George Voicu, "Pluripartitismul", Ed. All, Bucureşti, 1998 73. Georgescu, D., Educaţia pentru cetăţenie democratică, în Curriculum naţional. Planuri cadru de învăţământ pentru învăţământul preuniversitar, Ministerul Educaţiei Naţionale, Bucureşti, 1999 74. Ghid de evaluare pentru ştiinţe socio-umane, SNEE, Ed. Prognosis, Bucureşti, 2000 75. Ghid metodologic de aplicare a programelor şcolare pentru Educaţie civică şi Cultură civică, lucrare apărută sub coordonarea CNC, Ed. SC Aramis Print, Bucureşti,2002 76. Ghidul examinatorului, SNEE, Ed. Aramis, Bucureşti, 2001 77. Giddens, A., Sociologie, Ed. ALL, Bucureşti, 2000 78. Goffman, E. (1969). The presentation of self in everyday life. London: Allen Lane. 79. Goffman, E. (1981). Forms of talk. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press 80. Gumperz, J. J. (1982). Discourse strategies. Cambridge Cambridgeshire ; New York: Cambridge University Press. 81. Habermas, J., Citizenship and National Identity: Some Reflections on the Future of Europe, în R. Beiner (ed.), Theorizing Citizenship, Albany, State University of New York Press, 1995 82. Hannerz, U., Transnational Connections. Culture, people, places, London-New-York, 1996 83. Hart, H. L. A., Varieties of responsibility, în J. Glover (ed.), Responsibility, New York, Humanities Press, 1967 84. Hermet, G., Culture et democratie, Éd. A. Michel, Paris, 1993 85. Hill, L., What does it take to change minds? Intellectual development of preservice teachers, în Journal of Teacher Education, 51, 2000, 50-62. 86. Hollingshead, A. D., Guidance in democratic living, New York, D. Appleton-Century, 1941 87. Husen, T., The Learning Society, London, Methuen, 1974 88. Inglehart R., Modernization and Postmodernization: Cultural, Economic and Political Change in 43 Societies, Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1997. 89. Inglehart R., Weltzel C., Analyzing Democratic Change and Stability: A Human Development Theory of Democracy, WZB Berlin, 1999. 90. Inglehart, R., Modernization and Postmodernization. Cultural, Economic and Political Change in 43 Societies, Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1997 3 91. Ioan Muraru şi colaboratorii, "Constituţiile române", Ed. Regia Autonomă Monitorul Oficial, Bucureşti, 1995 92. Ioan Muraru, Simina Tănăsescu, "Drept constituţional şi instituţii politice", Ed. Lumina Lex, Bucureşti, 2001 93. Ioan Neacşu, “Metode şi tehnici de învăţare eficientă”, Ed. Militară, Bucureşti, 1990 94. Ion Albulescu, Mirela Albulescu, “Didactica disciplinelor socio-umane”, Ed. Napoca Star, ClujNapoca, 1999 95. Ion Albulescu, Mirela Albulescu, “Studiul disciplinelor socio-umane”, Ed. Dacia, Cluj-Napoca, 2002 96. Ionescu, M., Chiş, V., Strategii de predare şi învăţare, Ed. Ştiinţifică, Bucureşti, 1992 97. Ionescu, M., Instrucţie şi educaţie, Cluj-Napoca, 2003 98. Isaac, J.C., Democraţia în vremuri întunecate, Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 2000 99. J. J. Rousseau, “Discurs asupra inegalităţii dintre oameni”, Ed. Ştiinţifică,Bucureşti, 1958 100. J. St. Mill, “Despre libertate”, Ed. Humanitas, Bucureşti, 2001 101. Jakub Karpinski, "ABC- ul democraţiei", Ed. Humanitas, Bucureşti, 1993 102. Jewitt, C., & Kress, G. R. (2003). Multimodal literacy. New York: P. Lang. 103. Karl Popper, “Societatea deschisă şi duşmanii ei”, Ed. Humanitas, Bucureşti, 1990 104. Karpinski, J., A.B.C.-ul democraţiei, Ed. Humanitas, Bucureşti, 1992 105. Kreisberg, S., Transforming Power. Domination, Empowerment and Education, Albany, State University of New York Press, 1992 106. Kress, G. R., & Van Leeuwen, T. (2001). Multimodal discourse : The modes and media of contemporary communication. London; New York: Arnold; Oxford University Press. 107. Kymlicka, W., Multicultural Citizenship. A Liberal Theory of Minority Right, Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1995 108. Kymlicka, W., Norman, W., Return to the Citizen: A Survey of Recent work on Citizenship Theory, în R. Besner (ed.), Teorizing Citizenship, State University of New York Press, 1995 109. Le Boterf, G., De la competence, Les Éd. d’Organisation, Paris, 1994 110. Lengrand, P., Introducere în educaţia permanentă, Ed. Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti, 1973 111. Lerner, D., The Passing of Traditional Society, Free Press, New-York, 1958 112. Lijphart, A., Democraţia în societăţile plurale, Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 2002 113. Linton, R., Fundamentul cultural al personalităţii, Ed. Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti, 1968 114. M. Ionescu, I. Radu, “Didactica moderna”, Ed. Dacia, Cluj-Napoca, 1995 115. MacIntyre, A., Tratat de morală. După virtute, Ed. Humanitas, Bucureşti, 1998 116. Marshall, T.H., Citizenship and Social Class, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1950 117. Mărginean, I., Bălaşa A., Calitatea vieţii în România, Bucureşti, Editura Expert, 2002. 118. Mărginean, I., Suportul social pentru democraţie, „Revista Sociologie Românească”, 1999, 119. McCarthy, S., Youth Cultures, Lifestyles and Citizenship. General Report, Strasbourg, Council of Europe Publishing, 2000 120. McLennan, Pluralismul, Ed. DU Style, Bucureşti, 1998 121. Meyer, G., De ce şi cum evaluăm, Ed. Polirom, Iaşi 122. Mill, J. St., Essays on Politics and Culture, Toronto, University of Toronto Press, 1965 123. Miroiu, M., Blebea Nicolae, G., Introducere în etica profesională, Ed. TREI, Bucureşti, 2001 4 124. Miron Ionescu, Vasile Chiş, “Strategii de predare şi învăţare”, Ed. Ştiinţifică, Bucureşti, 1992 125. Narayan, D., Bonds and Bridges: Social Capital and Poverty, PREM, World Bank, 1999. 126. Narly, “Problematica idealului pedagogic”, în “Modelul uman şi idealul educativ”, Antologie de texte, E. D. P. , Bucureşti, 1995 127. Neacşu, I., Instruire şi învăţare, Ed. Ştiinţifică, Bucureşti, 1990 128. Neculau, A., Cozma, T., Psihopedagogie, Ed. Spiru Haret, Iaşi, 1994 129. Nemira, 1999. 130. New Jersey: Princeton University Press, 1993. 131. Nicola, “Pedagogie”, E. D. P. , Bucureşti, 1993 132. Nicola, I., Pedagogie şcolară, Ed. Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti, 1980 133. Norton, B. (2000). Identity and language learning : gender, ethnicity and educational change. Longman, Harlow, England ; New York 134. nr. 2. 135. Paul Heyne, Modul economic de gândire, EDP, Bucureşti, 1991 136. Păun, E., Sociopedagogie şcolară, Ed. Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti, 1982 137. Pierre Manent, "Originile politicii moderne", Ed. Nemira, Bucureşti, 2000 138. Pieterse, J.N., Globalization as Hybridisation, în International Sociology, vol.9, nr.2, 1994, pp.161-184 139. Platon, “Republica”, in Opere, vol. V, Ed. Ştiinţifică şi Enciclopedică, Bucureşti, 1986 140. Programe şcolare pentru clasa a X-a, Ministerul Educaţiei Naţionale-Consiliul naţional pentru curriculum, Bucureşti, 2000 141. Putnam, R. D., Bowling Alone: America’s Declining Social Capital, in „Journal of Democracy”, 1995, no. 6 (1). 142. Putnam, Robert D., Making Democracy Work. Civic Traditions in Modern Italy, Princeton, 143. Rassekh, S., Văideanu, G., Les contenus de l’éducation. Perspectives mondiales d’ici à l’an 2000, UNESCO, Paris, 1987 144. Raymond Aron, "Democraţie şi totalitarism", Ed. All, Bucureşti, 2001 145. Referendumul naţional privind revizuirea Constituţiei României, Regia Autonomă "Monitorul Oficial", Bucureşti, 2003 146. Robert Dahl, "Poliarhiile", Ed. Du Style, Bucureşti, 1998 147. Rogers, Rebecca. (2004). An introduction to critical discourse analysis in education. Mahwah, N.J., L. Erlbaum Associates 148. Rosenau, J. (ed.), Governance without Government: Order and Change in World Politics, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1992 149. Rotariu, T., Iluţ, P. (coord.), Sociologie, Ed. Mesager, Cluj-Napoca, 1996 150. Rowe, D., The Citizen and the Law. Teaching about the Rights and Duties of Citizenship, în E. Baglin Jones, N. Jones (eds.), Education for Citizenship. Ideas and Perspectives for Cross-Curricular Study, London, Kogan Page, 1992, pp.51-53 151. Sandu D., Spaţiul social al tranziţiei, Iaşi, Editura Polirom, 1999. 152. Schiller, H. I., Mass Communications and American Empire, New-York, Augustus M. Kelley, 1969 153. Schmidtz, D., Goodin, R. E., Social welfare and individual responsibility, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1998 5 154. Schwartz, B., Educaţia mâine, Ed. Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti, 1976 155. Senge, P. M., The fifth discipline - The art & practice of the learning organization, New York, Currency Doubleday, 1990 156. Sorin Cristea, “Dicţionar de termeni pedagogici”, E. D. P. , Bucureşti, 1998. 157. Stan, C., Teoria educaţiei. Actualitate şi perspective, Ed. Presa Universitară Clujeană, ClujNapoca, 2001 158. Stanciu, M., Reforma conţinuturilor învăţământului, Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 1999 159. Stoian, S., Educaţie şi societate, Ed. Politică, Bucureşti, 1971 160. Stolle D., Weltzel C., Social Capital, Communitarianism and Human Development, working paper, WZB Berlin, 2001. 161. Street, B. (1995). Social literacies : critical approaches to literacy in development, ethnography, and education. Longman, London ; New York 162. Szczepanski, J., Noţiuni elementare de sociologie, Ed. Ştiinţifică, Bucureşti, 1972 163. Taylor, Ch., Multiculturalism. Examining the Politics of Recognition, Princeton N.J., Princeton University Press, 1994 164. Taylor, M., Community Anarchy and Liberty, NY, Cambridge University Press, 1982. 165. Thompson, J. B., Media şi modernitatea, Ed. Antet, Bucureşti, 2000 166. Todoran, D., Individualitate şi educaţie, Ed. Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti, 1974 167. Tomlinson, J., Cultural Imperialism, Printer, London, 1991 168. Touraine, A., Faux et vrais problèmes, în Une société fragmentée ? Le multiculturalisme en débat, Éd. La Decouverte, Paris, 1996 169. Vandamme, F., La Cohesion sociale: le role de l’Europe face a un nouvel enjeu international, în Revue du Marche commun et de l’Union europeenne, nr.423, 1998, p.657-661 170. Vattimo, G., Societatea transparentă, Ed. Pontica, Constanţa, 1995 171. Văideanu, G., Educaţia la frontiera dintre milenii, Ed. Politică, Bucureşti, 1988 172. Vlăsceanu, L., (coord.), Şcoala la răscruce. Schimbare şi continuitate în curriculumul învăţământului obligatoriu, vol. I, Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 2002 173. Voicu B, România pseudo-modernă, „Revista Sociologie Românească”, 2001, nr. 1–4. 174. Voicu B., Voicu M., (în publicare) Volunteering in Romania: a rara avis,2002. 175. Weedon, C. (1996). Feminist practice and poststructuralist theory (2nd ed.). Cambridge, Mass.: Blackwell Pub. 176. Wexler, P., Citizenship in the Semiotic Society, în B. Turner (ed.), Theories of Modernity and Postmodernity, London, Sage, 1990 177. Wodak, R., & Meyer, M. (2001). Methods of critical discourse analysis. London ; Thousand Oaks Calif.: Sage 178. Yankelovich, D., The magic of dialogue: Transforming conflict into cooperation, New York, Simon & Schuster, 1999 179. Zamfir C., Vlăsceanu L., Dicţionar de sociologie, Bucureşti, Editura Babel, 1993. 6 Aaker, J. L., & Williams, P. (1998). Empathy versus pride: The influence of emotional appeals across cultures. Journal of Consumer Research, 25, 241–261. Adams, G. (2005). The cultural grounding of personal relationship: Enemyship in North American and West African worlds. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 88, 948–968. Adams, G., & Markus, H. R. (2001). Culture as patterns: An alternative approach to the problem of reification. Culture and Psychology, 7, 283–296. Adams, G., & Markus, H. R. (2004). Toward a conception of culture suitable for a social psychology of culture. In M. Schaller & C. S. Crandall (Eds.), The psychological foundations of culture (pp. 335– 360). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Allport, G. W. (1948). Foreword. In G. W. Lewin (Ed.), Resolving social conflicts: Selected papers on group dynamics (pp. vii–xiv). New York: Harper & Row. Asch, S. (1952). Social psychology. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall. Atran, S., Medin, D. L., & Ross, N. O. (2005). The cultural mind: Environmental decision making and cultural modeling within and across populations. Psychological Review, 112, 774–776. Baldwin, J. M. (1911). The individual and society. Boston: Boston Press. Baumeister, R. F. (1987). How the self became a problem: A psychological review of historical research. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 163–176. Bellah, R. N., Madsen, R., Sullivan, W. M., Swidler, A., & Tipton, S. M. (1985). Habits of the heart: Individualism and commitment in American life. New York: Harper & Row. Berger, P. L., & Luckmann, T. (1966). The social construction of reality: A treatise in the sociology of knowledge. Garden City, NY: Doubleday. Berry, J. W. (1976). Human ecology and cognitive style: Comparative studies in cultural and psychological adaptation. New York: Wiley. Berry, J. W. (1979). Research in multicultural societies: Implications of cross-cultural methods. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 10, 415–434. Berry, J.W. (2000). Cross-cultural psychology: A symbiosis of cultural and comparative approaches. Asian Journal of Social Psychology [Special issue], 3, 197– 205. Berry, J. W. (2003). Origin of cross-cultural similarities and differences in human behavior: An ecocultural perspective. In A. Toomela (Ed.), Cultural guidance in the development of the human mind (pp. 97–109). Westport, CT: Ablex. Berry, J. W. (2004). An ecocultural perspective on the development of competence. In R. J. Sternberg & E. L. Grigorenko (Eds.), Culture and competence: Contexts of life success (pp. 3–22). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Berry, J. W., Irvine, S. H., & Hunt, E. B. (Eds.). (1988). Indigenous cognition: Functioning in cultural context. Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Nijhoff. Berry, J.W., Poortinga, Y. H., Segall, M. H.,&Dasen, P. R. (2002). Cross-cultural psychology: Research and applications (2nd ed.). New York: Cambridge University Press. Berry, J. W., van de Koppel, J. M. H., Sénéchal, C., Annis, R. C., Bahuchet, S., Cavalli-Sforza, L. L., et al. (1986). On the edge of the forest: Cultural adaptation and cognitive development in Central Africa. Lisse, The Netherlands: Swets & Zeitlinger. Bond, M. H. (2005). A cultural-psychological model for explaining differences in social behavior: Positioning the belief construct. In R. M. Sorrentino, D. Cohen, J. M. Olson, & M. P. Zanna (Eds.), Cultural and social behavior: The Ontario symposium (Vol. 10, pp. 31–48). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Bourdieu, P. (1990). The logic of practice. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Bourdieu, P. (1991). Language and symbolic power. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 7 Briley, D. A., Morris, M. W., & Simonson, I. (2000). Reasons as carriers of culture: Dynamic versus dispositional models of cultural influence on decision making. Journal of Consumer Research, 27, 157–178. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). Contexts of child rearing: Problems and prospects. American Psychologist, 34, 844–850. Bruner, J. S. (1990). Acts of meaning. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Carrithers, M. (1992). Why humans have culture: Explaining anthropology and social diversity. New York: Oxford University Press. Chen, C., Lee, S.-Y., & Stevenson, H. W. (1995). Response style and cross-cultural comparisons of rating scales among East Asian and North American students. Psychological Science, 6, 170–175. Chiu, C., Morris, M. W., Hong, Y., & Menon, T. (2000). Motivated cultural cognition: The impact of implicit cultural theories on dispositional attribution varies as a function of need for closure. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 247–259. Choi, I., Dalal, R., Kim-Prieto, C., & Park, H. (2003). Culture and judgment of causal relevance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 46–59. Choi, I., & Nisbett, R. E. (2000). Cultural psychology of surprise: Holistic theories and recognition of contradiction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 890–905. Cohen, A. B., Malka, A., Rozin, P., & Cherfas, L. (2006). Religion and unforgivable offenses. Journal of Personality, 74, 85–117. Cohen, D., & Nisbett, R. E. (1994). Self-protection and the culture of honor: Explaining Southern violence. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin [Special issue], 20, 551–567. Cohen, D., & Nisbett, R. E. (1997). Field experiments examining the culture of honor: The role of institutions in perpetuating norms about violence. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 1188–1199. Cohen, D., Nisbett, R. E., Bowdle, B. F., & Schwarz, N. (1996). Insult, aggression, and the southern culture of honor: An “experimental ethnography.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 945–960. Cole, M. (1985). The zone of proximal development: Where culture and cognition create each other. In J. V. Wertsch (Ed.), Culture, communication, and cognition: Vygotskian perspectives (pp. 146–161). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Cole, M. (1990). Cultural psychology: A once and future discipline? In R. A. Dienstbier & J. Berman (Eds.), Nebraska Symposium on Motivation: Vol. 37. Current theory and research in motivation (pp. 279– 335). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Cole, M. (1992). Culture in development. In M. H. Bornstein & M. E. Lamb (Eds.), Developmental psychology: An advanced textbook (3rd ed., pp. 731–789). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Cole, M. (1995). Culture and cognitive development: From cross-cultural research to creating systems of cultural mediation. Culture and Psychology, 1, 25– 54. Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology: A once and future discipline. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Cole, M., Gay, J., Glick, J. A., & Sharp, D. W. (1971). The cultural context of learning and thinking. New York: Basic Books. Cross, S. E., & Madson, L. (1997). Models of the self: Self-construals and gender. Psychological Bulletin, 122, 5–37. Cross, S. E., & Markus, H. R. (1999). The cultural constitution of personality. In L. Pervin & O. John 8 (Eds.), Handbook of personality: Theory and research (2nd ed., pp. 378–396). New York: Guilford Press. D’Andrade, R. G. (1990). Some propositions about the relations between culture and human cognition. In J. W. Stigler, R. A. Shweder, & G. Herdt (Eds.), Cultural psychology (pp. 65–129). New York: Cambridge University Press. D’Andrade, R. G., & Strauss, C. (Eds.). (1992). Human motives and cultural models. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Dasen, P. R., & Wassmann, J. (1998). Balinese spatial orientation: Some empirical evidence of moderate linguistic relativity. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 4, 689–711. Davies, P. G., Spencer, S. J., & Steele, C. M. (2005). Clearing the air: Identity safety moderates the effects of stereotype threat on women’s leadership aspirations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 88, 276–287. Dennett, D. C. (1995). Do animals have beliefs? In H. L. Roitblat & J.-A. Meyer (Eds.), Comparative approaches to cognitive science. Complex adaptive systems (pp. 111–118). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Devos, T., & Banaji, M. R. (2005). American = White? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 88, 447–466. Eberhardt, J. L., Goff, P. A., Purdie, V. J., & Davies, P. G. (2004). Seeing black: Race, crime, and visual processing. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 87, 876–893. Ellemers, N., Spears, R., & Doosje, B. (2002). Self and social identity. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 161–186. Farr, R. M. (1991). Individualism as a collective representation. In A. Aebischer, J. P. Deconchy, & M. Lipiansky (Eds.), Ideologies et representations sociales (pp. 129–143). Cousset (Fribourg), Switzerland: Delval. Festinger, L. (1957). A theory of cognitive dissonance. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Fiske, A. P. (1991). Structures of social life: The four elementary forms of human relations. New York: Free Press. Fiske, A. P. (1992). The four elementary forms of sociality: Framework for a unified theory of social relations. Psychological Review, 99, 689–723. Fiske, A. P., Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Nisbett, R. E. (1998). The cultural matrix of social psychology. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (4th ed., pp. 915– 981). San Francisco: McGraw-Hill. Fryberg, S., & Markus, H. R. (in press). Models of education in American Indian, Asian American, and European American contexts. Social Psychology of Education. Gardner, W. L., Gabriel, S., & Lee, A. Y. (1999). “I” value freedom, but “we” value relationships: Selfconstrual priming mirrors cultural differences in judgment. Psychological Science, 10, 321–326. Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretations of cultures. New York: Basic Books. Geertz, C. (1975). On the nature of anthropological understanding. American Scientist, 63, 47–52. Georgas, J., van de Vijver, F. J. R.,&Berry, J.W. (2004). The ecocultural framework, ecosocial indices, and psychological variables in cross-cultural research. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 35, 74– 96. Gergen, K., & Davis, K. (1985). The social construction of the person. New York: Springer-Verlag. Goodman, N. (1984). Notes on the well-made world. Partisan Review, 51, 276–288. 9 Graumann, C. F. (1986). The individualization of the social and desocialization of the individual: Floyd H. Allport’s contribution to social psychology. In C. F. Graumann & S. Moscovici (Eds.), Changing conceptions of crowd mind and behavior (pp. 97–116). New York: Springer-Verlag. Greenfield, P. M. (1997). You can’t take it with you: Why ability assessments don’t cross cultures. American Psychologist, 52, 1115–1124. Greenfield, P. M., & Childs, C. P. (1977a). Understanding sibling concepts: A developmental study of kin terms in Zinacantan. In P. Dasen (Ed.), Piagetian psychology: Cross-cultural contributions (pp. 335–358). New York: Gardner Press. Greenfield, P. M., & Childs, C. P. (1977b). Weaving, color terms and pattern representation: Cultural influences and cognitive development among the Zinacantecos of Southern Mexico. Inter-American Journal of Psychology, 11, 23–48. Greenfield, P. M., & Cocking, R. R. (1994). Crosscultural roots of minority child development. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Guisinger, S., & Blatt, S. J. (1994). Individuality and relatedness: Evolution of a fundamental dialect. American Psychologist, 49, 104–111. Hallowell, A. I. (1955). Culture and experience. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1997). Culture, dissonance, and self-affirmation. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 389–400. Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for positive self-regard? Psychological Review, 106, 766–794. Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Peng, K., & Greenholtz, J. (2002). What’s wrong with cross-cultural comparisons of subjective Likert scales?: The reference-group effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 903–918. Hermans, H. J. M.,&Kempen, H. J. G. (1998). Moving cultures: The perilous problems of cultural dichotomies in a globalizing society. American Psychologist [Special issue], 53, 1111–1120. Hofstede, G. (1980). Culture’s consequences. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage. Hofstede, G. (1990). A reply and comment on Joginder P. Singh: “Managerial culture and work-related values in India.” Organization Studies, 11, 103–106. Holland, D.,&Quinn, N. (Eds.). (1987). Cultural models in language and thought. New York: Cambridge University Press. Hong, Y., Benet-Martinez, V., Chiu, C., & Morris, M. W. (2003). Boundaries of cultural influence: Construct activation as a mechanism for cultural differences in social perception. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 34, 453–464. Hong, Y., & Chiu, C. (2001). Toward a paradigm shift: From cross-cultural differences in social cognition to social-cognitive mediation of cultural differences. Social Cognition, 19, 181–196. Hong, Y., Ip, G., Chiu, C., Morris, M. W., & Menon, T. (2001). Construction of the self: Collective duties and individual rights in Chinese and American cultures. Social Cognition, 19, 251–268. Hong, Y., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Benet-Martinez, V. (2000). Multicultural minds: A dynamic constructivist approach to culture and cognition. American Psychologist, 55, 709–720. Iyengar, S. S., & DeVoe, S. E. (2003). Rethinking the value of choice: Considering cultural mediators of intrinsic motivation. In V. Murphy-Berman & J. J. Berman (Eds.), Cross-cultural differences in perspectives on the self: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation (Vol. 49, pp. 146–191). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Ji, L.-J., Nisbett, R. E., & Su, Y. (2001). Culture, change, and prediction. Psychological Science, 12, 450–456. 10 Jost, J. T., & Major, B. (Eds.). (2001). The psychology of legitimacy: Emerging perspectives on ideology, justice, and intergroup relations. New York: Cambridge University Press. Kahneman, D., & Tversky, A. (1973). On the psychology of prediction. Psychological Review, 80, 237– 251. Kashima, Y. (2000). Conceptions of culture and person for psychology. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 31, 14–32. Katz, M. B. (1987). Reconstructing American education. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Keller, H., Bettina, L., Monika, A., Relindis, Y., Borke, J., Jensen, H., et al. (2006). Cultural models, socialization goals, and parenting ethnotheories: A multicultural analysis. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 37, 155–172. Keller, H., & Greenfield, P. M. (2000). History and future of development in cross-cultural psychology. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 31, 52–62. Kim, H., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Deviance or uniqueness, harmony or conformity?: A cultural analysis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 785–800. Kim, H. S. (2002). We talk, therefore we think?: A cultural analysis of the effect of talking on thinking. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 828–842. Kim, U., & Berry, J. W. (1993). Indigenous psychologies: Research and experience in cultural context. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Kitayama, S. (2002). Culture and basic psychological processes—toward a system view of culture: Comment on Oyserman et al. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 189–196. Kitayama, S., Duffy, S., Kawamura, T., & Larsen, J. T. (2003). Perceiving an object and its context in different cultures: A cultural look at New Look. Psychological Science, 14, 201–206. Kitayama, S., Ishii, K., & Imada, T. (2006). Voluntary settlement and the spirit of independence: Evidence from Japan’s “Northern Frontier.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 91, 369– 384. Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., Matsumoto, H., & Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective processes in the construction of the self: Selfenhancement in the United States and self-criticism in Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 1245–1267. Kitayama, S., Snibbe, A. C., Markus, H. R., & Suzuki, T. (2004). Is there any “free” choice?: Self and dissonance in two cultures. Psychological Science, 15, 527–533. Kitayama, S., & Uchida, Y. (2005). Interdependent agency: An alternative system for action. In R. M. Sorrentino, D. Cohen, J. M. Olson, & M. P. Zanna (Eds.), Cultural and social behavior: The Ontario Symposium (Vol. 10., pp. 137–164). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Knowles, E. D., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Hong, Y. (2001). Culture and process of person perception: Evidence for automaticity among East Asians in correcting for situational influences on behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 27, 1344–1356. Kroeber, A. L., & Kluckhohn, C. (1952). Culture: A critical review of concepts and definitions. New York: Vintage Books. Kühnen, U., Hannover, B., & Schubert, B. (2001). The semantic–procedural interface model of the self: The role of self-knowledge for context-dependent versus context-independent modes of thinking. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 397–409. Kühnen, U., & Oyserman, D. (2002). Thinking about the self influences thinking in general: Cognitive consequences of salient self-concept. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 492–499. 11 Lee, A., Aaker, J. L., & Gardner, W. (2000). The pleasures and pains of distinct self-construals: The role of interdependence in regulatory focus. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 1122– 1134. Leung, K. (1987). Some determinants of reactions to procedural models for conflict resolution: A crossnational study. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 898–908. Lewin, K. (1948). Resolving social conflicts: Selected papers on group dynamics. New York: Harper & Row. Li, J. (2003). U.S. and Chinese cultural beliefs about learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 95, 258–267. Lonner,W. J.,&Hayes, S. A. (2004). Understanding the cognitive and social aspects of intercultural competence. In R. J. Sternberg & E. L. Grigorenko (Eds.), Culture and competence: Contexts of life success (pp. 89–110). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Luria, A. R. (1981). Language and cognition (J. V. Wertsch, Trans.). New York: Wiley. Markus, H. R., Curhan, K., & Ryff, C. D. (2006). Educational attainment and models of well-being in America: A sociocultural analysis. Unpublished manuscript, Stanford University. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1994). A collective fear of the collective: Implications for selves and theories of selves. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 568–579. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (2003). Culture, self, and the reality of the social. Psychological Inquiry, 14, 277–283. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (2004). Models of agency: Sociocultural diversity in the construction of action. In V. Murphy-Berman & J. Berman (Eds.), Cross-cultural differences in perspectives on self: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation (Vol. 49, pp. 1– 57). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Markus, H. R., Kitayama, S., & Heiman, R. (1996). Culture and “basic” psychological principles. In E. T. Higgins & A. W. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook of basic principles (pp. 857– 913). New York: Guilford Press. Markus, H. R., Mullally, P. R., & Kitayama, S. (1997). Selfways: Diversity in modes of cultural participation. In U. Neisser & D. A. Jopling (Eds.), The conceptual self in context: Culture, experience, selfunderstanding (pp. 13–61). New York: Cambridge University Press. Markus, H. R., Uchida, Y., Omoregie, H., Townsend, S. S. M., & Kitayama, S. (2005). Going for the gold: Models of agency in Japanese and American contexts. Psychological Science, 17, 103–112. Masuda, T., & Nisbett, R. E. (2001). Attending holistically versus analytically: Comparing the context sensitivity of Japanese and Americans. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 922–934. Matsumoto, D. (Ed.). (2001). The handbook of culture and psychology. Oxford:, UK Oxford University Press. Matsumoto, D., & Yoo, S. H. (2005). Culture and applied nonverbal communication. In R. E. Riggio & R. S. Feldman (Eds.), Applications of nonverbal communication (pp. 255–277). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Matsumoto, D., & Yoo, S. H. (2006). Toward a new generation of cross-cultural research. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 1, 234–250. Maynard, A. E., & Greenfield, P. M. (2003). Implicit cognitive development in cultural tools and children: Lessons from Maya Mexico. Cognitive Development, 18, 489–510. Mead, G. H. (1934). Mind, self, and society. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Medin, D. L., & Atran, S. (2004). The native mind: Biological categorization and reasoning in development and across cultures. Psychological Review, 111, 960–983. 12 Mesquita, B. (2003). Emotions as dynamic cultural phenomena. In R. J. Davidson, H. Goldsmith, & P. Rozin (Eds.), Handbook of the affective sciences (pp. 871–890). Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Miller, J. D., Bersoff, D. M., & Harwood, R. L. (1990). Perceptions of social responsibilities in India and in the United States: Moral imperatives or personal decisions? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 33–46. Miller, J. G. (1984). Culture and the development of everyday social explanation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 961–978. Miller, J. G. (1994). Cultural diversity in the morality of caring: Individually oriented versus duty-based interpersonal moral codes. Cross-Cultural Research, 28, 3–39. Miller, J. G. (1997). Cultural conceptions of duty: Implications for motivation and morality. In J. Schumaker, D. Munro, & S. Carr (Eds.), Motivation and culture (pp. 178–193). New York: Routledge. Miller, J. G. (1999). Cultural psychology: Implications for basic psychological theory. Psychological Science, 10, 85–91. Miller, J. G. (2000). Vertragen sich gemeinschaft mit autonomie? Kulturelle ideale und empirische wirklichkeiten. In W. Edelstein & G. Nunner- Winkler (Eds.), Moral im Kontext (pp. 337–362). Frankfurt am Main, Germany: Suhrkam. Miller, J. G. (2002). Bringing culture to basic psychological theory—Beyond individualism and collectivism: Comment on Oyserman et al. (2002). Psychological Bulletin, 128, 97–109. Miller, P. J., & Goodnow, J. J. (1995). Cultural practices: Toward an integration of culture and development. In J. J. Goodnow, P. J. Miller, & F. Kessel (Eds.), Cultural practices as contexts for development (Vol. 67, pp. 5–16). San Francisco: Jossey- Bass. Mishra, R. C., Dasen, P. R., & Niraula, S. (2003). Ecology, language, and performance on spatial cognitive tasks. International Journal of Psychological Science, 38, 366–383. Miyamoto, Y., Nisbett, R. E., & Masuda, T. (2006). Culture and the physical environment: Holistic versus analytic perceptual affordances. Psychological Science, 17, 113–119. Moiser, C. E., & Rogoff, B. (2003). Privileged treatment of toddlers: Cultural aspects of individual choice and responsibility. Developmental Psychology, 39, 1047–1060. Moscovici, S. (1981). On social representations. In J. Forgas (Ed.), Social cognition: Perspectives on everyday understanding (pp. 181–210). London: Academic Press. Moscovici, S. (1988). Notes towards a description of social representations. European Journal of Social Psychology, 18, 211–250. Moscovici, S. (1991). Experiment and experience: An intermediate step from Sherif to Asch. Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 21, 253–268. Moscovici, S. (1998). The history and actuality of social representations. In U. Flick (Ed.), The psychology of the social (pp. 209–247). Cambridge, MA: Cambridge University Press. Nisbett, R. E. (2003). The geography of thought: How Asians and Westerners think differently . . . and why. New York: Free Press. Nisbett, R. E., & Cohen, D. (1996). Culture of honor: The psychology of violence in the South. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Nisbett, R. E., Peng, K., Choi, I., & Norenzayan, A. (2001). Culture and systems of thought: Holistic versus analytic cognition. Psychological Review, 108, 13 291–310. Norenzayan, A., & Heine, S. J. (2005). Psychological universals: What are they and how can we know? Psychological Bulletin, 131, 763–784. Norenzayan, A., Smith, E. E., Kim, B. J., & Nisbett, R. E. (2002). Cultural preferences for formal versus intuitive reasoning. Cognitive Science, 26, 653–684. Omi, M., & Winant, H. (1994). Racial formation in the United States: From the 1960s to the 1990s. New York: Routledge. Oyserman, D., Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M. (2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism: Evaluation of theoretical assumptions and metaanalyses. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 3–72. Peng, K., & Nisbett, R. E. (1999). Culture, dialectics, and reasoning about contradiction. American Psychologist, 54, 741–754. Peng, K., Nisbett, R. E., & Wong, N. Y. C. (1997). Validity problems comparing values across cultures and possible solutions. Psychological Methods, 2, 329– 344. Plaut, V. C., & Markus, H. R. (2005). The “inside” story: A cultural-historical analysis of being smart and motivated, American style. In A. J. Elliot & C. S. Dweck (Eds.), Handbook of competence and motivation (pp. 457–488). New York: Guilford Press. Plaut, V. C., Markus, H. R., & Lachman, M. E. (2002). Place matters: Consensual features and regional variation in American well-being and self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 160–184. Pyszczynski, T., Greenberg, J., Solomon, S., Arndt, J., & Schimel, J. (2004). Why do people need self-esteem?: A theoretical and empirical review. Psychological Bulletin, 130, 435–468. Quinn, D. M., & Crocker, J. (1999). When ideology hurts: Effects of belief in the Protestant ethic and feeling overweight on the psychological well-being of women. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 402–414. Resnick, L. B. (1994). Situated rationalism: Biological and social preparation for learning. In L. A. Hirschfeld & S. A. Gelman (Eds.), Mapping the mind: Domain specificity in cognition and culture. (pp. 474–493). New York: Cambridge University 14 Press. Richeson, J. A., & Trawler, S. (2005). On the categorization of admired and disliked exemplars of admired and disliked racial groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 89, 517–530. Richter, L., & Kruglanski, A. (2004). Motivated closed mindedness and the emergence of culture. In M. Schaller & C. S. Crandall (Eds.), The psychological foundations of culture (pp. 101–121). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Rogoff, B. (1991). The joint socialization of development by young children and adults. In M. Lewis & S. Feinman (Eds.), Social influience and socialization in infancy (pp. 253–280). New York: Plenum Press. Rogoff, B. (1995). Observing sociocultural activity on three planes: Participatory appropriation, guided participation, apprenticeship. In J. V. Wertsch, P. D. Rio, & A. Alvarez (Eds.), Sociocultural studies of mind (pp. 139–164). New York: Cambridge University Press. Rothbaum, F., Weisz, J. R., & Snyder, S. S. (1982). Changing the world and changing the self: A twoprocess model of perceived control. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 5–37. Rozin, P. (1996). Towards a psychology of food and eating: From motivation to module to model to marker, morality, meaning, and metaphor. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 5, 18–24. Rozin, P. (2001). Social psychology and science: Some lessons from Solomon Asch. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 5, 2–14. Sampson, E. E. (1985). The decentralization of identity: Toward a revised concept of personal and social order. American Psychologist, 40, 1203–1211. Sampson, E. E. (1988). The debate on individualism: Indigenous psychologies of the individual and their role in personal and societal functioning. American Psychologist, 43, 15–22. Sanchez-Burks, J. (2002). Protestant relational ideology and (in)attention to relational cues in work settings. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 919–929. Sanchez-Burks, J., & Mor Barak, M. (2004). Interpersonal relationships in a global work context. In M. Mor Barak (Ed.), Managing diversity in the age of 15 globalization: Toward a worldwide inclusive workplace (pp. 114–168). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Sapir, E. (1924). Culture: Genuine and spurious. American Journal of Sociology, 24, 401–429. Sapir, E. (1956). Culture, language and personality (Vol. 207). Berkeley: University of California Press. Savani, K., Markus, H. R., & Snibbe, A. (2006). Do people always choose what they like: The relationship between preferences and choices in Indian and American contexts. Unpublished manuscript, Stanford University. Schaller, M., & Crandall, C. S. (Eds.). (2004). The psychological foundations of culture. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Schwartz, S. H. (1990). Individualism–collectivism: Critique and proposed refinements. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 21, 139–157. Sears, D. (1986). College sophomores in the laboratory: Influences of a narrow data base on social psychology’s view of human nature. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 515–530. Shore, B. (1996). Culture in mind: Cognition, culture and the problem of meaning. New York: Oxford University Press. Shweder, R. A. (1982). Beyond self-constructed knowledge: The study of culture and morality. Merrill– Palmer Quarterly, 28, 41–69. Shweder, R. A. (1995). Cultural psychology: What is it? In N. R. Goldberger & J. B. Veroff (Eds.), the culture and psychology reader (pp. 41–86). New York: New York University Press. Shweder, R. A. (2003). Why do men barbecue?: Recipes for cultural psychology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Shweder, R. A., Balle-Jensen, L., & Goldstein, W. (1995). Who sleeps by whom revisited: A method for extracting the moral goods implicit in praxis. In P. J. Miller, J. J. Goodnow, & F. Kessell (Eds.), A practices approach to child development: New directions to child development (pp. 21–39). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Shweder, R. A., & Bourne, L. (1984). Does the concept of the person vary cross-culturally? In R. A. Shweder & R. A. LeVine (Eds.), Culture theory: Essays on mind, self, and emotion (pp. 158–199). New York: 16 Cambridge University Press. Shweder, R. A., Goodnow, J., Hatano, G., LeVine, R. A., Markus, H. R., & Miller, P. (1998). The cultural psychology of development: One mind, many mentalities. In W. Damon & R. M. Lerner (Eds.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 1. Theoretical models of human development (5th ed., pp. 865–937). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley. 1. Sociocultural Psychology 37 Shweder, R. A., & LeVine, R. A. (1984). Culture theory: Essays on mind, self, and emotion. New York: Cambridge University Press. Shweder, R. A., Much, N. C., Mahapatra, M., & Park, L. (1997). The “big three” of morality (autonomy, community, divinity), and the “big three” explanations of suffering. In A. Brandt & P. Rozin (Eds.), Morality and health (pp. 119–169). Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Shweder, R. A., & Sullivan, M. A. (1990). The semiotic subject of cultural psychology. In L. A. Pervin (Ed.), Handbook of personality: Theory and research (pp. 399–418). New York: Guilford Press. Shweder, R. A., & Sullivan, M. A. (1993). Cultural psychology: Who needs it? Annual Review of Psychology, 44, 497–523. Smith, P. B., & Bond, M. H. (1993). Social psychology across cultures: Analysis and perspectives. New York: Harvester Wheatsheaf. Snibbe, A. C., & Markus, H. R. (2005). You can’t always get what you want: Educational attainment, agency, and choice. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 88, 703–720. Solomon, J. L. (2004). Modes of thought and meaning making: The aftermath of trauma. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 44, 299–319. Sperber, D. (1985). Anthropology and psychology: Towards an epidemiology of representations. Man, 20, 73–89. Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture: A naturalistic approach. Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Stapel, D. A., & Koomen, W. (2001). I, we, and the effects of others on me: How self-construal level moderates social comparison effects. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 766–781. Steele, C. M., & Aronson, J. (1995). Stereotype threat 17 and the intellectual test performance of African Americans. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 797–811. Steele, C. M., Spencer, S. J., & Aronson, J. (2002). Contending with group image: The psychology of stereotype and social identity threat. In M. P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 34, pp. 379–440). San Diego: Academic Press. Steele, D. M., Steele, C. M., Markus, H. R., Green, F., Lewis, A. E., & Davis, P. G. (2006). How identity safety improves students achievements. Unpublished manuscript, Stanford University. Stephens, N. M., Markus, H. R., & Townsend, S. S. M. (2006). Models of agency and divergent meanings of choice in working class and middle class contexts. Manuscript submitted for publication. Strauss, C. (1992). Models and motives. In R. D’Andrade & C. Strauss (Eds.), Human motives and cultural models. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Tajfel, H., & Turner, J. (1979). An integrative theory of intergroup conflict. In W. G. Austin & S. Worchel (Eds.), The social psychology of intergroup relations (pp. 33–47). Monterey, CA: Brooks/Cole. Taylor, S. E. (1997). The social being in social psychology. In D. Gilbert, S. Fiske, & G. Lindsey (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (pp. 58–95). New York: McGraw-Hill. Taylor, S. E., Sherman, D. K., Kim, H. S., Jarcho, J., Takagi, K., & Dunagan, M. S. (2004). Culture and social support: Who seeks it and why? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 87, 354–362. Tomascello, M. (1999). The cultural origins of human cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Trafimow, D., Triandis, H. C., & Goto, S. G. (1991). Some tests of the distinction between the private self and the collective self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 649–655. Triandis, H. C. (1989). The self and social behavior in differing cultural contexts. Psychological Review, 93, 506–520. Triandis, H. C. (1990). Cross-cultural studies of individualism and collectivism. In J. Berman (Ed.), Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 1989: Vol. 3. 18 Cross-cultural perspective (pp. 41–133). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Triandis, H. C. (1996). The psychological measurement of cultural syndromes. American Psychologist, 51, 407–415. Tsai, A. Y.,&Markus, H. R. (2006). Equality or propriety: A cultural models approach to understanding social hierarchy. Unpublished manuscript, Stanford University, Stanford, CA. Tsai, J., Knutson, B., & Fung H. H. (2006). Cultural variation in affect valuation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 90, 288–307. Tsai, J. L., Chentsova-Dutton, Y., Freire-Bebeau, L., & Przymus, D. E. (2002). Emotional expression and physiology in European Americans and Hmong Americans. Emotion, 2, 380–397. Tsai, J. L., Louie, J., Chen, E. E., & Uchida, Y. (2006). Learning what feelings to desire: Socialization of ideal affect through children’s storybooks. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 32, 1–14. Tsai, J. L., Miao, F., & Seppala, E. (in press). Good feelings in Christianity and Buddhism: Religious differences in ideal affect. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin. Uchida, Y., Norasakkunkit, V., & Kitayama, S. (2004). Cultural constructions of happiness: Theory and empirical evidence. Journal of Happiness Studies, 5, 223–239. van Baaren, R. B., Maddux, W. W., Chartrand, T. L., de Bouter, C., & van Knippenberg, A. (2003). It takes two to mimic: Behavioral consequences of selfconstruals. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 1093–1102. Vandello, J. A., & Cohen, D. (1999). Patterns of individualism and collectivism across the United States. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 279–292. 38 I. THE DISCIPLINE AND ITS HISTORY Veroff, J. B., & Goldberger, N. R. (1995). What’s in a name?: The case for “intercultural.” In N. R. Goldberger & J. B. Veroff (Eds.), The culture and psychology reader (pp. 3–24). New York: New York University Press. 19 Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes, Ed. M. Cole, V. John-Steiner, S. Scribner, & E. Souberman. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Wertsch, J. V. (1991). Voices of the mind: A sociocultural approach to mediated action. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Wertsch, J. V.,&Sammarco, J. G. (1985). Social precursors to individual cognitive functioning: The problem of units of analyses. In R. A. Hinde, A. N. PerretClermont, & J. Stevenson-Hinde (Eds.), Social relationships and cognitive development (pp. 276–293). Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Whiting, B. B., & Whiting, J. W. (1975). Children of six cultures: A psycho-cultural analysis (Vol. 237). Oxford, UK: Harvard University Press. Whorf, B. L. (1956). Language, thought, and reality: Selected writings. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Wierzbicka, A. (1994). Emotion, language, and “cultural scripts.” In S. Kitayama&H. R. Markus (Eds.), Emotion and culture: Empirical studies of mutual influence (pp. 133–196). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Wundt, W. (1916). Elements of folk psychology: Outlines of a psychological history of the development of mankind. London: Allen & Unwin. Zajonc, R. B. (1968). Attitudinal effects of mere exposure. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 9, 1–27. Zàrate, M. A., Uleman, J. S., & Voils, C. I. (2001). Effects of culture and processing goals on the activation and binding of trait concepts. Social Cognition, 19, 295–323. Allport, G. W. (1954). The nature of prejudice. Cambridge, MA: Addison-Wesley. Benedict, R. (1934). Patterns of culture. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Berman, J. (1996). “The culture as it appears to the Indian himself”: Boas, George Hunt, and the methods of ethnography. In G. W. Stocking (Ed.), Volksgeist as method and ethic: Essays on Boasian ethnography and the German anthropological tradition (pp. 215– 256). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press. Boas, F. (1889). On alternating sounds. American Anthropologist, 2, 47–53. Boas, F. (1911). The mind of primitive man. New York: Macmillan. Boas, F. (1912). Instability of human types. In G. Spiller (Ed.), Papers on interracial problems communicated to the First Universal Races Congress Held at the University of London, July 26–29, 1911 (pp. 99j103). Boston: Ginn & Co. Reprinted 1974 in G. Stocking (Ed.), A Franz Boas reader: The shaping of American anthropology, 1883–1911 (pp. 214–218). New York: Basic Books. Boas, F. (Ed.). (1938). General anthropology. Boston: D.C. Heath & Co. Briggs, J.(1970). Never in anger: Portrait of an Eskimo family. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. D’Andrade, R. G. (1995). The development of cognitive anthropology. New York: ambridge University Press. Darnell, R. (1990). Edward Sapir: Linguist, anthropologist,humanist. Berkeley: University of California Press. Darnell, R. (2001). Invisible genealogies: A history of Americanist anthropology. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Devereux, G. (1961). Mohave ethnopsychiatry and suicide. Washington, DC: Bureau of American Ethnology. DeVos, G. A. (1973). Socialization for achievement: The cultural psychology of the Japanese. Berkeley: University of California Press. 20 Doi, T. (1962). “Amae”: A key concept for understanding Japanese personality structure. In R. J. Smith & R. K. Beardsley (Eds.), Japanese culture: Its development and characteristics (pp. 253–287). New York: WennerGren Foundation for Anthropological Research. Doi, T. (1973). The anatomy of dependence. New York: Kodansha International. Doi, T. (1986). The anatomy of self: The individual versus society. Tokyo: Kodansha. Dollard, J., Doob, L., Miller, N. L., Mowrer, O. H., & Sears, R. R. (1938). Frustration and aggression. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Dollard, J., & Miller, N. L. (1949). Personality and psychotherapy. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Durkheim, É. (1951). Suicide. Glencoe, IL: Free Press.(Original work published 1895) Durkheim, É. (1982). The rules of sociological method (S. Lukes, Ed., & W. D. Halls, Trans.). New York: Free Press. (Original work published 1895) Freud, S. (1958). The interpretation of dreams. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. IV, pp. 1–338; Vol. V, pp. 339–625). London: Hogarth Press. (Original work published 1900) Freud, S. (1958). Totem and taboo. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. XIII, pp. 1–162). London: Hogarth Press. (Original work published 1913) Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures. New York: Basic Books. Geertz, C. (2000). Available light: Anthroplogical reflections on philosophical topics. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Geertz, H. (1959). The vocabulary of emotion: A study of Javanese socialization processes. Psychiatry, 22, 225–237. Gorer, G., & Rickman, J. (1949). The people of Great Russia. London: Crescent Press. Hallowell, A. I. (1955). Culture and experience. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Howells, W. W. (1959). Boas as statistician. In W. Goldschmidt (Ed.), The anthropology of Franz Boas: Essays on the centennial of his birth (Memoir No. 89).Washington, DC: American Anthropological Association. Inkeles, A. (1959). Personality and social structure. In R. K. Merton, L. Broom, & L. Cottrell (Eds.), Sociology today (pp. 249–276). New York: Basic Books. Kardiner, A. (1939). The individual and his society. New York: Columbia University Press. Kardiner, A. (1945). The psychological frontiers of society. New York: Columbia University Press. Kluckhohn, C. K. M. (1938). Participation in ceremonials in a Navaho community. American Anthropologist, 40, 359–369. Kluckhohn, C. K. M. (1939). Theoretical bases for an empirical method of studying the acquisition of culture by individuals. Man, 39, 98–103. Kluckhohn, C. K. M. (1953). Universal categories of culture. In A. L. Kroeber (Ed.), Anthropology today (pp. 507–523). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Kluckhohn, C. K. M. (1962). Culture and behavior: The collected essays of Clyde Kluckhohn. New York: Free Press. Kluckhohn, Clyde K. M., & Kelly, W. H. (1945). The concept of culture. In R. Linton (Ed.), The science of man in the world crisis (pp. 78–105). New York: Columbia University Press. Kluckhohn, C. K. M.,&Mowrer, O. H. (1944). Culture and personality: A conceptual scheme. American Anthropologist, 46, 1–29. Kluckhohn, C. K. M., & Murray, H. A. (Eds.). (1948). Personality in nature, culture and society. New York: Knopf. Kohut, H. (1971). The analysis of the self. New York: International Universities Press. Kohut, H. (1977). The restoration of the self. New York: International Universities Press. Kroeber, A. L. (1917). The superorganic. American Anthropologist, 19, 163–213. Kroeber, A. L., & Kluckhohn, C. K. M. (1952). Culture:A critical review of concepts and definitions (Papers of the Peabody Museum, Vol. 47, No. 1). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University. Lebra, T. S. (1976). Japanese patterns of behavior. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press. Lebra, T. S. (1994). Mother and child in Japanese socialization: A Japan–U.S. comparison. In P. M. Greenfield & R. R. Cocking (Eds.), Cross-cultural roots of minority child development (pp. 259–274). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. 21 Lee, D. D. (1950). Notes on the conception of the self among the Wintu Indians. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 45, 538–543. LeVine, R. A. (1966). (1966). Toward a psychology of populations: The cross-cultural study of personality. Human Development, 9, 30–46. LeVine, R. A. (1970). Cross-cultural study in child psychology. In P. H. Mussen (Ed.), Carmichael’s manual of child psychology (Vol. II, pp. 559–612). New York: Wiley. LeVine, R. A. (1973). Culture, behavior and personality: An introduction to the comparative study of psychosocial adaptation. Chicago: Aldine. LeVine, R. A. (1982). Culture, behavior and personality (2nd ed.). New York: Aldine. LeVine, R. A. (2001). Culture and personality studies, 1918–1960: Myth and history. Journal of Personality, 69(6), 803–818. LeVine, R. A. (2005). Coded communications: Symbolic psychological anthropology. In R. A. Shweder & B. Good (Eds.), Clifford Geertz by his colleagues (pp. 24–27). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. LeVine, R. A., & Campbell, D. T. (1972). Ethnocentrism: Theories of conflict, ethnic attitudes, and group behavior. New York: Wiley. LeVine, R. A., Dixon, S., LeVine, S., Richman, A., Leiderman, P. H., Keefer, C. H., et al. (1994). Child care and culture: Lessons from Africa. New York: Cambridge University Press. Levy, R. I. (1973). Tahitians: Mind and experience in the Society Islands. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Lindzey, G. (1961). Projective techniques and crosscultural research. New York: Appleton-Century- Crofts. Lutz, C. A. (1988). Unnatural emotions: Everyday sentiments on a Micronesian atoll and their challenge to Western theory. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Mandelbaum, D. (Ed.). (1949). Selected writings of Edward Sapir in language, culture and personality. Berkeley: University of California Press. Markus, H., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and self: Implications for cognition, emotion and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253. Mauss, M. (1938). Une categorie de l’esprit humain: La notion de personne celle de “moi.” Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 48, 263–281. Miller, N. L., & Dollard, J. (1941). Social learning and imitation. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Murdock, G. P., Ford, C. S., Hudson, A. E., Kennedy, R., Simmons, L. W., & Whiting, J. W. M. (1950). Outline of cultural materials (3rd ed.). New Haven, CT: Human Relations Area Files, Inc. Obeyesekere, G. (1981). Medusa’s hair: An assay on personal symbols and religious experience. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Obeyesekere, G. (1990). Culturally constituted defenses and the theory of collective motivation. In D. K. Jordan & M. J. Swartz (Eds.), Personality and the cultural construction of society: Papers in honor of Melford E. Spiro. Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press. 2. Anthropological Foundations 57 Perry, H. S. (1982). Psychiatrist of America: The life of Harry Stack Sullivan. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Pike, K. (1954). Language in relation to a unified theory of human behavior. The Hague: Mouton. Sapir, E. (1917). Do we need a “superorganic”? American Anthropologist, 19, 441–447. Sapir, E. (1921). Language: An introduction to the study of speech. New York: Harcourt Brace. Sapir, E. (1993). The psychology of culture (J. Irvine, Ed.). New York: Mouton. Shwalb, D. W., & Shwalb, B. J. (Eds.). (1996). Japanese childrearing: Two generations of scholarship. New 22 York: Guilford Press. Shweder, R. A., & D’Andrade, R. G. (1980). The systematic distortion hypothesis. In R. Shweder (Ed.), Fallible judgment in behavioral research (New Directions for Methodology of Social and Behavioral Research No. 4, pp. 37–58). San Francisco: JosseyBass. Sperber, D. (1985). Anthropology and psychology: Toward an epidemiology of representations. Man, 20, 73–87. Spiro, M. E. (1961). An overview and a suggested reorientation. In F. L. K. Hsu (Ed.), Psychological anthropology (pp. 459–492). Homewood, IL: Dorsey Press. Spiro, M. E. (1965). Religious systems as culturally constituted defense mechanisms. In Context and meaning in anthropology (pp. 100–113). New York: Free Press. Spiro, M. E. (1970). Buddhism and society. Berkeley: University of California Press. Stocking, G. (1968). Race, culture and evolution: Essays in the history of anthropology. New York: Free Press. Stocking, G. (1992). Polarity and plurality: Franz Boas as psychological anthropologist. In T. Schwartz, G. M. White, & C. A. Lutz (Eds.), New directions in psychological anthropology (pp. 311–323). New York: Cambridge University Press. Stocking, G. (1995). After Tylor: British social anthropology, 1888–1951. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press. Sullivan, H. S. (1947). Conceptions of modern psychiatry. New York: William Alanson White Memorial Foundation. Tanner, J. M. (1959). Boas’ contributions to knowledge of human growth and form. In W. Goldschmidt (Ed.), The anthropology of Franz Boas: Essays on the centennial of his birth (Memoir No. 89). Washington, DC: American Anthropological Association. Thomas,W. I., & Znaniecki, F. (1927). The Polish Peasant in Europe and America. New York: Knopf. (Original work published 1917) White, G. (1992). Ethnopsychology. In T. Schwartz, G. W. White, & C. A. Lutz (Eds.), New directions in psychological anthropology (pp. 21–46). New York: Cambridge University Press. White, G., & Kirkpatrick, J. (Eds.). (1985). Person, self and experience: Exploring Pacific ethnopsychologies. Berkeley: University of California Press. Whiting, J. W. M., Child, I. L., Lambert, W. W., Fischer, A. M., Fischer, J. L., Nydegger, C., et al. (1966). Field guide for a study of socialization. New York: Wiley. Adamopoulos, J., & Kashima, Y. (1999). Social psychology and cultural context. Thousand Oaks, CA: 23 Sage. Adams, G., & Markus, H. (2004). Toward a conception of culture suitable for a social psychology of culture. In M. Schaller & C. S. Crandall (Eds.), The psychological foundations of culture (pp. 335–360). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Averill, J. R. (1973). Personal control over aversive stimuli and its relationship to stress. Psychological Bulletin, 80, 286–303. Barkow, G., Cosmides, L., & Tooby, J. (Eds.). (1992). The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the generation of culture. New York: Oxford University Press. Bartlett, F. C. (1950). Remembering. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. (Original work published 1932) Bastian, A. (1860). Der Mensch in der Geschichte (Vols. I–III). Leipzig: Wigand. Baumeister, R. (2005). The cultural animal: Human nature, meaning, and social life. New York: Oxford University Press. Benedict, R. F. (1959). Patterns of culture. New York: Mentor. (Original work published 1934) Berry, J. W. (1976). Human ecology and cognitive style. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage. Berry, J. W. (1979). A cultural ecology of human behavior. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 12, pp. 177-207). New York: Academic Press. Berry, J. W. (1983). Advances in historiography of psychology. In G. Eckardt& L. Sprung (Eds.), Contributions to a history of developmental psychology (pp. 3–23). Berlin: VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften. Berry, J. W. (1999). Emics and etics: A symbiotic conception. Culture and Psychology, 5, 165–171. Berry, J.W. (2000). Cross-cultural psychology: A symbiosis of cultural and comparative approaches. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 3, 197–205. Berry, J. W. (2003). Origin of cross-cultural similarities and differences in human behaviour: An ecocultural perspective. In A. Toomela (Ed.), Cultural guidance in the development of the human mind (pp. 97–109). Westport, CT: Ablex. Berry, J. W., Dasen, P. R., & Saraswathi, T. S. (1997). Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (2nd ed., Vol. 2). Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Berry, J. W., & Kim, U. (1993). The way ahead: From indigenous psychologies to a universal psychology. In Indigenous psychologies (pp. 277–280). Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Berry, J. W., Poortinga, Y. H., & Pandey, J. (1997). 72 I. THE DISCIPLINE AND ITS HISTORY Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (2nd ed., 24 Vol. 1). Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Berry, J. W., Poortinga, Y. H., Segall, M. H., & Dasen, P. R. (2002). Cross-cultural psychology: Research and applications (2nd ed.). New York: Cambridge University Press. Berry, J. W., Segall, M. H., & Kagitçibasi, C. (1997). Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (2nd ed., Vol. 3). Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Berry, J. W., & Triandis, H. C. (2004). Cross-cultural psychology: Overview. In C. Spielberger (Ed.), Encyclopedia of applied psychology. (Vol. 1, pp. 527– 538). New York: Elsevier. Boas, F. (1911/1938). The mind of primitive man. New York: Macmillan. Bond, R., & Smith, P. B. (1996). Culture and conformity: A meta-analysis of studies using Asch’s (1952b, 1956) line judgment task. Psychological Bulletin, 119, 111–137. Borowsky, R., Barth, F., Shweder, R. A., Rodseth, L., & Stolzenberg, N. M. (2001). When: A conversation about culture. American Anthropologist, 103, 432– 446. Boyd, R., & Richerson, P. J. (1985). Culture and the evolutionary process. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Brewer, M. B., & Campbell, D. T. (1976). Ethnocentrism and intergroup attitudes: East African evidence. New York: Halsted/Wiley. Brislin, R. W., & Horvath, A. M. (1997). Cross-cultural training and multicultural education. In J. W. Berry, M. H. Segall, & C. Kagitçibasi (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (2nd ed., Vol. 3, pp. 327– 370). Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Bruner, J. (1974). Concluding comments and summary of conference. In J. L. M. Dawson & W. J. Lonner (Eds.), Readings in cross-cultural psychology (pp. 381–391). Hong Kong: University of Hong Kong Press. Burton, M. L., Moore, C. C., Whiting, J. W., & Romney, K. (1996). Regions based on social structure. Current Anthropology, 37, 87–123. Campbell, D. T. (1965). Variation and selective retention in socio-cultural evolution. In J. R. Barringer, G. Blanksten,&R. Mack (Eds.), Social change in developing areas (pp. 19–49). Cambridge, MA: Schenkman. Campbell, D. T. (1975). On the conflicts between biological and social evolution and between psychology and moral tradition. American Psychologist, 30, 1103–1126. Carpenter, S. (2000). Effects of cultural tightness and collectivism on self-concept and causal attributions. Cross-Cultural Research, 34, 38–56. Chatman, J. A., & Barsade, S. G. (1995). Personality, 25 organizational culture, and cooperation: Evidence from a business simulation. Administrative Science Quarterly, 40, 423–443. Cheung, F., & Leung, K. (1998). Indigenous personality measures: Chinese examples. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 29, 233–248. Choi, I., Nisbett, R., & Norenzayan, A. (1999). Cultural attribution across cultures: Variation and universality. Psychological Bulletin, 125, 47–63. Chun, K., Balls-Organista, P., & Marin, G. (Eds.). (2002). Acculturation: Advances in theory, measurement and applied research. Washington: American Psychological Association Press. Cohen, D. (2001). Cultural variation: Considerations and implications. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 451– 471. Cole, M. (1995). Culture and cognitive development: From cross-cultural research to creating systems of cultural mediation. Culture and Psychology, 1, 25– 54. Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology: A once and future discipline. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Cronbach, L. J., & Drenth, P. J. D. (1972). Mental tests and cultural adaptation. The Hague, Netherlands: Monton. D’Andrade, R., & Romney, A. K. (1964). Summary of participants’ discussion: Transcultural studies in cognition. American Anthropologist, 66, 230–242. Dasen, P. R. (1972). Cross-cultural Piagetian research: A summary. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 3, 23–39. DeVore, I., & Konner, M. J. (1974). Infancy in huntergatherer life: An ethnographic perspective. In N. F. White (Ed.), Ethology and psychiatry (pp. 113–141). Toronto: University of Toronto Press. Diaz-Guerrero, R. (1963). Sociocultural premises, attitudes, and cross-cultural research. Anuario de Psicologia, 2, 31–45. Diaz-Guerrero, R. (1975). Psychology of the Mexican: Culture and personality. Austin: University of Texas Press. Diaz-Guerrero, R. (1990). Mexican ethnopsychology. In U. Kim & J. W. Berry (Eds.), Indigenous psychologies: Experience and research in cultural context (pp. 44–55). Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Diaz-Loving, R. (1998). Contributions of Mexican ethnopsychology to the resolution of the etic–emic dilemma in personality. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 29, 104–118. Diener, E., Diener, M.,&Diener, C. (1995). Factors predicting the subjective well-being of nations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 851–864. 26 Doi, T. (1973). The anatomy of dependence. Tokyo: Kodansha International. Doi, T. (1986). The anatomy of conformity: The individual versus society. Tokyo: Kodansha International. Draper, P. (1973). Crowding among hunter-gatherers: The !Kung bushmen. Science, 182, 301–303. Eckensberger, L. H. (1995). Activity or action: Two different roads towards an integration of culture into psychology? Culture and Psychology, 1, 67–80. Edgerton, R. (1992). Sick societies: Challenging the myth of primitive harmony. New York: Free Press. Ekman, P. (1972). Universals and cultural differences in facial expressions of emotions. In J. Cole (Ed.), Ne3. Culture and Psychology 73 braska Symposium on Motivation (pp. 207–218). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Ekman, P. (1992). Facial expression of emotion: New findings, new questions. Psychological Science, 3, 34–38. Enriques, V. G. (Ed.) (1990). Indigenous psychologies. Quezon City, The Philippines: Psychological Research and Training House. Fiske, A. P. (1990). Structures of social life: The four elementary forms of human relations. New York: Free Press. Freud, S. (1964). The future of an illusion. New York: Doubleday Anchor. Friedl, E. (1964) Lagging emulation in post-peasant society. American Anthropologist, 66, 569–586. Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures. New York: Basic Books. Greenfield, P. M. (2000). Three approaches to the psychology of culture: Where do they come from? Where can they go? Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 3, 223–240. Gudykunst, W. (1991). Bridging differences. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Herder, J. G. (1969). Herder’s Werke (5 vols.). Berlin: Aufbau. (Original work published 1874) Herodotus (1966). The histories. New York: Norton. Herskovits, M. J. (1948). Man and his works. New York: Knopf. Herskovits, M. J. (1955). Cultural anthropology. New York: Knopf. Hinde, R. A. (1999). Why Gods persist. London: Routledge. Ho, D. Y. F. (1996). Filial piety and its psychological consequences. In M. H. Bond (Ed.), Handbook of Chinese psychology (pp. 155–165). Hong Kong: Oxford University Press. Hofstede, G. (1980). Culture’s consequences. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage. Hofstede, G. (2001). Culture’s consequences (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. 27 Hong, Y., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C. Y., & BenetMartinez, V. (2000). Multiple minds: A dynamic constructivist approach to culture and cognition. American Psychologist, 55, 709–720. Huang, Y., & van de Vliert, E. (2004). Job level and national culture as joint roots of job satisfaction. Applied Psychology: An International Review, 53, 329– 348. Hui, C. H., & Yee, C. (1994). The shortened individualism–collectivism scale: Its relationship to demographic and work related variables. Journal of Research in Personality, 28, 409–424. Hwang, K. K., & Yang, C. F. (2000). Indigenous, cultural and cross-cultural psychologies. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 3, 183–293. Iyengar, S. S., Lepper, M. R., & Ross, L. (1999). Independence from whom? Interdependence from whom? Cultural perspectives on ingroups versus outgroups. In D. A. Prentice & D. T. Miller (Eds.), Cultural divides: Understanding and overcoming group conflict (pp. 273–301). New York: Russell Sage. Jahoda, G. (1993). Crossroads between culture and mind. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Jahoda, G. (1995). The ancestry of a model. Culture and Psychology, 1, 11–24. Jahoda, G., & Krewer, R. (1997). History of crosscultural and cultural psychology. In J.W. Berry, Y. H. Poortinga, & J. Pandey (Eds.), Handbook of crosscultural psychology (2nd ed., pp. 1–42). Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Kagitçibasi, C. (1990). Family and socialization in cross-cultural perspective: A model of change. In J. Berman (Ed.), Nebraska Symposium on Motivation (pp. 135–200). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Kagitçibasi, C. (1996). Family and human development across cultures: A view from the other side. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Kashima, Y., Yamaguchi, S., Kim, U., Choi, S. C., Gelfand, M., & Yuki, M. (1995). Culture, gender, and self: A perspective from individualismcollectivism research. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 925–937. Katz, D. (1960). The functional approach to the study of attitudes. Public Opinion Quarterly, 24, 163– 204. Kim, U., & Berry, J. W. (Eds.). (1993). Indigenous psychologies: Research and experience in cultural context. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (Eds.). (1994). Emotion and culture: Empirical studies of mutual influence. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., Matsumoto, H., & 28 Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective processes in the construction of the self: Selfenhancement in the United States and self-criticism in Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 1245–1267. Klineberg, O. (1954). Social psychology (2nd ed.). New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Klineberg, O. (1980). Historical perspectives: Crosscultural psychology before 1960. In H. C. Triandis& W. W. Lambert (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 31–68). Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Kluckhohn, K. (1954). Culture and behavior. In G. Lindzey (Ed.), Handbook of social psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 921–976). Cambridge, MA: Addison-Wesley. Kroeber, A. L. (1917). Zuni kin and clan. New York: Trustees. Kroeber, A. L., & Kluckhohn, C. (1952). Culture: A critical review of concepts and definitions. Cambridge, MA: Peabody Museum. Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition. (1983). Culture and cognitive development. In P. H. Mussen (Ed.), Handbook of child psychology (Vol. 1, 4th ed., pp. 295–356). New York: Wiley. Lazarus, M., & Steinthal, H. (1860). Einleitende 74 I. THE DISCIPLINE AND ITS HISTORY Gedanaken über Völkerpsychologie, als Einladung für Völkerpsychologie und Sprachwissenschaft. Zeitschrift für Völkerpsychologie und Sprachwissenschaft, 1, 1–73. Lehman, D. R., Ciu, C., & Schaller,M. (2004). Psychology and culture. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 689–714. Lillard, A. (1998). Ethnopsychologies: Cultural variations in theories of mind. Psychological Bulletin, 123, 3–32. Lonner, W. J. (1980). The search for psychological universals. In H. C. Triandis & W. W. Lambert (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 143–204). Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Malinowski, B. (1927a). Sex and repression in savage society. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Malinowski, B. (1927b). The father in primitive psychology. New York: Norton. Markus, H., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and self: Implications for cognition, emotion and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253. McClelland, D. C. (1961). The achieving society. Princeton, NJ: Van Nostrand. Mead, M. (1928). Coming of age in Samoa. New York: Morrow. Mead, M. (1930).Coming of age in New Guinea. New York: Morrow. Mead, M. (1935). Sex and temperament in three primitive 29 societies. New York: Morrow. Mesquita, B. (2001). Emotions in collectivist and individualist contexts. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 68–74. Miller, J. G. (1984). Culture and the development of everyday social explanation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 961–978. Minturn, L., & Lambert, W. W. (1964). Mothers of six cultures. New York: Wiley. Misumi, J. (1985). The behavioral science of leadership. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. Munroe, R. H., Munroe, R. L., & Whiting, B. B. (Eds.). (1981). Handbook of cross-cultural human development. New York: Garland STPM Press. Murdock, G. P., Ford, C. S., Hudson, A. E., Kennedy, R., Simmons, L. W., & Whiting, J. W. M. (1950). Outline of cultural materials (3rd ed., rev.). New Haven, CT: Human Relations Area Files. Naroll, R. (1971). The double language boundary in cross-cultural surveys. Behavioral Science Notes, 6, 95–102. Naroll, R., Michik, G. L., & Naroll, F. (1980). Holocultural research methods. In H. C. Triandis & J. W. Berry (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 479–521). Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Nisbett, R. (2003). The geography of thought. New York: Free Press. Osgood, C. E., May, W., & Miron, M. (1975). Crosscultural universals of affective meaning. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. Pandey, J. (Ed.). (1988). Psychology in India: State of the art. New Delhi: Sage. Pike, K. L. (1967). Language in relation to a unified theory of the structure of human behavior. The Hague: Mouton. Pritchard, J. C. (1843/1848). The natural history of man (3rd ed.). London: Baillière. Redfield, R. (1941). The folk culture of the Yucatan. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Rivers, W. H. R. (1901). Primitive color vision. Popular Science Monthly, 59, 44–58. Rivers, W. H. R. (1905). Observations on the senses of the Todas. British Journal of Psychology, 1, 321– 396. Rogoff, B. (1990). Apprenticeship in thinking: Cognitive development in social context. New York: Oxford University Press. Sagan, C. (1980). Cosmos. New York: Random House. Salazar, J. M. (1984). The use and impact of psychology in Venezuela. International Journal of Psychology, 19, 113–122. Sapir, E. (1921). Language. New York: Harcourt Brace. Schwartz, S. H. (1992). Universals in the content and 30 structure of values: Theoretical advances and empirical tests in 20 countries. In M. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 25, pp. 1–66). New York: Academic Press. Segall, M. H., Campbell, D. T., & Herskovits, M. J. (1966). Influence of culture on visual perception. Indianapolis, IN: Bobbs-Merrill. Shweder, R. A. (1990). Cultural psychology—what is it? In J. W. Stigler, R. A. Shweder, & G. Herdt (Eds.), Cultural psychology (pp. 1–46). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Shweder, R. A., & Bourne, E. J. (1982). Does the concept of person vary cross-culturally? In A. J. Marsella & G. M. White (Eds.), Cultural conceptions of mental health and therapy (pp. 97–137). London: Reidel. Shweder, R. A., & LeVine, R. A. (1984). Culture theory. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Sinha, D. (1986). Psychology in a Third World country: The Indian experience. New Delhi: Sage. Sinha, J. B. P. (1980). The nurturant leader. New Delhi: Concept. Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture: A naturalistic approach. Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Steinthal, H. (1858). Der Ursprung der Spache [The origins of language]. Berlin: Dümmler. Strodtbeck, F. (1964). Considerations of meta-method in cross-cultural studies. American Anthropologist, 66, 223–229. Suh, E. M. (2000). Self, the hyphen between culture and subjective well-being. In E. Diener & E. M. Suh (Eds.), Culture and subjective well-being (pp. 63–87). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Swanson, G. E. (1960). The birth of Gods: The origin of primitive beliefs. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. Tarakeshwar, N., Stanton, J., & Pargament, K. I. (2003). Religion: An overlooked dimension of cross3. Culture and Psychology 75 cultural psychology. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 34, 377–394. Thucydides. (1934). The complete writings of Thucydides. New York: Modern Library. Trafimow, D., Triandis, H. C., & Goto, S. (1991). Some tests of the distinction between private self and collective self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 640–655. Triandis, H. C. (1964). Cultural influences upon cognitive processes. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (pp. 1–48). New York: Academic Press. Triandis, H. C. (1967). Towards an analysis of the components of interpersonal attitudes. In C. Sherif & M. Sherif (Eds.), Attitudes, ego involvement and change 31 (pp. 227–270). New York: Wiley. Triandis, H. C. (1972). The analysis of subjective culture. New York: Wiley. Triandis, H. C. (1978). Some universals of social behavior. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 1– 16. Triandis, H. C. (1980). Introduction. In H. C. Triandis &W.W. Lambert (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 1–14). Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Triandis, H. C. (1989). The self and social behavior in different cultural contexts. Psychological Review, 96, 269–289. Triandis, H. C. (1990). Theoretical concepts of use to practitioners. In R. Brislin (Ed.), Cross-cultural applied psychology (pp. 34–55). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Triandis, H. C. (1992). Cross-cultural research in cultural psychology. In D. Granberg & G. Sarup (Eds.), Social judgment and intergroup relations: Essays in honor of Muzafer Sherif (pp. 229–244). New York: Springer-Verlag. Triandis, H. C. (1994). Culture and social behavior. New York: McGraw-Hill. Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Triandis, H. C. (1996). The psychological measurement of cultural syndromes. American Psychologist, 51, 407–415. Triandis, H. C. (1997). Cross-cultural perspectives on personality. In R. Hogan, J. Johnson, & S. Briggs (Eds.), Handbook of personality psychology (pp. 440–465). San Diego: Academic Press. Triandis, H. C. (2000). Dialectics between cultural and cross-cultural psychology. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 3, 185–195. Triandis, H. C. (2006). Simple self-deceptions in everyday life. Manuscript in preparation. Triandis, H. C., & Lambert, W. W. (Eds.). (1980). Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (Vol. 1). Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Triandis, H. C., McCusker, C., & Hui, C. H. (1990). Multimethod probes of individualism and collectivism. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 1006–1020. Triandis, H. C., & Suh, E. M. (2002). Cultural influences on personality. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 133–160. Triandis, H. C., & Vassiliou, V. (1972). A comparative analysis of subjective culture. In H. C. Triandis (Ed.), The analysis of subjective culture (pp. 299–338). New York: Wiley. Tweed, R. G., & Lehman, D. R. (2002). Learning considered within a cultural context. American Psychologist, 32 57, 89–99. Tylor, E. B. (1871). Primitive culture. New York: Harper. Tylor, E. B. (1889). On a method of investigating the development of institutions. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland, 18, 245–272. Vico, G. (1970). The new science (T. G. Bergin & M. H. Fish, Trans.). Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press. (Original work published 1744) von Humbolt, W. (1969). Schriften zur Sprachphilosophie [Writings on the philosophy of language]. Berlin: Dümmler. (Original work published 1820) Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Vygotsky L. S. (1987). The collected works of L. S. Vygotsky (R. W. Rieber & A. S. Carton, Eds.). New York: Plenum Press. Waitz, T. (1863). Introduction to anthropology. London: Anthropological Society. (Original work published 1859) Whiting, J. W. M. (1973, November 29). A model for psychological research. Distinguished lecture to the American Anthropological Association, New York. Reproduced (1994) as Chapter 3 in E. H. Chasdi (Ed.), Culture and human development (pp. 89–101). New York: Cambridge University Press. Witkin, H. A., & Berry, J. W. (1975). Psychological differentiation in cross-cultural perspective. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 6, 4–87. Wundt, W. (1900–1914). Völkerpsychologie. Leipzig: Engelmann. Yamada, A., & Singelis, T. (1999). Biculturalism and self-construal. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 23, 697–709. Yang, K. S. (1981). Social orientation and international modernity among Chinese students in Taiwan. Journal of Social Psychology, 113, 159–170. Yang, K. S. (2000). Monocultural and cross-cultural indigenous approaches. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 3, 241–263. Zipf, G. K. (1949). Human behavior and the principle of least effort. Cambridge, MA: AddisonWesley. Almagor, U. (1989). Dual organization reconsidered. In D. Maybury-Lewis & U. Almagor (Eds.), The attraction of opposites: Thought and society in the dualistic mode (pp. 19–32). Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. Altmann, J., Alberts, S. C., Haines, S. C., Dubach, J., Muruthi, P., Coote, T., et al. (1996). Behavior predicts gene structure in a wild primate group. Proceedings 33 of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 93, 5797–5801. Ambrose, S. H. (2001). Paleolithic technology and human evolution. Science, 291, 1748–1753. Axelrod, R., & Dion, D. (1988). The further evolution of cooperation. Science, 242, 1385–1390. Axelrod, R., & Hamilton, W. D. (1981). The evolution of cooperation. Science, 211, 1390–1396. Bailey, R. C. (1991). The behavioral ecology of Efe Pygmy men in the Ituri Forest, Zaire (Vol. 86). Ann Arbor: Museum of Anthropology, University of Michigan. Barkow, J. H., Cosmides, L., & Tooby, J. (Eds.). (1992). The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the generation of culture. New York: Oxford University Press. Barr, C. S., Newman, T. K., Lindell, S., Shannon, C., Champoux, M., Lesch, K. P., et al. (2004). Interaction between serotonin transporter gene variation and rearing condition in alcohol preference and consumption in female primates. Archives of General Psychiatry, 61(11), 1146–1152. Barr, R. G. (1990). The normal crying curve: What do we know? Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 32, 368–374. Barr, R. G., Konner, M., Bakeman, R., & Adamson, L. (1991). Crying in !Kung San infants: A test of the cultural specificity hypothesis. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 33, 601–610. Bates, E.,&Marchman, V. A. (1987). What is and is not universal in language acquisition. In F. Plum (Ed.), Language, communication, and the brain (pp. 19– 38). New York: Raven Press. Belsky, J. (1997). Attachment, mating, and parenting: An evolutionary interpretation. Human Nature, 8(4), 361–381. Belsky, J. (1999). Modern evolutionary theory and patterns of attachment. In J. S. P. R. Cassidy (Ed.), Handbook of attachment: Theory, research, and clinical applications (pp. 141–161). New York: Guilford Press. Belsky, J., Steinberg, L., & Draper, P. (1991). Childhood experience, interpersonal development, and repro4. Evolutionary Foundations of Cultural Psychology 99 ductive strategy: An evolutionary theory of socialization. Child Development, 62, 647–670. Benedict, R. (1934). Patterns of culture. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Berlin, B., & Kay, P. (1969). Basic color terms: Their universality and evolution. Berkeley: University of California Press. Betzig, L. (1992). Roman polygyny. Ethology and Sociobiology, 13, 309–349. 34 Betzig, L. (Ed.). (1997). Human nature: A critical reader. New York: Oxford University Press. Betzig, L. L. (1986). Despotism and differential reproduction: ADarwinian view of history.NewYork: Aldine. Blurton Jones, N. (1993). The lives of hunter-gatherer children: Effects of parental behavior and parental reproductive strategy. In M. E. Pereira & L. A. Fairbanks (Eds.), Juvenile primates: Life history, development, and behavior (pp. 309–326). New York: Oxford University Press. Brown, C. H., & Witkowski, S. R. (1981). Figurative language in a universalist perspective. American Ethnologist, 8, 596–615. Brown, D. E. (1991). Human universals. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. Bruner, J. (1999). Prologue to the English edition of The collected works of L. S. Vygotsky. In P. Lloyd & C. Fernyhough (Eds.), Lev Vygotsky: Critical assessments: Future directions (Vol. IV, pp. 421–441). London: Routledge. Bruner, J. (2003). The narrative construction of reality. In M. Mateas & P. Sengers (Eds.), Narrative intelligence (pp. 41–62). Amsterdam: Benjamins. Bruner, J., & Feldman, C. F. (1996). Group narrative as a cultural context of autobiography. In D. C. Rubin (Ed.), Remembering our past: Studies in autobiographical memory. New York: Cambridge University Press. Buss, D. (1989). Sex differences in human mate preferences: Evolutionary hypotheses tested in 37 cultures. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 12, 1–49. Buss, D. M. (1984). Evolutionary biology and personality psychology: Toward a conception of human nature and individual differences. American Psychologist, 39, 1135–1147. Callaghan, T., Rochat, P., Lillard, A., Claux, M. L., Odden, H., Itakura, S., et al. (2005). Synchrony in the onset of mental-state reasoning: Evidence from five cultures. Psychological Science, 16(5), 378–384. Caspi, A., Sugden, K., Moffitt, T. E., Taylor, A., Craig, I. W., Harrington, H., et al. (2003). Influence of life stress on depression: Moderation by a polymorphism in the 5-HTT gene [see comment]. Science, 301, 386– 389. Cavalli-Sforza, L., Menozzi, P., & Piazza, A. (1994). The history and geography of human genes. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Cavalli-Sforza, L. L., & Feldman, M. W. (2003). The application of molecular genetic approaches to the study of human evolution. Nature Genetics, 33(Suppl.), 266–275. Chisholm, J. S. (1993). Death, hope, and sex: lifehistory theory and the development of reproductive 35 strategies. Current Anthropology, 34, 1–24. Chisholm, J. S. (1999). Death, hope and sex: Steps to an evolutionary ecology of mind and morality. New York: Cambridge University Press. Chomsky, N. (1988). Language and problems of knowledge: The Managua lectures. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Chowdhury, A. N. (1996). The definition and classification of Koro. Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry, 20(1), 41–65. Cohen, D., Nisbett, R. E., Bowdle, B. F.,&Schwartz, N. (1996). Insult, aggression, and the southern culture of honor: An “experimental ethnography.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70(5), 945– 959. Collaer, M. L., & Hines, M. (1995). Human behavioral sex differences: A role for gonadal hormones during early development? Psychological Bulletin, 118(1), 55–107. Comrie, B. (1989). Language universals and linguistic typology: Syntax and morphology (2nd ed.). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Cosmides, L., & Tooby, J. (2000). The cognitive neuroscience of social reasoning. In M. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The new cognitive neurosciences (2nd ed., pp. 1259– 1270). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Crawford, C., & Krebs, D. L. (Eds.). (1998). Handbook of evolutionary psychology. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Dahlberg, F. (Ed.). (1981). Woman the gatherer. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Daly, M., & Wilson, M. (1988). Homicide (2nd ed.). New York: Aldine de Gruyter. Daly, M., & Wilson, M. (1983). Sex, evolution and behavior (2nd ed.). Boston: Willard Grant Press. D’Andrade, R. (1991). The identification of schemas in naturalistic data. In M. J. Horowitz (Ed.), Person schemas and maladaptive interpersonal patterns (pp. 279–301). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. D’Andrade, R. (1995). The development of cognitive anthropology. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. D’Andrade, R. (2001). A cognitivist’s view of the units debate in cultural anthropology. Cross-Cultural Research: Journal of Comparative Social Science, 35(2), 242–257. D’Andrade, R. G. (1992). Cognitive anthropology. In T. Schwartz, M. White, & C. A. Lutz (Eds.), New directions in psychological anthropology (p. 47–52). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Darwin, C. (1987). Notebook M, August 16, 1838. In P. H. Barrett, P. J. Gautrey, L. Herbert, D. Kohn, & S. Smith (Eds.), Charles Darwin’s notebooks, 1836– 1844; Geology, transmutation of species, metaphysical 36 inquiries (p. 359). Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press. Darwin, C. (1998). The expression of the emotions in man and animals: Introduction, afterword, and com100 I. THE DISCIPLINE AND ITS HISTORY mentaries by Paul Ekman (3rd ed.). New York: Oxford University Press. Dawkins, R. (1978). Replicator selection and the extended phenotype. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 47, 61–76. Dawkins, R. (1979). Twelve misunderstandings of kin selection. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 51, 184– 200. Dawkins, R. (1989). The selfish gene, new edition. New York: Oxford University Press. de Waal, F. B. M. (1989). Behavioral contrasts between bonobo and chimpanzee. In P. G. Heltne & L. A. Marquardt (Eds.), Understanding chimpanzees (pp. 154–175). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press/Chicago Academy of Sciences. DuBois, C. (1944). The people of Alor. New York: Harper. Durham, W. H. (1991). Coevolution: Genes, culture, and human diversity. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Ebling, F. J. P. (2005). The neuroendocrine timing of puberty. Reproduction, 129(6), 675–683. Edwards, C. P. (1981). The comparative study of the development of moral judgement and reasoning. In R. H. Munroe, R. L. Munroe, & B. B. Whiting (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural human development (pp. 501–528). New York: Garland STPM Press. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1971). Zur Ethologie menschlichen Grussverhaltens: II. Das Gruss verhalten and einige andere Muster freundlicher Kontaktaufnahme der Waika-Indianer (Yanoama). Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 29, 196–213. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1989). Human ethology. New York: Aldine de Gruyter. Ekman, P., Friesen, W. V., O’Sullivan, M., Chan, A., Diacoyanni-Tarlatzis, Heider, K., et al. (1987). Universals and cultural differences in the judgements of facial expressions of emotion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 712–717. Ekman, P., & Rosenberg, E. L. (Eds.). (1997). What the face reveals: Basic and applied studies of spontaneous expression using the facial action coding system (FACS). New York: Oxford University Press. Fernyhough, C. (1997). Vygotsky’s sociocultural approach: Theoretical issues and implications for current research. In S. Hala (Ed.), The development of social cognition (pp. 65–92). East Sussex, UK: Psychology Press. 37 Goodall, J. (1986). The chimpanzees of Gombe: Patterns of behavior. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Gouzoules, H., & Gouzoules, S. (1990). Matrilineal signatures in the recruitment screams of pigtail macaques, Macaca nemestrina. Behaviour, 115(3–4), 327–347. Gouzoules, S., & Gouzoules, H. (1987). Kinship. In B. B. Smuts, D. L. Cheney, R. M. Seyfarth, R. W. Wrangham, & T. T. Struhsaker (Eds.), Primate societies (pp. 299–305). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Greenberg, J. H. (1975). Research on language universals. Annual Review of Anthropology, 4, 75–94. Greenberg, L. (1979). Genetic component of bee odor in kin recognition. Science, 206, 1095–1097. Greenfield, P. M. (1999). Historical change and cognitive change: A two-decade follow-up study in Zinacantan, a Maya community in Chiapas, Mexico. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 6, 92–108. Greenfield, P. M. (2000). What psychology can do for anthropology, or why anthropology took postmodernism on the chin. American Anthropologist, 102(3), 564–576. Greenfield, P. M. (2005). Weaving generations together: Evolving creativity in the Maya of Chiapas. Santa Fe, NM: School of American Research. Griffin, P. B., & Estioko-Griffin, A. (Eds.). (1985). The Agta of Northeastern Luzon: Recent studies. Cebu City, Philippines: San Carlos Publications. Halpern, C. T., Udry, J. R., & Suchindran, C. (1997). Testosterone predicts initiation of coitus in adolescent females. Psychosomatic Medicine, 59(2), 161– 171. Halpern, C. T., Udry, J. R., & Suchindran, C. (1998). Monthly measures of salivary testosterone predict sexual activity in adolescent males. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 27(5), 445–465. Hamilton, W. D. (1964). The genetical evolution of social behavior, I and II. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 7, 1–52. Harris, M. (1968). The rise of anthropological theory: A history of theories of culture. New York: Crowell. Harris, M. (1979). Cultural materialism: The struggle for a science of culture. New York: Random House. Harris, M. (1997). Culture, people, nature: An introduction to general anthropology (7th ed.). New York: Longman. Hartung, J. (1982). Polygyny and inheritance of wealth. Current Anthropology, 23, 1–12. Hausfater, G., & Hrdy, S. B. (Eds.). (1984). Infanticide: Comparative and evolutionary perspectives. New 38 York: Aldine de Gruyter. Hawkes, K. (1991). Hunting income patterns among the Hadza: Big game, common goods, foraging goals, and the evolution of the human diet. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B, 334, 243–251. Hawkes, K., O’Connell, J. F., & Jones, N. G. (2003). Human life histories: Primate trade-offs, grandmothering socioecology, and the fossil record. In P. M. Kappeler &M. E. Pereira (Eds.), Primate life histories and socioecology (pp. 204–227). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Hawkes, K., O’Connell, J. F., Jones, N. G. B., Alvarez, H., & Charnov, E. L. (1998). Grandmothering, menopause, and the evolution of human life histories. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 95(3), 1336–1339. Heider, K. (1991). Landscapes of emotion: Mapping 4. Evolutionary Foundations of Cultural Psychology 101 three cultures of emotion in Indonesia. New York: Cambridge University Press. Hertz, R. (1973). The pre-eminence of the right hand: A study in religious polarity. In R. Needham (Ed.), Right and left: Essays in dual symbolic classification (pp. 3–31). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. (Original work published 1909) Hewlett, B. S. (1991). Intimate fathers: The nature and context of Aka Pygmy paternal infant care. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. Hill, K., & Hurtado, M. (1999). The Aché of Paraguay. In R. B. Lee & R. Daly (Eds.), The Cambridge encyclopedia of hunters and gatherers (pp. 92–96). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Hinde, R. A., & Davies, L. (1972a). Removing infant rhesus from mother for 13 days compared with removing mother from infant. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 13, 227–237. Hinde, R. A., & Davies, L. M. (1972b). Changes in mother–infant relationship after separation in rhesus monkeys. Nature, 239, 41–42. Hrdy, S. B. (1977). The langurs of Abu: Female and male strategies of reproduction. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Hrdy, S. B. (1981). The woman that never evolved. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Hrdy, S. B. (1992). Fitness tradeoffs in the history and evolution of delegated mothering with special reference to wet-nursing, abandonment, and infanticide. Ethology and Sociobiology, 13(5–6), 409–442. Hrdy, S. B. (1999). Mother nature: A history of mothers, infants, and natural selection. New York: Pantheon. Hurtado, A. M., Hawkes, K., Hill, K., & Kaplan, H. (1985). Female subsistence strategies among Aché 39 hunter-gatherers of Eastern Paraguay. Human Ecology, 13, 1–27. Johnson, A.W.,&Earle, T. (1987). The evolution of human societies: From foraging group to agrarian state. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Kardiner, A., & Linton, R. (Eds.). (1939). The individual and his society. New York: Columbia University Press. Kardiner, A., & Linton, R. (Eds.). (1945). The psychological frontiers of society. New York: Columbia University Press. Keel, P. K., & Klump, K. L. (2003). Are eating disorders culture-bound syndromes?: Implications for conceptualizing their etiology. Psychological Bulletin, 129(5), 747–769. Keenleyside, A. (1998). Skeletal evidence of health and disease in pre-contact Alaskan Eskimos and Aleuts. American Journal of Physical Anthropology, 107(1), 51–70. Kelly, R. L. (1995). The foraging spectrum: Diversity in hunter-gatherer lifeways. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Kleinman, A. (2003). Introduction: common mental disorders, primary care, and the global mental health research agenda. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 11(3), 155–156. Konner, M. (1991). Universals of behavioral development in relation to brain myelination. In K. R. Gibson & A. C. Petersen (Eds.), Brain maturation and cognitive development: Comparative and crosscultural perspectives (pp. 181–223). New York: Aldine de Gruyter. Konner, M. (2005). Hunter-gatherer infancy and childhood: The !Kung and others. In B. S. Hewlett & M. E. Lamb (Eds.), Hunter-gatherer childhoods: Evolutionary, developmental and cultural perspectives. New Brunswick, NJ: Aldine Transaction. Konner, M. J. (1981). Evolution of human behavior development. In R. H. Munroe, R. L. Munroe, & B. B. Whiting (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural human development (pp. 3–51). New York: Garland STPM Press. Konner, M. J. (2002). The tangled wing: Biological constraints on the human spirit (2nd ed.). New York: Holt/Times Books. Kroeber, A. L. (1948). Anthropology. New York: Harcourt Brace. Kruger, A. C. (1992). The effect of peer and adult–child transactive discussions on moral reasoning. Merrill– Palmer Quarterly, 38(2), 191–211. Kruger, A. C. (1993). Peer collaboration: Conflict, cooperation, or both. Social Development, 2(3), 165– 182. 40 Kruger, A. C., & Tomasello, M. (1986). Transactive discussions with peers and adults. Developmental Psychology, 22, 681–685. Kruger, A. C., & Tomasello, M. (1996). Cultural learning and learning culture. In D. Olson & N. Torrance (Eds.), Handbook of education and human development: New models of learning, teaching, and schooling (pp. 369–387). Oxford, UK: Basil Blackwell. Kurland, J. (1977). Kin selection in the Japanese monkey (Vol. 12). Basel: Karger. Lancaster, J. B., & Lancaster, C. S. (1983). Parental investment: the hominid adaptation. In D. Ortner (Ed.), How humans adapt (pp. 35–56). Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Lecours, A. R. (1975). Myelogenetic correlates of the development of speech and language. In E. Lenneberg & E. Lenneberg (Eds.), Foundations of language development (Vol. 1, pp. 121–135). New York: Academic Press. Lee, R. B. (1979). The !Kung San: Men, women and work in a foraging society. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Lee, R. B., & Daly, R. (Eds.). (1999). The Cambridge encyclopedia of hunters and gatherers. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Lee, R. B., & DeVore, I. (1968a). Man the hunter. Chicago: Aldine. Lee, R. B., & DeVore, I. (1968b). Problems in the study of hunters and gatherers. In Man the hunter (pp. 3– 12). Chicago: Aldine. Lehman, D. R., Chiu, C.-Y., & Schaller, M. (2004). Psy102 I. THE DISCIPLINE AND ITS HISTORY chology and culture. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 689–714. LeVine, R. A. (1982). Culture, behavior, and personality (2nd ed.). Chicago: Aldine. LeVine, R. A. (1998). Child psychology and anthropology: An environmental view. In C. Panter-Brick (Ed.), Biosocial perspectives on children (pp. 102–130). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. LeVine, R. A. (1999). An agenda for psychological anthropology. Ethos, 27(1), 15–24. LeVine, R. A. (2001). Culture and personality studies, 1918–1960: Myth and history. Journal of Personality, 69(6), 803–818. LeVine, R. A. (2002). Populations, communication and child development. Human Development, 45(4), 291–293. LeVine, R. A., Dixon, S., LeVine, S., Richman, A., Leiderman, P. H., Keefer, C. H., et al. (1994). Child care and culture: Lessons from Africa. Levine, R. E., & Gaw, A. C. (1995). Culture-bound syndromes. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 18(3), 41 523–536. Lévi-Strauss, C. (1962). The savage mind. London: Weidenfeld & Nicholson. Lévi-Strauss, C. (1963). Totemism (R. Needham, Trans.). Boston: Beacon Press. Lewontin, R. C. (1974). The genetic basis of evolutionary change. New York: Columbia University Press. Locke, J. L. (1989). Babbling and early speech: Continuity and individual differences. First Language, 9, 191–206. Maccoby, E. E. (1998). The two sexes: Growing up apart, coming together. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. MacLean, P. D. (1985). Brain evolution relating to family, play, and the separation call. Archives of General Psychiatry, 42(4), 405–417. MacLean, P. D. (1993). Cerebral evolution of emotion. In M. Lewis & J. M. Haviland (Eds.), Handbook of emotions (pp. 67–83). New York: Guilford Press. Maestripieri, D. (2001). Is there mother–infant bonding in primates? Developmental Review, 21(1), 93–120. Malinowski, B. (1964). Sex and repression in savage society. Cleveland, OH: Meridian Books/World. Manning, C. J.,Wakeland, E. K.,&Potts,W. K. (1992). Communal nesting patterns in mice implicate MHC genes in kin recognition. Nature, 360, 581–583. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98(2), 224–253. Marlowe, F. W. (2005). Who tends Hadza children? In B. S. Hewlett & M. E. Lamb (Eds.), Hunter-gatherer childhoods: Evolutionary, developmental and cultural perspectives (pp. 177–190). New Brunswick, NJ: Aldine Transaction. Martin, R. (1990). Primate origins and evolution: A phylogenetic reconstruction. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Martin, R. D. (1995). Phylogenetic aspects of primate reproduction: The context of advanced maternal care. In R. D. Martin, C. R. Pryce,&D. Skuse (Eds.), Motherhood in human and nonhuman primates: Biosocial determinants (pp. 16–26). Basel: Karger. Mayr, E. (1963). Animal species and evolution. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Mead, M. (1932). An investigation of the thought of primitive children, with special reference to animism. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 62, 173–190. Mead, M. (1935). Sex and temperament in three primitive societies. New York: Morrow. Mead, M. (1949). Male and female. New York: Morrow. Murdock, G. P. (1949). Social structure. London: Macmillan. 42 Murphy, J. (1976). Psychiatric labelling in cross-cultural perspective. Science, 191, 1019–1028. Murphy, J.M. (1981). Abnormal behavior in traditional societies: Labels, explanations, and social reactions. In R. H. Munroe, R. L. Munroe, & B. B. Whiting (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural human development (pp. 809–826). New York: Garland STPM Press. Murphy, J. M. (1994). Anthropology and psychiatric epidemiology. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, Supplementum, 385, 48–57. Nesse, R. M., & Lloyd, A. T. (1992). The evolution of psychodynamic mechanisms. In J. H. Barkow, L. Cosmides,&J. Tooby (Eds.), The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the generation of culture (pp. 601–624). New York: Oxford University Press. Nisbett, R. E. (1993). Violence and U.S. regional culture. American Psychologist, 48(4), 441–449. Paus, T., Collins, D. L., Evans, A. C., Leonard, G., Pike, B., & Zijdenbos, A. (2001). Maturation of white matter in the human brain: R review of magnetic resonance studies. Brain Research Bulletin, 54(3), 255– 266. Peacock, N. R. (1991). Rethinking the sexual division of labor: Reproduction and women’s work among the Efe. In M. di Leonardo (Ed.), Gender at the crossroads of knowledge: Feminist anthropology in the postmodern era (pp. 339–360). Berkeley: University of California Press. Perme, B., Ranjith, G., Mohan, R., & Chandrasekaran, R. (2005). Dhat (semen loss) syndrome: A functional somatic syndrome of the Indian subcontinent? General Hospital Psychiatry, 27(3), 215–217. Plattner, S. (Ed.). (1989). Economic anthropology. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Reinhard, K., Fink, T. M., & Skiles, J. (2003). A case of megacolon in Rio Grande Valley as a possible case of Chagas disease. Memorias do Instituto Oswaldo Cruz, 98(Suppl. 1), 165–172. Robinson, P., & Tajfel, H. (Eds.). (1997). Social groups and identities: Developing the legacy of Henri Tajfel. London: Butterworth-Heinemann. Rogoff, B. (1990). Apprenticeship in thinking: Cognitive development in social context. New York: Oxford University Press. 4. Evolutionary Foundations of Cultural Psychology 103 Rogoff, B., Baker-Sennett, J., Lacasa, P., & Goldsmith, D. (1995). Development through participation in sociocultural activity. In J. J. Goodnow, P. J. Miller, & F. Kessel (Eds.), Cultural practices as contexts for development (Vol. 67, pp. 45–65). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Rogoff, B., Sellers, M. J., Pirrotta, S., Fox, N., & White, 43 S. H. (1975). Age of assignment of roles and responsibilities to children: A cross-cultural survey. Human Development, 18, 353–369. Rosenblum, L. A., & Kaufman, I. C. (1968). Variations in infant development and response to maternal loss in monkeys. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 38(3), 418–426. Sakamoto, N., Martin, R. G., Kumano, H., Kuboki, T., & Al-Adawi, S. (2005). Hikikomori, is it a culturereactive or culture-bound syndrome?: Nidotherapy and a clinical vignette from Oman. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine, 35(2), 191–198. Sapir, E. (1994). The psychology of culture: A course of lectures. Berlin: de Gruyter. Schlegel, A., & Barry, H., III (Eds.). (1991). Adolescence: An anthropological inquiry. New York: Free Press. Shepher, J. (1971). Mate selection among second generation kibbutz adolescents and adults: Incest avoidance and negative imprinting. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 1, 293–307. Sherif, M., Harvey, O. J., White, B. J., Hood, W. R., & Sherif, C. W. (1961). Intergroup conflict and cooperation: The Robbers Cave experiment. Norman, OK: Institute of Group Relations. Shore, B. (1996). Culture in mind: Cognition, culture, and the problem of meaning. New York: Oxford University Press. Shostak, M. (1981). Nisa: The life and words of a !Kung woman. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Silberbauer, G. B. (1981). Hunter and habitat in the central Kalahari Desert. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Silk, J. (1987). Adoption and fosterage in human societies: Adaptations or enigmas? Cultural Anthropology, 2, 39–49. Silk, J. B. (1980). Adoption and kinship in Oceania. American Anthropologist, 82, 799–820. Smuts, B. B., Cheney, D. L., Seyfarth, R. M., Wrangham, R.W., & Struhsaker, T. T. (Eds.). (1987). Primate societies. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Smuts, B. B., & Smuts, R. W. (1993). Male-aggression and sexual coercion of females in nonhumanprimates and other mammals: Evidence and theoretical implications. Advances in the Study of Behavior, 22, 1–63. Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture: A naturalistic approach. Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Spindler, G. D. (1979). The making of psychological anthropology. Berkeley: University of California Press. Spiro, M. E. (1954). Is the family universal? American Anthropologist, 56, 839–846. 44 Spiro, M. E. (1979). Gender and culture: Kibbutz women revisited. Durham: Duke University Press. Spiro, M. E. (1982). Oedipus in the Trobriands. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Spiro, M. E. (1987). Culture and human nature. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Spiro, M. E. (1999). Anthropology and human nature. Ethos, 27, 7–14. Stanford, C. B. (2002). The ape’s gift: Meat-eating, meat-sharing, and human evolution. In F. B. M. de Waal (Ed.), Tree of origin: What primate behavior can tell us about human social evolution (pp. 95– 117). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Strier, K. B. (1994). Myth of the typical primate. Yearbook of Physical Anthropology, 37, 233–271. Strier, K. B. (2000). Primate behavioral ecology. Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Summerfield, D. (2002). ICD and DSM are contemporary cultural documents. British Medical Journal, 324, 914. Suomi, S. J. (1997). Early determinants of behaviour: Evidence from primate studies. British Medical Bulletin, 53(1), 170–184. Suomi, S. J. (1999). Attachment in rhesus monkeys. In J. Cassidy & P. R. Shaver (Eds.), Handbook of attachment: Theory, research, and clinical applications (pp. 181–197). New York: Guilford Press. Symons, D. (1992). On the use and misuse of Darwinism in the study of human behavior. In J. H. Barkow, L. Cosmides, & J. Tooby (Eds.), The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the generation of culture (pp. 137–162). New York: Oxford University Press. Tajfel, H. (1982). Social identity and intergroup relations. New York: Cambridge University Press. Tanner, N. M. (1987). The chimpanzee model revisited and the gathering hypothesis. In W. G. Kinzey (Ed.), The evolution of human behavior: Primate models (pp. 3–27). Albany: State University of New York Press. Tomasello, M., Kruger, A. C., & Ratner, H. H. (1993). Cultural learning. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 16, 495–452. Tooby, J., & Cosmides, L. (2000). Toward mapping the evolved functional organization of mind and brain. In M. S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The new cognitive neurosciences, second edition (pp. 1167–1178). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Triandis, H. C. (2001). Individualism-collectivism and personality. Journal of Personality, 69(6), 907–924. Trivers, R. L. (1971). The evolution of reciprocal altruism. Quarterly Review of Biology. Trivers, R. L. (1972). Parental investment and sexual selection. 45 In B. Campbell (Ed.), Sexual selection and the descent of man, 1871–1971 (pp. 136–179). Chicago: Aldine. Trivers, R. L. (1974). Parent–offspring conflict. American Zoologist, 14, 249–264. Tronick, E. Z., Morelli, G. A., & Ivey, P. K. (1992). The Efe forager infant and toddler’s pattern of social rela104 I. THE DISCIPLINE AND ITS HISTORY tionships: Multiple and simultaneous. Developmental Psychology, 28(4), 568–577. Tylor, E. B. (1871). Primitive culture: Researches into the development of mythology, philosophy, religion, language, art and custom. London: Murray. van IJzendoorn, M. H., & Sagi, A. (1999). Crosscultural patterns of attachment: Universal and contextual dimensions. In J. Cassidy & P. R. Shaver (Eds.), Handbook of attachment: Theory, research, and clinical applications (pp. 713–734). New York: Guilford Press. Voronov, M., & Singer, J. A. (2002). The myth of individualism–collectivism: A critical review. Journal of Social Psychology, 142(4), 461–480. Vygotsky, L. (1962). Thought and language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Wallace, A. F. C. (1952). The modal personality structure of the Tuscarora Indians as revealed by the Rorschach test. Bulletin, Bureau of American Indian Ethnology, 150. Weller, S. C., Baer, R. D., de Alba Garcia, J. G., Glazer, M., Trotter, R., Pachter, L., et al. (2002). Regional variation in Latino descriptions of susto. Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry, 26(4), 449–472. Werner, H. (1948). Comparative psychology of mental development. Chicago: Follet. Wertsch, J. V., & Sohmer, R. (1995). Vygotsky on learning and development. Human Development, 38, 332–337. Westermeyer, J. (1985). Psychiatric diagnosis across cultural boundaries. American Journal of Psychiatry, 142(7), 798–805. White, S. (1970). Some general outlines of the matrix of developmental changes between five and seven years. Bulletin of the Orton Society, 20, 41–57. White, S. H. (1996). The child’s entry into the “age of reason.” In A. J. Sameroff & M. M. Haith (Eds.), The five to seven year shift: The age of reason and responsibility (pp. 17–30). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Whiting, B. B., & Edwards, C. P. (1988). Children of different worlds: The formation of social behavior. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Whiting, B. B., & Whiting, J. W. M. (1975). Children of six cultures: A psychocultural analysis. Cambridge, 46 MA: Harvard University Press. Whiting, J. W. (1941). Becoming a Kwoma. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Whiting, J. W. M., & Child, I. L. (1953). Child training and personality: A cross-cultural study. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Whiting, J. W. M., Child, I. L., & Lambert, W. W. (1966). Field guide for a study of socialization (Vol. 1). New York: Wiley. Whiting, J. W. M., & Whiting, B. B. (1975). Aloofness and intimacy between husbands and wives. Ethos, 3, 183–207. Wiessner, P. (1982). Risk, reciprocity and social influences on !Kung San economics. In E. Leacock & R. B. Lee (Eds.), Politics and history in band societies (pp. 61–84). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Wiessner, P. (1996). Leveling the hunter: Constraints on the status quest in foraging societies. In P. Wiessner & W. Schiefenhövel (Eds.), Food and the status quest: An interdisciplinary perspective (pp. 171– 191). Providence: Berghahn Books. Wilson, E. O. (1998). Consilience: The unity of knowledge. New York: Knopf. Winterhalder, B., & Smith, E. A. (Eds.). (1981). Huntergatherer foraging strategies: Ethnographic and archeological analyses. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Wolf, A. P. (1995). Sexual attraction and childhood association: A Chinese brief for Westermarck. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Wood, B. (2000). Investigating human evolutionary history. Journal of Anatomy, 197(Pt. 1), 3–17. Wood, B., & Richmond, B. G. (2000). Human evolution: Taxonomy and paleobiology. Journal of Anatomy, 197(Pt. 1), 19–60. Wrangham, R. (1993). The evolution of sexuality in chimpanzees and bonobos. Human Nature, 4, 47– 79. Wrangham, R. W., & Peterson, D. (1996). Demonic males: Apes and the origins of human violence. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Yakovlev, P. I., & Lecours, A. R. (1967). The myelogenetic cycles of regional maturation of the brain. In A. Minkowski (Ed.), Regional development of the brain in early life (pp. 3–70). Oxford, UK: Blackwell Scientific. Zihlman, A. L. (1981). Women as shapers of the human adaptation. In F. Dahlberg (Ed.), Woman the gatherer (pp. 75–120). New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Atran, S. (1998). Folk biology and the anthropology of science: Cognitive universals and cultural particulars. 47 Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 21(4), 547–609. Baillargeon, R. (1994). How do infants learn about the physical world? Current Directions in Psychological Sciences, 3, 133–140. Beach, K. (1995). Activity as a mediator of sociocultural change and individual development: The case of school–work transition in Nepal. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 2, 285–302. Berlim, M. T., Mattevi, B. S., Belmonte-de-Abreu, P., & Crow, T. J. (2003). The etiology of schizophrenia and the origin of language: Overview of a theory. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 44(1), 7–14. Bickerton, D. (1990). Language and species. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Bjorklund, D. F., & Pellegrini, A. D. (2002). The origins of human nature: Evolutionary developmental psychology. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Boesch, C., & Boesch, H. (1984). Mental map in wild chimpanzees: An analysis of hammer transports for nut cracking. Primates, 25, 160–170. Brass, M., & Heyes, C. M. (2005). Imitation: Is cognitive neuroscience solving the correspondence problem? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 9, 489–495. Carey, S. (2004, Winter). Bootstrapping and the origin of concepts. Daedalus, pp. 1–10. Cheyne, J. A. (n.d.). Signs of consciousness: Speculations on the psychology of paleolithic graphics. Available online at www.arts.uwaterloo.ca/~acheyne/ signcon.html. Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Collins, A., & Gentner, D. (1982). Constructing runnable mental models. In Proceedings of the 4th Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society (pp. 86–89). Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. Damerow, P. (1998). Prehistory and cognitive development. In J. Langer & M. Killen (Eds.), Piaget, evolution and development (pp. 247–270). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. D’Andrade, R. G. (1989). Culturally based reasoning. In A. Gellatly, D. Rogers, & J. A. Sloboda (Eds.), Cognition and social worlds: Keele cognition seminars (Vol. 2, pp. 132–143). New York: Clarendon Press/Oxford University Press. Deacon, T. W. (1997). The symbolic species: The coevolution of language and the brain. New York: Norton. Diamond, J. (1997). Guns, germs, and steel: The fates of human societies. New York: Norton. Donald, M. (1991). Origins of the modern mind: Three stages in the evolution of culture and cognition. 48 Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Donald, M. (2000). The central role of culture in cognitive evolution: A reflection on the myth of the “isolated mind.” In L. P. Nucci, G. B. Saxe, & E. Turiel (Eds.), Culture, thought, and development (pp. 19– 40). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Donald, M. (2001). A mind so rare: The evolution of human consciousness. New York: Norton. Dunbar, R. I. (2004). The human story: A new history of mankind’s evolution. London: Faber & Faber. Engels, F. (1960). The dialectics of nature. New York: International. Engeström, Y. (1987). Learning by expanding: An activity theoretical approach to developmental research. Helsinki: Orienta-Konsultit Oy. Ericsson, K. A., Krampe, R. T., & Tesch-Romer, C. (1993). The role of deliberate practice in the acquisition of expert performance. Psychological Review, 100, 363–406. Falk, D., & Gibson, K. (Eds.). (2001). Evolutionary anatomy of the primate cerebral cortex. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Feinman, G. M. (2000). Cultural evolutionary approaches and archeology: Past, present, and future. In G. M. Feinman & L. Manzanilla (Eds.), Cultural evolution: Contemporary viewpoints (pp. 3–12). New York: Kluwer. Foley, R., & Lahr, M. M. (2003). On stony ground: Lithic technology, human evolution, and the emergence of culture. Evolutionary Anthropology, 12(3), 109–122. Gaskins, S. (1999). Children’s daily lives in a Mayan village: A case study of culturally constructed roles and activities. In A. Göncü, (Ed.), Children’s engagement in the world: Sociocultural perspectives (pp. 25–60). New York: Cambridge University Press. Gaskins, S. (2000). Children’s daily activities in a Mayan village: A culturally grounded description. CrossCultural Research, 34(4), 375–389. Gaskins, S. (2003). From corn to cash: Change and continuity within Mayan families. Ethos, 31(2), 248– 273. Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of culture. New York: Basic Books. 132 II. THEORY AND METHODS Gellner, E. (1988). Plough, sword and book: The structure of human history. London: Collins Harvill. Gelman, R. (2000). Domain specificity and variability in cognitive development. Child Development, 71(4), 854–856. Gelman, R., & Lucariello, J. (2002). The role of learning in cognitive development. In H. Pashler & R. Gallistel (Eds.), Steven’s handbook of experimental 49 psychology, 3rd ed.: Vol. 3. Learning, motivation, and emotion (pp. 395–443). New York: Wiley. Gelman, S., & Kalish, C. W. (2006). Conceptual development. In D. Kuhn & R. S. Siegler (Eds.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 2. Cognition, perception, and language (pp. 687–733). New York:Wiley. Goodall, J. (1968). The behaviour of free-living chimpanzees in the Gombe Stream Reserve. London: Baillière, Tindall, & Cassell. Goodnow, J. J. (1990). Using sociology to extend psychological accounts of cognitive development. Human Development, 33, 81–107. Goodnow, J. J. (1990). The socialization of cognition: Acquiring cognitive values. In J. Stigler, R. Shweder, & G. Herdt (Eds.), Culture and human development (pp. 259–286). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Gordon, P. (2004). Numerical cognition without words: Evidence from Amazonia. Science [Special Issue]. 306(5695), 496–499. Granott, N., & Parziale, J. (Eds.). (2002). Microdevelopment: Transition processes in development and learning. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Greenfield, P. M. (1999). Historical change and cognitive change: A two-decade follow-up study in Zinacantan, a Maya community in Chiapas, Mexico. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 6(2), 92–108. Greenfield, P. M. (2002). The mutual definition of culture and biology in development. In H. Keller, Y. H. Poortinga, & A. Schölmerick (Eds.), Between culture and biology: Perspectives on ontogenetic development (pp. 57–76). New York: Cambridge University Press. Greenfield, P. M. (2004). Weaving generations together: Evolving creativity in the Maya of Chiapas. Santa Fe, NM: School of American Research. Greenfield, P. M., & Childs, C. P. (1977). Weaving, color terms and pattern representation: Cultural influences and cognitive development among the Zinacantecos of southern Mexico. Inter-American Journal of Psychology, 11, 23–28. Greenfield, P. M., Maynard, A. E., & Childs, C. P. (2000). History, culture, learning, and development. Cross-Cultural Research: Journal of Comparative Social Science, 34(4), 351–374. Hallpike, C. R. (1979). The foundations of primitive thought. New York: Clarendon Press. Hanakawa, T., Honda, M., Okada, T., Fukuyama, H., &Shibasaki, H. (2003). Neural correlates underlying mental calculation in abacus experts: A functional magnetic resonance imaging study. NeuroImage, 19, 296–307. Hare, B., & Tomasello, M. (2005). Human-like social 50 skills in dogs? Trends in Cognitive Science, 9, 439– 444. Hatano, G. (1997). Commentary: Core domains of thought, innate constraints, and sociocultural contexts. In H. M. Wellman & K. Inagaki (Eds.), The emergence of core domains of thought: Children’s reasoning about physical, psychological, and biological phenomena (pp. 71–78). San Francisco: JosseyBass. Hatano, G., & Inagaki, K. (2005). The formation of culture in mind: A sociocultural approach to cognitive development. Bulletin of Faculty of Education, Chiba University. Hatano, G., & Inagaki, K. (2002). In W. W. Hartup & R. K. Silbereisen (Eds.), Growing points in developmental science: An introduction (pp. 123–142). Philadelphia, PA: Psychology Press. 53, 91–104. Hatano, G., Siegler, R., Richards, D., Inagaki, K., Stavy, R., & Wax, N. (1993). The development of biological knowledge: A multi-national study. Cognitive Development, 8(1), 47–62. Hirata, S., & Celli, M. L. (2003). Role of mothers in the acquisition of tool-use behaviours by captive infant chimpanzees. Animal Cognition, 6, 235–244. Hirata, S., & Morimura, N. (2000). Native chimpanzees’ (Pan troglodytes) observation of experienced conspecifics in a tool-using task. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 114, 291–296. Hsueh, Y., Tobin, J., & Karasawa, M. (2004). The Chinese kindergarten in its adolescence. Prospects: Quarterly Review of Comparative Education, 34, 457–469. Inagaki, K. (1990). Children’s use of knowledge in everyday biology. British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 8(3), 281–288. Iriki, A., Tanaka, M., Obayashi, S. & Iwamura, Y. (2001) Self-images in the video monitor coded by monkey intraparietal neurons. Neuroscientific Research, 40, 163–173. Ishibashi, H., Hihara, S., & Iriki, A. (2000). Acquisition and development of monkey tool-use: Behavioral and kinematic analyses. Canadian Journal of Physiology and Pharmacology, 78, 958–966. Jackendoff, R. (1994). Patterns in the mind: Language and human nature. New York: Basic Books. Keil, F. (1989). Concepts, kinds, and cognitive development. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Keil, F. (2003). That’s life: Coming to understand biology. Human Development, 46(6), 369–377. Kroeber, A. (1917). The superorganic. American Anthropologist, 19, 163–213. Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition. (1983). Culture and development. In P. H. Mussen (Series 51 Ed.),&W. Kessen (Vol. Ed.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 1. History, theory, and methods (pp. 295–356). New York: Wiley. Latour, B. (1996). On interobjectivity. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 3(4), 228–243. Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legiti5. Cultural–Historical Activity Theory 133 mate peripheral participation. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Leontiev, A. N. (1981). Problems in the development of the mind. Moscow: Progress. Lewin, R., & Foley, R. A. (2004). Principles of human evolution. Malden, MA: Blackwell. Lieberman, P. (1984). The biology and evolution of language. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Luria, A. R. (1928). The problem of the cultural development of the child. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 35, 493–506. Luria, A. R. (1976). Cognitive development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Luria, A. R. (1979). The making of mind. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Mandler, J. M. (2004). The foundations of mind: Origins of conceptual thought. New York: Oxford University Press. Marks, J. (2002). What it means to be 98% chimpanzee: Apes, people, and their genes. Berkeley: University of California Press. Matsuzawa, T. (Ed.). (2001). Primate origins of human cognition and behavior. Tokyo: Springer-Verlag. Matsuzawa, T. (2003). The Ai project: Historical and ecological contexts. Animal Cognition, 6, 199–211. McBreaty, S., & Brooks, A. S. (2000). The revolution that wasn’t: A new interpretation of the origin of modern human behavior. Journal of Human Evolution, 39(5), 453–563. McGrew, W. C. (1987). Tools to get food: The subsistants of Tasmanian aborigines and Tanzanian chimpanzees compared. Journal of Anthropological Research, 43(3), 247–258. McGrew,W. C. (1998). Culture in nonhuman primates? Annual Review of Anthropology, 27, 301–328. Medin, D. L., Ross, N., Atran, S., Burnett, R. C., & Blok, S. V. (2002). Categorization and reasoning in relation to culture and expertise. In B. H. Ross (Ed.), The psychology of learning and motivation: Advances in research and theory (Vol. 41, pp. 1–41). San Diego: Academic Press. Menzel, R. C., Savage-Rumbaugh, E. S., & Menzel, E. W., Jr. (2002). Bonobo (Pan paniscus) spatial memory in a 20-hectare forest. International Journal of Primatology, 23(3), 601–619. Mithen, S. (1996). The prehistory of the mind: A search 52 for the origins of art, religion and science. London: Thames & Hudson. Nisbett, R. E., Peng, K., Choi, I., & Norenzayan, A. (2001). Culture and systems of thought: Holistic versus analytic cognition. Psychological Review, 108(2), 291–310. Noble, W., & Davidson, I. (1996). Human evolution, language, and mind. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Padden, C., & Humphries, T. (1988). Deaf in America: Voices from a culture. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Parker, S. (2003). Teaching the new baby to talk with biologists! Human Development, 46(5), 282–287. Pica, P., Lemer, C., Izard, V., & Dehaene, S. (2004). Exact and approximate arithmetic in an Amazonian indigenous group. Science, 306(5695), 499–503. Plotkin, H. (2001). Some elements of a science of culture. In E. Whitehouse (Ed.), The debated mind: Evolutionary psychology versus ethnography (pp. 91– 109). New York: Berg. Quartz, S. R., & Sejnowski, T. J. (2002). Liars, lovers, and heroes: What the new brain science reveals about how we become who we are. New York: Morrow. Ramachandran, V. S. (2000). Mirror neurons and imitation learning as the driving force behind “the great leap forward” in human evolution. Edge, 69. Renfrew, C., & Scarre, C. (Eds.). (1998). Cognition and material culture: The archeology of symbolic storage (McDonald Institute for Archeological Research, Cambridge University). Oxford, UK: Oxbow Books. Revusky, S., & Garcia, J. (1970). Learned associations over long delays. In G. Bower & J. Spence (Eds.), Psychology of learning and motivation: Advances in research and theory (Vol. 4, pp. 1–84). New York: Academic Press. Ridley, M. (2003). Nature via nurture: Genes, experience and what makes us human. New York: HarperCollins. Rizzolatti, G., & Craighero, L. (2004). The mirrorneuron system. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 27, 169–192. Rizzolatti, G., Fadiga, L., Fogassi, L., & Gallese, V. (2002). From mirror neurons to imitation, facts, and speculations. In A. N. Meltzoff & W. Prinz (Eds.), The imitative mind: Development, evolution, and brain bases (pp. 247–266). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Rogoff, B. (2003). The cultural nature of human development. New York: Oxford University Press. Rogoff, B., & Lave, J. C. (1984). Everyday cognition: Its development in social context. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 53 Rogoff, B., Paradise, R., Arauz, R. M., Correa-Chavez, M., & Angelillo, C. (2003). Firsthand learning through intent participation. Annual Review of Psychology, 54, 175–203. Rosa, A., Vega, J.,&Gomila, Y. A. (2004). Evolution of the mind: Some methodological and substantive considerations. Estudios de Psicología, 25(2), 205–215. Ross, N., Medin, D., Coley, J. D., & Atran, S. (2003). Cultural and experimental differences in the development of folkbiological induction. Cognitive Development, 18, 25–47. Saffran, J. R., Aslin, R. N., & Newport, E. L. (1996). Statistical learning by 8-month old infants. Science, 274, 1926–1928. Sato, T., Namiki, H., Ando, J., & Hatano, G. (2004). Japanese conception of and research on human intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of psychology of human intelligence (pp. 302– 324). New York: Cambridge University Press. Saxe, G. B. (1982). Developing form of arithmetical 134 II. THEORY AND METHODS thought among the Oksapmin of Papua New Guinea. Developmental Psychology, 18, 583–595. Saxe, G. B. (1994). Studying cognitive development in sociocultural contexts: The development of practicebased approaches. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 1(1), 135–157. Saxe, G. B., & Esmonde, I. (2005). Studying cognition in flux: A historical treatment of Fu in the shifting structure of Oksapmin mathematics. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 12(3–4), 171–225. Schliemann, A., Carraher, D., & Ceci, S. J. (1997). Everyday cognition. In J.W. Berry, P. R. Dasen, & T. S. Sarawathi (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology: Vol. 2. Basic processes and human development (2nd ed., pp. 177–226). Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon. Scribner, S. (1977). Modes of thinking and ways of speaking: Culture and logic reconsidered. In P. N. Johnson-Laird & P. C. Wason (Eds.), Thinking: Readings in cognitive science (pp. 483–500). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Scribner, S.,&Cole, M. (1981). The psychology of literacy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Shweder, R. A., Goodnow, J., Hatano, G., LeVine, R. A., Markus, H., & Miller, P. (1998). The cultural psychology of development: One mind, many mentalities. In R. M. Lerner (Ed.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol 1. Theoretical models of human development (pp. 865–938). New York: Wiley. Shweder, R. A., Goodnow, J., Hatano, G., LeVine, R. A., Markus, H., & Miller, P. (2006). The cultural psychology of development: One mind, many mentalities. 54 In W. Damon & R. M. Lerner (Editors-inChief) & R.M. Lerner (Vol. Ed.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 1. Theoretical models of human development (6th ed., pp. 716–792). New York:Wiley. Spelke, E. S. (2000). Core knowledge. American Psychologist, 55(11), 1233–1243. Stavy, R., & Wax, N. (1989). Children’s conceptions of plants as living things. Human Development, 32(635), 1–11. Stout, D., Toth, N., Schick, K., Stout, J.,&Hutchins, G. (2000). Stone tool-making and brain activation: Positron tomography (PET) studies. Journal of Archeological Science, 27(12), 1215–1233. Tanaka, S., Michimata, C., Kaminaga, T., Honda, M., & Sadato, N. (2002). Superior digit memory of abacus experts: An event-related functional MRI study. NeuroReport, 13(17), 2187–2191. Toda, M. (2000). Emotion and social interaction: A theoretical overview. In G. Hatano, N. Okada, & T. Tanabe (Eds.), Affective minds (pp. 3–12). Amsterdam: Elsevier. Tomasello, M., Call, J., & Hare, B. (1993). Chimpanzees understand psychological states: The question is “Which ones and to which extent?” Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7, 153–156. Tomasello, M. (1994). The question of chimpanzee culture. In R.W.Wrangham,W. C. McGrew, F. B.M. de Waal, & P. Heltne (Eds.), Chimpanzee cultures (pp. 301–317). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Tomasello, M. (1999). The cultural origins of human cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Toth, N., Schick, K. D., Savage-Rumbaugh, E. S., Sevcik, R. A., & Rumbaugh, D. M. (1993). Pan the tool-maker: Investigations into the stone tool-making and tool-using capabilities of a bonobo (Pan paniscus). Journal of Archaeological Science, 20, 81– 91. Tulviste, P. (1979). On the origins of theoretic syllogistic reasoning in culture and the child. Quarterly Newsletter of the Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition, 1(4), 73–79. Tulviste, P. (1999). Activity as an explanatory principle in cultural psychology. In S. Chaiklin, M. Hedegaard, & U. J. Jensen (Eds.), Activity theory and social practice (pp. 66–78). Aarhus, Denmark: Aarhus University Press. Vygotsky, L. S. (1929). The problem of the cultural development of the child, II. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 36, 415–432. Vygotsky, L. S. (1977). The collected works of L. S. Vygotsky: Problems of general psychology. New 55 York: Plenum Press. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Vygotsky, L. S. (1981). The genesis of higher mental functions. In J. V. Wertsch (Ed.), The concept of activity in Soviet psychology (pp. 144–240). Armonk, NY: Sharpe. Vygotsky, L. S. (1987). The collected works of L. S. Vygotsky: Vol. 1. Problems of general psychology (R. W. Rieber&A. S. Carton, Eds.). New York: Plenum. Vygotsky, L. S., & Luria, A. R. (1993). Studies on the history of behavior: Ape, primitive, and child. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. (Original work published 1930) Wellman, H. M., & Gelman, S. A. (1998). Knowledge acquisition in foundational domains. In H. M. Wellman, S. A. Gelman, & W. Damon (Eds.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 2. Cognition, perception, and language (pp. 523–573). New York: Wiley. Wertsch, J. (1985). Vygotsky and the social formation of mind. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Wertsch, J., & Tulviste, P. (1992). L. S. Vygotsky and contemporary developmental psychology. Developmental Psychology, 28(4), 548–557. Whitten, A. (2000). Primate culture and social learning. Cognitive Science, 24(3), 477–508. Wrangham, R.W., McGrew,W. C., deWaal, F. B. M.,& Heltne, P. G. (Eds.) (1994). Chimpanzee cultures. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Wynn, T. (1989). The evolution of spatial competence. Champaign: University of Illinois Press. Zur, O., & Gelman, R. R. (2004). Young children can add and subtract by predicting and checking. Early Childhood Quarterly Review, 19, 121–137. Adams, G., & Markus, H.R. (2004). Towards a conception of culture suitable for a social psychology of culture. In M. Shaller & S. Christian (Eds.), The psychological foundations of culture (pp. 335–360). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Adams, G., & Plaut, V. C. (2003). The cultural grounding of relationship: Friendship in North American andWest African worlds. Personal Relationships, 10, 335–349. Aronson, E. (1968). Dissonance theory: Progress and problems. In R. P. Abelson, E. Aronson, W. J. McGuire, T. M. Newcomb, M. J. Rosenberg, & P. H. Tannenbaum (Eds.), Theories of cognitive consistency: A source-book. (pp. 5–27). Chicago: Rand McNally. Aronson, E. (1992). The social animal (6th ed.). New York: Freeman. Baldwin, M. W., Carrell, S. E., & Lopez, D. E. (1990). 56 Priming relationship schematas: My advisor and the pope are watching me from the back of my mind. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 26, 435– 454. Barratt, M. S. (1993). Early childrearing in Japan: Cross-cultural and intracultural perspectives. Early Development and Parenting, 2, 3–6. Baumeister, R. F. (2005). The cultural animal: Human nature, meaning, and social life. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Baumeister, R. F., & Leary, M. R. (1995). The need to belong: Desire for interpersonal attachments as a fundamental human motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 497–529. Bellah, R. N., Madsen, R., Sullivan, W. M., Swidler, A., & Tipton, S. M. (1985). Habits of the heart: Individualism and commitment in American life. New York: Harper & Row. Berkowitz, L. (1989). Frustration–aggression hypothesis: Examination and reformulation. Psychological Bulletin, 106, 59–73. Berry, J.W., Poortinga, Y. H., Segall, M. H.,&Dasen, P. R. (1992). Cross-cultural psychology: Research and applications. New York: Cambridge University Press. Bond, M. H. (1988). Finding universal dimensions of individual variation in multicultural studies of values: The Rokeach and Chinese value surveys. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 55(6), 1009– 1015. Bornstein, M. H., Tamis-LeMonda, C. S., Tal, J., Ludeman, P., Toda, S., Rahn, C. W., et al. (1992). Maternal responsiveness to infants in three societies: The United States, France, and Japan. Child Development, 63, 808–821. Bornstein, M. H., Toda, S., Azuma, H., TamisLeMonda, C., & Ogino, M. (1990). Mother and infant activity and interaction in Japan and in the United States: II. A comparative microanalysis of naturalistic exchanges focused on the organization of infant attention. International Journal of Behavioral Developmental Psychology, 13, 289–308. Borofsky, R., Barth, F., Shweder, R., Rodseth, F., & Stolzenberg, N. M. (2001). A conversation about culture. American Anthropologist, 103, 432– 446. Bourdieu, P. (1977). Outline of a theory of practice (R. Nice, Trans.). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Brehm, J. (1966). A theory of psychological reactance. New York: Academic Press. Brewer, M. B. (2004). Taking the social origins of human nature seriously: Toward a more imperialist social psychology. Personality and Social Psychology 57 Review, 8(2), 107–113. Brewer, M. B., & Gardner, W. L. (1996). Who is this “we”?: Levels of collective identity and self representations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 83–93. Brown, J.,&Kobayashi, C. (2002). Self enhancement in Japan and America. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 5, 145–167. Bruner, J. (1990). Acts of meaning. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Chavajay, P., & Rogoff, B. (1999). Cultural variation in management of attention by children and their caregivers. Developmental Psychology, 35, 1079– 1090. Chiu, L.-H. (1972). A cross-cultural comparison of cognitive styles in Chinese and American children. International Journal of Psychology, 7, 235–242. Choi, I., & Nisbett, R. E. (1998). Situational salience and cultural differences in the correspondence bias and in the actor–observer bias. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 24, 949–960. Choi, I., Nisbett, R. E., & Norenzayan, A. (1999). Causal attribution across cultures: Variation and universality. Psychological Bulletin, 125, 47–63. Chua, H. F., Boland, J. E., & Nisbett, R. E. (2005). Cultural variation in eye movements during scene perception. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, USA, 102, 12629–12633. Clark, M. S., & Mills, J. (1979). Interpersonal attraction in exchange and communal relationships. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 12–24. Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology: A once and future discipline. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press. Cooley, C. H. (1922). Human nature and the social order (rev. ed.). New York: Scribner’s. (Original work published 1902) Crandall, C. S., D’Anello, S., Sakalli, N., Lazarus, E., Wieczorkowska, G., & Feather, N. (2002). An attribution-value model of prejudice: Anti-fat attitudes in six nations. In W. A. Lesko (Ed.), Readings in social psychology: General, classic, and contemporary selections (5th ed., pp. ). Boston: Allyn&Bacon. D’Andrade, R. G. (1995). The development of cognitive anthropology. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Deci, E., & Ryan, R. (1985) Intrinsic motivation and self-determination in human behavior. New York: Plenum Press. de Tocqueville, A. (1969). Democracy in America (Vol. 2, pt. 2). Garden City, NY: Anchor. (Original work published 1835). DeVos, G. (1983). Adaptive conflict and adjustive coping: 58 Psychocultural approaches to ethnic identity. In T. Sarbin & K. E. Scheibe (Eds.), Studies in social identity (pp. 204–230). New York: Praeger. Diamond, J. (1997). Guns, germs, and steel: The fates of human societies. New York: Norton. Diener, E., & Diener, M. (1995). Cross-cultural correlates of life satisfaction and self-esteem. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 653–663. Diener, E., & Suh, E. H. (Eds.). (2000). Advances in quality of life theory and research. Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Kluwer. Duffy, S., Uchida, Y., & Kitayama, S. (2004). Culture and friendship: A social network study. Unpublished manuscript. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. Dunbar, R. (1996). Coevolution of neocortical size, group size, and language in humans. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 16, 681–735. Durkheim, É. (1964). The rules of sociological method. New York: Free Press. Earley, P. C. (1989). East meets West meets Mideast: Further explorations of collectivistic and individualistic work groups. Academy of Management Journal, 36, 565–581. Elliot, A. J., Chirkov, V. I., Kim, Y., & Sheldon, K. M. 6. Self as Cultural Mode of Being 169 (2002). A cross-cultural analysis of avoidance personal goals. Psychological Science, 12, 505–510. Fernald, A., & Morikawa, H. (1993). Common themes and cultural variations in Japanese and American mothers’ speech to infants. Child Development, 64, 637–656. Festinger, L. (1957). A theory of cognitive dissonance. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Fiske, A. P. (1992). Four elementary forms of sociality: Framework for a unified theory of social relations. Psychological Review, 99, 689–723. Fiske, A. P., Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Nisbett, R. E. (1998). The cultural matrix of social psychology. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (4th ed., pp. 915– 981). Boston: McGraw-Hill. Fukuyama, F. (1992). The end of history and the last man. New York: Free Press. Garfinkel, H. (1967). Studies in ethnomethodology. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures. New York: Basic Books. Geertz, C. (1975). On the nature of anthropological understanding. American Scientist, 63, 47–53. Gibson, J. J. (1979). The ecological approach to visual perception. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Giddens, A. (1984). The constitution of society. Berkeley: University of California, Berkeley Press. 59 Gilbert, D. T., & Jones, E. E. (1986). Perceiver-induced constraint: Interpretations of self-generated reality. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 269–280. Gray, H. M., Ambady, N., Ishii, K., & Kitayama, S. (2006). Mood effects on relative attention to verbal and nonverbal cues: The role of affiliation goals. Unpublished manuscript, Harvard University. Greenfield, P. M., Keller, H., & Fuligni, A. (2003). Cultural pathways through universal development. Annual Review of Psychology, 54, 461–490. Gutchess, A., Welsh, R., Boduroglu, A., & Park, D. C. (in press). Cultural differences in neural function associated with object processing. Cognitive, Affective, and Behavioral Neuroscience . Han, S.-P., & Shavitt, S. (1994). Persuasion and culture: Advertising appeals in individualistic and collectivistic societies. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 30, 326–350. Harris, M. B. (1974). Mediators between frustration and aggression in a field experiment. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 10, 561–571. Heckhausen, J., & Schulz, R. (1995). A life-span theory of control. Psychological Review, 102, 284– 304. Heine, S. J., & Hamamura, T. (2007). In search of East Asian self-enhancement. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 11, 1–24. Heine, S. J., Kitayama, S., Lehman, D. R., Takata, T., Ide, E., Leung, C., et al. (2001). Divergent consequences of success and failure in Japan and North America: An investigation of self-improving motivations and malleable selves. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 599–615. Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for positive self-regard? Psychological Review, 106(4), 766–794. Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Peng, K., & Greenholtz, J. (2002). What’s wrong with cross-cultural comparisons of subjective likert scales?: The reference-group effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 903–918. Hermans, H. J. M., Rijks, T. I., & Kempen, H. J. G. (1993). Imaginal dialogues in the self: Theory and method. Journal of Personality, 61(2), 207–236. Hochschild, J. (1995). Facing up to the American Dream: Race, class, and the soul of the nation. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Hofstede, G. (1980). Culture’s consequences: International differences in work-related values. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage. Hofstede, G. (1991). Cultures and organizations: Software 60 of the mind. London: McGraw-Hill. Hong, Y., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Benet-Martinez, V. (2000). Multicultural minds. American Psychologist, 55, 709–720. Hoshino-Browne, E., Zanna, A. S., Spencer, S. J., Zanna, M. P., Kitayama, S., & Lackenbauer, S. (2005). On the cultural guises of cognitive dissonance: The case of Easterners and Westerners. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 89, 294– 310. Imada, T., & Kitayama, S. (2006). Dissonance and eyes of others. Unpublished manuscript, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. Inglehart, R., & Baker, W. E. (2000). Modernization, cultural change, and the persistance of traditional values. American Sociological Review, 65, 19–51. Ishii, K., Reyes, J. A., & Kitayama, S. (2003). Spontaneous attention to word content versus emotional tone: Differences among three cultures. Psychological Science, 14, 39–46. Iyengar, S. S., & Lepper, M. R. (1999). Rethinking the value of choice: A cultural perspective on intrinsic motivation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 349–366. Ji, L., Zhang, Z.,&Nisbett, R. E. (2004). Is it culture or is it language?: Examination of language effects in cross-cultural research on categorization. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 87, 57–65. Ji, L. J., Peng, K., & Nisbett, R. E. (2000). Culture, control, and perception of relationships in the environment. Journal of personality and social psychology, 78(5), 943–955. Jones, E. E. (1988). Impression formation: What do people think about? In T. Srull & R. Wyer (Eds.), A dual process model of impression formation (pp. 83– 89). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Ka_itçiba_i, Ç. (1997). Human development: Crosscultural perspectives. In J. G. Adair & D. Bélanger (Ed.), Advances in psychological science: Vol. 1. So170 II. THEORY AND METHODS cial, personal, and cultural aspects (pp. 475–494). Hove, UK: Taylor & Francis. Kakuno, M., & Ura, M. (2002). Effect of Japanese sentence subject on correspondence bias. Paper presented at the XXV International Congress of Applied Psychology, Singapore. Kang, S., Shaver, P. R., Min, K., & Jin, H. (2003). Culture-specific patterns in the prediction of life satisfaction: Roles of emotion, relationship quality, and self-esteem. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 1596–1608. Kashima, Y., & Kashima, E. S. (2003). Individualism, GNP, climate, and pronoun drop: Is individualism 61 determined by affluence and climate, or does language use play a role? Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 34(1), 125–134. Keller, H., Yovsi, R., Borke, J., Kärtner, J., Jensen, H.,& Papaligoura, Z. (2004). Developmental consequences of early parenting experiences: Selfrecognition and self-regulation in three cultural communities. Child Development, 75(6), 1745–1760. Ketay, S., Hedden, T., Aron, A., Markus, H. R., & Gabrieli, J. D. (2006). Cultural differences in neural activation during relative versus absolute perceptual judgments. Unpublished manuscript, State University of New York, Stony Brook. Kim, H., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Deviance or uniqueness, harmony or conformity?: A cultural analysis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 785–800. Kitayama, S. (2002). Cultural and basic psychological processes—toward a system view of culture: Comment on Oyserman et al. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 189–196. Kitayama, S., & Duffy, S. (2004). Cultural competence—tacit, yet fundamental: Self, social relations, and cognition in the United States and Japan. In R. Sternberg & E. Grigorenko (Eds.), Culture and competence: Contexts of life success (pp. 55–87). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Kitayama, S., Duffy, S., Kawamura, T., & Larsen, J. (2003). Perceiving an object and its context in different cultures: A cultural look at new look. Psychological Science, 14, 201–206. Kitayama, S., Ishii, K., Imada, T., Takemura, K., & Ramaswamy, J. (2006). Voluntary settlement and the spirit of independence: Evidence from Japan’s “Northern Frontier.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 91, 369–384. Kitayama, S., Karasawa, M., Curhan, K. B., Ryff, C., & Markus, H. R. (2006). Independence, interdependence, and well-being: Divergent patterns in Japan and the United States. Unpublished manuscript, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (1994). Introduction to cultural psychology and emotion research. In Emotion and culture: Empirical studies of mutual influence (pp. 1–19). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Yin and yang of the Japanese self: The cultural psychology of personality coherence. In D. Cervone & Y. Shoda (Eds.), The coherence of personality: Social cognitive bases of personality consistency, variability, and organization (pp. 242–302). New York: Guilford Press. 62 Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (2000). The pursuit of happiness and the realization of sympathy: Cultural patterns of self, social relations, and well-being. In E. Diener & E. M. Suh (Eds.), Culture and subjective well-being (pp. 113–1621). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Kurokawa, M. (2000). Culture, emotion and well-being: Good feelings in Japan and the U.S. Cognition and Emotion, 14(1), 93– 124. Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R.,&Matsumoto, H. (1995). A cultural perspective on self-conscious emotions. In J. P. Tangney&K.W. Fisher (Eds.), Shame, guilt, embarrassment, and pride: Empirical studies of selfconscious emotions. New York: Guilford Press. Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., Matsumoto, H., & Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective processes in the construction of the self: Selfenhancement in the United States and selfdepreciation in Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 1245–1267. Kitayama, S., Mesquita, B., & Karasawa, M. (2006). Cultural affordances and emotional experience: Socially engaging and disengaging emotions in Japan and the United States. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 91, 890–903. Kitayama, S., Snibbe, A. C., Markus, H. R., & Suzuki, T. (2004). Is there any “free” choice?: Self and dissonance in two cultures. Psychological Science, 15(8), 527–533. Kitayama, S., & Uchida, Y. (2004). Interdependent agency: An alternative system for action. In R. Sorrentino, D. Cohen, J.M. Olson, & M. P. Zanna (Eds.), Culture and social behavior: The Ontario Symposium (Vol. 10, pp. 137–164). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Kitayama, S., & Uchida, Y. (2006). Culture and social support. Unpublished manuscript, Koshien University, Japan. Kitayama, S., Uchida, Y., Nakama, D., Mesquita, B., Saitoh, K., & Morling, B. (2006). Esteem support and reciprocity monitoring: Self and social relations in two cultures. Unpublished manuscript, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. Kohn, M. L., Naoi, A., Schoenbach, C., Schooler, C., & Slomczynski, K. (1990). Position in the class structure and psychological functioning in the United States, Japan, and Poland. American Journal of Sociology, 95, 964–1008. Kondo, D. (1990). Crafting selves: Power, gender, and discourses of identity in a Japanese work place. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Kroeber, A. L., & Kluckhohn, C. (1966). Culture: A 63 6. Self as Cultural Mode of Being 171 critical review of concepts and definitions. New York: Vintage. (Original work published in 1952) Kuhnen, U., & Oyserman, D. (2002). Thinking about the self influences thinking in general: Cognitive consequences of salient self-concept. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 492–499. Kwan, V. S. M., Bond, M. H., & Singelis, T. M. (1997). Pancultural explanations for life satisfaction: Adding relationship harmony to self-esteem. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 1038–1051. Lachman, M. E., & Weaver, S. L. (1998). The sense of control as a moderator of social class differences in health and well-being. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74(3), 763–773. Lakin, J. L., & Chartrand, T. L. (2003). Using nonconscious behavioral mimicry to create affiliation and rapport. Psychological Science, 14, 334–339. Lee, F., Hallahan, M., & Herzog, T. (1996). Explaining real life events: How culture and domain shape attributions. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 732–741. Lehman, D. R., Chiu, C., & Schaller, M. (2004). Psychology and culture. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 689–714. Lepper, M. R., & Greene, D. (1978). Overjustification research and beyond: Toward a means–end analysis of intrinsic and extrinsic motivation. In M. R. Lepper & D. Greene (Eds.), The hidden costs of reward (pp. 109–148). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Letra, T. S. (1976). Japanese patterns of behavior. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press. Markus, H., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (2004). Models of agency: Sociocultural diversity in the construction of action. In V. Murphy-Berman & J. J. Berman (Eds.), Cross-cultural differences in perspectives on the self (Vol. 49, pp. 1–57). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Markus, H. R., Mullally, P. R., & Kitayama, S. (1997). Selfways: Diversity in modes of cultural participation. In U. Neisser & D. Jopling (Eds.), The conceptual self in context: Culture, experience, selfunderstanding (pp. 13–62). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Markus, H. R., Ryff, C. D., Curhan, K. B., Palmersheim, K. A., Brim, O. G., & Ryff, C. D. (2004). In their own words: Well-being at midlife among high school–educated and college-educated adults. In Anonymous (Ed.), How healthy are we?: A national study of well-being at midlife (pp. 273– 64 319). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Markus, H. R., Uchida, Y., Omoregie, H., Townsend, S. S. M., & Kitayama, S. (2006). Models of agency in Japanese and American contexts. Psychological Science, 17, 103–112. Marsella, A. J., DeVos, G., & Hsu, F. L. K. (1985). Culture and self: Asian and Western perspectives. London: Tavistock. Masuda, T., & Kitayama, S. (2004). Perceiver-induced constraint and attitude attribution in Japan and the U.S.: A case for the cultural dependence of the correspondence bias. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40(3), 409–416. Masuda, T., & Nisbett, R. E. (2001). Attending holistically versus analytically: Comparing the context sensitivity of Japanese and Americans. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 992–934. Matsumoto, D. (1999). Culture and self: An empirical assessment of Markus and Kitayama’s theory of independent and interdependent self-construal. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 2(3), 289–310. McClelland, D. (1985). Human motivation. Glenview, IL: Scott Foresman Press. Mead, G. H. (1934). Mind, self, and society. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Mesquita, B., & Frijda, N. H. (1992). Cultural variations in emotions: A review. Psychological Bulletin, 112(2), 179–204. Mesquita, B., Karasawa, M., Haire, A., Izumi, K., Hayashi, A., Idzelis, M., et al. (2005). Emotions as culture-specific ways of relating: A comparison between Japanese and American groups. Unpublished manuscript, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, NC. Miller, J. G. (1984). Culture and the development of everyday social explanation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 961–978. Miller, J. G., & Bersoff, D. M. (1994). Cultural influences on the moral status of reciprocity and the discounting of endogenous motivation. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 592–602. Miyake, K., Chen, S.-J., & Campos, J. J. (1985). Infant temperament, mother’s mode of interaction, and attachment in Japan: An interim report. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 50(1), 276–297. Miyamoto, Y., & Kitayama, S. (2002). Cultural variation in correspondence bias: The critical role of attitude diagnosticity of socially constrained behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 1239–1248. Miyamoto, Y., Kitayama, S.,&Talhelm, T. (2006, January). A meta-analytic review of cultural differences in 65 cognitive processes. Poster presented at the Conference of the Society for Personality and Social Psychology, Palm Springs, CA. Miyamoto, Y., Nisbett, R. E., & Masuda, T. (2006). Culture and the physical environment: Holistic versus analytic perceptual affordances. Psychological Science, 17, 113–117. Morling, B., Kitayama, S.,&Miyamoto, Y. (2002). Cultural practices emphasize influence in the United States and adjustment in Japan. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 311–323. Morling, B., Kitayama, S., & Miyamoto, Y. (2003). American and Japanese women use different coping strategies during normal pregnancy. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 114–128. 172 II. THEORY AND METHODS Morris, M., & Peng, K. (1994). Culture and cause: American and Chinese attributions for social and physical events. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 949–971. Moscovici, S. (1984). The phenomena of social representations. In R. M. Farr & S. Moscovici (Eds.), Social representation (pp. 3–69). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Myers, F. (1986). Pintupi country, Pintupi self: Sentiment, place, and politics among Western Desert Aborigines. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Naoi, A., & Schooler, C. (1985). Occupational conditions and psychological functioning in Japan. American Journal of Sociology, 90, 729–752. Nisbett, R.,&Cohen, D. (1996). Culture of honor: Psychology of violence in the South. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Nisbett, R., & Masuda, T. (2003). Culture and point of view. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA, 100, 11163–11170. Nisbett, R., & Ross, L. (1980). Human inference: Strategies and shortcomings of social judgment. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall. Nisbett, R. E. (2003). The geography of thought: Why we think the way we do. New York: Free Press. Nisbett, R. E., Peng, K., Choi, I., & Norenzayan, A. (2001). Culture and systems of thought: Holistic vs. analytic cognition. Psychological Review, 108, 291– 310. Nisbett, R. E., & Wilson, D. (1977). Telling more than we know: Verbal reports on mental processes. Psychological Review, 84, 231–253. Norenzayan, A., & Heine, S. J. (2005). Psychological universals: What are they and how can we know? Psychological Bulletin, 131, 763–784. Norenzayan, A., Smith, E. E., Kim, B. J., & Nisbett, R. 66 E. (2002). Cultural preferences for formal versus intuitive reasoning. Cognitive Science, 26, 653–886. Ochs, E. (1988). Culture and language development: Language acquisition and language socialization in a Samoan village. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Oishi, S., & Diener, E. (2003). Culture and well-being: The cycle of action, evaluation, and decision. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 939–949. Oyserman, D., Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M. (2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism: Evaluation of theoretical and assumptions and metaanalyses. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 3–72. Parsons, T.,&Shils, E. A. (1951). Toward a general theory of action. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Pearlin, L. I., & Schooler, C. (1978). The structure of coping. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 19, 2– 21. Peng, K., & Nisbett, R. E. (1999). Culture, dialecticism, and reasoning about contradiction. American Psychologist, 54, 741–754. Peng, K., Nisbett, R. E., & Wong, N. (1997). Validity problems of cross-cultural value comparison and possible solutions. Psychological Methods, 2, 329– 341. Putnam, R. D. (1993). Making democracy work: Civic traditions in modern Italy. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Richerson, P. J., & Boyd, R. (2005). Not by genes alone: How culture transformed human evolution. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Ross, L. (1977). The intuitive psychologist and his shortcomings: Distortions in the attribution process. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 10, pp. 174–221). New York: Academic Press. Rothbaum, R., Pott, M., Azuma, H., Miyake, K., & Weisz, J. (2000). The development of close relationships in Japan and the U.S.: Pathways of symbiotic harmony and generative tension. Child Development, 71, 1121–1142. Rozin, P., Lowery, L., Imada, S.,&Haidt, J. (1999). The CAD triad hypothesis: A mapping between three moral emotions (contempt, anger, disgust) and three moral codes (community, autonomy, divinity). Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 574– 586. Sampson, E. E. (1988). The debate on individualism: Indigenous psychologies of the individual and their role in personal and societal functioning. American Psychologist, 43, 15–22. Sanchez-Burks, J. (2005). Protestant relational ideology: 67 The cognitive underpinnings and organizational implications of an American anomaly. Research in Organizational Behavior, 26, 267–308. Schimmack, U., Oishi, S.,&Diener, E. (2005). Individualism: A valid and important dimension of cultural differences between nations. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 9(1), 17–31. Schlesinger, A. M. (1986). The cycles of American history. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Schwartz, S. H. (1992). Universals in the structure and content of values. In M. P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 25, pp. 1–65). Orlando, FL: Academic Press. Sedikides, C., Gaertner, L., & Toguchi, Y. (2003). Pancultural self-enhancement. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84(1), 60–79. Sheldon, K. M., & Kasser, T. (1998). Pursuing personal goals: Skills enable progress, but not all progress is beneficial. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 24, 1319–1331. Shore, B. (1996). Culture in mind: Cognition, culture, and the problem of meaning. New York: Oxford University Press. Shweder, R. (2003). Why men barbecue: Recipes for cultural psychology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Shweder, R. A. (Ed.). (1991). Thinking through cultures: Expeditions in cultural psychology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Shweder, R. A., & Bourne, E. J. (1982). Does the con6. Self as Cultural Mode of Being 173 cept of person vary cross-culturally? In A. J. Marsella & G. M. White (Eds.), Cultural conceptions of mental health and therapy (pp. 130–204). London: Reidel. Shweder, R. A., Much, N. C., Mahapatra, M., & Park, L. (1997). The “big three” of morality (autonomy, community, divinity), and the “big three” explanations of suffering. In A. Brandt & P. Rozin (Eds.), Morality and health (pp. 119–169). New York: Routledge. Singelis, T. M. (1994). The measurement of independent and interdependent self-construals. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20(5), 580–591. Smith, P. B. (2004). Acquiescent response bias as an aspect of cultural communication style. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 35(1), 50–61. Smith, P. B., & Schwartz, S. (1997). Values. In J. W. Berry, M. H. Segall, & Ç. Kagitçibasi (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology: Vol. 3. Social behavior and applications (2nd ed., pp. 77–118). Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Snibbe, A. C., & Markus, H. R. (2005). You can’t always 68 get what you want: Educational attainment, agency, and choice. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 88, 703–720. Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture: A naturalistic approach. London: Blackwell. Steele, C. M. (1988). The psychology of self-affirmation: Sustaining the integrity of the self. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 21, pp. 261–302). San Diego: Academic Press. Steele, C. M., Spencer, S. J., & Lynch, M. (1993). Selfimage resilience and dissonance: The role of affirmational recourses. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 64, 885–896. Takano, Y., & Osaka, E. (1999). An unsupported common view: Comparing Japan and the U.S. on individualism/ collectivism. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 2, 311–341. Taylor, C. (1989). Sources of the self: The making of modern identities. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Taylor, S. E., & Brown, J. D. (1988). Illusion and wellbeing: A social psychological perspective on mental health. Psychological Bulletin, 103, 193–220. Taylor, S. E., Sherman, D. K., Kim, H. S., Jarcho, J., Takagi, K., & Dunagan, M. S. (2004). Culture and social support: Who seeks it and why? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 87, 354–362. Tönnies, F. (1988). Community and society. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. (Original published in 1887) Trafimow, D., Triandis, H. C., & Goto, S. G. (1991). Some tests of the distinction between the private self and the collective self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 649–655. Triandis, H. C. (1989). The self and social behavior in differing cultural contexts. Psychological Review, 96, 506–520. Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Triandis, H. C., Kashima, Y., Shimada, E., & Villareal, M. (1986). Acculturation indices as a means of confirming cultural differences. International Journal of Psychology, 21, 43–70. Turiel, E. (2004). Commentary: Beyond individualism and collectivism—a problem or progress? In M. E. Mascolo & J. Li (Eds.), Culture and developing selves: Beyond dichotomization (pp. 91–100). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Turner, F. (1920). The frontier in American history. New York: Holt. Uchida, Y., & Kitayama, S. (2006). Happiness and unhappiness and West and East: Themes and variations. Unpublished manuscript, Koshien University, 69 Takaraduka, Japan. Uchida, Y., Norasakkunkit, V., & Kitayama, S. (2004). Cultural constructions of happiness: Theory and evidence. Journal of Happiness Studies, 5, 223–239. Watsuji, T. (1961). Climate and culture. Hokuseido Press. (Original work published 1935) Weber, M. (1950). The protestant ethic and the spirit of capitalism (T. Parsons, Trans.). New York: Scribner’s. (Original work published 1904–1906) Weisz, J. R., Rothbaum, F. M., & Blackburn, T. C. (1984). Standing out and standing in: The psychology of control in America and Japan. American Psychologist, 39, 955–969. Yamagishi, T., & Yamagishi, M. (1994). Trust and commitment in the United States and Japan. Motivation and Emotion, 18(2), 129–166. Yang, K.-S. (1986). Chinese personality and its change. In M. H. Bond (Ed.), The psychology of the Chinese people (pp.106–170). New York: Oxford University Press. Zahn-Waxler, C., Friedman, R. J., Cole, P. M., & Mizuta, I. (1996). Japanese and United States preschool children’s responses to conflict and distress. Child Development, 67(5), 2462–2477. Zuckerman, M., & O’Loughlin, R. E. (2006). Selfenhancement by social comparison: A prospective analysis. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 32, 751–760. Allik, J., & McCrae, R. R. (2004). Toward a geography of personality traits: Patterns of profiles across 36 cultures. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 35(1), 13–28. Anderson, J. R. (1988). A spreading activation theory of memory. In A. Collins&E. E. Smith (Eds.), Readings in cognitive science: A perspective from psychology and artificial intelligence (pp. 138–154). San Mateo, CA: Kaufmann. Ayduk, O., Downey, G., Testa, A., Yen, Y., & Shoda, Y. (1999). Does rejection elicit hostility in rejection sensitive women? Social Cognition, 17, 245–271. Barnouw, V. (1985). Culture and personality. Homewood, IL: Dorsey. Bem, D. J., & Allen, A. (1974). On predicting some of the people some of the time: The search for crosssituational consistencies in behavior. Psychological Review, 81, 506–520. Benedict, R. (1934). Patterns of culture. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Betancourt, H.,&López, S. R. (1993). The study of culture, ethnicity, and race in American psychology. American Psychologist, 48(6), 629–637. Bock, P. K. (2000). Culture and personality revisited. 70 American Behavioral Scientist, 44(1), 32–40. Borkenau, P., Riemann, R, Spinath, F. M., & Angleitner, A (2006). Genetic and environmental influences on person × situation profiles. Journal of Personality, 74, 1451–1479. 7. Integrating System Approaches to Culture and Personality 191 Bouchard, T. J., & Loehlin, J. C. (2001). Genes, evolution, and personality. Behavior Genetics, 31, 243– 273. Cantor, N., & Kihlstrom, J. F. (1989). Social intelligence and cognitive assessments of personality. In R. S. J. Wyer, & T. K. Srull (Eds.), Advances in social cognition (Vol. 2, pp. 1–59). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Cervone, D. (2004). The architecture of personality. Psychological Review, 111(1), 183–204. Cervone, D. (2005). Personality architecture: Withinperson structures and processes. Annual Review of Psychology, 56, 423–452. Chan, W., & Mendoza-Denton, R. (2004, April). Sensitivity to race-based rejection among Asian Americans. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the Western Psychological Association, Phoenix, AZ. Cheung, F. M., & Leung, K. (1998). Indigenous personality measures: Chinese examples. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 29, 233–248. Church, A. T. (2000). Culture and personality: Toward an integrated cultural trait psychology. Journal of Personality, 68(4), 651–704. Church, A. T., Katigbak, M. S.,&Reyes, J. A. S. (1996). Toward a taxonomy of trait adjectives in Filipino: Comparing personality lexicons across cultures. European Journal of Personality, 10, 3–24. Church, A. T., Katigbak, M. S.,&Reyes, J. A. S. (1998). Further exploration of Filipino personality structure using the lexical approach: Do the big-five or bigseven dimensions emerge? European Journal of Personality, 12, 249–269. CNN. (2005, January 14). Charleston again ranked best-mannered city. Available online at www. CNN.com Cohen, D. (1997). Ifs and thens in cultural psychology. In R. S. J. Wyer (Ed.), The automaticity of everyday life: Advances in social cognition (Vol. 10, pp. 121– 131). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Cohen, D. (1998). Culture, social organization, and patterns of violence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75(2), 408–419. Cohen, D., & Nisbett, R. E. (1994). Self-protection and the culture of honor: Explaining southern violence. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 551– 567. Cohen, D., & Nisbett, R. E. (1997). Field experiments examining the culture of honor: The role of institutions 71 in perpetuating norms about violence. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23(11), 1188– 1199. Cohen, D., Nisbett, R. E., Bowdle, B. F., & Schwarz, N. (1996). Insult, aggression, and the Southern culture of honor: An “experimental ethnography.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 945–960. Cohen, D., Vandello, J., Puente, S., & Rantilla, A. (1999). “When you call me that, smile!”: How norms for politeness, interaction styles, and aggression work together in southern culture. Social Psychology Quarterly, 62, 257–275. Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology: A once and future discipline. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Crocker, J., Major, B., & Steele, C. (1998). Social stigma. In D. T. Gilbert & S. T. Fiske (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (4th ed., pp. 504– 553). New York: McGraw-Hill. Downey, G., & Feldman, S. I. (1996). Implications of rejection sensitivity for intimate relationships. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 1327– 1343. DuBois, C. (1944). The people of Alor: A sociopsychological study of an East Indian island. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. Epstein, S. (1979). The stability of behavior: I. On predicting most of the people much of the time. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 1097– 1126. Epstein, S. (1994). Trait theory as personality theory: Can a part be as great as a whole? Psychological Inquiry, 5, 120–122. Epstein, S., & O’Brien, E. J. (1985). The person– situation debate in historical and current perspective. Psychological Bulletin, 98, 513–537. Fiske, S. T. (2004). Social beings: A core motives approach to social psychology. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley. Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures: Selected essays. New York: Basic Books. Gilbert, D. T., & Malone, P. S. (1995). The correspondence bias. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 21–38. Goldberg, L. R. (1992). The development of markers for the Big-Five factor structure. Psychological Assessment, 4, 26–42. Gosling, S. D., & John, O. P. (1999). Personality dimensions in non-human animals: A cross-species review. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 8, 69– 73. Gosling, S. D., Kwan, V. S. Y., & John, O. P. (2003). A dog’s got personality: A cross-species comparative approach to personality judgments in dogs and humans. 72 Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85, 1161–1169. Hartshorne, H., &May, M. A. (1928). Studies in deceit. Oxford, UK: Macmillan. Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for positive self-regard? Psychological Review, 106, 766–794. Higgins, E. T. (1996). Knowledge activation: Accessibility, applicability, and salience. In E. T. Higgins & A. W. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook of basic principles (pp. 133–168). New York: Guilford Press. Hinton, G. E., McClelland, J. L., & Rumelhart, D. E. (1986). Distributed representations. In D. E. Rumelhart & J. L. McClelland (Eds.), Parallel distributed processing: Explorations in the microstructures of cognition: Vol. I. Foundations (pp. 77–109). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books. Hong, Y., Benet-Martinez, V., Chiu, C., & Morris, M. 192 II. THEORY AND METHODS W. (2003). Boundaries of cultural influence: Construct activation as a mechanism for cultural differences in social perception. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 34, 453–464. Hong, Y., & Chiu, C. (2001). Toward a paradigm shift: From cross-cultural differences in social cognition to social-cognitive mediation of cultural differences. Social Cognition, 19, 181–196. Hong, Y., & Mallorie, L. A. M. (2004). A dynamic constructivist approach to culture: Lessons learned from personality psychology. Journal of Research in Personality, 38, 59–67. Hong, Y., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Benet-Martinez, V. (2000). Multicultural minds: A dynamic constructivist approach to culture and cognition. American Psychologist, 55(7), 709–720. Hoorens, V., & Poortinga, Y. H. (2000). Behavior in the social context. In K. Pawlik & M. R. Rosenzweig (Eds.), International handbook of psychology (pp. 40–53). London: Sage. Humphreys, M. S., & Kashima, Y. (2002). Connectionism and self: Distributed representational systems and their implications for self and identity. In Y. Kashima, M. Foddy, & M. Platow (Eds.), Self and identity: Personal, social, and symbolic (pp. 27–54). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Inkeles, A. (1996). National character: A psycho-social study. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction. Iyengar, S. S., & Lepper, M. R. (1999). Rethinking the value of choice: A cultural perspective on intrinsic motivation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 349–366. 73 Kammrath, L., Mendoza-Denton, R., & Mischel, W. (2005). Incorporating if . . . then . . . signatures in person perception: Beyond the person–situation dichotomy. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 88, 605–613. Kaplan, B. (1954). A study of Rorschach responses in four cultures. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Kashima, Y. (2001). Culture and social cognition: Toward a social psychology of cultural dynamics. In D. Matsumoto (Ed.), The handbook of culture and psychology (pp. 325–360). New York: Oxford University Press. Kashima, Y. (2004). Person, symbol, sociality: Towards a social psychology of cultural dynamics. Journal of Research in Personality, 38, 52–58. Kashima, Y., Kashima, E., Farsides, T., Kim, U., Strack, F., & Werth, L., et al. (2004). Culture and contextsensitive self: The amount and meaning of contextsensitivity of phenomenal self differ across cultures. Self and Identity, 3, 125–141. Kitayama, S. (2002). Culture and basic psychological processes—toward a system view of culture: Comment on Oyserman et al. (2002). Psychological Bulletin, 128, 89–96. Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Yin and yang of the Japanese self: The cultural psychology of personality coherence. In D. Cervone & Y. Shoda (Eds.), The coherence of personality: Social-cognitive bases of consistency, variability, and organization (pp. 242–302). New York: Guilford Press. Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., Matsumoto, H., & Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective processes in the construction of the self: Selfenhancement in the United States and self-criticism in Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 1245–1267. Levy, S. R., Ayduk, O., & Downey, G. (2001). Rejection sensitivity: Implications for interpersonal and intergroup processes. In M. Leary (Ed.), Interpersonal rejection (pp. 251–289). New York: Oxford University Press. Levy, S. R., West, T., Ramirez, L., & Karafantis, D. M. (2006). The Protestant work ethic: A lay theory with dual intergroup implications. Group Processes and Intergroup Relations, 9, 95–115. Linton, R. (1936). The study of man: An introduction. New York: Appleton–Century. Loehlin, J. C., McCrae, R. R., Costa, P. T. J.,&John, O. P. (1998). Heritabilities of common and measurespecific components of the Big Five personality factors. Journal of Research in Personality, 32(4), 431– 453. 74 Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1998). The cultural psychology of personality. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 29, 63–87. McAdams, D. P. (1999). Personal narratives and the life story. In L. A. Pervin & O. P. John (Eds.), Handbook of personality: Theory and research (2nd ed., pp. 478–500). New York: Guilford Press. McCrae, R. R. (2000). Trait psychology and the revival of personality and culture studies. American Behavioral Scientist, 44, 10–31. McCrae, R. R. (2004). Human nature and culture: A trait perspective. Journal of Research in Personality, 38, 3–14. McCrae, R. R., & Allik, J. (2002). The five-factor model of personality across cultures. New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum Press. Mendoza-Denton, R. (1999). Lay contextualism in stereotyping. Unpublished dissertation, Columbia University, New York. Mendoza-Denton, R., Ayduk, O. N., Shoda, Y., & Mischel, W. (1997). Cognitive–affective processing system analysis of reactions to the O. J. Simpson criminal trial verdict. Journal of Social Issues, 53, 563–581. Mendoza-Denton, R., Downey, G., Purdie, V. J., Davis, A., & Pietrzak, J. (2002). Sensitivity to status-based rejection: Implications for African American students’ college experience. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 896–918. Mendoza-Denton, R., Page-Gould, E., & Pietrzak, J. (2006). Mechanisms for coping with status-based rejection expectations. In S. Levin & C. Van Laar 7. Integrating System Approaches to Culture and Personality 193 (Eds.), Stigma and group inequality: Social psychological approaches (pp. 151–169). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Mendoza-Denton, R., Park, S., Kammrath, L., & Peake, P. K. (2004, September). Perceivers as social cognitive theorists: The case of gender stereotypes. Paper presentation to the Psychology Department, Stanford University, Stanford, CA. Mendoza-Denton, R., Shoda, Y., Ayduk, O.,&Mischel, W. (1999). Applying cognitive-affective processing system (CAPS) theory to cultural differences in social behavior. In W. J. Lonner & D. L. Dinnel (Eds.), Merging past, present, and future in cross-cultural psychology: Selected papers from the 14th international congress of the International Association for Cross-Cultural Psychology (pp. 205–217). Lisse, The Netherlands: Swets & Zeitlinger. 75 Miller, J. G. (1997). Theoretical issues in cultural psychology. In J. W. Berry & Y. H. Poortinga (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology: Vol. 1. Theory and method (pp. 85–128). Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon. Miller, J. G. (1999). Cultural psychology: Implications for basic psychological theory. Psychological Science, 10, 85–91. Mischel, W. (1968). Personality and assessment. New York: Wiley. Mischel, W. (1973). Toward a cognitive social learning reconceptualization of personality. Pyschological Review, 80, 252–283. Mischel, W. (2003). Challenging the traditional personality psychology paradigm. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Psychologists defying the crowd: Stories of those who battled the establishment and won (pp. 139– 156). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Mischel,W. (2004). Toward an integrative science of the person. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 1–22. Mischel, W., & Morf, C. C. (2003). The self as a psycho-social dynamic processing system: A metaperspective on a century of the self in psychology. In M. R. Leary&J. P. Tangney (Eds.), Handbook of self and identity (pp. 15–43). New York: Guilford Press. Mischel, W., & Peake, P. K. (1982). Beyond déjà vu in the search for cross-situational consistency. Psychological Review, 89, 730–755. Mischel, W., & Peake, P. K. (1983). Some facets of consistency: Replies to Epstein, Funder, and Bem. Psychological Review, 90(4), 394–402. Mischel, W., & Shoda, Y. (1995). A cognitive-affective system theory of personality: Reconceptualizing situations, dispositions, dynamics, and invariance in personality structure. Psychological Review, 102, 246– 268. Mischel, W., & Shoda, Y. (1999). Integrating dispositions and processing dynamics within a unified theory of personality: The cognitive–affective personality system. In L. A. Pervin & O. P. John (Eds.), Handbook of personality: Theory and research (2nd ed., pp. 197–218). New York: Guilford Press. Mischel, W., Shoda, Y., & Mendoza-Denton, R. (2002). Situation–behavior profiles as a locus of consistency in personality. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 11, 50–54. Morris, M. W., Nisbett, R. E., & Peng, K. (1995). Causal attribution across domains and cultures. In D. Sperber & D. Premack (Eds.), Causal cognition: A multidisciplinary debate (pp. 577–614). New York: Clarendon Press/Oxford University Press. Newcomb, T. M. (1929). The consistency of certain extrovert–introvert behavior patterns in 51 problem 76 boys. New York: Columbia University, Teachers College Bureau of Publications. Nisbett, R. E., & Cohen, D. (1996). Culture of honor: The psychology of violence in the South. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Obeyeskere, G. (1981). Medusa’s hair: An essay on personal symbols and religious experience. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Peng, K., Nisbett, R. E., & Wong, N. Y. C. (1997). Validity problems comparing values across cultures and possible solutions. Psychological Methods, 2(4), 329–344. Pervin, L. A. (1994). A critical analysis of current trait theory. Psychological Inquiry, 5, 103–113. Pervin, L. A. (1999). The cross-cultural challenge to personality. In Y. Lee & C. R. McCauley (Eds.), Personality and person perception across cultures (pp. 23– 41). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Pervin, L. A. (2001). A dynamic systems approach to personality. European Psychologist, 6(3), 172–176. Peterson, D. R. (1968). The clinical study of social behavior. New York: Appleton. Piker, S. (1998). Contributions of psychological anthropology. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 29, 9– 31. Plaks, J. E., Shafer, J. L., & Shoda, Y. (2003). Perceiving individuals and groups as coherent: How do perceivers make sense of variable behavior? Social Cognition, 21, 26–60. Poortinga, Y. H., & Hemert, D. A. (2001). Personality and culture: Demarcating between the common and the unique. Journal of Personality, 69, 1033–1060. Pratto, F., Sidanius, J., Stallworth, L. M., & Malle, B. F. (1994). Social dominance orientation: A personality variable predicting social and political attitudes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 741–763. Read, S. J., Jones, D. K., & Miller, L. C. (1990). Traits as goal-based categories—the importance of goals in the coherence of dispositional categories. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 1048–1061. Read, S. J., & Miller, L. C. (1998). Connectionist models of social reasoning and social behavior. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Read, S. J., & Miller, L. C. (2002). Virtual personalities: A neural network model of personality. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 6, 357–369. Ross, L., & Nisbett, R. E. (1991). The person and the 194 II. THEORY AND METHODS situation: Perspectives of social psychology. New York: McGraw-Hill. Schwartz, S. H. (1992). Universals in the content and structure of values: Theoretical advances and empirical 77 tests in 20 countries. In M. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 25, pp. 1–66). New York: Academic Press. Sellers, R. M., Caldwell, C. H., Schmeelk-Cone, K. H., & Zimmerman, M. A. (2003). Racial identity, racial discrimination, perceived stress, and psychological distress among African American young adults. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 44(3), 302–317. Shelton, J. N. (2000). A reconceptualization of how we study issues of racial prejudice. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 4(4), 374–390. Shoda, Y. (1999). A unified framework for the study of behavioral consistency: Bridging person–situation interaction and the consistency paradox. European Journal of Personality, 13, 361–387. Shoda, Y., LeeTiernan, S., & Mischel, W. (2002). Personality as a dynamical system: Emergency of stability and distinctiveness from intra- and interpersonal interactions. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 6(4), 316–325. Shoda, Y., & Mischel, W. (1993). Cognitive social approach to dispositional inferences: What if the perceiver is a cognitive social theorist? Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 574–585. Shoda, Y., & Mischel, W. (1998). Personality as a stable cognitive–affective activation network: Characteristic patterns of behavior variation emerge from a stable personality structure. In S. J. Read & L. C. Miller (Eds.), Connectionist models of social reasoning and social behavior (pp. 175–208). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Shoda, Y., & Mischel, W. (2000). Reconciling contextualism with the core assumptions of personality psychology. European Journal of Personality, 14, 407– 428. Shoda, Y., Mischel, W., & Wright, J. C. (1993). Links between personality judgments and contextualized behavior patterns: Situation–behavior profiles of personality prototypes. Social Cognition, 4, 399–429. Shoda, Y., Mischel, W., & Wright, J. C. (1994). Intraindividual stability in the organization and patterning of behavior: Incorporating psychological situations into the idiographic analysis of personality. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 674–687. Shweder, R. A. (1990). Cultural psychology—What is it? In J. W. Stigler, R. A. Shweder, & G. Herdt (Eds.), Cultural psychology: Essays on comparative human development (pp. 1–43). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Shweder, R. A. (1991). Thinking through cultures: Expeditions in cultural psychology. Cambridge, MA: 78 Harvard University Press. Snyder, M., & Ickes, W. (1984): Personality and social behavior. In G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (pp. 883–947). New York: Random House. Steele, C. M. (1997). A threat in the air: How stereotypes shape intellectual identity and performance. American Psychologist, 52, 613–629. Triandis, H. C. (1996). The psychological measurement of cultural syndromes. American Psychologist, 51, 407–415. Triandis, H. C. (1997). Cross-cultural perspectives on personality. In R. Hogan, J. Johnson, & S. Briggs (Eds.), Handbook of personality (pp. 440–459). San Diego: Academic Press. Triandis, H. C. (2000). Dialectics between cultural and cross-cultural psychology. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 3, 185–195. Triandis, H. C., Lambert, W. W., Berry, J. W., Lonner, W., Heron, A., Brislin, R. W., et al. (1980). Handbook of cross-cultural psychology. Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Triandis, H. C., & Suh, E. M. (2002). Cultural influences on personality. Annual Review of Psychology, 53(1), 133–160. Tylor, E. B. (1871). The origins of culture. Gloucester, MA: Peter Smith. Vandello, J. A., & Cohen, D. (2004). When believing is seeing: Sustaining norms of violence in cultures of honor. In M. Schaller & C. S. Crandall (Eds.), The psychological foundations of culture (pp. 281–304). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Vernon, P. E. (1964). Personality assessment: A critical survey. New York: Wiley. Wallace, A. F. C. (1961). Culture and personality. New York: Random House. Whiting, B. B., & Whiting, J. W. M. (1975). Children of six cultures: A psycho-cultural analysis. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Whiting, J. W. M., & Child, I. L. (1953). Child training and personality: A cross-cultural study. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Wright, J. C.,&Mischel,W. (1988). Conditional hedges and the intuitive psychology of traits. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 55, 454–469. Yeats, W. B. (1927). Among school children. In The W. B. Yeats collection [electronic resource; www.collections. chadwyck.com]. Alexandria, VA: ChadwyckHealey. Abelson, R. (1985). A variance explanation paradox. Psychological Bulletin, 97, 128–132. Abelson, R. (1995). Statistics as principled argument. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. 79 Adams, G. (2005). The cultural grounding of personal relationship: Enemyship in North American and West African worlds. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 88, 948–968. Adams, G., & Markus, H. (2004). Toward a conception of culture suitable for a social psychology of culture. In M. Schaller & C. Crandall (Eds.), The psychological foundations of culture (pp. 335–360). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Asch, S. (1987). Social psychology. New York: Oxford University Press. (Original work published in 1952) Au, T. K. (1983). Chinese and English counterfactuals. Cognition, 15, 155–187. Au, T. K. (1984). Counterfactuals: In reply to Alfred Bloom. Cognition, 17, 289–302. Bargh, J., Chen, M., & Burrows, L. (1996). Automaticity of social behavior: Direct effects of trait construct and stereotype activation on action. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 230– 244. Baron, L., & Straus, M. (1989). Four theories of rape in American society. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Berry, J. (1979). A cultural ecology of social behavior. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in Experimental Social Psychology (Vol. 12, pp. 177–206). New York: Academic Press. Berry, J., Poortinga, Y., & Pandey, J. (1997). Handbook of cross-cultural psychology. Boston: Allyn&Bacon. Blass, T. (2004). The man who shocked the world. New York: Basic Books. Bloom, A. H. (1981). The linguistic shaping of thought. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Bloom, A. H. (1984). Caution—the words you use may affect what you say. Cognition, 17, 275–287. Bond, M. H. (2002). Reclaiming the individual from Hofstede’s ecological analysis—A 20-year odyssey: Comment on Oyserman et al. (2002). Psychological Bulletin, 128, 73–77. Bornstein, R. (1989). Exposure and affect. Psychological Bulletin, 106, 265–289. Braudel, F. (1980). On history. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Brown, R. (1965). Social psychology. New York: Free Press. Cavalli-Sforza, L., & Cavalli-Sforza, F. (1995). The great human diasporas. Reading, MA: Perseus. Cohen, A., Siegel, J., & Rozin, P. (2003). Faith versus practice. European Journal of Social Psychology, 33, 287–295. Cohen, D. (2001). Cultural variation. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 451–471. Cohen, D. (2003). The American national conversation 80 about (everything but) shame. Social Research, 70, 1075–1108. Cohen, D. (2005). Tradition’s thread. Unpublished manuscript, University of Illinois, Urbana– Champaign. Cohen, D., Hoshino-Browne, E., & Leung, A. (2007). Culture and the structure of personal experience: Insider and outsider phenomonologies of the self and social world. In M. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (pp. 1–67). San Diego: Academic Press. Cohen, D., & Nisbett, R. E. (1994). Self-protection and the culture of honor. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 551–567. Cohen, D., & Nisbett, R. E. (1997). Field experiments examining the culture of honor. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 1188–1199. Cohen, D., Nisbett, R. E., Bowdle, B., & Schwarz, N. (1996). Insult, aggression, and the southern culture of honor. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 945–960. Cohen, D., Vandello, J., Puente, S., & Rantilla, A. (1999). When you call me that, smile! Social Psychology Quarterly, 62, 257–275. Cohen, J. (1988). Statistical power analysis for the behavioral sciences. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Colson, E. (1975). Tradition and contract. Chicago: Aldine. Cooter, R. (1997). Normative failure theory of law. Cornell Law Review, 82, 947–979. 232 II. THEORY AND METHODS Cronbach, L. (1990). Essentials of psychological testing. New York: HarperCollins. Daly, M., &Wilson, M. (1988). Homicide. Hawthorne, New York: Aldine de Gruyter. Deci, E., Koestner, R., & Ryan, R. (1999) A metaanalytic review of experiments examining the effects of extrinsic rewards on intrinsic motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 125, 627–668. Diamond, J. (1999). Guns, germs, and steel. New York: Norton. Diamond, J. (2005). The ends of the world as we know them. Retrieved on January 1, 2005, from www.nytimes.com/2005/01/01/opinion/ 01diamond.html?incamp=article_popular_ 1&oref=login&pagewanted=print&position Diener, E., & Suh, E. (Eds.). (2003). Culture and subjective well-being. Boston: MIT Press. Dijksterhuis, A., & van Knippenberg, A. (1998). The relation between perception and behavior, or how to win a game of Trivial Pursuit. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 865–877. Dimont, M. (1978). The Jews in America. New York: Simon & Schuster. 81 Edgerton, R. (1992). Sick societies. New York: Free Press. Eliot, T. S. (1998). The SacredWood and major early essays. Mineola, NY: Dover. Ellsworth, P., & Gonzalez, R. (2003). Questions and comparison. In M. Hogg & J. Cooper (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of social psychology (pp. 24–42). London: Sage. Encyclopaedia Britannica. (2004). Retrieved November 2, 2004, from www.britannica.com/ebi/article? tocId=9273747&query=christopher% 20columbus&ct=“ebi” Feldman, R. (1968). Response to compatriot and foreigner who seek assistance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 10, 202–214. Fish, S. (2005, December). Academic cross-dressing. Harper’s, pp. 70–72. Fiske, A. P. (2002). Using individualism and collectivism to compare cultures. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 78– 88. Fiske, A. P., Kitayama, S., Markus, H., & Nisbett, R. E. (1998). The cultural matrix of social psychology. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Linzey (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (pp. 915–981). Boston: McGraw-Hill. Franiuk, R., Cohen, D., & Pomerantz, E. (2002). Implicit theories of relationships. Personal Relationships, 9, 345–367. Galison, P. (2004). Einstein’s compass. Scientific American, 291, 67–69. Gardner, W., Gabriel, S., & Lee, A. (1999). “I” value freedom, but “we” value relationships. Psychological Science, 10, 321–326. Gilbert, D., Fiske, S., & Lindzey, G. (1998). Handbook of social psychology. New York: McGrawHill. Gilbert, D., & Wilson, T. (2000). Miswanting. In J. Forgas (Ed.), Feeling and thinking (pp. 178–197). New York: Cambridge University Press. Gintis, H. (2006). A framework for the unification of the behavioral sciences. Retrieved October 25, 2006, from www.bbsonline.org/Preprints/Gintis-12052005/ Referees/Gintis-12052005_preprint.pdf Glazer, N. (1957). American Judaism. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Glazer, N. (2000). Disaggregating culture. In L. Harrison & S. Huntington (Eds.), Culture matters (pp. 219–230). New York: Basic Books. Guglielmino, C., Viganotti, C., Hewlett, B., & CavalliSforza, L. (1995) Cultural variation in Africa. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, USA, 92, 7585–7589. Haidt, J., Koller, S., & Dias, M. (1993). Affect, culture, 82 and morality, or is it wrong to eat your dog? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65, 613–628. Han, S., & Shavitt, S. (1994). Persuasion and culture. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 30, 326– 350. Heine, S. J. (2005). Constructing good selves in Japan and North America. In R. Sorrentino, D. Cohen, J. Olson,&M. Zanna (Eds.), Culture and social behavior (pp. 95–116). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Heine, S. J., Kitayama, S., & Lehman, D. R. (2001). Cultural differences in self-evaluation. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 32, 434–443. Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1995). Cultural variation in unrealistic optimism. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 595–607. Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1997a). Culture, dissonance, and self-affirmation. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 81, 599–615. Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1997b). The cultural construction of self-enhancement. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 1268–1283. Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1999). Culture, selfdiscrepancies, and self-satisfaction. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 915–925. Heine, S., Lehman, D., Markus, H., & Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for positive selfregard? Psychological Review, 106, 766–794. Heine, S., Lehman, D. R., Peng, K., & Greenholtz, J. (2002). What’s wrong with cross-cultural comparisons of subjective Likert scales? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 903–918. Heine, S. J., & Renshaw, K. (2002). Interjudge agreement, self-enhancement, and liking. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 442–451. Heine, S. J., Takata, T., & Lehman, D. R. (2000). Beyond self-presentation. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 71–78. Henrich, J., Boyd, R., Bowles, S., Camerer, C., Gintis, H., McElreath, R., et al. (2001). In search of Homo economicus: Experiments in 15 small-scale societies. American Economic Review, 91, 73–79. Henrich, J., Boyd, R., Bowles, S., Gintis, H., Fehr, E., Camerer, C., et al. (2005). “Economic Man” in cross8. Methods in Cultural Psychology 233 cultural perspective. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 28, 795–815. Herrnstein, R., & Murray, C. (1994). The bell curve. New York: Free Press. Heyman, G. D.,&Diesendruck, G. (2002). The Spanish ser/estar distinction in bilingual children’s reasoning about human psychological characteristics. Developmental Psychology, 38, 407–417. 83 Hong, Y., Ip, G., Chiu, C., Morris, M., & Menon, T. (2001). Construction of the self. Social Cognition, 19, 251–268. Hong, Y., Morris, M., Chiu, C., & Benet-Martinez, V. (2000). Multicultural minds. American Psychologist, 55, 709–720. Hoshino-Browne, E., Zanna, A. S., Spencer, S. J., Zanna, M. P., Kitayama, S., & Lackenbauer, S. (2005). On the cultural guises of cognitive dissonance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 89, 294–310. Huntington, S. P. (1996). The clash of civilizations and the remaking of world order. New York: Simon & Schuster. Johnson, T., Kulesa, P., Cho, Y., & Shavitt, S. (2005). The relation between culture and response styles. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 36, 264–277. Kelly, M. H. (1999). Regional naming patterns and the culture of honor. Names, 47, 3–20. Kim, H., & Markus, H. (1999). Deviance or uniqueness, harmony or conformity? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 785–800. Kitayama, S. (2002). Culture and basic psychological processes—toward a system view of culture. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 89–96. Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. (1999). Yin and yang of the Japanese self. In D. Cervone & Y. Shoda (Eds.), The coherence of personality (pp. 242–302). New York: Guilford Press. Kitayama, S., Markus, H., Matsumoto, H., & Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective processes in the construction of the self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 1245–1267. Kitayama, S., Snibbe, A. C., Markus, H. R., & Suzuki, T. (2004). Is there any “free” choice? Psychological Science, 15, 527–533. Knauft, B. (1985). Good company and violence. Berkeley: University of California Press. Kuhnen, U., Hannover, B., & Schubert, B. (2001). The semantic–procedural interface model of the self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 397–409. Kuhnen, U., & Oyserman, D. (2002). Thinking about the self influences thinking in general. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 492–499. Kuran, T. (1995). Private truths, public lies. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Kwan, V. (2007, January). Imported cultural symbols affect everyday decisions. Paper presented at cultural psychology preconference of the Society for Personality and Social Psychology annual meeting, Memphis, TN. Lalwani, A. K., Shavitt, S., & Johnson, T. (2006). What 84 is the relation between cultural orientation and socially desirable responding? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 90, 165–178. Lee, A., Aaker, J., & Gardner, W. (2000). The pleasures and pains of distinct self-construals. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78(6), 1122–1134. Lee, F., Hallahan, M., & Herzog, T. (1996). Explaining real-life events: How culture and domain shape attributions. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 732–741. Leung, A. K.-Y., & Cohen, D. (2007). Within- and between-culture variation. Urbana-Champaign: University of Illinois. Levine, R., Martinez, T., Brase, G., & Sorenson, K. (1994). Helping in 36 U.S. cities. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67(1), 69–82. Levine, R.,&Norenzayan, A. (1999). The pace of life in 31 countries. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 30(2), 178–205. Levine, R., Sato, S., Hashimoto, T., & Verma, J. (1995). Love and marriage in eleven cultures. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 26(5), 554–571. Lewontin, R. (1995). Sex, lies, and social science. Retrieved October 25, 2006, from www.nybooks.com/ contents/19950420 Linton, R. (1936). The study of man. New York: Appleton–Century–Crofts. Loewenstein, G., & Schkade, D. (1999). Wouldn’t it be nice? In D. Kahneman, E. Diener, & N. Schwarz (Eds.), Well-being (pp. 85–105). New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Lopez, A., Atran, S., Coley, J., Medin, D. L., & Smith, E. (1997). The tree of life. Cognitive Psychology, 32, 251–295. Lyness, S. (1993). Predictors of differences between Type a and Type b individuals in heart rate and blood pressure reactivity. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 266–295. MacFarquhar, L. (2004, October 18). The pollster. The New Yorker, pp. 85–94. MacLeod, R. B. (1947). The phenomenological approach to social psychology. Psychological Review, 54, 193–210. Medin, D. L., & Atran, S. (2004). The native mind: Biological categorization and reasoning in development and across cultures. Psychological Review, 111, 960– 983. Mesquita, B., & Karasawa, M. (2002). Different emotional lives. Cognition and Emotion, 16, 127–141. Milgram, S. (1974). Obedience to authority. New York: Harper. Miller, D. (1999). The norm of self-interest. American Psychologist, 54, 1053–1060. Miller, D., & Prentice, D. (1994). Collective errors and 85 errors about the collective. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 541–550. Miller, J. (2002). Bringing culture to basic psychological theory—beyond individualism and collectivism. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 97–109. Miller, T., Smith, T., Turner, C., Guijarro, M., & Hallet, 234 II. THEORY AND METHODS A. (1996). Meta-analytic review of research on hostility and physical health. Psychological Bulletin, 119, 322–348. Mischel, W., & Shoda, Y. (1995). A cognitive affective system theory of personality. Psychological Review, 102, 246–268. Miyamoto, Y., Nisbett, R. E., & Masuda, T. (2006). Culture and the physical environment: Holistic versus analytic perceptual affordances. Psychological Science, 17, 113–119. Morling, B., Kitayama, S.,&Miyamoto, Y. (2002). Cultural practices emphasize influence in the United States and adjustment in Japan. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 311–323. Morris, M., & Peng, K. (1994). Culture and cause. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 949–971. Murdock, G., & White, D. (2006). Standard crosscultural sample: On-line. Retrieved October 24, 2006, from eclectic.ss.uci.edu/~drwhite/worldcul/ SCCS1969.pdf Nagel, T. (1974). What is it like to be a bat? Philosophical Review, 83, 435–450. Nisbett, R. (2004). The geography of thought. New York: Free Press. Nisbett, R. (2005). The ghosts of cultural psychology. In R. Sorrentino, D. Cohen, J. Olson, & M. Zanna (Eds.), Culture and social behavior (pp. 251–258). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Nisbett, R., & Masuda, T. (2003). Culture and point of view. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA, 100, 11163–11170. Nisbett, R., Peng, K., Choi, I., & Norenzayan, A. (2001). Culture and systems of thought. Psychological Review, 108, 291–310. Nisbett, R., & Wilson, T. (1977). Telling more than we can know. Psychological Review, 84, 231–259. Norenzayan, A., & Heine, S. (2005). Psychological universals: What are they and how can we know? Psychological Bulletin, 131, 763–784. Oyserman, D., Coon, H., & Kemmelmeier, M. (2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 3–72. Oyserman, D., Kemmelmeier, M., & Coon, H. (2002). Cultural psychology, a new look. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 110–117. 86 Pagel, M., & Mace, R. (2004). The cultural wealth of nations. Nature, 428, 275–278. Pauker, S., & Pauker, S. (1979). The amniocentesis decision. Birth Defects, 15, 289–324. Perunovic, E., Ross, M., & Wilson, A. (2005). Language, culture and conceptions of the self. In R. Sorrentino, D. Cohen, J. Olson, & M. Zanna (Eds.), Culture and social behavior (pp. 165–180). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Putnam, R. (1993). Making democracy work. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Rosnow, R., & Rosenthal, R. (2002). Beginning behavioral research. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall. Ross, L., & Nisbett, R. E. (1991). The person and the situation. New York: McGraw-Hill. Rozin, P. (1999). The process of moralization. Psychological Science, 10, 218–221. Rozin, P. (2001). Social psychology and science. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 5, 2–14. Rozin, P. (2003). Five potential principles for understanding cultural differences in relation to individual differences. Journal of Research in Personality, 37, 273–283. Rozin, P., Lowery, L, Imada, S., & Haidt, J. (1999). The CAD triad hypothesis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 574–586. Salancik, G. (1979). Field stimulations for organizational behavior research. Administrative Science Quarterly, 24, 638–650. Sanchez-Burks, J. (2002). Protestant relational ideology and (in)attention to relational cues in work settings. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 919–929. Sanchez-Burks, J. (2005). Protestant relational ideology. In R. Kramer&B. Staw (Eds.), Research in organizational behavior (pp. 267–308). New York: Elsevier. Schuman, H., & Kalton, G. (1985). Survey methods. In G. Lindzey&A. Aronson (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (pp. 635–697). New York: Random House. Schuman, H., & Presser, S. (1981). Questions and answers in attitude surveys. New York: Academic Press. Schwarz, N. (1999). Self-reports. American Psychologist, 54, 93–105. Sears, D. (1986). College sophomores in the laboratory. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 515–530. Sears, D., & Funk, C. (1990). The limited effect of economic self-interest on the political attitudes of the mass public. Journal of Behavioral Economics, 19, 247–271. Sera, M. D., Bales, D. W., & del Castillo Pintado, J. 87 (1997). Ser helps Spanish speakers identify “real” properties. Child Development, 68, 820–831. Sherif, M., Harvey, O., White, J., Hood, W., & Sherif, C. (1954). Intergroup conflict and cooperation: The Robbers Cave experiment. Norman: University of Oklahoma. Shweder, R. (1990). Cultural psychology. In J. Stigler, R. Shweder,&G. Herdt (Eds.), Cultural psychology (pp. 1–43). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Shweder, R. (1993). “Why do men barbeque” and other postmodern ironies of growing up in the decade of ethnicity. Daedalus, 122, 279–308. Shweder, R. (1997). The surprise of ethnography. Ethos, 25, 152–163. Shweder, R. (2000). Moral maps, “first world” conceits, and the new evangelists. In L. Harrison & S. Huntington (Eds.), Culture matters (pp. 158–176). New York: Basic Books. Shweder, R. (2003). Why do men barbeque? Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Shweder, R., Much, N., Mahapatra, M., & Park, L. 8. Methods in Cultural Psychology 235 (1997). The “Big Three” of morality (autonomy, community, divinity) and the “Big Three” explanations of suffering. In A. Brandt & P. Rozin (Eds.), Morality and health (pp. 119–169). Florence, KY: Taylor & Frances/Routledge. Singelis, T. (1994). The measurement of independent and interdependent self-construals. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20(5), 580–591. Smith, P., & Bond, M. (2003). Honoring culture scientifically when doing social psychology. InM. Hogg& J. Cooper (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of social psychology (pp. 43–61). London: Sage. Spencer, S. J., Zanna, M. P., & Fong, G. T. (2005). Establishing a causal chain: Why experiments are often more effective than mediational analyses in examining psychological processes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 89, 845–851. Spiro, M. (1990). On the strange and familiar in recent anthropological thought. In J. Stigler, R. Shweder, & G. Herdt (Eds.), Cultural psychology (pp. 47–61). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Stapel, D., & Koomen, W. (2001). I, we, and the effects of others on me. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 766–781. Starr, K. (1998). Starr report. Retrieved December 17, 2005, from www.cnn.com/specials/multimedia/ timeline/9809/starr.report/tab.html. Stasser, G., & Titus, W. (1985). Pooling of unshared information in group decision making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 48, 1467–1478. Steele, C. M. (1997). A threat in the air. American Psychologist, 88 52, 613–629. Steele, C. M. (1999). Thin ice. The Atlantic Monthly, 284, 44–47, 50–54. Symons, D. (1992). On the use and misuse of Darwinism in the study of human behavior. In J. Barkow, L. Cosmides, & J. Tooby (Eds.), The adapted mind. New York: Oxford University Press. Trafimow, D., Triandis, H., & Goto, S. (1991) Some tests of the distinction between the private and the collective self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 649–655. Triandis, H. (1994). Culture and social behavior. New York: McGraw-Hill. Triandis, H., & Berry, J. (1980). Handbook of crosscultural psychology. Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Triandis, H. C., Marin, G., Lisansky, J., & Betancourt, H. (1984). Simpatia as a cultural script of Hispanics. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 47(6), 1363–1375. Tsai, J., Levenson, R., & McLoy, K. (2006). Cultural and temperamental variation in emotional response. Emotion, 6, 484–497. U.S. Bureau of the Census. (1999). Statistical abstract of the United States. Washington, DC: Author. van Baaren, R. B., Horgan, T. G., Chartrand, T. L., & Dijkmans, M. (2004). The forest, the trees, and the chameleon: Context dependence and mimicry. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 453– 459. Vandello, J., & Cohen, D. (1999). Patterns of individualism and collectivism in the United States. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 279– 292. White, K., Lehman, D. R., & Cohen, D. (2006). Culture, self-construal, and affective reactions to successful and unsuccessful others. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 45, 582–592. Will, G. (2004a, October 3). State and local disputes will drive the nation’s choice. Champaign-Urbana News-Gazette, p. B2. Will, G. (2004b, April 26). Shock and awe in Iraq. Newsweek, p. 64. Will, G. (2005). The oddness of everything. Retrieved December 6, 2005, from www.msnbc.msn.com/id/ 7856556/site/newsweek/page/2/. Wilson, T., & Dunn, E. (2004). Self-knowledge. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 493–518. Yamagishi, T. (1986). The provision of a sanctioning system as a public good. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 110–116. Yamagishi, T. (1988). Exit from the group as an individualistic solution to the free rider problem in the United States and Japan. Journal of Experimental Social 89 Psychology, 24, 530–542. Yamagishi, T., & Cook, K. (1993). Generalized exchange and social dilemmas. Social Psychology Quarterly, 56, 235–248. Aguirre, G. K., & D’Esposito, M. (1999). Experimental design for brain FMRI. In A. L. Baert, K. Sartor, & J. E. Youker (Eds.), Functional MRI (pp. 369–380). New York: Springer. Arikan, M. K., Venrim, M., Oran, O., Inan, S., Elhih, M., & Demiralp, T. (1999). Music effects on eventrelated potentials of humans on the basis of cultural environment. Neuroscience Letters, 268(1), 21–24. Benjamin J., Li, L., Patterson, C., Greenberg, B. D., Murphy, D. L., & Hamer, D. H. (1996). Population and familial association between the D4 dopamine receptor gene and measures of novelty seeking. Nature Genetics, 2, 81–84. Betancourt, H.,&Lopez, S. R. (1993). The study of culture, ethnicity, and race in American psychology. American Psychologist, 48, 629–637. Bolger, D. J., Perfetti, C. A., & Schneider, W. (2005). Cross-cultural effect on the brain revisited: Universal structures plus writing system variation. Human Brain Mapping, 25(1), 92–104. Bonham, V. L., Warshauer-Baker, E., & Collins, F. S. (2005). Race and ethnicity in the genome era: The complexity of the constructs. American Psychologist, 60(1), 9–15. Boroditsky, L. (2001). Does language shape thought?: English and Mandarin speakers’ conceptions of time. Cognitive Psychology, 43(1), 1–22. Boroditsky, L. (in press). Linguistic relativity. In Encyclopedia of cognitive science. MacMillan. Brislin, R. (1970). Back-translation for cross-cultural research. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 1(3), 185–216. Buckner, R. L., & Braver, T. S. (1999). Event-related functional MRI. In A. L. Baert, K. Sartor, & J. E. Youker (Eds.), Functional MRI (pp. 441–450). New York: Springer. Cacioppo, J. T., Lorig, T. S., Nusbaum, H. C., & Berntson, G. G. (2004). Social neuroscience: Bridging social and biological systems. In C. Sansone, C. C. Morf, & A. T. Panter (Eds.), The Sage handbook of methods in social psychology (pp. 383–404). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Casey, B. J., Cohen, J. D., O’Craven, K., Davidson, R. J., Irwin, W., Nelson, C. A., et al. (1998). Reproducibility of fMRI results across four institutions using a spatial working memory task. NeuroImage, 8(3), 249–261. Caspi, A., Sugden, K. Moffitt, T. E., Taylor, A., Criag, I. W., Harrington, H., et al. (2003). Influence of life 90 stress on depression: Moderation by a polymorphism in the 5-HTT gene. Science, 301, 386–389. Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (1998). The DNA revolution in populations. Trends in Genetics, 14(2), 60–65. Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (2005). The human genome diversity project: Past, present and future. Nature Reviews: Genetics, 6(4), 333–340. Chen, C., Burton, M. L., Greenberger, E., & Dmitrieva, J. (1999). Population migration and the variation of dopamine (DRD4) allele frequencies around the globe. Evolution and Human Behavior, 20, 309–324. Chen, C., Lee, S. Y., & Stevenson, H. W. (1995). Response style and cross-cultural comparison. Psychological Science, 6, 170–175. Cheung, K. H., Osier, M. V., Kidd, J. R., Pakstis, A. J., Miller, P. L., & Kidd, K. K. (2000). ALFRED: An allele frequency database for diverse populations and DNA polymorphisms. Nucleic Acids Research, 28(1), 361–363. Chiao, J. Y., Iidaka, T., Bar, M., Aminoff, E., Nogawa, J., & Ambady, N. (2004). Culture influences neural responses during emotion recognition. Poster presented at the 34th Annual Society for Neuroscience meeting, San Diego. Cosmides, L., Tooby, J., & Barkow, J. (1992). Evolutionary psychology and conceptual integration. In The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the generation of culture (pp. 3–18). New York: Oxford University Press. Davidson, R. J. (2003). Affective neuroscience and psychophysiology: Toward a synthesis. Psychophysiology, 40, 655–665. Dennett, D. (1995). Darwin’s dangerous idea: Evolution and the meanings of life. New York: Simon & Schuster. Eberhardt, J. L. (2005). Imaging race. American Psychologist, 60, 181–190. Elfenbein, H. A.,&Ambady, N. (2002). On the universality and cultural specificity of emotion recognition: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 203–235. Evans, A. C., Marrett, S., Neelin, P., Collins, L., Worsley, K., Dai,W., et al. (1992). Anatomical mapping of functional activation in stereotactic coordinate space. NeuroImage, 1(1), 43–53. Exner, D. V., Dries, D. L., Domanski, M. J., & Cohen, J. N. (2001). Lesser response of angiotensinconvertingenzyme inhibitor therapy in black as com9. Cultural Neuroscience 251 pared with white patients with left ventricular dysfunction. New England Journal of Medicine, 344, 1351–1377. Fraser, S. (1995). The bell curve wars. New York: Basic Books. 91 Furmark, T., Tillfords, M., Garpenstrand, H., Marteinsdottir, I., Langstrom, B., Oreland, L., & Fredrikson, M. (2004). Serotonin transporter polymorphism related to amygdala excitability and symptom severity in patients with social phobia. Neuroscience Letters, 362(3), 189–192. Garpenstrand, H., Annas, P., Ekblom, J., Oreland, L.,& Fredrikson, M. (2001). Human fear conditioning is related to dopaminergic and serotonergic biological markers. Behavioral Neuroscience, 115(2), 358–364. Gauthier, I., & Nelson, C. (2001). The development of face expertise. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 11, 219–224. Gazzaniga, M. S., Ivry, R., & Mangun, G. R. (2002). Cognitive neuroscience: The biology of the mind. New York: Norton. Gelernter, J., Kranzler, H., Coccaro, E. F., Siever, L. J.,& New, A. S. (1998). Serotonin transporter protein gene polymorphism and personality measures in African American and European American subjects. American Journal of Psychiatry, 155(10), 1332– 1338. Gelernter, J., Kranzler, H., Coccaro, E., Siever, L., New, A., & Mulgrew, C. L. (1997). D4 dopaminereception (DRD4) alleles and novelty seeking in substance-dependent, personality-disorder, and control subjects. American Journal of Human Genetics, 61(5), 1144–1152. Gelernter, J., Kranzler, H., & Cubells, J.F. (1997). Serotonin transporter protein (SLC6A4) allele and haplotype frequencies and linkage disequilibria in African- and European-American and Japanese populations and in alcohol-dependent subjects. Human Genetics, 101(2), 243–246. Golby, A. J., Gabrieli, J. D. E., Chiao, J. Y., & Eberhardt, J. L. (2001). Differential fusiform responses to same- and other-race faces. Nature Neuroscience, 4(8), 845–850. Gould, S. J. (1981). The mismeasure of man. New York: Norton. Greenfield, P. (1997). Culture as process: Empirical methods for cultural psychology. In J.W. Berry, Y. H. Poortinga, & J. Pandey (Eds.), Handbook of crosscultural psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 301–346). Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Gutchess, A., Welsh, R. C., Boduroglu, A., & Park, D. C. (2006). Cultural differences in neural function associated with object processing. Cognitive, Affective and Behavioral Neuroscience, 6(2), 102–109. Handy, T. C. (2005). Event-related potentials: A methods handbook. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Hariri, A. R., Mattay, V. S., Tessitore, A., Kolachana, B., Fera, F., Goldman, D., et al. (2002). Serotonin transporter 92 genetic variation and the response of the human amygdala. Science, 297, 400–404. Hariri, A. R., & Weinberger, D. (2003). Imaging genomics. British Medical Bulletin, 65, 237–248. Heeger, D. J., & Ress, D. (2002). What does fMRI tell us about neuronal activity? Nature Reviews: Neuroscience, 3, 142–151. Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Peng, K., & Greenholtz, J. (2002). What’s wrong with cross-culural comparisons of subjective Likert scales? The reference group effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82(6), 903–918. Heine, S. J., Takata, T., & Lehman, D. R. (2000). Beyond self-presentation: Evidence for Japanese selfcriticism. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 71–78. Jahoda, G. (2002). Culture, biology and development across history. In H. Keller, Y. H. Poortinga, & A. Schoemerich (Eds.), Between culture and biology: Perspectives on ontogenetic development (pp. 13–29). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Janata, P., Birk, J. L., Van Horn, J. D., Leman, M., Tillmann, B., & Bharucha, J. J. (2002). The cortical topography of tonal structures underlying Western music. Science, 298, 2167–2170. Janata, P., & Grafton, S. T. (2003). Swinging in the brain: Shared neural substrates for behaviors related to sequencing and music. Nature Neuroscience, 6(7), 682–687. Johnson, M. H. (1997). Developmental cognitive neuroscience: An introduction. Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Johnson, M. H., & Munakata, Y. (2005). Processes of change in brain and cognitive development. Trends in Cognitive Science, 9(3), 152–158. Katsuragi, S., Kunugi, H., Sano, A., Tsutsumi, T., Isogawa, K., Nanko, S., et al. (1999). Association between serotonin transporter gene polymorphism and anxiety-related traits. Biological Psychiatry, 45(3), 368–370. Ketay, S., Hedden, T., Aron, A., Markus, H., & Gabrieli, J. D. E. (2005). Cultural differences in neural activation during relative versus absolutely perceptual judgments (Program No. 409.24). 2005 Abstract Viewer/Itinerary Planner. Washington, DC: Society for Neuroscience. Kitayama, S., Duffy, S., Kawamura, R., & Larsen, J. T. (2003). Perceiving an object and its context in different cultures: A cultural look at new look. Psychological Science, 14, 201–206. Kobayashi, C., & Temple, E. (2004). Neural basis of Japanese theory of mind is different from English one? Paper presented at the 34th Annual Society for 93 Neuroscience meeting, San Diego. Kosslyn, S. M. (1999). If neuroimaging is the answer, what is the question? Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B, 354(1387), 1283– 1294. Kumakiri, C., Kodama, K., Shimizu, E., Yamanouchi, N., Okada, S., Noda, S., et al. (1999). Study of the association between the serotonin transporter gene regulatory region polymorphism and personality 252 II. THEORY AND METHODS traits in a Japanese population. Neuroscience Letters, 263, 205–207. Lam, K. C., Buehler, R., McFarland, C., Ross, M., & Cheung, I. (2005). Cultural differences in affective forecasting: the role of focalism. Personality and Social Psychological Bulletin, 31(9), 1296–1309. Lesch, K. P., Bengel, D., Heils, A., Sabol, S. Z., Greenberg, B. D., Petri, S., et al. (1996). Association of anxiety-related traits with a polymorphism in the serotonin transporter gene regulatory region. Science, 274(5292), 1527–1531. Li, S.-C. (2003). Biocultural orchestration of developmental plasticity across levels: The interplay of biology and culture in shaping the mind and behavior across the life span. Psychological Bulletin, 129(2), 171–194. Maguire, E. A., Gadian, D. G., Johnsrude, I. S., Good, C. D., Ashburner, J., Frackowiak, R. S. J., et al. (2000). Navigation-related structural change in the hippocampi of taxi drivers. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 97(8), 4398– 4403. Markus, H., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253. Markus, H., Kitayama, S., & Heiman, R. (1996). Culture and “basic” psychological principles. In E. T. Higgins & A. W. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook of basic principles (pp. 857–913). New York: Guilford Press. Masuda, T., & Nisbett, R. E. (2001). Attending holistically vs. analytically: Comparing the context sensitivity of Japanese and Americans. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 922–934. Mazziotta, J. C., Toga, A.W., Evans, A., Fox, P.,&Lancaster, J. (1995). A probabilistic atlas of the human brain: Theory and rationale for its development. NeuroImage, 2, 89–101. McCabe, K. (2003). Neuroeconomics. In L. Nadel (Ed.), Encyclopedia of cognitive science (pp. 294– 298). New York: Macmillan. McClure, S., Li, J., Tomlin, D., Cypert, K. S., Montague, L. M., & Montague, P. R. (2004). Neural correlates 94 of behavioral preference for culturally familiar drinks. Neuron, 44, 379–387. Mesquita, B., & Frijda, N. H. (1992). Cultural variations in emotions: A review. Psychological Bulletin, 112, 179–204. Miyamoto, Y., & Kitayama, S. (2002). Cultural variation in correspondence bias: The critical role of attitude diagnosticity of socially constrained behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 1239–1248. Miyamoto, Y., Nisbett, R. E., & Masuda, T. (2006). Culture and the physical environment: Holistic versus analytic perceptual affordances. Psychological Science, 17(2), 113–119. Morris, M., & Peng, K. (1994). Culture and cause: American and Chinese attributions for social and physical events. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 949–971. Morrison, S. J., Demorest, S. M., Aylward, E. H., Cramer, S. C., & Maravilla, K. R. (2003). FMRI investigation of cross-cultural music comprehension. NeuroImage, 20(1), 378–384. Munafo, M. R., Clark, T. G., Moore, L. R., Payne, E., Walton, R., & Flint, J. (2003). Genetic polymorphisms and personality in healthy adults: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Molecular Psychiatry, 8(5), 471–484. Nagel, T. (1998). Conceiving the impossible and the mind–body problem. Philosophy, 73(285), 337–352. Neville, H. J., & Bavelier, D. (1998). Neural organization and plasticity of language. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 8(2), 254–258. Nisbett, R. E., & Cohen, D. (1996). Culture of honor: The psychology of violence in the South. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Nisbett, R. E., & Norenzayan, A. (2002). Culture and cognition. In H. Pashler & D. L. Medin (Eds.), Stevens handbook of experimental psychology: Cognition (3rd ed., Vol. 2, pp. 561–597). New York: Wiley. Nisbett, R. E., Peng, K., Choi, I., & Norenzayan, A. (2001). Culture and systems of thought: Holistic vs. analytic cognition. Psychological Review, 108, 291– 310. Norenzayan, A., & Heine, S. J. (2005). Psychological universals: What are they and how can we know? Psychological Bulletin, 135, 763–784. Ochsner, K., & Lieberman, M. (2001). The emergence of social cognitive neuroscience. American Psychologist, 56, 717–734. Ojemann, J. G., Buckner, R. L., Akbudak, E., Snyder, A. Z., Ollinger, J. M., McKinstry, R. C., et al. (1998). Functional MRI studies of word-stem completion: 95 Reliability across laboratories and comparison to blood flow imaging with PET. Human Brain Mapping, 6(4), 203–215. Osier, M. V., Cheung, K. H., Rajeevan, H., Pakstis, A. J., Kidd, J. R., Miller, P. L., et al. (2002). ALFRED (ALlele FREquency Database): A resource for genetic anthropology and human population genetics. Human Origins and Disease: CSHL Meeting Abstracts of Papers, 43. Park, D. C.,&Gutchess, A. H. (2002). Aging, cognition and culture: A neuroscientific perspective. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 26(7), 859–867. Paulesu, E., McCrory, E., Fazio, F., Menoncello, L., Brunswick, N., Cappa, S. F., et al. (2000). A cultural effect on brain function. Nature Neuroscience, 3(1), 91–96. Paulus, W., Hallett, M., Rossini, P. M., & Rothwell, J. C. (1998). Transcranial magnetic stimulation. In Proceedings of the International Symposium on Transcranial Stimulation. Gottingen: Elsevier. Peng, K., Nisbett, R., & Wong, N. Y. C. (1997). Validity problems comparing value across cultures 9. Cultural Neuroscience 253 and possible solutions. Psychological Methods, 2, 329–344. Plomin, R., & Kosslyn, S. M. (2001). Genes, brain and cognition. Nature Neuroscience, 4, 1153–1155. Raichle, M. E. (2003). Functional brain imaging and the human brain. Journal of Neuroscience, 23(10), 3959–3962. Sankar, P.,&Cho, M. K. (2002). Toward a new vocabulary of human genetic variation. Science, 298(5597), 1337–1338. Sen, S., Burmeiter, M., & Ghosh, D. (2004). Metaanalysis of the association between a serotonin transporter promoter polymorphism (5-HTTLPR) and anxiety-related personality traits. American Journal of Medical Genetics B, 127(1), 85–89. Shields, A. E., Fortun, M., Hammonds, E. M., King, P. A., Lerman, C., Rapp, R., et al. (2005). The use of race variables in genetic studies of complex traits and the goal of reducing health disparities: A transdisciplinary perspective. American Psychologist, 60(10), 77–103. Smedley, A., & Smedley, B. (2005). Race as biology is fiction, racism as a social problem is real: Anthropological and historical perspectives on the social construction of race. American Psychologist, 60(1), 16– 26. Snow, C. P. (1959). The two cultures and the scientific revolution. New York: Cambridge University Press. Talairach, J., & Tournoux, P. (1988). Co-planar 96 stereotaxic atlas of the human brain: 3-dimensional proportional system—an approach to cerebral imaging. New York: Theime. Tishkoff, S. A., & Kidd, K. K. (2004). Implications of biogeography of human populations for “race” and medicine. Nature Genetics, 36(11), S21–S27. Umekage, T., Tochigi, M., Marui, T., Kato, C., Hibino, H., Otani, T., et al. (2003). Serotonin transporterlinked promoter region polymorphism and personality traits in a Japanese population. Neuroscience Letters, 337, 13–16. Wolbers, T., Weiller, C., & Buchel, C. (2004). Neural foundations of emerging route knowledge in complex spatial environments. Cognitive Brain Research, 21, 401–411. Wang, V. O., & Sue, S. (2005). In the eye of the storm: Race and genomics in research and practice. American Psychologist, 60(1), 37–45. Xue, G., Chen, C., Jin, Z., & Dong, Q. (2006). Cerebral asymmetry in the fusiform areas predicted the efficiency of learning a new writing system. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 18, 923–931. Aaker, J. L., & Lee, A. Y. (2001). “I” seek pleasures and “we” avoid pains: The role of self-regulatory goals in information processing and persuasion. Journal of Consumer Research, 28, 33–49. Atran, S., Medin, D. L., & Ross, N. O. (2005). The cultural mind: Environmental decision making and cultural modeling within and across populations. Psychological Review, 112, 744–776. Bakan, D. (1966). The duality of human existence. Chicago: Rand McNally. Bargh, J. A. (1984). Automatic and conscious processing of social information. In R S. Wyer, Jr. & T. K. Srull (Eds.), Handbook of social cognition (Vol. 3, pp. 1–43). New York: Erlbaum. Bargh, J. A. (1990). Auto-motives: Preconscious determinants of social interaction. In E. T. Higgins & R. M. Sorrentino (Eds.), Handbook of motivation and cognition (Vol. 2, pp. 93–130). New York: Guilford Press. Bargh, J. A., Bond, R. N., Lombardi, W. J., & Tota, M. E. (1986). The additive nature of chronic and temporary sources of construct accessibility. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 869–878. Bargh, J. A.,&Chartrand, T. L. (2000). The mind in the middle: A practical guide to priming and automaticity research. In H. T. Reis & C. M. Judd (Eds.), Handbook of research methods in social and personality psychology (pp. 253–285). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Bargh, J. A., Raymond, P., Pryor, J. B., & Strack, F. (1995). Attractiveness of the underling: An automatic 97 power → sex association and its consequences for sexual harassment and aggression. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 768–781. Baumeister, R. F., & Leary, M. R. (1995). The need to belong: Desire for interpersonal attachments as a fundamental human motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 497–529. Berry, J.W. (1976). Cross-cultural research and methodology series: III. Human ecology and cognitive style: Comparative studies in cultural and psychological adaptation. Oxford, UK: Sage. Berry, J. W. (1994). An ecological perspective on cul10. Priming “Culture” 275 tural and ethnic psychology. In E. J. Trickett, R. J. Watts, & D. Birman (Eds.), Human diversity: Perspectives on people in context (pp. 115–141). San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass. Bond, M. H., & Yang, K. S. (1982). Ethnic affirmation versus cross-cultural accommodation: The variable impact of questionnaire language on Chinese bilinguals from Hong Kong. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 13, 169–185. Bontempo, R. (1993). Translation fidelity of psychological scales: An item response theory analysis of an individualism–collectivism scale. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 24, 149–166. Boroditsky, L. (2000). Metaphoric structuring: Understanding time through spatial metaphors. Cognition, 75, 1–28. Brewer, M. B., & Gardner, W. L. (1996). Who is this “we”?: Levels of collective identity and selfrepresentations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 83–93. Briley, D. A., & Wyer, R. S. (2001). Transitory determinants of values and decisions: The utility (or nonutility) of individualism and collectivism in understanding cultural differences. Social Cognition, 19, 197–227. Briley, D. A., & Wyer, R. S. (2002). The effect of group membership salience on the avoidance of negative outcomes: Implications for social and consumer decisions. Journal of Consumer Research, 29, 400–415. Burris, C. T.,&Rempel, J. K. (2004). “It’s the end of the world as we know it”: Threat and the spatialsymbolic self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 19–42. Cha, O. (2006). “I” see trees, “We” see forest: Cognitive consequences of independence vs. interdependence. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI. Chartrand, T. L., & Bargh, J. A. (1996). Automatic activation of impression formation: Nonconscious goal priming reproduces effects of explicit task instructions. 98 Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 464–478. Chen, S., Lee-Chai, A. Y., & Bargh, J. A. (2001). Relationship orientation as a moderator of the effects of social power. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 173–187. Choi, I., Nisbett, R. E., & Norenzayan, A. (1999). Causal attribution across cultures: Variation and universality. Psychological Bulletin, 125, 47–63. Cohen, D. (2001). Cultural variation: Considerations and implications. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 451– 471. Cohen, J. (1992). A power primer. Psychological Bulletin, 112, 155–159. Cross, S. E., & Madson, L. (1997). Models of the self: Self-construals and gender. Psychological Bulletin, 122, 5–37. Fiske, A. P. (1991). Structures of social life: The four elementary forms of human relations. New York: Free Press. Förster, J., & Higgins, E. T. (2005). How global versus local perception fits regulatory focus. Psychological Science, 16, 631–636. Gaines, S. O., Jr., Marelich,W. D., Bledsoe, K. L., Steers, W. N., Henderson, M. C., Granrose, C. S., et al. (1997). Links between race/ethnicity and cultural values as mediated by racial/ethnic identity and moderated by gender. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 1460–1476. Galinsky, A. D., Gruenfeld, D. H., & Magee, J. C. (2003). From power to action. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85, 453–466. Gardner, W. L., Gabriel, S., & Dean, K. K. (2004). The individual as “melting pot”: The flexibility of bicultural self-construals. Cahiers de Psychologie Cognitive [Current Psychology of Cognition], 22, 181–201. Gardner, W. L., Gabriel, S., & Lee, A. Y. (1999). “I” value freedom, but “we” value relationships: Selfconstrual priming mirrors cultural differences in judgment. Psychological Science, 10, 321–326. Gasper, K., & Clore, G. L. (2002). Attending to the big picture: Mood and global versus local processing of visual information. Psychological Science, 13, 34–40. Georgas, J. (1988). An ecological and social crosscultural model: The case of Greece. In J. W. Berry, S. H. Irvine, & E. B. Hunt (Eds.), Indigenous cognition: Functioning in cultural context (pp. 105–123). Dordrecht, the Netherlands: Martinus Nijhoff. Georgas, J. (1993). Ecological–social model of Greek psychology. In U. Kim & J. W. Berry (Eds.), Indiginous psychologies: Research and experience in cultural context (pp. 56–78). Thousand Oaks, CA: 99 Sage. Gollwitzer, P. M., Heckhausen, H., & Steller, B. (1990). Deliberative and implemental mind-sets: Cognitive tuning toward congruous thoughts and information. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 1119–1127. Gregg, G. (2005). The Middle East: A cultural psychology. New York: Oxford University Press. Haberstroh, S., Oyserman, D., Schwarz, N., Kühnen, U., & Ji, L. J. (2002). Is the interdependent self more sensitive to question context than the independent self?: Self-construal and the observation of conversational norms. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 323–329. Hannover, B., & Kühnen, U. (2004). Culture, context, and cognition: The Semantic Procedural Interface model of the self. In W. Stroebe & M. Hewstone (Eds.), European review of social psychology (Vol. 15, pp. 297–333). Hove, UK: Psychology Press/Taylor & Francis (UK). Higgins, E. T. (1989). Knowledge accessibility and activation: Subjectivity and suffering from unconscious sources. In J. S. Uleman & J. A. Bargh (Eds.), Unintended thought (pp. 75–123). New York: Guilford Press. Higgins, E. T. (1996). Knowledge activation: Accessibility, applicability, and salience. In E. T. Higgins & A. 276 II. THEORY AND METHODS W. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook of basic principles (pp. 133–168). New York: Guilford Press. Higgins, E. T., & Bargh, J. A. (1987). Social cognition and social perception. Annual Review of Psychology, 38, 379–426. Hofstede, G. (1980). Culture’s consequences. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Hofstede, G. (2001). Culture’s consequences: Comparing values, behaviors, institutions and organizations across nations (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Holland, R. W., Roeder, U. R., van Baaren, R. B., Brandt, A. C.,&Hannover, B. (2004). Don’t stand so close to me: The effects of self-construal on interpersonal closeness. Psychological Science, 15, 237–242. Hong, Y. Morris, M., Chiu, C., & Benet-Martínez, V. (2000). Multicultural minds: A dynamic constructivist approach to culture and cognition. American Psychologist, 55, 709–720. Inglehart, R. (1997). Modernization and postmodernization: Cultural, economic, and political change in 43 societies. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Ka_itçiba_i, Ç. (1987). Growth and progress in crosscultural 100 psychology. Berwyn, PA: Swets North America. Ka_itçiba_i, Ç. (1997).Wither multiculturalism? Applied Psychology: An International Review, 46, 44–49. Kashima, E. S., & Kashima, Y. (1998). Culture and language: The case of cultural dimensions and personal pronoun use. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 29, 461–486. Kashima, Y., & Kashima, E. S. (2003). Individualism, GNP, climate, and pronoun drop: Is individualism determined by affluence and climate, or does language use play a role? Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 34, 125–134. Kashima, Y., Kashima, E., & Aldridge, J. (2001). Toward cultural dynamics and self-conceptions. In S. Constantine & M. B. Brewer (Eds.), Individual self, relational self, collective self (pp. 277–298). New York: Psychology Press. Kashima, Y., Yamaguchi, S., Kim, U., Choi, S. C., Gelfand, M. J., & Yuki, M. (1995). Culture, gender, and self: A perspective from individualism– collectivism research. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 925–937. Kemmelmeier, M., & Cheng, B. Y. M. (2004). Language and self-construal priming: A replication and extension in a Hong Kong sample. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 35, 705–712. Kemmelmeier, M., Wieczorkowska, G., Erb, H. P., & Burstein, E. (2002). Individualism, authoritarianism, and attitudes toward assisted death: Cross-cultural, cross-regional, and experimental evidence. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 32, 60–85. Kitayama, S., Duffy, S., Kawamura, T., & Larsen, J. (2003). Perceiving an object and its context in different cultures. Psychological Science, 14, 201–206. Kitayama, S., Ishii, K., Imada, T., Takemura, K., & Ramaswamy, J. (2006). Voluntary settlement and the spirit of independence: Evidence from Japan’s “northern frontier.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 91, 369–384. Kuhn, M. H., & McPartland, T. S. (1954). An empirical investigation of self-attitudes. American Sociological Review, 19, 68–76. Kühnen, U., Hannover, B., & Schubert, B. (2001). The semantic-procedural interface model of the self: The role of self-knowledge for context-dependent versus context-independent modes of thinking. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 397–409. Kühnen, U., & Oyserman, D. (2002) Thinking about the self influences thinking in general: Cognitive consequences of salient self-concept. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 492–499. Lay, C., Fairlie, P., Jackson, S., Ricci, T., Eisenberg, J., Sato, T., et al. (1998). Domain-specific allocentrism– 101 idiocentrism: A measure of family connectedness. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 29, 434–460. Lee, A. Y., Aaker, J. L., & Gardner, W. L. (2000). The pleasures and pains of distinct self-construals: The role of interdependence in regulatory focus. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 1122– 1134. Lehman, D. R., Chiu, C. Y., & Schaller, M. (2004). Psychology and culture. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 689–714. Leung, T., & Kim, M. S. (1997). A revised self-construal scale. Honolulu: University of Hawaii at Manoa. Mandel, N. (2003). Shifting selves and decision making: The effects of self-construal priming on consumer risk-taking. Journal of Consumer Research, 30, 30– 40. Marian, V., & Kaushanskaya, M. (2004). Self-construal and emotion in bicultural bilinguals. Journal of Memory and Language, 51, 190–201. Markus, H., Uchida, Y., & Omoregie, H. (2006). Going for the gold: Models of agency in Japanese and American contexts. Psychological Science, 17, 103– 112. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253. Markus, H. R., & Oyserman, D. (1989). Gender and thought: The role of the self-concept. In M. Crawford & M. Gentry (Eds.), Gender and thought: Psychological perspectives (pp. 100–127). New York: Springer-Verlag. Miller, J. G. (1984). Culture and the development of everyday social explanation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 961–978. Morris, M. W., & Leung, K. (2000). Justice for all?: Progress in research on cultural variation in the psychology of distributive and procedural justice. Applied Psychology: An International Review, 49, 100– 132. Morris, M. W., & Peng, K. (1994). Culture and cause: American and Chinese attributions for social and 10. Priming “Culture” 277 physical events. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 949–971. Neely, J. H. (1977). Semantic priming and retrieval from lexical memory: Roles of inhibitionless spreading activation and limited-capacity attention. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 106, 226–254. Newman, L. S. (1993). How individualists interpret behavior: Idiocentrism and spontaneous trait inference. Social Cognition, 11, 243–269. Nisbett, R. E. (2003). The geography of thought: How Asians and Westerners think differently . . . and why. 102 New York: Free Press. Oishi, S., Wyer, R. S., & Colcombe, S. J. (2000). Cultural variation in the use of current life satisfaction to predict the future. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 434–445. Oyserman, D. (1993). The lens of personhood: Viewing the self and others in a multicultural society. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65, 993–1009. Oyserman, D. (2006). High power, lower power and equality: Culture beyond individualism and collectivism. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 16, 352–356. Oyserman, D. (2007). Social identity and selfregulation. In A. W. Kruglanski & E. T. Higgins (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook of basic principles (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Press. Oyserman, D., Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M. (2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism: Evaluation of theoretical assumptions and metaanalyses. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 3–72. Oyserman, D., Kemmelmeier, M., & Coon, H. M. (2002). Cultural psychology, a new look: Reply to Bond (2002), Fiske (2002), Kitayama (2002), and Miller (2002). Psychological Bulletin, 128, 110– 117. Oyserman, D., & Lee,W. S. (2007). Cultural syndromes influence what and how we think: Effects of priming individualism and collectivism. Manuscript under review. Oyserman, D., Sorensen, N., Cha, O., & Schwarz, S. (2006). Thinking about “Me” or “Us” in East and West: Priming independence and interdependence and Stroop performance. Manuscript under review. Oyserman, D., Sorensen, N., & Reber, R. (2006). What did you say? Priming cultural syndrome, verbal fluency and auditory accuracy. Manuscript under review. Ralston, D. A., Cunniff, M. K., & Gustafson, D. J. (1995). Cultural accommodation: The effect of language on the responses of bilingual Hong Kong Chinese managers. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 26, 714–727. Rhee, E., Uleman, J. S., & Lee, H. K. (1996). Variations in collectivism and individualism by ingroup and culture: Confirmatory factor analyses. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 1037–1054. Roccas, S.,&Brewer, M. B. (2002). Social identity complexity. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 6, 88–106. Rokeach, M., & Ball-Rokeach, S. J. (1989). Stability and change in American value priorities, 1968–1981. American Psychologist, 44, 775–784. Ross, M., Xun, W. Q. E., & Wilson, A. E. (2002). Language and the bicultural self. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1040–1050. Rudman, L. A., & Borgida, E. (1995). The afterglow of 103 construct accessibility: The behavioral consequences of priming men to view women as sexual objects. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 31, 493– 517. Sayle, M. (1998). The social contradictions of Japanese capitalism. Atlantic Monthly, 281, 84–94. Schwartz, S. H. (1992). Universals in the content and structure of values: Theoretical advances and empirical tests in 20 countries. In M. P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 25, pp. 1–65). New York: Academic Press. Schwarz, N. (2002). Situated cognition and the wisdom of feelings: Cognitive tuning. In L. F. Barrett & P. Salovey (Eds.), The wisdom in feelings: Psychological processes in emotional intelligence (pp.144–166). New York: Guilford Press. Schwarz, N. (2006). Individualism and collectivism. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 16, 324. Schwarz, N., & Bless, H. (1992). Constructing reality and its alternatives: An inclusion/exclusion model of assimilation and contrast effects in social judgment. In L. L. Martin & A. Tesser (Eds.), The construction of social judgments (pp. 217–245). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Schwarz, N., & Clore, G. L. (1996). Feelings and phenomenal experiences. In E. T. Higgins & A. W. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook of basic principles (pp. 433–465). New York: Guilford Press. Schwarz, N., & Clore, G. L. (2007). Feelings and phenomenal experiences. In A. W. Kruglanski & E. T. Higgins (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook of basic principles (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Press. Shavitt, S., Lalwani, A. K., Zhang, & Torrelli, ? (2006). The horizontal/vertical distinction in cross-cultural consumer research. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 16, 352–356. Shweder, R. A., & LeVine, R. A. (Eds.). (1984). Culture theory: Essays on mind, self, and emotion. New York: Cambridge University Press. Singelis, T. M. (1994). The measurement of independent and interdependent self-construals. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 580–591. Singelis, T. M., Triandis, H. C., Bhawuk, D.,&Gelfand, M. J. (1995). Horizontal and vertical dimensions of individualism and collectivism: A theoretical and measurement refinement. Cross-Cultural Research: The Journal of Comparative Social Science, 29, 240– 275. Sinha, D., & Tripathi, R. C. (1994). Individualism in a collectivist culture: A case of coexistence of opposites. In U. Kim, H. C. Triandis, Ç. Ka_itçiba_i, S. C. 104 Choi, & G. Yoon (Eds.), Individualism and collectiv278 II. THEORY AND METHODS ism: Theory, method, and applications (pp. 123– 136). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Smith, P. K., & Trope, Y. (2006). You focus on the forest when you’re in charge of the trees: Power priming and abstract information processing. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 90, 578– 596. Sperber, D. (2001). Mental modularity and cultural diversity. In H. Whitehouse (Ed.), The debated mind: Evolutionary psychology versus ethnography (pp. 23–56). New York: Berg. Srull, T. K., & Wyer, R. S., Jr. (1978). Category accessibility and social perception. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 841–856. Srull, T. K., & Wyer, R. S., Jr. (1979). The role of category accessibility in the interpretation of information about persons: Some determinants and implications. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 1660–1672. Stapel, D. A., & Koomen, W. (2001). I, we, and the effects of others on me: How self-construal level moderates social comparison effects. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 766–781. Strack, F., Schwarz, N., Bless, H., Kübler, A., & Wänke, M. (1993). Awareness of the influence as a determinant of assimilation versus contrast. European Journal of Social Psychology, 23, 53–62. Strack, F., Schwarz, N., & Gschneidinger, E. (1985). Happiness and reminiscing: The role of time perspective, affect, and mode of thinking. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 1460–1469. Tajfel, H. (1982). Social psychology of intergroup relations. Annual Review of Psychology, 33, 1–39. Tajfel, H. (2001). Social stereotypes and social groups. In. M. A. Hogg & D. Abrams (Eds.), Intergroup relations: Essential readings (pp. 132–145). New York: Psychology Press. Tajfel, H., & Forgas, J. P. (2000). Social categorization: Cognitions, values and groups. In C. Strangor (Ed.), Stereotypes and prejudice: Essential readings (pp. 49–63). New York: Psychology Press. Tajfel, H., & Turner, J. C. (2004). The social identity theory of intergroup behavior. In J. T. Jost & J. Sidanius (Eds.), Political psychology: Key readings (pp. 276–293). New York: Psychology Press. Tavassoli, N. T. (2002). Spatial memory for Chinese and English. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 33, 415–431. Trafimow, D., Silverman, E. S., Fan, R. M. T., & Law, J. S. F. (1997). The effects of language and priming on the relative accessibility of the private self and the 105 collective self. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 28, 107–123. Trafimow, D., Triandis, H. C., & Goto, S. G. (1991). Some tests of the distinction between the private self and the collective self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 649–655. Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism. Boulder, CO: Westview. Triandis, H. C., Bontempo, R., Villareal, M. J., Asai, M., & Lucca, B. (1988). Individualism and collectivism: Cross-cultural perspectives on self-ingroup relationships. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 323–338. Triandis, H. C., & Gelfand, M. J. (1998). Converging measurement of horizontal and vertical individualism and collectivism. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 118–128. Triandis, H. C., McCusker, C., & Hui, C. H. (1990). Multimethod probes of individualism and collectivism. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 1006–1020. Trope, Y., & Liberman, N. (2003). Temporal construal. Psychological Review, 110, 403–421. Uskul, A., & Oyserman, D. (2006). Question comprehension and response: Implications of individualism and collectivism. In B. Mannix, M. Neale, & Y. Chen (Eds.), Research on managing groups and teams: Vol. 9. National culture and groups (pp. 173–201). Oxford, UK: JAI Press. Watkins, D., & Gerong, A. (1999). Language of response and the spontaneous self-concept: A test of the cultural accommodation hypothesis. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 30, 115–121. Watkins, D., & Regmi, M. (2002). Does the language of response influence self-presentation?: A Nepalese test of the cultural accommodation hypothesis. Psychologia: An International Journal of Psychology in the Orient, 45, 98–103. Woike, B. A. (1994). The use of differentiation and integration processes: Empirical studies of “separate” and “connected” ways of thinking. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 142–150. Woike, B. A., Lavezzary, E., & Barksy, J. (2001). The influence of implicit motives on memory processes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 935–945. Yang, K. S., & Bond, M. H. (1980). Ethnic affirmation by Chinese bilinguals. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 11, 411–425. Abrams, D., Marques, J., Bown, N., & Dougill, M. (2002). Anti-norm and pro-norm deviance in the bank and on the campus: Two experiments on subjective group dynamics. Group Processes and Intergroup 106 Relations, 5, 163–182. Altorki, S. (1980). Milk-kinship in Arab Society: An unexplored problem in the ethnography of marriage. Ethnology, 19, 283–244. Ardner, S. (1964). The comparative study of rotating credit associations. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 94, 201–209. Augoustinos, M., & Innes, J. M. (1990). Towards an integration of social representations and social schema theory. British Journal of Social Psychology, 29, 213– 231. Baumeister, R. F., & Leary, M. R. (1995). The need to belong: Desire for interpersonal attachments as a fundamental human motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 497–529. Baxter, P. T.W., & Almagor, U. (Eds.). (1978). Age, generation and time: Some features of East African age organizations. New York: St. Martin’s Press. Beidelman, T. O. (1963). The blood covenant and the concept of blood in Ukaguru. Africa, 33, 321–342. Berkman, L. F., Glass, T., Brissette, I., & Seeman, T. E. (2000). From social integration to health: Durkheim in the new millennium. Social Science and Medicine, 51, 843–857. Berry, D. S. (2000). Attractiveness, attraction, and sexual selection: Evolutionary perspectives on the form and function of physical attractiveness. In M. P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 32, pp. 273–342). New York: Academic Press. Boas, F. (1970). The social organization and the secret societies of the Kwakiutl Indians. New York, Johnson Reprint Corporation. Bond, M. H., & Smith, P. B. (1996). Cross-cultural social and organizational psychology. In J. T. Spence, J. M. Darley, & D. J. Foss (Eds.), Annual review of psychology (Vol. 47, pp. 205–235). Palo Alto, CA: Annual Reviews. Brewer, M. B., & Brown, R. J. (1998). Intergroup relations. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (4th ed., Vol. 2, pp. 554–594). New York: McGraw-Hill. Buss, D. M. (1989). Sex differences in human mate preferences: Evolutionary hypothesis tested in 37 cultures. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 12, 1–49. Buss, D. M., & Barnes, M. (1986). Preferences in human mate selection. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 559–570. Bynum, V. E. (1992). Unruly women: The politics of social and sexual control in the Old South. Chapel Hill and London: University of North Carolina Press. Camara, S. (1976). Gens de la parole: Essai sur la condition et le rôle des griots dans la société Malinké. 107 Paris: Mouton. Caporael, L. R. (1997). The evolution of truly social cognition: The core configurations model. Review of Personality and Social Psychology, 1, 276–298. Capriello, P., Cuddy, A. J. C., & Fiske, S. T. (2004). Social structure beliefs alter stereotypes. Unpublished manuscript, Princeton University, Princeton, NJ. Chen, N. Y., Shaffer, D. R., &Wu, C. (1997). On physical attractiveness stereotyping in Taiwan: A revised sociocultural perspective. Journal of Social Psychology, 137, 117–124. Cuddy, A. J. C., Fiske, S. T., & Glick, P. (in press-a). Competence and warmth as universal trait dimensions of interpersonal and intergroup perception: The Stereotype Content Model and the BIAS map. In M. P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology. New York: Academic Press. Cuddy, A. J. C., Fiske, S. T.,&Glick, P. (in press-b). The BIAS map: Behaviors from intergroup affect and stereotypes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology. Cuddy, A. J. C., Fiske, S. T., Kwan, V. S. Y., Glick, P., Demoulin, S., Leyens, J.-P., et al. (in press). Is the stereotype content model culture-bound?: A crosscultural comparison reveals systematic similarities and differences. British Journal of Social Psychology. Cunningham, M. R. (1986). Measuring the physical in physical attractiveness: Quasi-experiments on the sociobiology of female facial beauty. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 925–935. Cunningham, M. R., Roberts, A. R., Barbee, A. P., Druen, P. B., & Wu, C. (1995). “Their ideas of beauty are, on the whole, the same as ours”: Consistency and variability in the crosscultural perception of female physical attractiveness. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 261–279. Davidson, J. N. (1998). Courtesans and fishcakes: The consuming passions of classical Athens. New York: St. Martins. Dépret, E. F., & Fiske, S. T. (1999). Perceiving the powerful: Intriguing individuals versus threatening groups. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 35, 461–480. Dettwyler, K. A. (1988). More that nutrition: Breastfeeding in urban Mali. Medical Anthropology Quarterly, 2, 172–183. DiChiara, J., & Fiske, S. T. (2004). Status competition and interpersonal perception. Unpublished raw data, Princeton University, Princeton, NJ. Dion, K. K., Pak, A. W., & Dion, K. L. (1990). Stereotyping physical attractiveness: A sociocultural perspective. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 21, 158–179. Douglas, M. (1966). Purity and danger: An analysis of 108 concepts of pollution and taboo. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Durkheim, É. (1933). The division of labour in society (G. Simpson, trans.). New York: Free Press. (Original work published 1893) Durkheim, É. (1915). The elementary forms of the religious life (J. W. Swain, trans.). New York: Free Press. (Original work published 1912) Ember, M., & Ember, C. (1983). Marriage, family, and 302 III. IDENTITY AND SOCIAL RELATIONS kinship: Comparative studies of social organization. New Haven, CT: Human Relations Area Files Press. Endo, Y., Heine, S., & Lehman, D. R. (2000). Culture and positive illusions in close relationships: How my relationships are better than yours. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin , 26, 1571–1586. Erber, R., & Fiske, S. T. (1984). Outcome dependency and attention to inconsistent information. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 47, 709–726. Evans-Pritchard, E. E. (1933). Zande bloodbrotherhood. Africa, 6, 369–401. Evans-Pritchard, E. E. (1951). Kinship and marriage among the Nuer. Oxford, UK: Clarendon Press. Feingold, A. (1992). Good-looking people are not what we think. Psychological Bulletin, 111, 304–341. Fiske, A. P. (1991). Structures of social life: The four elementary forms of human relations. New York: Free Press. Fiske, A. P. (2000). Complementarity theory: Why human social capacities evolved to require cultural complements. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 4, 74–94. Fiske, A. P. (2002a). Using individualism and collectivism to compare cultures: A critique of the validity and measurement of the constructs: Comment on Oyserman et al. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 78–88. Fiske, A. P. (2002b). Moral emotions provide the selfcontrol needed to sustain social relationships. Self and Identity, 1, 169–175. Fiske, A. P. (2004a). Four modes of constituting relationships: Consubstantial assimilation; space, magnitude, time, and force; concrete procedures; abstract symbolism. In N. Haslam (Ed.), Relational models theory: A contemporary overview (pp. 61–146). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Fiske, A. P. (2004b). Relational models theory 2.0. In N. Haslam (Ed.), Relational models theory: A contemporary overview (pp. 3–25). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Fiske, A. P., & Haslam, N. (1996). Social cognition is thinking about relationships. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 5, 143–148. Fiske, A. P., & Haslam, N. (2005). The four basic social bonds: Structures for coordinating interaction. In M. 109 Baldwin (Ed.), Interpersonal cognition (pp. 267– 298). New York: Guilford Press. Fiske, A. P., Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Nisbett, R. E. (1998). The cultural matrix of social psychology. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (4th ed., Vol. 2, pp. 915–981). New York: McGraw-Hill. Fiske, A. P., & Tetlock, P. (1997). Taboo tradeoffs: Reactions to transactions that transgress spheres of exchange. Political Psychology, 17, 255–294 Fiske, S. T. (1992). Thinking is for doing: Portraits of social cognition from daguerreotype to laserphoto. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 63, 877–889. Fiske, S. T. (1998). Stereotyping, prejudice, and discrimination. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (4th ed., Vol. 2, pp. 357–411). New York: McGraw-Hill. Fiske, S. T. (2002a). Five core social motives, plus or minus five. In S. J. Spencer, S. Fein, M. P. Zanna, & J. Olson (Eds.), Motivated social perception: The Ontario Symposium (Vol. 9, pp. 223–246). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Fiske, S. T. (2002b). What we know now about bias and intergroup conflict: Problem of the century. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 11, 123–128. Fiske, S. T. (2004). Social beings: A core motives approach to social psychology. New York: Wiley. Fiske, S. T., Cuddy, A. J. C., & Glick, P. (2002). Emotions up and down: Intergroup emotions result from perceived status and competition. In D. M. Mackie & E. R. Smith (Eds.), From prejudice to intergroup emotions: Differentiated reactions to social groups (pp. 247–264). Philadelphia: Psychology Press. Fiske, S. T., Cuddy, A. J. C., & Glick, P. (2007). Universal dimensions of social perception: Warmth and competence. Trends in Cognitive Science, 11, 77–83. Fiske, S. T., Cuddy, A. J., Glick, P., & Xu, J. (2002). A model of (often mixed) stereotype content: Competence and warmth respectively follow from perceived status and competition. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 878–902. Fiske, S. T., Lin, M. H., & Neuberg, S. L. (1999). The continuium model: Ten years later. In S. Chaiken & Y. Trope (Eds.), Dual process theories in social psychology (pp. 231–254). New York: Guilford Press. Fiske, S. T., & Neuberg, S. L. (1990). A continuum model of impression formation, from category-based to individuating processes: Influence of information and motivation on attention and interpretation. In M. P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 23, pp. 1–74). New York: Academic 110 Press. Fiske, S. T., & Ruscher, J. B. (1993). Negative interdependence and prejudice: Whence the affect? In D. M. Mackie & D. L. Hamilton (Eds.), Affect, cognition and stereotyping: Interactive processes in group perception (pp. 239–268). San Diego: Academic Press. Fiske, S. T., Xu, J., Cuddy, A. C., & Glick, P. (1999). (Dis)respecting versus (dis)liking: Status and interdependence predict ambivalent stereotypes of competence and warmth. Journal of Social Issues, 55, 473– 491. Fiske, S. T., & Yamamoto, M. (2005). Coping with rejection: Core social motives, across cultures. In K. D. Williams, J. P. Forgas, & W. von Hippel (Eds.), The social outcast: Ostracism, social exclusion, rejection, and bullying (pp. 185–198). New York: Psychology Press. Fortes, M. (1945). The dynamics of clanship among the Tallensi: Being the first part of an analysis of the social structure of a Trans-Volta tribe. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Fortes, M. (1987). Totem and taboo. In M. Fortes, Religion, morality and the person: Essays on Tallensi religion (pp. 110–142). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. (Original work published 1966) Fortune, R. (1932). Omaha secret societies (Columbia 11. Social Relations in Our Species and Cultures 303 University Contributions to Anthropology, Vol. 14.). New York: Columbia University Press. Fox, R. (1967). Kinship and marriage: An anthropological perspective. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Frazer, J. G. (1968). Totemism and exogamy: A treatise on certain early forms of superstition and society. London: Dawsons of Pall Mall. (Original work published 1910) Geertz, C. (1962). The rotating credit association: A “middle rung” in development. Economic Development and Cultural Change, 10, 241–263. Goldenweiser, A. A. (1963). Totemism, an analytical study. Journal of American Folk-lore, 23, 179–293. (Original work published 1910) Goodnow, J. J. (2004). The domain of work in households: A relational models approach. In N. Haslam (Ed.), Relational models theory: A contemporary overview (pp. 167–196). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Gregor, T. A. (1979). Secrets, exclusion, and the dramatization of men’s roles. In M. L. Margolis & W. E. Carter, (Eds.), Brazil, anthropological perspectives: Essays in honor of Charles Wagley (pp. 250–269). New York: Columbia University Press. Gurtman, M. B. (1992). Trust, distrust, and interpersonal problems: A circumplex analysis. Journal of 111 Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 989–1002. Hardin, C. D., & Higgins, E. T. (1996). Shared reality: How social verification makes the subjective objective. In R. M. Sorrentino & E. T. Higgins (Eds.), Handbook of motivation and cognition (Vol. 3, pp. 28–34). New York: Guilford Press. Hart, D. V. (1977). Compadrinazgo: Ritual kinship in the Philippines. DeKalb: Northern Illinois University Press. Haslam, N. (2004). Research on the relational models: An overview. In N. Haslam (Ed.), Relational models theory: A contemporary overview (pp. 27–57). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Markus, H. R.,&Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for positive selfregard? Psychological Review, 106, 766–794. Heine, S. J., & Renshaw, K. (2002). Interjudge agreement, self-enhancement, and liking: Cross-cultural divergences. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 578–587. Ho, D. Y. F. (1998). Interpersonal relationships and relationship dominance: An analysis based on methodological relationism. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 1, 1–16. Höffer, A. (1979). The caste hierarchy and the state in Nepal: A study of the Muluki Ain of 1854. Innsbruck: Universitätsverlag Wagner. Hofstede, G. H. (2001). Culture’s consequences: Comparing values, behaviors, institutions, and organizations across nations (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Hogg, M. A. (2001). A social identity theory of leadership. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 5, 184–200. Hollis, A. C. (1905). The Masai: Their language and folklore. Oxford, UK: Clarendon Press. House, J. S., Landis, K. R., & Umberson, D. (1988). Social relationships and health. Science, 241, 540–545. Khare, R. S. (1976). The Hindu hearth and home. Durham, NC: Carolina Academic Press. Khatib-Chahidi, J. (1992). Milk kinship in Shi’ite Islamic Iran. In V. Maher (Ed.), The anthropology of breast feeding: Natural law or social construct (pp. 109–132). New York: St. Martin’s Press. Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Yin and yang of the Japanese self: The cultural psychology of personality coherence. In D. Cervone & Y. Shoda (Eds.), The coherence of personality: Social cognitive bases of personality consistency, variability, and organization (pp. 242–302). New York: Guilford Press. Kopytoff, I. (1982). Slavery. Annual Review of Anthropology, 11, 207–230. Kopytoff, I. (1988). The cultural context of African abolition. In S. Miers & R. Roberts, (Eds.), The end of 112 slavery in Africa (pp. 115–138). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press. Kurzban, R., & Leary, M. R. (2001). Evolutionary origins of stigmatization: The functions of social exclusion. Psychological Bulletin, , 127, 187–208. Kwan, V. S. Y., John, O. P., Kenny, D. A., Bond, M. H., & Robins, R. W. (2004). Reconceptualizing individual differences in self-enhancement bias: An interpersonal approach. Psychological Review, 111, 94–110. Labouret, H. (1929). La parenté à plaisanteries en Afrique Occidentale. Africa, 2, 244–254. Leach, J.W., & Leach, E. (Eds.). (1983). The Kula: New perspectives on Massim exchange. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Leary, M. R., & Baumeister, R. F. (2000). The nature and function of self-esteem: Sociometer theory. In M. P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 32, pp. 1–62). New York: Academic Press. Lévi-Strauss, C. (1969). The elementary structures of kinship (Rev. ed., J. H. Bell Trans.; J. R. von Sturmer & R. Needham (Eds.). Boston: Beacon Press. (Original work published 1949) Levy, R. I. (1973). Tahitians. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Llewelyn-Davies, M. (1981). Women, warriors, and patriarchs. In S. B. Ortner & H. Whitehead (Eds.), Sexual meanings: The cultural construction of gender and sexuality (pp. 330–358). New York: Cambridge University Press. Lovejoy, P. E. (Ed.). (1981). The ideology of slavery in Africa. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage. Lynch, J. H. (1986). Godparents and kinship in early medieval Europe. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Macintyre, M. (1983). The Kula: A bibliography. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. MacKenzie, D. (1996). Violent solutions: Revolutions, nationalism, and secret societies in Europe to 1918. Lanham, MD: University Press of America. Mak, L.-F. (1981). The sociology of secret societies: A study of Chinese secret societies in Singapore and 304 III. IDENTITY AND SOCIAL RELATIONS peninsular Malaysia. Kuala Lumpur: Oxford University Press. Malinowski, B. (1961). Argonauts of the Western Pacific: An account of native enterprise and adventure in the archipelagoes of Melanesian New Guinea. New York: Dutton. (Original work published 1922) Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253. 113 Marriott, M. (1976). Hindu transactions: Diversity without dualism. In B. Kapferer (Ed.), Transaction and meaning: Directions in the anthropology of exchange and symbolic behavior (pp. 109–142). Philadelphia: Institute for the Study of Human Issues. McGraw, A. P., & Tetlock, P. E. (2005). Taboo tradeoffs, relational framing and the acceptability of exchange. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 15, 2–15. McGraw, A. P., Tetlock, P. E. A., & Kristel, O. V. (2003). The limits of fungibility: Relational schemata and the value of things. Journal of Consumer Research, 30, 219–229. Miller, J. G., & Bersoff, D. M. (1998). The role of liking in perceptions of the moral responsibility to help: A cultural perspective. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 34, 443–469. Mintz, S.W., &Wolf, E. R. (1950). An analysis of ritual co-parenthood (compadrazgo). Southwestern Journal of Anthropology, 6, 341–368. Morling, B., & Evered, S. (2006). Secondary control reviewed and defined. Psychological Bulletin, 132, 269–296. Morling, B., & Fiske, S. T. (1999). Defining and measuring harmony control. Journal of Research in Personality, 33, 379–414. Morling, B., Kitayama, S., & Miyamoto, Y. (2003). American and Japanese women use different coping strategies during normal pregnancy. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 1533–1546. Murphy,W. P. (1980). Secret knowledge as property and power in Kpelle society: Elders versus youth. Africa, 50, 193–207. Needham, R. (Ed.). (1971). Rethinking kinship and marriage. London: Tavistock. Neuberg, S. L., & Fiske, S. T. (1987). Motivational influences on impression formation: Outcome dependency, accuracy-driven attention, and individuating processes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 431–444. Neuberg, S. L., Smith, D. M., & Asher, T. (2000). Why people stigmatize: Toward a biocultural framework. In T. F. Heatherton, R. E. Kleck, M. R. Hebl, & J. G. Hull (Eds.), The social psychology of stigma (pp. 31– 61). New York: Guilford Press. Nutini, H. (1984). Ritual kinship: Ideological and structural integration of the compadrazgo system in rural Tlaxcala (Vol. 2). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Nutini, H., & Bell, B. (1980). Ritual kinship: The structure and historical development of the compadrazgo system in rural Tlaxcala (Vol. 1). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Orenstein, H. (1968). Toward a grammar of defilement 114 in Hindu sacred law. In M. Singer & B. S. Cohen (Eds.), Structure and change in Indian society (pp. 115–131).NewYork:Wenner-Gren Foundation. Osgood, C. E., Suci, G. J.,&Tannenbaum, P. H. (1957). The measurement of meaning. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. Oyserman, D., Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M. (2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism: Evaluation of theoretical assumptions and metaanalysis. Psychological Bulletin, 178, 3–72. Parsons, T., & Bales, R. F. (1955). Family, socialization and interaction process. Glencoe, IL: Free Press. Parsons, T., & Shils, E. A. (Eds.). (1951). Toward a general theory of action. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Paulme, D. (1939). Parenté à plaisanteries et alliance par le sang en Afrique Occidentale. Africa, 12, 433– 444. Paulme, D. (1968). Pacte de sang, classes d’âge et castes en Afrique noir. Archives Européenes de Sociologie, 9, 12–33. Pham, L. B. (2006). Social relationship practices: An alternative account of cultural differences in mentalities. Manuscript under review. Piaget, J. (1932). The language and thought of the child. 2nd ed. New York: Harcourt, Brace. Piaget, J. (1952). The child’s conception of number. New York: Humanities Press. (Original work published 1932) Piaget, J. (1965). The moral judgment of the child (M. Gabain, Trans.). New York: Free Press. (Original work published 1932) Pittman, T. S. (1998). Motivation. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (4th ed., Vol. 1, pp. 549–590). New York: McGraw-Hill. Powdermaker, H. (1993). After freedom: A cultural study in the deep south. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press. (Original work published 1939) Radcliffe-Brown, A. R. (1965a). On joking relationships. In Structure and function in primitive society: Essays and addresses (pp. 90–104). New York: Free Press. (Original work published 1940) Radcliffe-Brown, A. R. (1965b).Afurther note on joking relationships. In Structure and function in primitive society: Essays and addresses (pp. 105–116). New York: Free Press. (Original work published 1949) Radcliffe-Brown, A. R., & Forde, D. (Eds.). (1960). African systems of kinship and marriage [Published for the International African Institute]. New York: Oxford University Press. Rai, S. N., & Rathmore, J. (1988). Attraction as a function of cultural similarity and proportion of similar 115 attitudes related to different areas of life. Psycholingua, 29, 123–131. Rothbaum, F., Pott, M., Azuma, H., Miyake, K., & Weisz, J. (2000). The development of close relationships in Japan and the United States: Paths of symbiotic harmony and generative tension. Child Development, 71, 1121–1142. 11. Social Relations in Our Species and Cultures 305 Rothbaum, F., Weisz, J., Pott, M., Miyake, K., & Morelli, G. (2000). Attachment and culture: Security in the United States and Japan. American Psychologist, 55, 1093–1104. Rubin, V., & Tuden, A. (Eds.). (1977). Comparative perspectives on slavery in New World plantation societies. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 292, whole volume. Ruscher, J. B., & Fiske, S. T. (1990). Interpersonal competition can cause individuating processes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 832–843. Shaffer, D. R., Crepaz, N., & Sun, C. R. (2000). Physical attractiveness stereotyping in cross-cultural perspective: Similarities and differences between Americans and Taiwanese. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 31, 557–582. Simmel, G. (1971). On individuality and social forms: Selected writings [Edited and with an Introduction by D. N. Levine]. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Simmel, G. (1990). The philosophy of money D. Frisby (Ed.), T. Bottomore & D. Frisby (Trans., 2nd ed.). London: Routledge. (Original work published 1900) Smith, P. B., & Bond, M. H. (1994). Social psychology across cultures: Analysis and perspective. Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon. Sondak, H. (1998). Relational models and organizational studies: Applications to resource allocation and group process. In C. L. Cooper & D. M. Rousseau (Eds.), Trends in organizational behavior (Vol. 5, pp. 83–102). Chichester, UK: Wiley. Spencer, P. (1988). The Maasai of Matapato: A study of rituals of rebellion. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, in association with the International African Institute. Stansfield, S. A., Bosma, H., Hemingway, H., & Marmot, M. G. (1998). Psychosocial work characteristics and social support as predictors of SF-36 health functioning: The Whitehall II study. Psychosomatic Medicine, 60, 247–255. Stevens, L. E., & Fiske, S. T. (1995). Motivation and cognition in social life: A social survival perspective, Social Cognition, 13, 189–214. Stevens, L. E., & Fiske, S. T. (2000). Motivated impressions of a powerholder: Accuracy under task dependency and misperception under evaluation dependency. 116 Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 907–922. Takahashi, K., Ohara, N., Antonucci, T. C., & Akiyama, H. (2002). Commonalities and differences in close relationships among the Americans and Japanese: A comparison by the individualism/collectivism concept. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 26, 453–465. Tambiah, S. J. (1969). Animals are good to think and good to prohibit. Ethnology, 8, 423–459. Tegnaeus, H. (1952). Blood brothers: An ethnosociological study of the institutions of bloodbrotherhood with special reference to Africa. New York: Philosophical Library. Thomsen, L., Sidanius, J., & Fiske, A. P. (2006). Interpersonal leveling, independence, and selfenhancement: A comparison between Denmark and the US, and a relational practice framework for cultural psychology. European Journal of Social Psychology, 36, 1–25. Tönnies, F. (1988). Community and society [Gemeinschaft und Gesellschaft] (C. P. Loomis, Trans., with an Introduction by John Samples). New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction. (Original work published 1887) Tuzin, D. (1984). Miraculous voices: The auditory experience of numinous objects. Current Anthropology, 25, 579–596. Vélez-Ibañez, C. (1983). Bonds of mutual trust: The cultural systems of rotating credit associations among urban Mexicans and Chicanos. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. Verkuyten, M., & Masson, K. (1996). Culture and gender differences in the perception of friendship by adolescents. International Journal of Psychology, 31, 207–217. Vodosek, M. (2003). Finding the right chemistry: Relational models and relationship, process, and task conflict in culturally diverse research groups. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. Whalen, P. J. (1998). Fear, vigilance, and ambiguity: Initial neuroimaging studies of the human amygdala. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 7, 177– 188. Wheeler, L., & Kim, Y. (1997). What is beautiful is culturally good: The physical attractiveness stereotype has different content in collectivistic cultures. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 795–800. Wiggins, J. S., & Trapnell, P. D. (1997). Personality structure: The return of the Big Five. In R. Hogan, J. Johnson, & S. Briggs (Eds.), Handbook of personality psychology (pp. 737–765). New York: Academic 117 Press. Wyatt-Brown, B. (1982). Southern honor: Ethics and behavior in the Old South. New York: Oxford University Press. Yalman, N. (1963). On the purity of women in the castes of Ceylon and Malabar. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 93, 25–58. Yamagishi, T. (1998). The structure of trust: An evolutionary game of mind and society. Tokyo: Tokyo University Press. Yamagishi, T. (2002). The structure of trust: An evolutionary game of mind and society. Hokkaido Behavioral Science Report, No. SP-13. Yamagishi, T., & Yamagishi, M. (1994). Trust and commitment in the United States and Japan. Motivation and Emotion, 18, 129–166. Yamamoto, M., Miyamoto, S., Fiske, S. T., Miki, H., Okiebisu, et al. (2004). Comparative data on friendship. Unpublished raw data, University of Tsukuba, Japan. Abrams, D., & Hogg, M. A. (2001). Collective identity: Group membership and self-conception. In M. Hogg & R. Tindale (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of social psychology: Group processes (pp. 425–460). Oxford, UK: Blackwell. 318 III. IDENTITY AND SOCIAL RELATIONS Adams, G., & Dzokoto, V. A. (2003). Self and identity in African studies. Self and Identity, 2, 345–359. Aoki, M. (2001). Toward a comparative institutional analysis. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Aron, A., Aron, E. N., Tudor, M., & Nelson, G. (1991). Close relationships as including other in the self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 241–253. Benedict, R. (1946). The chrysanthemum and the sword: Patterns of Japanese culture. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Berry, J. W. (1979). A cultural ecology of social behavior. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 12, 177–206. Bochner, S. (1994). Cross-cultural differences in the self concept: A test of Hofstede’s individualism/collectivism distinction. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 25, 273–283. Bond, M. H., & Cheung, T. (1983). College students’ spontaneous self-concept: The effect of culture among respondents in Hong Kong, Japan, and the United States. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 13, 186–200. Bond, M. H., & Hewstone, M. (1988). Social identity theory and the perception of intergroup relations in Hong Kong. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 12, 153–170. 118 Branch, C.W., Tayal, P., & Triplett, C. (2000). The relationship of ethnic identity and ego identity status among adolescents and young adults. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 24, 777–790. Branscombe, N. R., Schmitt, M. T., & Harvey, R. D. (1999). Perceiving pervasive discrimination among African Americans: Implications for group identification and well-being. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 135–149. Brewer, M. B. (1979). Ingroup bias in the minimal intergroup situation: A cognitive–motivational analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 86, 307–324. Brewer, M. B. (1981). Ethnocentrism and its role in interpersonal trust. In M. Brewer & B. Collins (Eds.), Scientific inquiry and the social sciences (pp. 345– 360). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Brewer, M. B. (2001). The many faces of social identity: Implications for political psychology. Political Psychology, 22, 115–125. Brewer, M. B., & Caporael, L. R. (2006). An evolutionary perspective on social identity: Revisiting groups. In M. Schaller, J. Simpson, & D. Kenrick (Eds.), Evolution and social psychology (pp. 143–161). Philadelphia: Psychology Press. Brewer, M. B., & Gardner, W. (1996). Who is this “we”?: Levels of collective identity and self representation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 83–93. Brewer, M. B., & Kramer, R. D. (1986). Choice behavior in social dilemmas: Effects of social identity, group size, and decision framing. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 543–549. Brewer, M. B., & Roccas, S. (2001). Individual values, social identity, and optimal distinctiveness. In C. Sedikides & M. Brewer (Eds.), Individual self, relational self, collective self (pp. 219–237). Philadelphia: Psychology Press. Buchan, N. R., Croson, R., & Dawes, R. M. (2002). Swift neighbors and persistent strangers: A crosscultural investigation of trust and reciprocity in social exchange. American Journal of Sociology, 108, 168–206. Buchan, N. R., Croson, R., & Johnson, E. J. (2003). Let’s get personal: An international examination of the influence of communication, culture, and social distance on trust and trustworthiness (Working paper). University of Wisconsin, Madison. Caporael, L. R. (1997). The evolution of truly social cognition: The core configurations model. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 1, 276–298. Chang,W. C., Lee, L., & Koh, S. (1996, June). The concept of self in a modern Chinese context. Paper presented at the 50th Anniversary Conference of the Korean 119 Psychological Association, Seoul, Korea. Coleman, J. S. (1990). Foundations of social theory. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Cook, K. S. (Ed.). (2001). Trust in society. New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Cousins, S. D. (1989). Culture and self-perception in Japan and the United States. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 56, 124–131. Crocker, J., Luhtanen, R., Blaine, B., & Broadnax, S. (1994). Collective self-esteem and psychological well-being among White, Black, and Asian college students. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 503–513. Cross, S. E., & Madson, L. (1997). Models of the self: Self-construals and gender. Psychological Bulletin, 122, 5–37. Dasgupta, P. S. (1988). Trust as commodity. In D. Gambetta (Ed.), Trust: Making and breaking cooperative relations (pp. 49–72). Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Deaux, K. (1993). Reconstructing social identity. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 4–12. DeCremer, D., & van Vugt, M. (1999). Social identification effects in social dilemmas: A transformation of motives. European Journal of Social Psychology, 29, 871–893. Dhawan, N., Rosemen, I., Naidu, R., Thapa, K., & Rettek, S. (1995). Self-concepts across two cultures: India and the United States. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 26, 606–621. Diehl, M. (1990). The minimal group paradigm: Theoretical explanations and empirical findings. In W. Stroebe & M. Hewstone (Eds.), European review of social psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 263–292). Chichester, UK: Wiley. Doise,W. (1978). Groups and individuals: Explanations in social psychology. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Doosje, B., Ellemers, N., & Spears, R. (1995). Perceived intragroup variability as a function of group status and identification. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 31, 410–436. Endo, Y., Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (2000). Culture 12. Culture and Social Identity 319 and positive illusions in close relationships:Howmyrelationships are better than your relationships. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 1571—1586. Foddy, M., Platow, M.,&Yamagishi, T. (2003). Groupbased trust in strangers: Evaluations or expectations? Unpublished manuscript, La Trobe University, Melbourne, Australia. Gabriel, S., & Gardner, W. L. (1999). Are there “his”and “hers” types of interdependence?: The implications of gender differences in collective versus 120 relational interdependence for affect, behavior, and cognition. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 642–655. Gilligan, C. (1982). In a different voice: Psychological theory and women’s development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Gudykunst, W. B. (1988). Culture and intergroup processes. In M.H. Bond (Ed.), The cross-cultural challenge to social psychology (pp. 165–181). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Hamaguchi, E. (1977). “Nihon rashisa” no saihakken [The rediscovery of “Japaneseness”]. Tokyo: Nihon Keizai Shinbunsha. Hamilton, D. L., Sherman, S. J., & Lickel, B. (1998). Perceiving social groups: The importance of the entitativity continuum. In C. Sedikides, J. Schopler, & C. A. Insko (Eds.), Intergroup cognition and intergroup behavior (pp. 47–74). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Haslam, S. A., Oakes, P. J., Turner, J. C.,&McGarty, C. (1996). Social identity, self-categorization, and the perceived homogeneity of ingroups and outgroups: The interaction between social motivation and cognition. In R. M. Sorrentino & E. T. Higgins (Eds.), Handbook of motivation and cognition: Vol. 3. The interpersonal context (pp. 182–222). New York: Guilford Press. Heine, S. J. (2003). An exchange between Heine and Brown & Kobayashi regarding Brown & Kobayashi (2002): Self-enhancement in Japan?: A reply to Brown & Kobayashi. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 6, 75–84. Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1997). The cultural construction of self-enhancement: An examination of group-serving biases. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 1268–1283. Hewstone, M., & Ward, C. (1985). Ethnocentrism and causal attribution in Southeast Asia. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 48, 614–623 Ho, D. F.Y. (1993). Relational orientation in Asian social psychology. In U. Kim&J.W. Berry (Ed.), Indigenous psychologies: Research and experience in cultural context (pp. 240–259). Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Hofstede, G. (1980). Culture’s consequences: International differences in work-related values, Beverly Hills, CA: Sage. Hogg, M. A., & Abrams, D. (1988). Social identifications: A social psychology of intergroup relations and group processes. London: Routledge. Hogg, M. A., & Turner, J. C. (1987). Intergroup behaviour, self-stereotyping, and the salience of social categories. British Journal of Social Psychology, 26, 325– 340. Hwang, K. K. (1999). Filial piety and loyalty: Two types 121 of social identification in Confucianism. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 2, 163–183. Ip, G. W. M., & Bond, M. H. (1995). Culture, values, and the spontaneous self-concept. Asian Journal of Psychology, 1, 29–35. Iyengar, S. S., Lepper,M. R.,&Ross, L. (1999). Independence from whom? Interdependence with whom?: Cultural perspectives on ingroups versus outgroups. In D. Prentice & D. Miller (Eds.), Cultural divides: Understanding and overcoming group conflict (pp. 273–301). New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Jin, N., Yamagishi, T., & Kiyonari, T. (1996). Bilateral dependency and the minimal group paradigm. Japanese Journal of Psychology, 67, 77–85. (in Japanese) Karp, D. R., Jin, N., Yamagishi, T., & Shinotsuka, H. (1993). Raising the minimum in the minimal group paradigm. Japanese Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 32, 231–240. Kashima, E., & Hardie, E. A. (2000). The development and validation of the Relational, Individual, and Collective Self-Aspects (RIC) Scale. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 3, 19–48. Kashima, Y., Yamaguchi, S., Kim, U., Choi, S., Gelfand, M., & Yuki, M. (1995). Culture, gender, and self: A perspective from individualism-collectivism research. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 925–937. Kim, U.,&Lee, S.H. (1994, June). The Confucian model of morality, justice, selfhood and society: Implications for modern society. Paper presented at the Eighth International Conference on Korean Studies, Seoul. King, A. Y. C., & Bond, M. H. (1985). The Confucian paradigm of man: A sociological view. In W. T. Tseng & D. Wu (Eds.), Chinese culture and mental health (pp. 29–46). New York: Academic Press. Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., Matsumoto, H., & Norasakkunkit, V. (1997.) Individual and collective processes in the construction of the self: Self enhancement in the United States and self-criticism in Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 1245–1267. Kramer, R. M. (1999). Trust and distrust in organizations: Emerging perspectives, enduring questions. Annual Review of Psychology, 50, 569–598. Kuhn, M. H., & McPartland, T. S. (1954). An empirical investigation of self-attitudes. American Sociological Review, 19, 68–76. Kurman, J., & Sriram, N. (1997). Self-enhancement, generality of self-evaluation, and affectivity in Israel and Singapore. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 28, 421–441. Kwan, V., Bond, M. H., & Singelis, R. M. (1997). Pancultural explanations for life satisfaction: Adding 122 relationship harmony to self-esteem. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 1038–1051. Lebra, T. S. (1976). Japanese patterns of behavior. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press. 320 III. IDENTITY AND SOCIAL RELATIONS Lemaine, G. (1974). Social differentiation and social originality. European Journal of Social Psychology, 4, 17–52. Leung, K. (1988). Some determinants of conflict avoidance. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 19, 125–136. Leung, K., & Bond, M. H. (1984). The impact of cultural collectivism on reward allocation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 47, 793–804. Levine, R. A., & Campbell, D. T. (1972). Ethnocentrism: Theories of conflict, ethnic attitudes and group behavior. New York: Wiley. Luhtanen, R., & Crocker, J. (1992). A collective selfesteem scale: Self-evaluations of one’s social identity. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 302– 318. Ma, V., & Schoeneman, T. (1997). Individualism versus collectivism: A comparison of Kenyan and American self-concepts. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 19, 261–273. Macy, M. W., & Skvoretz, J. (1998). The evolution of trust and cooperation between strangers: A computational model. American Sociological Review, 63, 638–660. Mahler, I., Greenberg, L., & Hayashi, H. (1981). A comparative study of rules of justice: Japanese versus American. Psychologia, 24, 1–8. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253. Miller, A. S., & Kanazawa, S. (2000). Order by accident: The origin and consequences of conformity in contemporary Japan. Boulder, CO: Westview. Munro, D. J. (1985). Introduction. In D. J. Munro (Ed.), Individualism and holism: Studies in Confucian and Taoist value (pp. 1–34). Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. Nagel, J. (1994). Constructing ethnicity: Creating and recreating ethnic identity and culture. Social Problems, 41, 152–176. Nakane, C. (1970). Japanese society. Berkeley: University of California Press. Oishi, S. (2005). The flexible inclusion and exclusion of others in self-concept. Unpublished manuscript, University of Virginia, Charlottesville. Ostrom, E. (1998). A behavioral approach to the rational choice theory of collective action. American Political Science Review, 92, 1–22. Oyserman, D., Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M. 123 (2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism: Evaluation of theoretical assumptions and metaanalyses. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 3–72. Perreault, S., & Bourhis, R. Y. (1998). Social identification, interdependence and discrimination. Group Processes and Intergroup Relations, 1, 49–66. Platow, M., McClintock, C., & Liebrand, W. (1990). Predicting intergroup fairness and ingroup bias in the minimal group paradigm. European Journal of Social Psychology, 20, 221–240. Prentice, D., Miller, D., & Lightdale, J. (1994). Asymmetries in attachments to groups and to their members: Distinguishing between common-identity and common-bond groups. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 484–493. Pye, L. (2000). Traumatized political cultures: The after effects of totalitarianism in China and Russia. Japanese Journal of Political Science, 1, 113–128. Rhee, E., Uleman, J., Lee, H. K., & Roman, R. J. (1995). Spontaneous self-descriptions and ethnic identities in individualistic and collectivistic cultures. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 142–152. Rose, R. (1985). National pride in cross-national perspective. International Social Science Journal, 103, 85–96. Ross, M., Xun, W. Q. E., & Wilson, A. E. (2002). Language and the bicultural self. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1040–1050. Schimmack, U., Oishi, S.,&Diener, E. (2005). Individualism: A valid and important dimension of cultural differences between nations. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 9, 17–31. Sedikides, C., & Brewer, M. B. (Eds.). (2001). Individual self, relational self, collective self. Philadelphia: Psychology Press. Sedikides, C., Gaertner, L., & Toguchi, Y. (2003). Pancultural self-enhancement. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 60–79. Seeley, E., Gardner, W., Pennington, G., & Gabriel, S. (2003). Circle of friends or members of a group? Sex differences in relational and collective attachment to groups. Group Processes and Intergroup Relations, 6, 251–263. Shaw, R. (2000). “Tok af, lef af”: A political economy of Temne techniques of secrecy and self. In I. Karp & D. Masolo (Eds.), African philosophy as cultural inquiry (pp. 25–49). Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Simon, B., & Hamilton, D. L. (1994). Self-stereotyping and social context: The effects of relative in-group size and in-group status. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 66, 699–711. Smith, P. B., & Bond, M. H. (1999). Social psychology 124 across cultures (2nd ed.). Boston,MA:Allyn&Bacon. Snibbe, A. C., Kitayama S., Markus H. R., & Suzuki T. (2003). They saw a game: A Japanese and American (football) field study. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 34, 581–595. Stryker, S. (1987). Identity theory: Developments and extensions. In K. Yardley & T. Honess (Eds.), Self and identity (pp. 89–104). New York: Wiley. Sumner, W. G. (1906). Folkways. New York: Ginn. Tajfel, H. (1969). Cognitive aspects of prejudice. Journal of Social Issues, 25, 79–97. Tajfel, H. (1970). Experiments in intergroup discrimination. Scientific American, 223(2), 96–102. Tajfel, H. (1978). Social categorization, social identity and social comparison. In H. Tajfel (Ed.), Differentiation between social groups (pp. 61–76). London: Academic Press. Tajfel, H. (1981). Human groups and social categories. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. 12. Culture and Social Identity 321 Tajfel, H., Billig, M., Bundy, R., & Flament, C. (1971). Social categorization and intergroup behaviour. European Journal of Social Psychology, 1, 149–178. Tajfel, H., & Turner. J. C. (1979). An integrative theory of intergroup conflict. In W. Austin & S. Worchel (Eds.), Social psychology of intergroup relations (pp. 33–47). Chicago: Nelson. Thoits, P. A., & Virshup, L. V. (1997). Me’s and we’s: Forms and functions of social identities. In R. Ashmore & Lee Jussim (Eds.), Self and identity: Fundamental issues (Vol. 1, pp. 106–133). New York: Oxford University Press. Trafimow, D., Triandis, H. C., & Goto, S. G. (1991). Some tests of the distinction between the private self and the collective self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 649–655. Triandis, H. C. (1989). The self and social behavior in differing cultural contexts. Psychological Review, 96, 506–520. Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism, Boulder, CO: Westview. Triandis, H. C., Chan D., Bhawuk, D., Iwao, S., & Sinha, J. (1995). Multimethod probes of allocentrism and idiocentrism. International Journal of Psychology, 30, 461–480. Triandis, H. C., McCusker, C., & Hui, C. H. (1990). Multimethod probes of individualism and collectivism. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 1006–1020. Turner, J. C. (1975). Social comparison and social identity: Some prospects for intergroup behaviour. European Journal of Social Psychology, 5, 5–34. Turner, J. C. (1981). The experimental social psychology 125 of intergroup behaviour. In J. Turner & H. Giles (Eds.), Intergroup behaviour (pp. 66–101). Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Turner, J. C. (1985). Social categorization and the selfconcept: A social cognitive theory of group behavior. In E. Lawler (Ed.), Advances in group processes (Vol. 2, pp. 77–122). Greenwich, CT: JAI Press. Turner, J. C., Hogg, M., Oakes, P., Reicher, S., & Wetherell, M. (1987). Rediscovering the social group: A self-categorization theory. Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Tyler, T. R. (2001). Why do people rely on others?: Social identity and the social aspects of trust. In K. S. Cook (Ed.), Trust in society (pp. 285–306). New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Vanneman, R. D., & Pettigrew, T. F. (1972). Race and relative deprivation in the urban United States. Race, 13, 461–486. Verkuyten, M., & Lay, C. (1998). Ethnic minority identity and psychological well-being: The mediating role of collective self-esteem. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 28, 1969–1986. Watkins, D., Adair, J., Akande, A., Gerong, A., McInerney, D., Sunar, D., et al. (1998). Individualism– collectivism, gender and the self-concept: A nine culture investigation. Psychologia, 41, 259–271. Wetherell, M. (1982). Cross-cultural studies of minimal groups: Implications for the social identity theory of intergroup relations. In H. Tajfel (Ed.), Social identity and intergroup relations (pp. 207–240). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Wilder, D. A. (1986). Social categorization: Implications for creation and reduction of intergoup bias. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 19, pp. 291–355). New York: Academic Press. Wit, A. P., & Kerr, N. L. (2002). Me versus just us versus us all: Categorization and cooperation in nested social dilemmas. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 616–637. Wong, R. Y., & Hong, Y (2005). Dynamic influences of culture on cooperation in the Prisoner’s Dilemma. Psychological Science, 16, 429–434. Yamagishi, T. (1988a). Exit from the group as an individualistic solution to the free rider problem in the United States and Japan. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 24, 530–542. Yamagishi, T. (1988b). The provision of a sanctioning system in the United States and Japan. Social Psychology Quarterly, 51, 265–271. Yamagishi, T., Foddy, M., Makimura, Y., Matsuda, M., & Platow, M. (2003). Contextualized and decontextualized use of social categories: Comparisons 126 of Australians and Japanese on group-based trust and cooperation (Working Paper Series No. 7). Sapporo, Japan: Hokkaido University, Department of Behavioral Science. Yamagishi, T., Jin, N., & Kiyonari, T. (1999). Bounded generalized reciprocity: Ingroup boasting and ingroup favoritism. Advances in Group Processes, 16, 161–197. Yamagishi, T., Jin, N., & Miller, A. S. (1998). Collectivism and in-group bias. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 1, 315–328. Yamagishi, T., & Kiyonari, T. (2000). The group as the container of generalized reciprocity. Social Psychology Quarterly, 63, 116–132. Yamagishi, T., & Kosugi, M. (1999). Character detection in social exchange. Cognitive Studies, 6, 179– 190. (in Japanese) Yamagishi, T., & Yamagishi, M. (1994). Trust and commitment in the United States and Japan. Motivation and Emotion, 18, 129–166. Yeros, P. (Ed.). (1999). Ethnicity and nationalism in Africa: Constructivist reflections and contemporary politics. London: Macmillan. Yuki, M. (2003). Intergroup comparison versus intragroup cooperation: A cross-cultural examination of social identity theory in North American and East Asian cultural contexts. Social Psychology Quarterly, 66, 166–183. Yuki, M., Maddux, W. W., Brewer, M. B., & Takemura, K. (2005). Cross-cultural differences in relationshipand group-based trust. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 31, 48–62. Alderson, A. S., & Nielsen, F. (2002). Globalization and the great U-turn: Income inequality trends in 16 OECD countries. American Journal of Sociology, 107, 1244–1299. Anthias, F. (2001). New hybridities, old concepts: The limits of “culture.” Ethnic and Racial Studies, 24, 619–641. Appadurai, A. (1996). Modernity at large: Cultural dimensions of globalization. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. Barth, F. (2002). An anthropology of knowledge. Current Anthropology, 43, 1–18. Benet-Martinez, V., & Haritatos, J. (2005). Bicultural Identity Integration (BII): Components and psychosocial antecedents. Journal of Personality, 73, 1015–1050. Benet-Martinez, V., Leu, J., Lee, F., & Morris, M. W. (2002). Negotiating biculturalism: Cultural frame switching in biculturals with oppositional versus compatible cultural identities. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 33, 492–516. 127 Berry, J. W. (2001). A psychology of immigration. Journal of Social Issues, 57, 615–631. Berry, J.W.,&Sam, D. L. (1997). Acculturation and adaptation. In J. W. Berry, M. H. Segall, & C. Ka_itçiba_i (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology: Vol. 3. Social behavior and applications (2nd ed., pp. 291– 326). Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Berry, J.W., Poortinga, Y. H., Segall, M. H.,&Dasen, P. R. (1992). Cross-cultural psychology: Research and applications. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Birman, D. (1998). Biculturalism and perceived competence of Latino immigrant adolescents. American Journal of Community Psychology, 26, 335–354. Bourhis, R. Y., & Giles, H. (1977). The language of intergroup distinctiveness. In H. Giles (Ed.), Language, ethnicity and intergroup relations (pp. 119–135). London: Academic Press. Brewer, M. B., & Gardner, W. (1996). Who is this “we”?: Levels of collective identity and self representations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 83–93. Camilleri, C., & Malewska-Peyre, H. (1997). Socialization and identity strategies. In J. W. Berry, P. R. Dasen, & T. S. Saraswathi (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology: Vol. 2. Basic processes and human development (2nd ed., pp. 41–67). Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Casmir, F. L. (1992). Third-culture building: A paradigm shift for international and intercultural communication. Comunnication Yearbook, 16, 407–428. Castells, M. (1998). The end of millennium. Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Chao, M., Chen, J., Roisman, G. I., & Hong, Y. (in press). Essentializing race: Implications for bicultural individuals’ cognition and physiological reactivity. Psychological Science. Cheryan, S., & Monin, B. (2005). “Where are you really from?”: Asian Americans and identity denial. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 89, 717–730. Chiu, C., & Chen, J. (2004). Symbols and interactions: Application of the CCC model to culture, language, and social identity. In S. H. Ng, C. Candlin, & C. Chiu (Eds.), Proceedings of ICLASP8. Hong Kong: City University of Hong Kong Press. Chiu, C., & Hong, Y. (2005). Culture: Dynamic processes. In A. J. Elliot & C. S. Dweck (Eds.), Handbook of competence and motivation (pp. 489–505). New York: Guilford Press. Cohen, D., & Gunz, A. (2002). As seen by the other . . . : Perspectives on the self in the memories and emotional perceptions of Easterners and Westerners. Psychological 128 Science, 13, 55–59. Devos, T., & Banaji, M. (2005). American = white? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 88(3), 447–466. Dickow, H., & Moller, V. (2002). South Africa’s “rainbow people,” national pride and optimism: A trend study. Social Indicators Research, 59, 175–202. DiMaggio, D. (1997). Culture cognition. Annual Review of Sociology, 23, 263–287. Dunbar, E. (1994). The German executive in the U.S. work and social environment: Exploring role demands. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 18, 277–291. Earley, P. C. (2002). Redefining interactions across cultures and organizations: Moving forward with cultural intelligence. Research in Organizational Behavior, 24, 271–299. Earley, P. C., & Ang, S. (2003). Cultural intelligence: Individual interactions across cultures. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Fischer, M. M. J. (1999). Emergent forms of life: Anthropologies of late or postmodernities. Annual Review of Anthropology, 28, 455–478. Friedman, J. (1994). Cultural identity and global process. London: Sage. Fu, J. H., & Chiu, C. (2003). Studying cultures from a shorter distance: Change and maintenance of cultural values in multicultural environment. Manuscript under review Furnham, A., & Li, Y. H. (1993). The psychological adjustment of the Chinese community in Britain: A study of two generations. British Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 109–113. Ganguly-Scrase, R. (2003). Paradoxes of globalization, liberalization, and gender equality: The worldviews 13. Multicultural Identities 341 of the lower middle class in West Bengal, India. Gender and Society, 17, 544–566. Gardner, W. L., Gabriel, S., & Lee, A. (1999). “I” value freedom, but “we” value relationships: Self-construal priming mirrors cultural differences in judgment. Psychological Science, 10, 321–326. Giddens, A. (1985). The nation–state and violence. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press. Greenberg, J., Solomon, S., & Pyszczynski, T. (1997). Terror management theory of self-esteem and cultural worldview: Empirical assessments and conceptual refinements. In P. M. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 29, pp. 61– 141). San Diego: Academic Press. Grosjean, F. (1989). Neurolinguists, beware!: The bilingual is not two monolinguals in one person. Brain and Language, 36, 3–15. 129 Halloran, M. J., & Kashima, E. S. (2004). Social identity and worldview validation: The effects of ingroup identity primes and mortality salience on value endorsement. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 915–925. Hampton, J. A. (1997). Emergent attributes in combined concepts. In T. B.Ward, S. M. Smith, & J. Vaid (Eds.), Creative thought: An investigation of conceptual structures and processes (pp. 83–110). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Han, S., & Shavitt, S. (1994). Persuasion and culture: Advertising appeals in individualistic and collectivistic societies. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 30, 326–350. Haslam, S., Oakes, P. J., McGarty, C., Turner, J. C., & Onorato, R. S. (1995). Contextual changes in the prototypicality of extreme and moderate outgroup members. European Journal of Social Psychology, 25, 509–530. Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Markus, H., & Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for positive selfregard? Psychological Review, 106, 766–794. Hetts, J. J., Sakuma, M., & Pelham, B. W. (1999). Two roads to positive regard: Implicit and explicit selfevaluation and culture. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 35, 512–559. Higgins, E. T. (1996). Knowledge activation: Accessibility, applicability and salience. In E. T. Higgins & A. E. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook of basic principles (pp.133–168). New York: Guilford Press. Higgins, E. T., Friedman, R. S., Harlow, R. E., Idson, L. C., Ayduk, O. N., & Taylor, A. (2001). Achievement orientations from subjective histories of success: Promotion pride versus prevention pride. European Journal of Social Psychology, 31, 3–23. Hirschman, C. (1983). America’s melting pot reconsidered. Annual Review of Sociology, 9, 397–423. Ho, D. Y. F.,&Chiu, C. (1994). Component ideas of individualism, collectivism, and social organization: An application in the study of Chinese culture. In U. Kim, H. C. Triandis, C. Ka_itçiba_i, G. Choi, & G. Yoon (Eds.), Individualism and collectivism: Theory, method and applications (pp. 137–156). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Hogg, M. A. (2001). A social identity theory of leadership. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 5, 184–200. Hogg, M. A. (2003). Social identity. InM. R. Leary & J. P. Tangney (Eds.), Handbook of self and identity (pp. 462–479). New York: Guilford Press. Hong, Y., Benet-Martinez, V., Chiu, C., & Morris, M. W. (2003). Boundaries of cultural influence: Construct 130 activation as a mechanism for cultural differences in social perception. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 34, 453–464. Hong, Y., Chiu, C.,&Kung, T. M. (1997). Bringing culture out in front: Effects of cultural meaning system activation on social cognition. In K. Leung, Y. Kashima, U. Kim,&S. Yamaguchi (Eds.), Progress in Asian social psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 135–146). Singapore: Wiley. Hong, Y., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Benet-Martinez, V. (2000). Multicultural minds: A dynamic constructivist approach to culture and cognition. American Psychologist, 55, 709–720. Hong, Y., Roisman, G. I.,&Chen, J. (2006). A model of cultural attachment: A new approach for studying bicultural experience. In M. H. Bornstein & L. Cote (Eds.), Acculturation and parent child relationships: Measurement and development (pp. 135–170). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Inglehart, R., & Baker, W. E. (2000). Modernization, cultural change, and the persistence of traditional values. American Sociological Review, 65, 19–51. Ip, Y., Chen, J., & Chiu, C. (2003). Intersubjective consensus on regulatory focus. Unpublished raw data, University of Illinois, Urbana–Champaign. Jetten, J., Postmes, T., & McAuliffe, B. (2002). “We’re all individuals”: Group norms of individualism and collectivism, levels of identification and identity threat. European Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 189–207. Kanno, Y. (2003). Negotiating bilingual and bicultural identities: Japanese returnees betwixt two worlds. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Kashima, E. S., Halloran, M. J., Yuki, M.,&Kashima, Y. (2004). The effects of personal and collective mortality salience on individualism: Comparing Australians and Japanese with higher and lower self-esteem. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40, 384–392. Kashima, E. S., & Kashima, Y. (1998). Culture and language: The case of cultural dimensions and personal pronoun use. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 29, 461–486. Kim, H. S., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Deviance or uniqueness, Harmony or conformity?: A cultural analysis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 785–800. Kitayama, S., Duffy, S., Kawamura, T., & Larsen, J. T. (2003). Perceiving an object and its context in different cultures: A cultural look at New Look. Psychological Science, 14, 201–206. 342 III. IDENTITY AND SOCIAL RELATIONS LaFromboise, T., Coleman, H. L., & Gerton, J. (1993). Psychological impact of biculturalism: Evidence and 131 theory. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 395–412. Lal, D. (2000). Does modernization require Westernization? Independent Review, 5, 5–24. Lau, I. Y., Chiu, C., & Lee, S.-L. (2001). Communication and shared reality: Implications for the psychological foundations of culture. Social Cognition, 19, 350–371. Lau, I. Y., Lee, S.-L., & Chiu, C. (2004). Language, cognition and reality: Constructing shared meanings through communication. In M. Schaller & C. Crandall (Eds.), The psychological foundations of culture (pp. 77–100). Mahway, NJ: Erlbaum. Lee, S.-L. (2002). Communication and shared representation: The role of knowledge estimation. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong. Lee, S., Sobal, J., & Frongillo, E. A. (2003). Comparison of models of acculturation: The case of Korean Americans. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 34, 282–296. Lehman, D., Chiu, C., & Schaller, M. (2004). Culture and psychology. Annual review of psychology. Palo Alto, CA: Annual Reviews. Leung, K. A., Chiu, C., & Hong, Y. (2003). Communication and regulatory focus. Unpublished raw data, University of Illinois, Urbana–Champaign. Li, Q., & Hong, Y. (2001). Intergroup perceptual accuracy predicts real-life intergroup interactions. Group Processes and Intergroup Relations, 4, 341–354. Lu, X. (2001). Bicultural identity development and Chinese community formation: An ethnographic study of Chinese schools in Chicago. Howard Journal of Communications, 12, 203–220. Lukes, S. (1973). Individualism. Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Lyons, A., & Kashima, Y. (2001). The reproduction of culture: Communication processes tend to maintain cultural stereotypes. Social Cognition, 19, 372–394. Ma, V., & Schoeneman, T. J. (1997). Individualism versus collectivism: A comparison of Kenyan and American self-concepts. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 19, 261–273. Mahalingam, R. (2003). Essentialism, culture, and beliefs about gender among the Aravanis of Tamil Nadu, India. Sex Roles, 49, 489–496. Mahalingam, R., & Rodriguez, J. (2003). Essentialism, power and cultural psychology of gender. Journal of Cognition and Culture, 3, 157–174. Marques, J., Abrams, D., Paez, D., & MartinezTaboada, C. (1998). The role of categorization and in-group norms in judgments of groups and their members. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75, 976–988. 132 Marques, J., & Paez, D. (1994). The black sheep effect: Social categorization, rejection of ingroup deviates, and perception of group variability. In W. Stroebe & M. Hewstone (Eds.), European review of psychology (Vol. 5, pp. 37–68). New York: Wiley. McAuliffe, B. J., Jetten, J., Hornsey, M., & Hogg, M. A. (2003). Individualist and collectivist norms: When it’s ok to go your own way. European Journal of Social Psychology, 33, 57–70. Medea, L. (2002). Creolisation and globalization in a neo-Colonial context: The case of reunion. Social Identities, 8, 125–141. Menon, T., & Morris, M. W. (2001). Social structure in North American and Chinese cultures: Reciprocal influence between objective and subjective structures. Journal of Psychology in Chinese Societies, 2, 27–50. Menon, T., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Hong, Y. (1999). Culture and the construal of agency: Attribution to individual versus group dispositions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 701–717. Miller, D. T., & Prentice, D. A. (1994). Collective errors and errors about the collective. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 20, 541–550. Montreuil, A., & Bourhis, R. Y. (2001). Majority acculturation orientations toward “valued” and “devalued” immigrants. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 32, 698–719. Ng, S. H., & Bradac, J. (1993). Power is language: Vernal communication and social influence. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Niemann, Y. F., Romero, A. J., Arredondo, J., & Rodriguez, V. (1999). What does it mean to be “Mexican”?: Social construction of an ethnic identity. Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 21, 47–60. No, S., & Hong, Y. (2004a, January). Negotiating bicultural identity: Contrast and assimilation effects in cultural frame switching. Poster presented at the annual conference of the Society for Personality and Social Psychology, Austin, TX. No, S., & Hong, Y. (2004b, January). Bicultural frame switching: Belief in race as fixed moderates minority reactivity toward cultural primes. Poster presented at the annual conference of the American Psychological Society, Chicago, IL. No, S.,Wan, C., & Chiu, C. (2005). Cultural hybridization among Chinese and Korean ethnics residing in the United States. Unpublished raw data, University of Illinois, Urbana–Champaign. Organista, P. B., Organista, K. C., & Kurasaki, K. (2002). The relationship between acculturation and ethnic minority mental health. In K. M. Chun, P. B. Organista, & G. Marin (Eds.), Acculturation: Advances in theory, measurement, and applied research 133 (pp. 139–162). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Oyserman, D. (1993). The lens of personhood: Viewing the self and others in a multicultural society. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65, 993–1009. Oyserman, D., Sakamoto, I., & Lauffer, A. (1998). Cultural accommodation: Hybridity and the framing of social obligation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 1606–1618. Padilla, A. M., & Perez, W. (2003). Acculturation, social identity, and social cognition: A new perspective. Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 25, 35–55. Pang, C. L. (2000). Negotiating identity in contemporary Japan: The case of Kikokushijo. London: Kegan Paul. Parameswaran, R. (2002). Local culture in global media: Excavating colonial and material discourses in National Geographic. Communication Theory, 12, 287–315. Park, R. E. (1928). Human migration and the marginal man. American Journal of Sociology, 33, 881–893. Phinney, J. S., & Devich-Navarro, M. (1997). Variations in bicultural identification among African American and Mexican American adolescents. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 7, 3–32. Pinkley, R. L., & Northcraft, G. B. (1994). Conflict frames of reference: Implications for dispute processes and outcomes. Academy of Management Journal, 37, 193–205. Rhee, E., Uleman, J. S., Lee, H. K., & Roman, R. J. (1995). Spontaneous self-descriptions and ethnic identities in individualistic and collectivistic cultures. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 142–152. Richmond, A. H. (2002). Globalization: Implications for immigrants and refugees. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 25, 707–727. Robertson, R. (1992). Globalization: Social theory and global culture. London: Sage. Robins, L. N., & Regier, D. A. (Eds.). (1991). Psychiatric disorders in America: The epidemiologic catchment areas study. New York: Free Press. Roccas, S., & Brewer, M. (2002). Social identity complexity. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 6, 88–106. Rogler, L. H., Cortes, D. E., & Malgady, R. G. (1991). Acculturation and mental health status among Hispanics: Convergence and new directions for research. American Psychologist, 46, 585–597. Ross, M., Xun, W. Q. E., & Wilson, A. E. (2002). Language and the bicultural self. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1040–1050. Rudmin, F. W. (2003). Critical history of the acculturation 134 psychology of assimilation, separation, integration, and marginalization. Review of General Psychology, 7, 3–37. Ryder, A. G., Alden, L. E., & Paulhus, D. L. (2000). Is acculturation unidimensional or bidimensional?: A head-to-head comparison in the prediction of personality, self-identity, and adjustment. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 49–65. Salcedo, R, (2003). When the global meets the local at the mall. American Behavioral Scientist, 46, 1084– 1103. Sassen, S. (1998). Globalization and its discontents: Essays on the new mobility of people and money. New York: New Press. Sechrist, G. B., & Stangor, C. (2001). Perceived consensus influences intergroup behavior and stereotype accessibility. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 80, 645–654. Sedikides, C., & Brewer, M. B. (2001). Individual self, relational self, and collective self: Partner, opponents, or strangers? In C. Sedikides & M. B. Brewer (Eds.), Individual self, relational self, collective self (pp. 1– 4). Ann Arbor, MI: Psychology Press. Shore, B. (1996). Culture in mind: Cognition, culture, and the problem of meaning. New York: Oxford University Press. Simonton, D. K. (1997). Foreign influence and national development: The impact of open milieus on Japanese civilization. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 86–94. Simonton, D. K. (2000). Creativity: Cognitive, personal, developmental, and social aspects. American Psychologist, 55, 151–158. Sparrow, L. M. (2000). Beyond multicultural man: Complexities of identity. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 24, 173–201. Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture: A naturalistic approach. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell. Sprott, J. E. (1994). “Symbolic ethnicity” and Alaska natives of mixed ancestry living in Anchorage: Enduring group or a sign of impending assimilation? Human Organization, 53, 311–322. Suinn, R. M., Ahuna, C., & Khoo, G. (1992). The Suinn–Lew Asian Self-Identity Acculturation Scale: Concurrent and factorial validation. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 52, 1041–1046. Sussman, N. M. (2000). The dynamic nature of cultural identity throughout cultural transitions: Why home is not so sweet. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 4, 355–373. Takenaka, A. (1999). Transnational community and its ethnic consequences: The return migration and the transformation of ethnicity of Japanese Peruvians. 135 American Behavioral Scientist, 42, 1459–1474. Terry, D. J., & Hogg, M. J. (1996). Group norms and the attitude-behavior relationship: A role for group identification. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 776–793. Terry, D. J., Hogg, M. A., & White, K. M. (1999). The theory of planned behaviour: Self-identity, social identity and group norms. British Journal of Social Psychology, 38, 225–244. Thompson, C. J., & Arsel, Z. (2004). The Starbucks brandscape and consumers’ (anticorporate) experiences of glocalization. Journal of Consumer Research, 31, 632–642. Trafimow, D., Silverman, E. S., Fan, R. M.-T., & Law, J. S. F. (1997). The effects of language and priming on the relative accessibility of the private self and the collective self. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 28, 107–123. Trafimow, D., Triandis, H. C., & Goto, S. G. (1991). Some tests of the distinction between the private self and the collective self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 649–655. Tsai, J. L., Ying, Y., & Lee, P. A. (2000). The meaning of “being Chinese” and “being American: Variation among Chinese American young adults.” Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 31, 302–332. 344 III. IDENTITY AND SOCIAL RELATIONS Tsuda, T. (2001). When identities become modern: Japanese emigration to Brazil and the global contextualization of identity. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 24, 412–432. Tsuda, T. (2003). Strangers in the ethnic homeland: Japanese Brazilian return migration in transnational perspective. New York: Columbia University Press. Turner, J. C., Hogg, M., Oakes, P., Reicher, S., & Wetherell, M. (1987). Rediscovering the social group: A self-categorization theory. Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Tzeng, O. C. S., & Henderson, M. M. (1999). Objective and subjective cultural relationships related to industrial modernization and social progress. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 23, 411– 445. van Strien, P. J. (1997). The American “colonization” of northwest European social psychology after World War II. Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 33, 349–363. Verkuyten, M., & deWolf, A. (2002). Being, feeling and doing: Discourses and ethnic self-definitions among minority group members. Culture and Psychology, 8, 371–399. Verkuyten, M., & Pouliasi, K. (2002). Biculturalism among older children: Cultural frame switching, attributions, 136 self-identification, and attitudes. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 33, 596–609. Wan, C., & Chiu, C. (2003). Intersubjective consensus and person perception. Unpublished raw data, University of Illinois, Urbana–Champaign. Wan, C., & Chiu, C. (2005, January). They think men and women are different, and I agree! The role of intersubjective consensus in gender identification. Poster presented at the 6th annual meeting of the Society of Personality and Social Psychology, New Orleans, LA. Wan, C., Chiu, C., Peng, S., & Tam, K. (in press). Measuring cultures through intersubjective norms: Implications for predicting relative identification with two or more cultures. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology. Wan, C., Chiu, C., & Tam, K. (2005, May). Who voted for Bush?: Intersubjective representations of what Republicans and Democrats like and dislike. Hot Topic Talk at the 17th Annual Convention of American Psychological Society, Los Angeles, CA. Wan, C., Chiu, C., Tam, K., Lee, S., Lau, I. Y., & Peng, S. (2007). Perceived cultural importance and actual self-importance of values in cultural identification. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 92, 337–354. Wan,W.W.,&Chiu, C. (2002). Effects of novel conceptual combination on creativity. Journal of Creative Behavior, 36, 227–240. Wang, Q. (2001). Culture effects on adults’ earliest childhood recollection and self-description: Implications for the relation between memory and the self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 220–233. Ward, C., Bochner, S., & Furnham, A. (2001). The psychology of culture shock (2nd ed.). Philadelphia: Routledge. Ward, C., & Searle, W. (1991). The impact of value discrepancies and cultural identity on psychological and sociocultural adjustment of sojourners. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 15, 209–225. Ward, T. B., Patterson, M. J., Sifonis, C. M., Dodds, R. A.,&Saunders, K. N. (2002). The role of graded category structure in imaginative thought. Memory and Cognition, 30, 199–216. Waters, M. C. (1990). Ethnic options: Choosing identities in America. Berkeley: University of California Press. Weber, M. (1958). The Protestant ethic and the spirit of capitalism (T. Parsons, Trans.). New York: Scribner’s. (Original work published 1904) Wong, R. Y., & Hong, Y. (2005). Dynamic influences of culture on cooperation in the prisoner’s dilemma. Psychological Science, 16, 429–434. 137 Wyer, R. S.,&Srull, T. K. (1986). Human cognition in its social context. Psychological Review, 93, 322–359. Yamada, A.,&Singelis, T. M. (1999). Biculturalism and self-construal. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 23, 697–709. Zaharna, R. S. (1989). Self-shock: The double-binding challenge of identity. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 13, 501–525. Allmendinger, J., & Hackman, J. R. (1995). The more, the better?: A four-nation study of the inclusion of women in symphony orchestras. Social Forces, 74(2), 423–460. Alutto, J. (2002). Culture, levels of analysis, and cultural transition. In F. Yammarino & F. Dansereau (Eds.), The many faces of multi-level issues (pp. 321– 326). San Francisco: JAI Press. Ambady, N., Koo, J., Lee, F., & Rosenthal, R. (1996). More than words: Linguistic and nonlinguistic politeness in two cultures. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70(5), 996–1011. Ambady, N., Shih, M., Hallahan, M., & Lee, F. (2005). Stock explanations: Culture and causal attributions in letters to shareholders. Unpublished manuscript, Tufts University, Medford, MA. Arthur, W. B. (1994). Increasing returns and path dependence in the economy. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. Ascherson, N. (1996). Black Sea. New York: Hill & Wang. Ayman, R., & Chemers, M. M. (1983). Relationship of supervisory behavior ratings to work group effectiveness and subordinate satisfaction among Iranian managers. Journal of Applied Psychology, 68, 338–341. Barker, R. (1998, October 12). So your workers want to telecommute. BusinessWeek. Available at www. businessweek.com Barnard, C. (1968). The functions of the executive. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Bellah, R. N. (1957). Tokugawa religion. New York: Free Press. Bellah, R. N. (1985). Tokugawa religion: The cultural roots of modern Japan. New York: Free Press. Bellah, R. N., Madsen, R., Sullivan, W. M., Swidler, A., & Tipton, S. M. (1996). Habits of the heart: Individualism and commitment in American life. Berkeley: University of California Press. Bendix, R. (1977). Max Weber: An intellectual portrait. Berkeley: University of California Press. Bettman, J., & Weitz, B. (1983). Attributions in the boardroom: Causal reasoning in corporate annual reports. Administrative Science Quarterly, 28, 165– 183. Bird, A., Heinbuch, S., Dunbar, R., & McNulty, M. 138 (1993). A conceptual model of the effects of area studies training programs and a preliminary investigation of the model’s hypothesized relationships. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 17(4), 415–435. Birnbaum-More, P., & Wong, G. (1995). Acquisition of managerial values in the People’s Republic of China and Hong Kong. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 26(3), 255–275. Brief, A. P. (2000). Just doing business: Modern racism and obedience to authority as explanations for employment discrimination. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 81(1), 72–97. Briley, D. A., & Wyer, R. S. (2001). Transitory determinants of values and decisions: The utility (or nonutility) of individualism and collectivism in understanding cultural differences. Social Cognition, 19, 197–227. Brown, P., & Levinson, S. (1987). Politeness: Some universals in language usage. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Brown, R. (1986). Social psychology (2nd ed.). New York: Free Press. Cai, D. A. (2001). Looking below the surface: Comparing subtleties of U.S. and Chinese culture in negotiation. In J. Weiss (Ed.), Tigers roar: Asia’s recovery and its impact (pp. 217–237). New York: Sharpe. Chartrand, T. L., & Bargh, J. (1999). The chameleon effect: The perception–behavior link and social interaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76(6), 893–910. 14. Cultural Psychology of Workways 365 Chatman, J. A., & Barsade, S. G. (1995). Personality, organizational culture, and cooperation: Evidence from a business simulation. Administrative Science Quarterly, 40(3), 423–443. Chatman, J. A., Polzer, J. T., Barsade, S. G., & Neale, M. A. (1998). Being different yet feeling similar: The influence of demographic composition and organizational culture on work processes and outcomes. Administrative Science Quarterly, 43(4), 749–780. Cheng, C. M., & Chartrand, T. L. (2003). Selfmonitoring without awareness: Using mimicry as a nonconscious affiliation strategy. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85(6), 1170–1179. Copeland, L., & Griggs, L. (1985). Going international: How to make friends and deal effectively in the global marketplace. New York: Random House. Crèvecoeur, J. (1981). Letters from an American farmer. New York: Penguin Books. (Original work published 1782) Daniels, B. C. (1995). Puritans at play. New York: St. Martin’s Press. 139 Dechert, C. R. (1961). “Simpatía” and leadership: A study of group relations among Italian government employees. Bolletino di Psicologia Applicata, 43–44, 1–9. De Dreu, C. K. W., & Weingart, L. R. (2003). Task versus relationship conflict, team performance, and team member satisfaction: A meta-analysis. Journal of Applied Psychology, 88(4), 741–749. Denison, D. (1996). What IS the difference between organizational culture and organizational climate?: A native’s point of view on a decade of paradigm wars. Academy of Management Review, 21(3), 619–654. DePaulo, B. M.,&Kashy, D. A. (1998). Everyday lies in close and casual relationships. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74(1), 63–79. Deshpande, S., & Viswesvaran, C. (1992). Is crosscultural training of expatriate managers effective: A meta analysis. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 16, 295–310. de Tocqueville, A. (1990). Democracy in America. New York: Vintage Books. (Original work published 1840) DeVoe, S. E., & Iyengar, S. S. (2004). Managers’ theories of subordinates: A cross-cultural examination of manager perceptions of motivation and appraisal of performance. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 93(1), 47–61. Diaz-Guerrero, R. (1967). Psychology of the Mexican. Austin: University of Texas Press. Dovidio, J. F., & Gaertner, S. L. (2000). Aversive racism and selection decisions: 1989 and 1999. Psychological Science, 11(4), 315–320. Durkheim, É. (1933). The division of labor in society New York: Free Press. Earley, P. C. (1989). Social loafing and collectivism: A comparison of United States and the People’s Republic of China. Administrative Science Quarterly, 34, 565–581. Earley, P. C. (1997). Face, harmony, and social structure: An analysis of organizational behavior across cultures. New York: Oxford University Press. Earley, P. C., & Ang, S. (2003). Cultural intelligence: An analysis of individual interactions across cultures. Palo Alto, CA: Stanford University Press. Earley, P. C., & Gibson, C. B. (1998). Taking stock in our process on individualism–collectivism: 100 years of solidarity and community. Journal of Management Special Issue: Yearly Review of Management, 24(3), 265–304. Earley, P. C., & Mosakowski, E. (2000). Creating hybrid team cultures: An empirical test of transnational team functioning. Academy of Management Journal, 43(1), 26–49. 140 Earley, P. C., & Mosakowski, E. (2002). Linking culture and behavior in organizations: Suggestions for theory development and research methodology. In F. Yammarino & F. Dansereau (Eds.), Research in multilevel issues (Vol. 1, pp. 297–319). Newbury Park, CA: JAI Press. Elsbach, K. D. (2003). Organizational perception management. Research in Organizational Behavior, 25, 297–332. Elsbach, K. D. (2004). Interpreting workplace identities: The role of office décor. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 25(1), 99–128. Eschbach, D. M., Parker, G. E.,&Stoeberl, P. A. (2001). American repatriate employees’ retrospective assessments of the effects of the cross-cultural training on their adaptation to international assignments. International Journal of Human Resource Management, 12, 270–287. Farh, J.-L., Tsui, A., Xin, K., & Cheng, B.-S. (1998). The influence of relational demography and guanxi: The Chinese case. Organizational Science, 9, 471– 488. Fischer, D. (1989). Albion’s seed: Four British folkways in America. New York: Oxford University Press. Fiske, A. P., Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Nisbett, R. E. (1998). The cultural matrix of social psychology. In D. Gilbert, S. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 915–981). San Francisco: McGraw-Hill. Frost, L. (2005, March 23). France’s assembly lengthens 35-hour workweek. The Associated Press. Retrieved October 10, 2006, from www.postgazette.com/pg/ 05082/476118.stm Furnham, A. (1990). The Protestant work ethic: The psychology of work related beliefs and behaviours. New York: Routledge. Gelfand, M., & Cai, D. A. (2004). Cultural structuring of the social context of negotiation. In M. J. Gelfand & J. M. Brett (Eds.), The handbook of negotiation and culture. Palo Alto, CA: Stanford University Press. Gelfand,, M. J., Higgins, M., Mishii, L. H., Raver, J. L., Dominguez, A., Murakami, F., et al. (2002). Culture and egocentric perceptions of fairness in conflict and negotiation. Journal of Applied Psychology, 87(5), 833–845. 366 III. IDENTITY AND SOCIAL RELATIONS Gelfand, M. J., Nishii, L. H., Holcombe, K. M., Dyer, N., Ohbuchi, K., & Fukuno, M. (2001). Cultural influences on cognitive representations of conflict: Interpretations of conflict episodes in the United States and Japan. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86(6), 1059–1074. 141 Gladwell, M. (2002, July 22). The talent myth: Are smart people overrated? The New Yorker Magazine, pp. 100–105. Graen, G., Novak, M., & Sommerkamp, P. (1982). The effects of leader-member exchange and job design on productivity and satisfaction: Testing a dual attachment model. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 30, 191–231. Grice, H. P. (1968). Utterer’s meaning, sentencemeaning and word-meaning. Foundations of Language, 4, 225–242. Goffman, E. (1959). The presentation of self in everyday life. Garden City, NY: Doubleday. Goffman, E. (1967). Interaction ritual: Essays in facetoface behavior. New York: Pantheon Books. Hallahan, M., Lee, F., & Herzog, T. (1997). It’s not just whether you win or lose it is also where you play the game: Cross-cultural differences in the positivity bias. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 28, 768– 778. Hampden-Turner, C., & Trompenaars, A. (1993). The seven cultures of capitalism: Value systems for creating wealth in the United States, Japan, Germany, France, Britain, Sweden, and the Netherlands. New York: Doubleday. Heaphy, E., Sanchez-Burks, J., & Ashford, S. (2007). American professionalism: Contents and consequences of an organizational role schema. Unpublished manuscript, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. Hébert, R. (2005). A world of difference. APS Observer, 18(4), 24–25. Heine, S., Lehman, D., Peng, K., & Greenholtz, J. (2002). What’s wrong with cross-cultural comparisons of subjective Likert scales?: The reference-group effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82(6), 903–918. Herodotus. (2003). The histories [Penguin classics]. New York: Penguin. Hofstede, G. (1980). Culture’s consequences. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage. Holtgraves, T. (1997). Styles of language use: Individual and cultural variability in conversational indirectness. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73(3), 624–637. Holtgraves, T.,&Yang, J. (1992). The interpersonal underpinnings of request strategies: General principles and differences due to culture and gender. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 246–256. Hong, Y., Morris, M., Chiu, C., & Benet-Martinez, V. (2000). Multicultural minds: A dynamic constructivist approach to culture and cognition. American Psychologist, 55, 709–720. Hui, C., Eastman, K., & Yee, C. (1995). The relationship 142 between individualism–collectivism and satisfaction at the workplace. Applied Psychology: An International Review, 44, 276–282. Hui, C.,&Luk, C. (1997). Industrial/organizational psychology. In J. Berry,M. Segall,&C.Ka_itçiba_i (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (Vol. 3, pp. 371–412). Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon. Jehn, K. A. (1995). A multimethod examination of the benefits and detriments of intragroup conflict. Administrative Science Quarterly, 40(2), 256–282. Jehn, K. A.,&Bendersky, C. (2003). Intragroup conflict in organizations: A contingency perspective on the conflict outcome relationship. Research in Organizational Behavior, 25, 187–242. Jehn, K. A., Northcraft, G. B., & Neale, M. A. (1999). Why differences make a difference: A field study of diversity, conflict, and performance in workgroups. Administrative Science Quarterly, 44(4), 741–763. Kacperczyk, A., Sanchez-Burks, J., & Baker, W. (2005). Chameleon social networks patterns and crosscultural fluency. Unpublished manuscript, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. Kanungo, R. (1990). Culture and work alienation: Western models and Eastern realities. International Journal of Psychology, 25, 795–812. Kim, S. U. (1988). The role of social values and competitiveness in economic growth: With special reference to Korea. In D. Sinha & H. S. R. Kao (Eds.), Social values and development: Asian perspectives (pp. 76– 92). New Delhi: Sage. Kluckhohn, F., & Strodtbeck, F. L. (1961). Variations in value orientations. Evanston, IL: Row, Peterson. Kohn, M. L., & Schooler, C. (1983). Work and personality: An inquiry into the impact of social stratification. Norwood, NJ: Ablex. Kool, R., & Saksena, N. K. (1988). Leadership styles and its effectiveness among Indian executives. Indian Journal of Applied Psychology, 26(1), 9–15. LaFrance, M. (1979). Nonverbal synchrony and rapport: Analysis by the cross-lag panel of technique. Social Psychology Quarterly, 42(1), 66–70. Landes, D. (2000). Culture makes almost all the difference. In S. P. Huntington & L. E. Harrison (Eds.), Culture matters: How values shape human progress (pp. 2–14). New York: Basic Books. Lau, D. C., & Murnighan, J. K. (1998). Demographic diversity and faultlines: The compositional dynamics of organizational groups. Academy of Management Review, 23(2), 325–340. Lee, F. (1993). Being polite and keeping mum: How bad news is communicated in organizational hierarchies. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 23(14), 1124– 1149. 143 Lee, F. (1997). When the going gets tough, do the tough ask for help?: Help seeking and power motivation in organizations. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 72(3), 336–363. Lee, F. (1999). Verbal strategies for seeking help in organizations. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 29(7), 1472–1496. 14. Cultural Psychology of Workways 367 Lee, F., Peterson, C., & Tiedens, L. (2004). Mea culpa: Predicting stock prices from organizational attributions. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 30(12), 1–14. Lenski, G. (1963). The religious factor. New York: Anchor Books. Li, J., Tsui, A., & Weldon, E. (2000). Management and organization in the Chinese context. New York: Macmillan. Lindsley, S. L., & Braithwaite, C. A. (1996). You should “wear a mask”: Facework norms in cultural and intercultural conflict in maquiladoras. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 20(2), 199–225. Linstedt, S. (2002, October 14). Wonder where your time goes?: You probably spent it at work. Buffalo News, p. B7. Markus, H., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98(2), 224–253. Markus, H. R., & Lin, L. R. (1999). Conflictways: Cultural diversity in the meanings and practices of conflict. In D. A. Prentice&D. R. Miller (Eds.), Cultural divides: Understanding and overcoming group conflict (pp. 302–333). New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Marx, K. (1992). Capital: A critique of political economy., New York: Penguin Books. (Original work published 1873) McClelland, D. (1961). The achieving society. New York: Van Nostrand. Mead, M. (1967). Male and female. New York: HarperCollins. Mischel, W., & Shoda, Y. (1995). A cognitive-affective system theory of personality: Reconceptualizing situations, dispositions, dynamics, and invariance in personality structures. Psychological Review, 102(2), 246–268. Morris, M. W., Poldony, J. M., & Ariel, S. (2000). Missing relations: Incorporating relational constructs into models of culture. In P. C. Earley & H. Singh (Eds.), Innovations in international and crosscultural management (pp. 52–90). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Morris, M. W., & Young, M. J. (2002). Linking culture to behavior: Focusing on more proximate cognitive mechanisms. In F. Yammarino&F. Dansereau (Eds.), 144 Research in multi-level issues: Vol. 1. The many faces of multi-level issues (pp. 327–341). New York: Elsevier. Murrell, A. J., Dietz-Uhler, B. L., Dovidio, J. F., & Drout, C. (1994). Aversive racism and resistance to affirmative action: Perception of justice are not necessarily color blind. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 15(1/2), 71–86. Neuman, E., Sanchez-Burks, J., Ybarra, O., & Goh, K. (2005). American optimism about the consequences of workgroup conflict. Unpublished manuscript, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. Ouchi, W. (1981). Theory Z. Reading, MA: AddisonWesley. Oyserman, D., Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M. (2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism: Evaluation of theoretical assumptions and metaanalyses. Psychological Bulletin, 128(1), 3–72. Paglis, L. L., & Green, S. G. (2002). Both sides now: Supervisor and subordinate perspectives on relationship quality. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 32(2), 250–277. Parsons, T., Bales, R. F.,&Shils, E. (1953).Working papers in the theory of action. New York: Free Press. Pelled, L. H. (1996). Demographic diversity, conflict, and work group outcomes: An intervening process theory. Organizational Science, 7, 615–631. Pelled, L. H., & Xin, K. R. (1997). Birds of a feather: Leader–member demographic similarity and organizational attachment in Mexico. Leadership Quarterly, 8(4), 433–450. Peng, K., Nisbett, R. E., & Wong, N. (1997). Validity problems comparing values across cultures and possible solutions. Psychological Methods, 2(4) 329– 344. Pinkley, R. L. (1990). Dimensions of conflict frame: Disputant interpretations of conflict. Journal of Applied Psychology, 75(2), 117–126. Prentice, D., & Miller, D. (1999). Cultural Divides: Understanding and overcoming group conflict. New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Rafaeli, A., & Dutton, J. (1997). Navigating by attire: The use of dress by female administrative employees. Academy of Management Journal, 40(1), 9–45. Riesman, D. (1961). The lonely crowd. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Sagiv, L., & Schwartz, S. H. (2000a). Value priorities and subjective well-being: Direct relations and congruity effects. European Journal of Social Psychology, 30, 177–198. Sagiv, L., & Schwartz, S. H. (2000b). A new look at national culture: Illustrative applications to role stress and managerial behavior conference presentations. 145 In N. Ashkenasy, M. Peterson, & C. Wilderom (Eds.), Handbook of organizational culture and climate (pp. 417–436). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Salancik, G., & Meindl, J. (1984). Corporate attributions and strategic illusions of management control. Administrative Science Quarterly, 29, 238–254. Sanchez-Burks, J. (2002). Protestant relational ideology and (in)attention to relational cues in work settings. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83(4), 919–929. Sanchez-Burks, J. (2005). Protestant relational ideology: The cognitive underpinnings and organizational implications of an American anomaly. In R. Kramer & B. Staw (Eds.), Research in organizational behavior (Vol. 26, pp. 265–305). New York: Elsevier. Sanchez-Burks, J., Blount, S., & Bartel, C. (2007). The role of behavioral mirroring and relational attunement in intercultural workplace interactions. Unpublished manuscript, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. 368 III. IDENTITY AND SOCIAL RELATIONS Sanchez-Burks, J., Lee, F., Choi, I., Nisbett, R. E., Zhao, S., & Koo, J. (2003). Conversing across cultures: East–West communication styles in work and nonwork contexts. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85(2), 363–372. Sanchez-Burks, J., Nisbett, R. E., & Ybarra, O. (2000). Cultural styles, relational schemas, and prejudice against out-groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79(2), 174–189. Schein, E. (1996). Culture: The missing concept in organization studies. Administrative Science Quarterly, 41, 229–240. Schneider, B. (1987). The people make the place. Personnel Psychology, 40, 437–453. Schooler, C. (1976). Serfdom’s legacy: An ethnic continuum. American Journal of Sociology, 81(6), 1265– 1286. Sears, D. (1983). The person-positivity bias. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 44(2), 233–250. Sherony, K. M., & Green, S. G. (2002). Coworker exchange: Relationships between coworkers, leadermember exchange, and attitudes. Journal of Applied Psychology, 87(3), 542–549. Sinha, J. B. (1980). Nurturant task leader. New Delhi: Concept. Staw, B., McKechenie, P., & Puffer, S. (1983). The justification of organizational performance. Administrative Science Quarterly, 28, 582–600. Takano, Y., & Osaka, E., (1999). An unsupported common view: Comparing Japan and the U.S. on individualism/ collectivism. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 146 2(3), 311–341. Thomas, D. (1993). Racial dynamics in cross-race developmental relationships. Administrative Science Quarterly, 38, 169–194. Ting-Toomey, S. (1988). Intercultural conflict styles: A face-negotiation theory. In Y. Y. Kim & W. B. Gudykunst (Eds.), Theories in intercultural communication (pp. 213–238). Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Tönnies, F. (2002). Community and society. Piscataway, NJ: Transaction Publishers. (Original work published 1887) Triandis, H. C., Dunnette, M. D., & Hough, L. M. (1994). Handbook of industrial and organizational psychology. Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychology Press. Triandis, H. C., Marin, G., Lisansky, J., & Betancourt, H. (1984). Simpatía as a cultural script of Hispanics. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 47, 1363–1375. Tung, R. L. (1987). Expatriate assignments: Enhancing success and minimizing failure. Academy of Management Review, 1(2), 117–125. U.S. Bureau of the Census. (2000). Nativity, citizenship, year of entry, and region of birth. Retrieved October 10, 2006, from www.census.gov van Baaren, R., Horgan, T., Chartrand, T.,&Dijkmans, M. (2004). The forest, the trees, and the chameleon: Context dependence and mimicry. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 453–459. van Baaren, R. B., Maddux, W. M., Chartrand, T. L., de Bouter, C., & Van Knippenberg, A. (2003). It takes two to mimic: Behavioral consequences of self construals. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 1093–1102. Wall, J. A., Jr. (1990). Managers in the People’s Republic of China. Academy of Management Executive, 4(2), 19–32. Weber,M. (1930). Protestant ethic and the spirit of capitalism. Winchester, MA: Allen & Unwin. (Original work published 1904) Wessel, H. (2003, November 16). A 40-hour workweek just a dream to many. Houston Chronicle. Retrieved October 10, 2006, from www.chron.com/CDA/archives/ archive.mp/?id=2003-37-8256 Williams, K. Y., & O’ Reilly, C. A., III. (1998). Demography and diversity in organizations: A review of 40 years of research. Research in Organizational Behavior, 20, 77–141. Word, C. O., Zanna, M. P., & Cooper, J. (1974). The nonverbal mediation of self- fulfilling prophecies in interracial interaction. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 10, 109–120. Whyte,W. H. (1956). Organization man. New York: Simon 147 & Schuster. Winterbottom, M. R. (1953). The relation of childhood training in independence to achievement motivation. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. Zartman, W., & Berman, M. (1982). The practical negotiator. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Zemba, Y., Young, M., & Morris, M. W. (2005). Blaming executives for organizational harms: How intuitive logics of Japanese and Americans differ. Unpublished manuscript, Tokyo University, Tokyo, Japan. Adler, N., & Ostrove, J. M. (1999). Socioeconomic status and health: What we know and what we don’t. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 896, 3–15. Adler, N. E., Marmot, M., McEwan, B. S., & Stewart, J. (Eds.). (1999). Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences: Vol. 896. Socioeconomic status and health in industrialized nations. New York: New York Academy of Sciences. Attwell, P. (1987). The deskilling controversy.Work and Occupations, 14, 323–346. Biswas, U. N., & Pandey, J. (1996). Mobility and perception of socioeconomic status among tribal and caste group. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 27, 200–215. Burkam, D. T., Ready, D. D., Lee, V. E., & LoGerfo, L. F. (2004). Social-class differences in summer learning between kindergarten and first grade: Model specification and estimation. Sociology of Education, 77, 1–31. Caudill, W. A. (1973). The influence of social structure and culture on human behavior in modern Japan. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 157, 240– 257. Cohen, D. (2001). Cultural variation: Considerations and implications. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 451– 471. Dickens, W. T., & Flynn, J. R. (2001). Heritability estimates versus large environmental effects: The IQ paradox resolved. Psychological Review, 108, 346– 69. Duckitt, J. (1992). Education and authoritarianism among English- and Afrikaans-speaking White South Africans. Journal of Social Psychology, 132, 701–708. Entwisle, D. R., Alexander, K. L., & Olsen, L. S. (1997). Children, schools, and inequality. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Faiola, A. (2004, August 31). Japanese women live, and like it, on their own: Gender roles shift as many stay single. The Washington Post, p. A01. Farnen, R. F., & Meleon, J. D. (2000). Democracy, authoritarianism and education: A cross-national empirical 148 survey. New York: Palgrave Macmillan. Flynn, J. R. (1987). Massive IQ gains in 14 nations: What IQ tests really measure. Psychological Bulletin, 101, 171–191. Form, W. (1987). On the degradation of job skills. Annual Review of Sociology, 13, 29–47. Freeman, M. A. (1997). Demographic correlates of individualism and collectivism: A study of social values in Sri Lanka. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 28, 321–341. Gallo, L. C., & Matthews, K. A. (2003). Understanding the association between socioeconomic status and physical health: Do negative emotions play a role? Psychological Bulletin, 129, 10–51. Goldstone, J. (1987). Cultural orthodoxy, risk and innovation: The divergence of East and West in the early modern world. Sociological Theory, 5, 119–135. Greenough, W. T., Cohen, N. J., & Juraska, J. M. (1999). New neurons in old brains: Learning to survive? Nature Neuroscience, 2, 203–205. Heyns, B. (1978). Summer learning and the effects of schooling. New York: Academic Press. Inglehart, R., & Baker, W. E. (2000). Modernization, cultural change, and the persistence of traditional values. American Sociological Review, 65, 19–51. Inkeles, A. (1960). Industrial man: The relation of status to experience, perception, and value. American Journal of Sociology, 66, 1–31. Inkeles, A. (1969). Making men modern: On the causes and consequences of individual change in six developing countries. American Journal of Sociology, 75, 208–225. Inkeles, A. (1983). Exploring individual modernity. New York: Columbia University Press. Inkeles, A., & Smith, D. H. (1974). Becoming modern: Individual changes in six developing countries. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Joreskog, K. G. (1973). A general method for estimating a linear structural equation system. In A. S. Goldberger & O. D. Duncan (Eds.), Structural equation models in the social sciences (pp. 85–112). New York: Seminar Press. Kempermann, G., Kuhn, H. G., & Gage, F. H. (1997). More hippocampal neurons in adult mice living in an enriched environment. Nature, 386, 493–495. Kohn, M. L. (1959). Social class and parental values. American Journal of Sociology, 64, 337–351. Kohn, M. L., Kazimierz, M., Slomczynski, K. J., Khmelko, V., Mach, B.W., Paniotto, V., et al. (1997). Social structure and personality under conditions of radical social change: A comparative analysis of Poland and Ukraine. American Sociological Review, 62, 614–638. 149 Kohn, M. L., & Schooler, C. (1983). Work and personality: An inquiry into the impact of social stratification. Norwood, NJ: Ablex. Kohn, M. L., & Slomczyski, K. M. (1990). Social structure and self-direction: A comparative analysis of the United States and Poland. Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Kroeber, A. L. (1930). Caste. Encyclopedia of the social sciences (Vol. 3, pp. 254–257). New York: Macmillan. Kunovich, R. M. (2004). Social structural position and prejudice: An exploration of cross-national differences in regression slopes. Social Science Research, 33, 20–44. 386 III. IDENTITY AND SOCIAL RELATIONS Lebra, T. S. (1984). Japanese women: Constraint and fulfillment. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press. Lowe, J. G., McHenry, R. D.,&Pease, R.W., Jr. (1985). Webster’s ninth new collegiate dictionary. Springfield, MA: Merriam-Webster. Luke, T.W. (1991). The discourse of development: A genealogy of “developing nations” and the discipline of modernity. Current Perspectives in Social Theory, 11, 271–293. Macfarlane, A. (1986). Marriage and love in England: Modes of reproduction 1300–1840. Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Marmot, M. (1999). Epidemiology of socioeconomic status and health: Are determinants within countries the same as between countries? Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 896, 16–29. Marmot, M., Ryff, C. D., Bumpass, L. L. Shipley, M., & Marks, N. F. (1997). Social inequalities in health: Next questions and converging evidence. Social Science Medicine, 44, 901–910. McLeod, J. D., & Kessler, R. C. (1990). Socioeconomic status differences in vulnerability to undesirable life events. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 31, 162–172. Merton, R. K. (1957a). The role set: Problems in sociological theory. British Journal of Sociology, 8, 106– 120. Merton, R. K. (1957b). Social theory and social structure. New York: Free Press. Miech, R., Essex, M. J.,&Goldsmith, H. H. (2001). Socioeconomic status and the adjustment to school: The role of self-regulation during early childhood. Sociology of Education, 74, 102–120. Miller, J., Schooler, C., Kohn, M. L., & Miller, K. A. (1979). Women and work: The psychological effects of occupational conditions. American Journal of Sociology, 85, 66–94. Mulatu, M. S., & Schooler, C. (2002). Causal connections between SES and health: Reciprocal effects and 150 mediating mechanisms. Journal of Health and Social Development, 43, 22–41. Nakane, C. (1970). Japanese society. Berkeley: University of California Press. Naoi, A., & Schooler, C. (1985). Occupational conditions and psychological functioning in Japan. American Journal of Sociology, 90, 729–752. Naoi, M., & Schooler, C. (1990). Psychological consequences of occupational conditions among Japanese wives. Social Psychology Quarterly, 58, 100–116. Neisser, U. (1998). Introduction: Rising test scores and what they mean. In The rising curve: Long-term gains in IQ and related measures (pp. 3–22). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Nisbett, R. (2003). The geography of thought: How Asians andWesterners think differently . . . and Why. New York: Free Press. Nisbett, R. E., & Cohen, D. (1996). Culture of honor: The psychology of violence in the South. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Ogburn, W. F. (1964). Social evolution reconsidered. In O. D. Duncan (Ed.), On culture and social change: Selected papers (pp. 17–32). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Pearlin, L. I., & Kohn, M. L. (1966). Social class, occupation, and parental values: A cross-national study. American Sociological Review, 31, 466–479. Penn, R., Michael, R., Rose, & Rubery, J. (1994). Skill and occupational change. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Ray, J. J. (1979). A short balanced F scale. Journal of Social Psychology, 109, 309–310. Ridington, R. (1988). Knowledge, power, and the individual in subarctic hunting societies. American Anthropologist, 90, 98–110. Schneirla, T. C. (1951). The “levels” concepts in the study of social organization in animals. In J. Rohrer & M. Sherif (Eds.), Social psychology of the crossroads (pp. 83–120). New York: Harper. Schooler, C. (1972). Social antecedents of adult psychological functioning. American Journal of Sociology, 78, 299–322. Schooler, C. (1976). Serfdom’s legacy: An ethnic continuum. American Journal of Sociology, 81, 1265– 1286. Schooler, C. (1984). Psychological effects of complex environments during the life span: A review and theory. Intelligence, 8, 259–281. Schooler, C. (1989). Social structural effects and experimental situations: Mutual lessons of cognitive and social science. In K. W. Schaie & C. Schooler (Eds.), Social structure and aging: Psychological processes (pp. 129–147). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. 151 Schooler, C. (1990a). Psychosocial factors and effective cognitive functioning through the life span. In J. E. Birren & K. W. Schaie (Eds.), Handbook of the psychology of aging (pp. 347–358). Orlando, FL: Academic Press. Schooler, C. (1990b). Individualism and the historical and social–structural determinants of people’s concern over self-directedness and efficacy. In J. Rodin, C. Schooler, & K. W. Schaie (Eds.), Self directedness and efficacy: Causes and effects throughout the life course (pp. 19–44). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Schooler, C. (1994). A working conceptualization of social structure: Mertonian roots and psychological and sociocultural relationships. Social Psychology Quarterly, 57, 262–273. Schooler, C. (1996). William Caudill and the reproduction of culture: Infant, child and maternal behavior in Japan and the U.S. In D. Shwalb & B. Shwalb (Eds.), Japanese childrearing: Two generations of scholarship (pp. 139–163). New York: Guilford Press. Schooler, C. (1998). Environmental complexity and the Flynn effect. In U. Neisser (Ed.), The rising curve: Long-term gains in IQ and related measures (pp. 67– 79). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Schooler, C. (2007). The effects of the cognitive complexity of occupational conditions and leisure time 15. Culture and Social Structure 387 activities on the intellectual functioning of older adults. In W. Chodzko-Zajko & A. Kramer (Eds.), Aging, exercise and cognition: Enhancing cognitive and brain plasticity of older adults. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Schooler, C.,&Mulatu, M. S. (2001). The reciprocal effects of leisure time activities and intellectual functioning in older people: A longitudinal analysis. Psychology and Aging, 16, 466–482. Schooler, C., Mulatu, M. S., & Oates, G. (1999). The continuing effects of substantively complex work on the intellectual functioning of older workers. Psychology and Aging, 14, 483–506. Schooler, C., Mulatu, M. S., & Oates, G. (2004). Effects of occupational self-direction on the intellectual functioning and self-directed orientations of older workers: Findings and implications for individuals and societies. American Journal of Sociology, 110, 161–197. Schooler, C., & Naoi, M. (1988). The psychological effects of traditional and of economically peripheral job settings in Japan. American Journal of Sociology, 94, 335–355. Schooler, C., & Smith, K. C. (1978). . . . and a Japanese wife: Social antecedents of women’s role values in Japan. 152 Sex Roles, 4, 23–41. Sears, D. O. (1987). Implications of the life-span approach for research on attitudes of social cognition. In R. P. Abeles (Ed.), Life span perspectives and social psychology (pp. 17–60). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Sewell, W. H., Hauser, R. M., Springer, K. W., & Hauser, T. S. (2001). As we age: A review of the Wisconsin Longitudinal Study, 1957–2001. Madison: Center for Demography and Ecology, University of Wisconsin–Madison. Simpson, M. (1972). Authoritarianism and education: A comparative approach. Sociometry, 35, 223–234. Stansfeld, S. A., Head, J., & Marmot, M. (1998). Explaining social class differences in depression and well-being. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 33, 1–9. Tawney, R. H. (1963). Religion and the rise of capitalism. Gloucester, MA: Smith. United States Department of Labor. (1965). Dictionary of occupational titles.Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. Wallerstein, I. (1974). The rise and future demise of the world capitalist system: Concepts for comparative analysis. Comparative Studies in Social History, 16, 287–415. Weber, M. (1958). The Protestant ethic and the spirit of capitalism. New York: Scribner. Witkin, H. A., Dyk, R. B., Faterson, H. F., Goodenough, D. R., & Karp, S. A. (1962). Psychological differentiation: Studies of development. New York: Wiley. Woodburn, J. (1982). Egalitarian societies. Man, 17, 431–451. Angyal, A. (1941). Disgust and related aversions. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 36, 393– 412. Appadurai, A. (1981). Gastro-politics in Hindu South Asia. American Ethnologist, 8, 494–511. Baeyens, F., Kaes, B., Eelen, P., & Silverans, P. (1996). Observational evaluative conditioning of an embedded stimulus element. European Journal of Social Psychology, 26, 15–28. Barker, L. M. (Ed.) (1982). The psychobiology of human food selection. Bridgeport, CT: AVI. Barnett, S. A. (1956). Behaviour components in the feeding of wild and laboratory rats. Behaviour, 9, 24–43. Bartoshuk, L. M. (1990). Distinctions between taste and smell relevant to the role of experience. In E. D. Capaldi & T. L. Powley (Eds.), Taste, experience and feeding (pp. 62–72).Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Beardsworth, A., & Keil, T. (1997). Sociology on the 153 menu. London: Routledge. Beauchamp, G. K. (1981). Ontogenesis of taste preference. In D. Walcher & N. Kretchmer (Eds.), Food, nutrition and evolution (pp. 49–57). New York: Masson. Becker, E. (1973). The denial of death. New York: Free Press. Billing, J., & Sherman, P. W. (1998). Antimicrobial functions of spices: Why some like it hot. Quarterly Review of Biology, 73, 3–49. Birch, L. L. (1980). Effect of peer model’s food choices and eating behaviors on pre-schoolers food preferences. Child Development, 51, 489–496. Birch, L. L., Billman, J., & Richards, S. S. (1984). Time of day influences food acceptability. Appetite, 5, 109–116. Birch, L. L., Fisher, J. O., & Grimm-Thomas, K. (1996). The development of children’s eating habits. In H. L. Meiselman & H. J. H. MacFie (Eds.), Food choice, acceptance and consumption (pp. 161–206). London: Blackie. Birch, L. L., Zimmerman, S. I., & Hind, H. (1980). The influence of social-affective context on the formation of children’s food preferences. Child Development, 51, 856–861. Bock, W. J. (1959). Preadaptation and multiple evolutionary pathways. Evolution, 13, 194–211. Booth, D. A. (1994). Psychology of nutrition. London: Taylor & Francis. Buss, D. (2004). Evolutionary psychology. The new science of the mind (2nd ed.). Boston: Allyn&Bacon. Cavalli-Sforza, L. L., Feldman, M. W., Chen, K. H., & Dornbusch, S. M. (1982). Theory and observation in cultural transmission, Science, 218, 19–27. Coe, S. D., & Coe, M. D. (1996). The true history of chocolate. London: Thames & Hudson. Darwin, C. R. (1965). The expression of emotions in man and animals. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. (Original work published 1872) DeGarine, I. (1972). The socio-cultural aspects of nutrition. Ecology of Food and Nutrition, 1, 143–163. deHouwer, J., Thomas, S., & Baeyens, F. (2001). Associative learning of likes and dislikes: A review of 25 years of research on human evaluative conditioning. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 853–869. Denton, D. A. (1982). The hunger for salt. Berlin: Springer-Verlag. Diamond, J. (1996). Guns, germs, and steel: The fates of human societies. New York: Norton. Douglas, M. (1966). Purity and danger. London: Routledge. Douglas, M., & Nicod, M. (1974). Taking the biscuit: The structure of British meals. New Society, 30, 744– 747. 154 Drewnowski, A. (1999). Fat and sugar in the global diet: Dietary diversity in the nutrition transition. In R. Grew (Ed.), Food in global history (pp. 194–206). Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Drewnowski, A., & Greenwood, M. R. C. (1983). 412 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE Cream and sugar: Human preferences for high-fat foods. Physiology and Behavior, 30, 629–633. Duncker, K. (1938). Experimental modifications of children’s food preferences through social suggestion. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 33, 489–507. Ekman, P. (1992). An argument for basic emotions. Cognition and Emotion, 6, 169–200. Ekman, P., & Friesen, W. V. (1975). Unmasking the face. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall. Elias, N. (1978). The history of manners: Vol. 1. The civilizing process (E. Jephcott, Trans.). New York: Pantheon Books. (Original work published 1939). Elner, R. W., & Hughes, R. N. (1978). Energy maximization in the diet of the shore crab, Carcinus maenus. Journal of Animal Ecology, 47, 103–116. Fiddes, N. (1991). Meat. A natural symbol. London: Routledge. Fischler, C. (1990). L’homnivore. Paris: Editions Odile Jacob. Fischler, C. (1999). The “mad cow” crisis: A global perspective. In R. Grew (Ed.), Food in global history (pp. 207–213). Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Frazer, J. G. (1922). The golden bough: A study in magic and religion (abridged ed., T. H. Gaster, Ed.). New York: Macmillan. (Original work published 1890) Garcia, J., Ervin, F. R., Yorke, C. H., & Koelling, R. A. (1967). Conditioning with delayed vitamin injection. Science, 155, 716–718. Garcia, J., Hankins, W. G., & Rusiniak, K. W. (1974). Behavioral regulation of the milieu interne in man and rat. Science, 185, 824–831. Haidt, J., Koller, S., & Dias, M. (1993). Affect, culture, and morality, or is it wrong to eat your dog? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65, 613–628. Haidt, J., McCauley, C. R., & Rozin, P. (1994). A scale to measure disgust sensitivity. Personality and Individual Differences, 16, 701–713. Harris, M. (1985). Good to eat: Riddles of food and culture. New York: Simon & Schuster. Harris, M., & Ross, E. (Eds.). (1987). Food and evolution. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. Hill, J. O.,&Peters, J. C. (1998). Environmental contributions to the obesity epidemic. Science, 280, 1371– 1374. Humphrey, N. K. (1976). The social function of intellect. 155 In P. P. G. Bateson & R. A. Hinde (Eds.), Growing points in ethology (pp. 303–317). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Izard, C. E. (1977). Human emotions. New York: Plenum Press. Kahn, B. E., & McAlister, L. (1997). Grocery revolution: The new focus on the consumer. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley. Kass, L. (1994). The hungry soul. New York: Free Press. Katz, S. H. (1982). Food, behavior and biocultural evolution. In L. M. Barker (Ed.), The psychobiology of human food selection (pp. 171–188). Westport, CT: AVI. Katz, S. H. (1997). Secular morality. In A. Brandt & P. Rozin (Eds.), Morality and health (pp. 297–330). New York: Routledge. Katz, S. (Ed.). (2004). Encyclopedia of food. New York: Scribner. Khare, R. S. (1976). The Hindu hearth and home. Durham, NC: Carolina Academic Press. Kiple, K. F.,&Ornelas, K. C. (Eds.). (2000). Cambridge world history of food. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Krebs, J. R., & Davies, N. B. (Eds.). (1997). Behavioural ecology (4th ed.). Oxford, UK: Blackwell Scientific. Lakoff, G., & Johnson, M. (1980). Metaphors we live by. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Leichter, H. M. (1997). Lifestyle correctness and the new secular morality. In A. Brandt & P. Rozin (Eds.), Morality and health (pp. 359–378). New York: Routledge. Levenstein, H. (1988). Revolution at the table. The transformation of the American diet. New York: Oxford University Press. Levenstein, H. (1993). Paradox of plenty. A social history of eating in modern America. New York: Oxford University Press. Logue, A. W. (2004). The psychology of eating and drinking (3rd ed.). New York: Brunner-Routledge. Marriott, M. (1968). Caste ranking and food transactions: A matrix analysis. In M. Singer & B. S. Cohn (Eds.), Structure and change in Indian society (pp. 133–171). Chicago: Aldine. Martin, I., & Levey, A. B. (1978). Evaluative conditioning. Advances in Behaviour Research and Therapy, 1, 57–102. Mauss, M. (1972). A general theory of magic (R. Brain, Trans.). New York: Norton. (Original work published 1902) Maurer, D., & Sobal, J. (Eds.). (1995). Eating agendas: Food and nutrition as social problems. New York: deGruyter. Mayr, E. (1960). The emergence of evolutionary novelties. 156 In S. Tax (Ed.), Evolution after Darwin: Vol. 1. The evolution of life (pp. 349–380). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Mead, M. (1943). The problem of changings food habits. Bulletin of the National Research Council, 108, 20–31. Meigs, A. S. (1984). Food, sex, and pollution: A New Guinea religion. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. Meiselman, H. L. (1996). The contextual basis for food acceptance, food choice, and food intake: The food, the situation, and the individual. In: H. L. Meiselman & H. L. H. MacFie (Eds.), Food choice, acceptance and consumption (pp. 239–263). London: Blackie. Meiselman, H. L. (Ed.). (2000). Dimensions of the meal. The science, culture, business, and art of eating. Gaithersburg, MD: Aspen. Meiselman, H. L., & MacFie, H. L. H. (Eds.). (1996). 16. Food and Eating 413 Food choice, acceptance and consumption. London: Blackie. Messer, E. (1984). Anthropological perspectives on diet. Annual Review of Anthropology, 13, 205–249. Miller, W. I. (1997). The anatomy of disgust. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Milton, K. (1993, August). Diet and primate evolution. Scientific American, pp. 86–93. Mintz, S. W. (1985). Sweetness and power. New York: Viking. Murcott, A. (Ed.). (1983). The sociology of food and eating. London: Gower. Nemeroff, C., & Rozin, P. (1989). “You are what you eat”: Applying the demand-free “impressions” technique to an unacknowledged belief. Ethos: Journal of Psychological Anthropology, 17, 50–69. Nemeroff, C., & Rozin, P. (2000). The makings of the magical mind. In K. S. Rosengren, C. N. Johnson, & P. L. Harris (Eds.), Imagining the impossible: Magical, scientific, and religious thinking in children (pp. 1–34). New York: Cambridge University Press. Ochs, E., Pontecorvo, C., & Fasulo, A. (1996). Socializing taste. Ethnos: Journal of Psychological Anthropology, 61, 7–46. Ohnuki-Tierney, E. (1993). Rice as self: Japanese identities through time. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Payer, L. (1996). Medicine and culture. New York: Holt. Pliner, P. (1982). The effects of mere exposure on liking for edible substances. Appetite, 3, 283–290. Pliner, P. (1983). Family resemblance in food preferences. Journal of Nutrition Education, 15, 137–140. Pliner, P., & Rozin, P. (2000). The psychology of the 157 meal. In H. Meiselman (Ed.), Dimensions of the meal: The science, culture, business, and art of eating (pp. 19–46). Gaithersburg, MD: Aspen. Pyszczynski, T., Greenberg, J., & Solomon, S. (1997). Why do we need what we need?: A terror management perspective on the roots of human social motivation. Psychological Inquiry, 8, 1–20 Richter, C. P. (1956). Salt appetite of mammals: Its dependence on instinct and metabolism. In L’instinct dans le comportement des animaux et de l’homme (pp. 577–629). Paris: Masson. Rodin, J. Silberstein, L. R., & Striegel-Moore, R. H. (1985). Women and weight: A normative discontent. In T. B. Sonderegger (Ed.), Nebraska Symposium on Motivation: Vol. 32. Psychology and Gender (pp. 267–307). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Rolls, B. J. (2003). The supersizing of America: Portion size and the obesity epidemic. Nutrition Today, 38, 42–53. Rosenstein, D., & Oster, H. (1988). Differential facial responses to four basic tastes in newborns. Child Development, 59, 1555–1568. Rozin, E. (1982). The structure of cuisine. In L. M. Barker (Ed.), The psychobiology of human food selection (pp. 189–203). Westport, CT: AVI. Rozin, E., & Rozin, P. (1981). Culinary themes and variations. Natural History, 90(2), 6–14. Rozin, P. (1976). The selection of food by rats, humans and other animals. In J. Rosenblatt, R. A. Hinde, C. Beer, & E. Shaw (Eds.), Advances in the study of behavior (Vol. 6, pp. 21–76). New York: Academic Press. Rozin, P. (1982). Human food selection: The interaction of biology, culture and individual experience. In L. M. Barker (Eds.), The psychobiology of human food selection (pp. 225–254). Westport, CT: AVI. Rozin, P. (1988). Social learning about foods by humans. In T. Zentall & B. G. Galef, Jr. (Eds.), Social learning: A comparative approach (pp. 165–187). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Rozin, P. (1990a). Getting to like the burn of chili pepper: Biological, psychological and cultural perspectives. In B. G. Green, J. R. Mason, & M. R. Kare (Eds.), Chemical senses: Vol. 2. Irritation (pp. 231– 269). New York: Marcel Dekker. Rozin, P. (1990b). Development in the food domain. Developmental Psychology, 26, 555–562. Rozin, P. (1991). Family resemblance in food and other domains: The family paradox and the role of parental congruence. Appetite, 16, 93–102. Rozin, P. (1999a). Preadaptation and the puzzles and properties of pleasure. In D. Kahneman, E. Diener, & 158 N. Schwarz (Eds.), Well-being: The foundations of hedonic psychology (pp. 109–133). New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Rozin, P. (1999b). The process of moralization. Psychological Science, 10, 218–221. Rozin, P. (2004). Meat. In S. Katz (Ed.), Encyclopedia of food (pp. 666–671). New York: Scribner. Rozin, P. (2005). The meaning of food in our lives: A cross-cultural perspective on eating and well-being. Journal of Nutrition Education and Behavior, 37, S107–S112. Rozin, P. (in press). Domain denigration and process preference in academic psychology. Perspectives on Psychological Science Rozin, P., Bauer, R.,&Catanese, D. (2003). Attitudes to food and eating in American college students in six different regions of the United States. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85, 132–141. Rozin, P., & Fallon, A. E. (1987). A perspective on disgust. Psychological Review, 94(1), 23–41. Rozin, P., Fallon, A. E., & Augustoni-Ziskind, M. (1986). The child’s conception of food: Development of categories of accepted and rejected substances. Journal of Nutrition Education, 18, 75–81. Rozin, P., Fischler, C., Imada, S., Sarubin, A., & Wrzesniewski, A. (1999). Attitudes to food and the role of food in life: Comparisons of Flemish Belgium, France, Japan and the United States. Appetite, 33, 163–180. Rozin, P., Fischler, C., Shields, C., & Masson, E. (2006). Attitudes toward large numbers of choices in the food domain: A cross-cultural study of five 414 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE countries in Europe and the USA. Appetite, 46, 304–308. Rozin, P., Haidt, J., & McCauley, C. R. (2000). Disgust. In M. Lewis & J. Haviland (Eds.), Handbook of emotions, second edition (pp. 637–653). New York: Guilford Press. Rozin, P., Haidt, J., McCauley, C. R., & Imada, S. (1997). The cultural evolution of disgust. In H. M. Macbeth (Ed.), Food preferences and taste: Continuity and change (pp. 65–82). Oxford, UK: Berghahn. Rozin, P., Hammer, L., Oster, H., Horowitz, T., & Marmara, V. (1986). The child’s conception of food: Differentiation of categories of rejected substances in the 1.4 to 5 year age range. Appetite, 7, 141–151. Rozin P, Kabnick, K., Pete, E., Fischler, C., Shields, C. (2003). The ecology of eating: smaller portion sizes in France than in the United States help explain the French paradox. Psychological Science, 14, 450– 454. 159 Rozin, P., & Kalat, J. W. (1971). Specific hungers and poison avoidance as adaptive specializations of learning. Psychological Review, 78, 459–486. Rozin, P., & Kennel, K. (1983). Acquired preferences for piquant foods by chimpanzees. Appetite, 4, 69– 77. Rozin, P., Levine, E., & Stoess, C. (1991). Chocolate craving and liking. Appetite, 17, 199–212. Rozin, P., Lowery, L., Imada, S.,&Haidt, J. (1999). The CAD triad hypothesis: A mapping between three other-directed moral emotions (contempt, anger, disgust) and three moral ethics (community, autonomy, divinity). Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 574–586. Rozin, P., Millman, L., & Nemeroff, C. (1986). Operation of the laws of sympathetic magic in disgust and other domains. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 703–712. Rozin, P.,&Nemeroff, C. J. (1990). The laws of sympathetic magic: A psychological analysis of similarity and contagion. In J. Stigler, G. Herdt, & R. A. Shweder (Eds.), Cultural psychology: Essays on comparative human development (pp. 205–232). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Rozin, P., Nemeroff, C., Horowitz, M., Gordon, B., & Voet, W. (1995). The borders of the self: Contamination sensitivity and potency of the mouth, other apertures and body parts. Journal of Research in Personality, 29, 318–340. Rozin, P., & Pelchat, M. L. (1988). Memories of mammaries: Adaptations to weaning from milk in mammals. In A. N. Epstein & A. Morrison (Eds.), Advances in psychobiology (Vol. 13, pp. 1–29). New York: Academic Press. Rozin, P., Riklis, J., & Margolis, L. (2003). Mutual exposure or close peer relationships do not seem to foster increased similarity in food, music or television program preferences. Appetite, 42, 41–48. Rozin, P., & Schiller, D. (1980). The nature and acquisition of a preference for chili pepper by humans. Motivation and Emotion, 4, 77–101. Rozin, P., & Schulkin, J. (1990). Food selection. In E. M. Stricker (Ed.), Handbook of behavioral neurobiology: Vol. 10. Food and water intake (pp. 297–328). New York: Plenum Press. Samuelson, R. J. (Ed.). (1990). The economist book of vital world statistics. New York: Random House. Schulkin, J. (1991). Sodium hunger. The search for a salty taste. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Schutz, H. G. (1989). Beyond preference: Appropriateness as a measure of contextual acceptance of food. In D. M. H. Thomson (Ed.), Food acceptability 160 (pp. 115–134). Essex, UK: Elsevier. Scitovsky T. (1992). The joyless economy: The psychology of human satisfaction (rev ed.). Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. (Original work published 1976) Sclafani, A. (1999). Macronutrient-conditioned flavor preferences. In H.-R. Berthoud & R. J. Seeley (Eds.), Neural control of macronutrient selection (pp. 93– 106). Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press. Shepherd, R., & Raats, M. M. (Eds.). (2006). Psychology of food choice. Wallingford, UK: CABI. Shweder, R. A., Much, N. C., Mahapatra, M., & Park, L. (1997). The “big three” of morality (autonomy, community, divinity), and the “big three” explanations of suffering. In A. Brandt & P. Rozin (Eds.), Morality and health (pp. 119–169). New York: Routledge. Siegal, M. (1997). Becoming mindful of food. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 4, 177–181. Simoons, F. J. (1969). Primary adult lactose intolerance and the milk drinking habit: A problem and biological and cultural interrelations: I. Review of the medical research. American Journal of Digestive Diseases, 14, 819–836. Simoons, F. J. (1970). Primary adult lactose intolerance and the milk drinking habit: A problem and biological and cultural interrelations: II. A cultural– historical hypothesis. American Journal of Digestive Diseases, 15, 695–710. Simoons, F. J. (1991). Food in China: A cultural and historical inquiry. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press. Simoons, F. J. (1994). Eat not this flesh: Food avoidances from prehistory to the present. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press (Original work published 1961) Sobal, J. (1999). Food system globalization, eating transformations, and nutrition transitions. In R. Grew (Ed.), Food in global history (pp. 171–193). Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Solomon, R. L. (1980). The opponent process theory of acquired motivation. American Psychologist, 35, 691–712. Stearns, P. N. (1997). Fat history. Bodies and beauty in the modern West. New York: New York University Press. 16. Food and Eating 415 Stein, R. L., & Nemeroff, C. J. (1995). Moral overtones of food: Judgments of others based on what they eat. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 21, 480– 490. Steiner, J. E. (1979). Human facial expressions in response to taste and smell stimulation. In H. W. Reese & L. P. Lipsitt (Eds.), Advances in child development 161 and behavior (Vol. 13, pp. 257–295.) New York: Academic Press. Szalai, A. (Ed.) (1972). The use of time: Daily activities of urban and suburban populations in twelve countries. The Hague: Mouton. Tambiah, S. J. (1969). Animals are good to think and good to prohibit. Ethnology, 8, 423–459. Tomkins, S. S. (1963). Affect, imagery, consciousness: Vol. 2. The negative affects. New York: Springer. Twigg, J. (1983). Vegetarianism and the meanings of meat. In A. Murcott (Ed.), The sociology of food and eating: Essays on the sociological significance of food (pp. 18–30). London: Gower. Tylor, E. B. (1974). Primitive culture: Researches into the development of mythology, philosophy, religion, art and custom. New York: Gordon Press. (Original work published 1871) Wansink, B. (2004). Environmental factors that increase food intake and consumption volume of unknowing consumers. Annual Review of Nutrition, 24, 455– 479. Watson, J. L. (Ed.). (1997). Golden arches East: McDonald’s in East Asia. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Weingarten, H. P., & Elston, D. (1991). A survey of cravings in a student sample. Appetite, 17, 167–175. Whitehead, H. (2000). Food rules. Hunting, sharing, and tabooing game in Papua New Guinea. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. Whorton, J. C. (1982). Crusaders for fitness. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Young, L. R., & Nestle, M. (1995). Portion size in dietary assessment: Issues and policy implications. Nutrition Reviews, 53(6), 149–158 Zajonc, R. B. (1968). Attitudinal effects of mere exposure. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 9(2), 1–27. Akerlof, G., & Kranton, R. (2000). Economics and identity. Quarterly Journal of Economics, 115, 715– 753. Alcorta, C.,&Sosis, R. (2005). Ritual, emotion, and sacred symbols: The evolution of religion as an adaptive complex. Human Nature, 16, 323–359. Alexander, R. (1987). The biology of moral systems. New York: Aldine de Gruyter. Alexander, R. (1989). Evolution of the human psyche. In C. Stringer (Ed.), The human revolution. Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh Press. Allport, G. (1956). The nature of prejudice. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Andresen, J. (Ed.). (2001). Religion in mind. New York: Cambridge University Press. Aristotle. (1963). Aristotle: Categories and de 162 Interpretatione (J. L. Ackrill, Trans.). Oxford, UK: Clarendon. Atran, S. (1989). Basic conceptual domains. Mind and Language, 4, 7–16. Atran, S. (1990). Cognitive foundations of natural history. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Atran, S. (1996). Modes of thinking about living kinds: Science, symbolism and common sense. In D. Olson & N. Torrance (Eds.), Modes of thought: Explorations in culture and cognition. New York: Cambridge University Press. Atran, S. (1998). Folkbiology and the anthropology of science. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 21, 547–609. Atran, S. (2001). The trouble with memes. Human Nature, 12, 351–381. Atran, S. (2002). In gods we trust. New York: Oxford University Press. Atran, S. (2003). Genesis of suicide terrorism. Science, 299, 1534–1539. Atran, S. (2004, October). Tuning out Hell’s harpists: Interviews with Hamas. Paper presented to the Permanent Monitoring Panel on Terrorism, World Federation of Scientists, Geneva. Retrieved on November 19, 2006, from www.sitemaker.umich.edu/ satran/files/satran0105.pdf Atran, S. (2005). Adaptationism in human cognition: Strong, spurious, or weak? Mind and Language, 20, 39–67. Atran, S. (2006a, April). Global Network Terrorism. Part 1: Sacred values and radicalization. Briefing to the National Security Council, White House, Washington, DC. Available at www.au.af.mil/au/awc/ awcgate/whitehouse/atrannsc-042806.pdf Atran, S. (2006b). The moral logic and growth of suicide terrorism. The Washington Quarterly, 29, 127– 147. Atran, S., Lois, X., & Ucan Ek’, E. (2004). Plants of the Petén Itza’ Maya (University of Michigan Memoirs, No. 38). Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Museum of Anthropology Publications. Atran, S., Medin, D., & Ross, N. (2005). The cultural mind: Ecological decision making and cultural modeling within and across populations. Psychological Review, 112(4), 744–776. Atran, S., Medin, D., Ross, N., Lynch, E., Vapnarsky, V., Ucan Ek’, E., et al. (2002). Folkecology, cultural epidemiology, and the spirit of the commons. Current Anthropology, 43, 421–450. Atran, S., & Norenzayan, A. (2004). Religion’s evolutionary landscape: Counterintuition, commitment, compassion, communion. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 27, 713–770. Atran, S., & Sperber, D. (1991). Learning without 163 teaching: Its place in culture. In L. TolchinskyLandsmann (Ed.), Culture, schooling and psychological development. Norwood, NJ: Ablex. Atran, S., & Stern, J. (2005). Small groups find fatal purpose through the web. Nature, 436, 620. Avis, J., & Harris, P. (1991). Belief–desire reasoning among Baka children. Child Development, 62, 460– 467. Azzam, J.-P. (2005). Suicide-bombing as intergenerational investment. Public Choice, 122, 177–198. Baron, J., & Greene, J. (1996). Determinants of insensitivity to quantity in valuation of public goods. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Applied, 2, 107– 125. Baron, J.,&Leshner, S. (2000). How serious are expressions of protected values? Journal of Experimental Psychology: Applied, 6, 183–194. Baron, J., & Spranca, M. (1997). Protected values. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 70, 1–16. Barrett, J. (1998). Cognitive constraints on Hindu concepts of the divine. Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 37, 608–619. Barrett, J. (2000). Exploring the natural foundations of religion. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 4, 29–34. Barrett, J., & Keil, F. (1996). Conceptualizing a nonnatural entity. Cognitive Psychology, 31, 219–247. Barrett, J., & Nyhoff, M. (2001). Spreading nonnatural concepts. Journal of Cognition and Culture, 1, 69– 100. Barrett, L., Dunbar, R., & Lycett, J. (2001). Human evolutionary psychology. Basingstoke, UK: Macmillan. Bartlett, F. (1932). Remembering. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Barth, F. (1975). Ritual and knowledge among the 448 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE Baktaman of New Guinea. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Baumeister, R., Smart, L., & Boden, J. (1996). Relation of threatened egotism to violence and aggression. Psychological Review, 103, 5–23. Becker, G. (1968). Crime and punishment: An economic approach. Journal of Political Economy, 76, 169– 217. Beit-Hallahmi, B., & Argyle, M. (1997). The psychology of religious behavior, belief, and experience. London: Routledge. Ben-Amos, P. G. (1994). The promise of greatness: Women and power in an Edo spirit possession cult. In T. Blakely,W. van Beek,&D. Thomson (Eds.), Religion in Africa. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann. Bering, J., & Bjorklund, D. (2002, March). Simulation 164 constraints on the development of death representation. Paper presented at the conference, “Minds and Gods,” Ann Arbor, University of Michigan and John Templeton Foundation. Bering, J., & Bjorklund, D. (2004). The natural emergence of reasoning about the afterlife as a developmental regularity. Developmental Psychology, 40, 217–233. Blackmore, S. (1999). The meme machine. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Bloom, H. (1999, June 14). Billy Graham. Time Magazine, pp. 120–123. Bloom, M. (2005). Dying to kill: The allure of suicide terrorism. New York: Columbia University Press. Bloom, P., & Veres, C. (1999). The perceived intentionality of groups. Cognition, 71, B1–B9. Boehm, C. (1999). Hierarchy in the forest. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Boyd, R., & Richerson, P. (2005). The origin and evolution of cultures. New York: Oxford University Press. Boyer, P. (1994). The naturalness of religious ideas. Berkeley: University of California Press. Boyer, P. (2000). Functional origins of religious concepts. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 6, 195–214. Boyer, P. (2001). Religion explained. New York: Basic Books. Boyer, P., & Ramble, C. (2001). Cognitive templates for religious concepts. Cognitive Science, 25, 535–564. Brown, R., & Kulick, J. (1982). Flashbulb memory. In U. Neiser (Ed.), Memory observed: Remembering in natural contexts. San Francisco: Freeman. Bulbulia, J. (2004). Religious costs as adaptations that signal altruistic intention. Evolution and Cognition, 10, 19–38. Burkert, W. (1996). Creation of the sacred. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Cahill, L., Prins, B., Weber, M., & McGaugh, J. (1994). Beta-adrenergic activation and memory for emotional events. Nature, 371, 702–704. Cohen, S. (2002). India, Pakistan, and Kashmir. Journal of Strategic Studies, 25, 32–60. Cronk, L. (1994). Evolutionary theories of morality and the manipulative use of signals. Zygon, 29, 81–101. Csibra, G., Gergely, G., Bíró, S., Koós, O., & Brockbank, M. (1999). Goal attribution without agency cues. Cognition, 72, 237–267. d’Aquili, E., & Newberg, A. (1999). The mystical mind. Minneapolis: Fortress Press. Dawkins, R. (1976). The selfish gene. New York: Oxford University Press. Dawkins, R. (1998). Unweaving the rainbow. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. 165 Dawkins, R. (2006). The God delusion. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Dawkins R., & Krebs J. R. (1978). Animal signals: Information or manipulation? In J. R. Krebs & N. Davies (Eds.), Behavioural ecology: An evolutionary approach (1st ed.). Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Deacon T. (1997). The symbolic species. New York: Norton. de Landa, D. (1985). Relación de la cosas de Yucatán. In M. Rivera Dorado (Ed.), Crónicas de America (Vol. 7). Madrid: Historia 16 (Original work composed in 1566) Dennett, D. (1978). Response to Premack and Woodruff: Does the chimpanzee have a theory of mind? Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 4, 568–570. Dennett, D. (1995). Darwin’s dangerous idea. New York: Simon & Schuster. Dennett, D. (1997). Appraising grace: What evolutionary good is God? The Sciences, 37, 39–44. Dennett, D. (2006). Breaking the spell: Religion as a natural phenomenon. New York: Viking. de Quervain, D., Fischbacher, U., Treyer, V., Schellhammer, M., Schnyder, U., Buck, A., et al. (2004). The neural basis of altruistic punishment. Science, 305, 1254–1258. Durkheim, É. (1995). The elementary forms of religious life. New York: Free Press. (Original work published 1912) Evans-Pritchard, E. (1940). The Nuer. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Evans-Pritchard, E. (1960). Zande cannibalism. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 90, 238–258. Firth, R. (1963). Offering and sacrifice. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 93, 12–24. Fischoff, B., Slovic, P., & Lichtenstein, S. (1980). Knowing what you want: Measuring labile variables. In T. Wallstein (Ed.), Cognitive processes in choice and decision behavior. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Fiske, A., & Tetlock, P. (1997). Taboo tradeoffs: Reactions to transactions that transgress the speheres of jutice. Political Psychology, 18, 255–297. Frank, R. (1988). Passions within reason. New York: Norton. Freud, S. (1955). Group psychology and the analysis of the Ego. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 18). London: Hogarth Press. (Original work published 1921) Fukuyama, F. (1995). Trust. New York: Free Press. Gambetta, D. (2005). Making sense of suicide missions. New York: Oxford University Press. Geary, D., & Huffman, K. (2002). Brain and cognitive evolution. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 667–698. 166 Gibbon, E. (1845). Decline and fall of the Roman empire (6 vols.). London: International Book Company. (Original work published 1776–1788) Ginges, J., Atran, S., Medin, D., & Shikaki, K. (in press). Sacred bounds on rational resolution of conflict. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA. Grafen, A. (1990). Biological signals as handicaps. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 144, 517–546. Goldman, R. (1964). Religious thinking from childhood to adolescence. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Goodall, J. (1986). The chimpanzees of Gombe: Patterns of behavior. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Goodstein, L. (2000, January 1). A direct line to God in an impersonal era. New York Times, p. 24. Greeley, A. (1975). The sociology of the paranormal. London: Sage. Greenberg, J., Pyszczynski, T., Solomon, S., Rosenblatt, A., Veeder, M., Kirkland, S., et al. (1990). Evidence for terror management theory II. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 308–318. Guthrie, S. (1993). Faces in the clouds: A new theory of religion. New York: Oxford University Press. Hamilton, W., & Orians, G. (1965). Evolution of brood parasitism in altricial birds. Condor, 67, 361–382. Hardin, R. (1995). One for all: The logic of group conflict. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Harris, M. (1974). Cows, pigs, wars, and witches. New York: Random House. Harris, S. (2006). Letter to a Christian nation. New York: Knopf. Harrison, M. (2006). An economist looks at suicide terrorism. World Economics, 7(3), 1–15. Heath, C., & Sternberg, E. (2001). Emotional selection in memes: The case of urban legends. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 1028–1041. Heider, F., & Simmel, S. (1944). An experimental study of apparent behavior. American Journal of Psychology, 57, 243–259. Henrich, J., Boyd, R., Bowles, S., Camerer, C., Fehr, E., & Gintis, H. (2001). In search of Homo economicus: Behavioral experiments in 15 small-scale societies. American Economic Review, 91, 73–78. Hobbes, T. (1901). Leviathan. New York: Dutton. (Original work published 1651) Hoffman, B., & McCormick, G. (2004). Terrorism, signaling, and suicide attack. Studies in Conflict and Terrorism, 27, 243–281. Horowitz, D. (1984). Ethnic groups in conflict. Berkeley: University of California Press. Hume, D. (1956). The natural history of religion. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. (Original work 167 published 1757) Hummer, R., Rogers, R., Narn, C., & Ellison C. (1999). Religious involvement and U.S. adult mortality. Demography, 36, 273–285. Humphrey, N. (1995). Soul searching: Human nature and supernatural belief., London: Chatto&Windus. Huntington, S. (1997). The clash of civilizations. New York: Simon & Schuster. Ibn Khaldûn. (1958). The Muqaddimah (3 vols.). London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. (Original work composed in 1318) Irons, W. (1996). Morality, religion, and human nature. In W. Richardson & W. Wildman (Eds.), Religion and science. New York: Routledge. Irons,W. (2001). Religion as a hard-to-fake sign of commitment. In R. Nesse (Ed.), Evolution and the capacity for commitment. New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Irons, W., & Chagnon, N. (2002, June 19–23). The unseen order: How religion works as a hard-to-fake sign of commitment. Paper presented at Human Behavior and Evolution Society meeting, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, NJ. Jacobs, M. (1934). Northwest Sahaptin texts. New York: Columbia University Press. Johnstone, R. (1998). Game theory and communication. In L. Dugatkin & H. Reeve (Eds.), Game theory and animal behavior. New York: Oxford University Press. Joseph, R. (Ed.). (2002). NeuroTheology. San Jose, CA: University of California Press. Kahneman, D. (2003). Maps of bounded rationality: Psychology for behavioral economics. American Economic Review, 93, 1449–1475. Kahneman, D., & Tversky, A. (1979). Prospect theory: An analysis of decision under risk. Econometrica, 47, 263–291. Kant, I. (1997). Critique of practical reason. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. (Original work published in 1788) Kauffman, S. (1993). The origins of order. New York: Oxford University Press. Keil, F. (1979). Semantic and conceptual development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Keillor, G. (1999, Jun 14). Faith at the speed of light. Time Magazine. Kierkegaard, S. (1955). Fear and trembling and the sickness unto death. New York: Doubleday. (Original work published 1843) Kirkpatrick, L. (1999). Toward an evolutionary psychology of religion and personality. Journal of Personality, 67, 921–952. Kluckholn, C., & Leighton, D. (1974). The Navaho. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. (Original 168 work published 1946) Knight, N., Sousa, P., Barrett, J., & Atran, S. (2004). Children’s attributions of beliefs to humans and God: Cross-cultural evidence. Cognitive Science, 28, 117– 126. Krebs J. R., & Dawkins, R. (1984). Animal signals: Mind-reading and manipulation. In J. R. Krebs & N. Davies (Eds.), Behavioural ecology: An evolutionary approach (2nd ed.). Oxford, UK: Blackwell. 450 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE Kroeber, A. L. (1963). Anthropology: Culture patterns and processes. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World. (Original work published 1923) Krueger, A., & Malecková, J. (2003). Seeking the roots of terror. Chronicle of Higher Education. Retrieved June 6, 2003 from chronicle.com/free/v49/i39/ 39b01001.htm Kuper, A. (1996). The chosen primate. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Lack, D. (1968). Ecological adaptations for breeding in birds. London: Methuen. Lawson, E. T., & McCauley, R. (1990). Rethinking religion. New York: Cambridge University Press. Lester, T. (2002, February 8). Supernatural selection. The Atlantic Monthly. Levin, J. (1994). Religion and health. Social Science Medicine, 38, 1475–1482. Lipkind, W. (1940). Carajá cosmography. Journal of American Folk-Lore, 53, 248–251. Lowie, R. (1924). Primitive religion. New York: Boni & Liveright. Lumsden, C., & Wilson, E. (1981). Genes, mind and culture. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Lynch, A. (1996). Thought contagion. New York: Basic Books. MacDonald, K. (1998). Separation and its discontents: Toward an evolutionary theory of Anti-Semitism. Westport, CT: Praeger. Madsen, J. (2004). The rationale of suicide attack. Risq (online). Retrieved September, 2004 from www. risq.org/modules.php?name=News&file=print&sid= 367 Markman, A., & Medin, D. (2002). Decision making. In H. Pashler (Series Ed.), & D. Medin (Vol. Ed.), Steven’s handbook of experimental psychology. New York: Wiley. Matthews, D., McCullough, M., Larson, D., Koenig, H., Swyers, J., & Milano, M. (1998). Religious commitment and health status. Archives of Family Medicine, 7, 188–124. McCauley, R., & Lawson, E. T. (2003). Bringing ritual to mind. New York: Cambridge University Press. McClenon, J. (2002). Wondrous healing: Shamanism, 169 human evolution and the origin of religion. DeKalb: Northern Illinois University Press. McGraw, A., & Tetlock, P. (2005). Relational framing: The power to render acceptable transactions unacceptable and unacceptable transactions acceptable. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 15, 2–16. McReady, N. (2002, February). Adrenergic blockers shortly after trauma can block PTSD. Clinical Psychiatry News, pp. Medin, D., & Atran, S. (2004). The native mind: Biological categorization and reasoning in development and across cultures. Psychological Review, 111, 960– 983. Medin, D., Schwartz, H., Blok, S., & Birnbaum, L. (1999). The semantic side of decision making. Psychonomic Bulletin and Review, 6, 562–569. Meggitt, M. (1965). The desert people: A study of the Walbiri of central Australia. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Merari, A. (2005). Social, organization, and psychological factors in suicide terrorism. In T. Bjorgo (Ed.), Root causes of suicide terrorism. New York: Routledge. Neisser, U., & Harsch, N. (1992). Phantom flashbulbs. In E. Winograd & U. Neisser (Eds.), Affect and accuracy in recall. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Nesse, R. (Ed.). (2001). Evolution and the capacity for commitment. New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Norenzayan, A., Atran, S., Faulkner, J., & Schaller, M. (2006). Memory and mystery: Cultural selection of minimallu counterintuitive narratives. Cognitive Science, 30, 1–23. Norenzayan, A., & Hansen, I. (2006). Belief in supernatural agents in the face of death. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 32, 174–187. Onishi, K., & Baillargeon, R. (2005). Do 15-month-old infants understand false beliefs? Science, 308, 255– 25. Onishi, N. (2002). Africans fill churches that celebrate wealth.New York Times, March 13. Owsianiecki, L., Upal, M. A., Sloan, D. J.,&Tweney, R. (2005). Role of context in the recall of counterintuitive concepts. Journal of Cognition and Culture, 5, 215–240. Panksepp, J. (1993). Emotional source of “chills” induced by music. Music Perception, 13, 171–207. Pap, A. (1963). Types and meaninglessness. Mind, 69, 41–54. Pape, R. (2003). Dying to win: The strategic logic of suicide terrorism. New York: Random House. Persinger, M. (1987). Neurophysiological bases of God beliefs. New York: Praeger. Pinker, S. (1997). How the mind works. New York: 170 Norton. Pinker, S. (2004, October 29). The evolutionary psychology of religion. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the Freedom from Religion Foundation, Madison, WI. Available online at pinker.wjh.harvard. edu/articles/media/2004_10_29_religion.htm Premack, D., & Premack, A. (1995). Origins of social competence. In M. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The cognitive neurosciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Pyszczynski, T., Greenberg, J., & Solomon, S. (1999). A dual process model of defense against conscious and unconscious death-related thoughts: An extension of terror management theory. Psychological Review, 106, 835–845. Pyysiäinen, I. (2003). Buddhism, religion, and the concept of “God.” Numen, 50, 147–171. Pyysiäinen, I., & Anttonen, V. (Eds.). (2002). Current approaches in the cognitive science of religion. London: Continuum. Rappaport, R. (1999). Ritual and religion in the mak17. Religion’s Social and Cognitive Landscape 451 ing of humanity. New York: Cambridge University Press. Resnick, P., & Zeckhauser, R. (2002). Trust among strangers in internet interactions. In M. Baye (Ed.), Advances in Applied Microeconomics, 11. Amsterdam: Elsevier Science. Rhode, D., & Chivers, C. (2002, March 17). Qaeda’s grocery lists and manuals of killing. New York Times, p. A1. Robertson Smith, W. (1894). Lectures on the religion of the Semites London: Adam & Charles Black. Rosch, E., Mervis, C., Grey, W., Johnson, D., & BoyesBraem, P. (1976). Basic objects in natural categories. Cognitive Psychology, 8, 382–439. Rubin, D. (1995). Memory in oral traditions. New York: Oxford University Press. Sageman, M. (2004). Understanding terror networks. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Schelling, T. (1963). The strategy of conflict. New York: Oxford University Press. Schneider, S., & Shanteau, J. (Eds.). (2003). Emerging perspectives on judgment and decision research. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Seligman, S. (1971). Phobias and preparedness. Behavioral Therapy, 2, 307–320. Shamir, J., & Shikaki, K. (2005). Public opinion in the Israeli-Palestinian two-level game. Journal of Peace Research, 42, 311–328. Skitka, L., & Mullen, E. (2002). The dark side of moral conviction. Analyses of Social Issues and Public Policy, 2, 35–41. Sober, E., & Wilson, D. S. (1998). Unto others. Cambridge, 171 MA: Harvard University Press. Sommers, F. (1963). Types and ontology. Philosophical Review, 72, 327–363. Sosis, R. (2000). Religion and intragroup cooperation: Preliminary results of a comparative analysis of utopian communities. Cross-Cultural Research, 34, 70– 87. Sosis, R., & Alcorta, C. (2003). Signaling, solidarity, and the sacred: The evolution of religious behavior. Evolutionary Anthropology, 12, 264–274. Sosis, R., & Bressler, E. (2003). Cooperation and commune longevity: A test of the costly signaling theory of religion. Cross-Cultural Research, 37, 211–239. Sosis, R., & Ruffle, B. (2004). Ideology, religion, and the evolution of cooperation: Field experiments on Israeli kibbutzim. Research in Economic Anthropology, 23, 87–115. Spencer, B., & Gillen, F. (1904). The Northern tribes of Central Australia. London: Macmillan. Sperber, D. (1975). Rethinking symbolism. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Sperber, D. (1985). Anthropology and psychology: Towards an epidemiology of representations. Man, 20, 73–89. Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture. Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Sperber, D., & Hirschfeld, L. (2004). The cognitive foundations of cultural stability and diversity. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 8, 40–46. Sperber, D., & Wilson, D. (1995). Relevance: Communication and cognition (2nd ed.). Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Stark, R. (2000). The rise of Christianity. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Stern, J. (2003). Terror in the name of God: Why religious militants kill. New York: HarperCollins. Swanson, G. (1960). The birth of the gods. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. Talbot, M. (2000, February 27). A mighty fortress. New York Times Magazine, p. 34. Tambiah, S. (1981). A performative approach to ritual. London: British Academy. Tamminen, K. (1994). Religious experiences in childhood and adolescence. International Journal for the Psychology of Religion, 4, 61–85. Tanner, C., & Medin, D. (2004). Protected values: No omission bias and no framing effects. Psychonomic Bulletin and Review, 11, 185–191. Tetlock, P. (2000). Coping with trade-offs: Psychological constraints and political implications. In S. Lupia, M. McCubbins, & S. Popkin (Eds.), Political reasoning and choice. Berkeley: University of California Press. 172 Tetlock, P. (2003). Thinking the unthinkable: Sacred values and taboo cognitions. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7, 320–324. Thompson, L., & Gonzalez, R. (1997). Environmental disputes: Competition for scarce resources and clashing of values. In M. Bazerman & D. Messick (Eds.), Environment, ethics, and behavior: The psychology of environmental valuation and degradation. San Francisco: New Lexington Press. Thun, T. (1963). Die religiose Entscheidung der Jugend. The Hague: Mouton. Tinbergen, N. (1951). The study of instinct. London: Oxford University Press. Tomasello, M., Kruger, A., & Ratner, H. (1993). Cultural learning. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 16, 495–511. Tooby, J., & Cosmides, L. (1992). The psychological foundations of culture. In J. Barkow, L. Cosmides, & J. Tooby (Eds.), The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the generation of culture. New York: Oxford University Press. Trainor, L., & Trehub, S. (1992). The development of referential meaning in music. Music Perception, 9, 455–470. Tulving, E. (1972). Episodic and semantic memory. In E. Tulving & W. Donaldson (Eds.), Organization of memory. New York: Academic Press. Turnbull, C. (1962). The forest people: A study of the pygmies of the Congo. New York: Simon&Schuster. Turner, M. (1996). The literary mind: Origins of thought and language. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Turner, V. (1969). The ritual process. New York: Aldine. Tuzin, D. (1982). Ritual violence among the Ilahita Arapesh. In G. Herdt (Ed.), Rituals of manhood: 452 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE Male initiation in Papua New Guinea. Berkeley: University of California Press. Tversky, A., Slovic, P., & Sattath, S. (1988). Contingent weighting in judgment and choice. Psychological Review, 95, 371–384. Varshney, A. (2003). Nationalism, ethnic conflict and rationality. Perspectives on Politics, 1, 85–99. Walker, S. (1992). Supernatural beliefs, natural kinds and conceptual structure. Memory and Cognition, 20, 655–662. Watanabee, J., & Smuts, B. (1999). Explaining ritual without explaining it away. American Anthropologist, 101, 98–112. Weber, M. (1978). Economy and society (G. Roth & C. Wittich, Eds.). Berkeley: University of California Press. Whitehouse, H. (2000). Arguments and icons. Oxford, 173 UK: Oxford University Press. Whitehouse, H. (2004). Modes of religiosity: A cognitive theory of religious transmission. Walnut Creek, CA: AltaMira Press. Wilson, D. S. (2002). Darwin’s cathedral. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Wilson, E. O. (1978). On human nature. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Winkelman, M. (1992). Shamans, priests, and witches: A cross-cultural study of magico-religious practitioners. (Anthropological Research Papers, No. 44). Tempe: Arizona State University. Worthington, E., Kurusu, T., McCullough, M., & Sandage, S. (1996). Empirical research on religion and psychotherapeutic processes of outcomes. Psychological Bulletin, 19, 448–487. Zahavi, A. (1975). Mate selection: A selection for a handicap. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 53, 205– 214. Allport, G. W. (1954). The nature of prejudice. Cambridge, MA: Addison-Wesley. Anderson, B. (1991). Imagined communities: Reflections on the origin and spread of nationalism (Rev. and extended ed.). London: Verso. Asch, S. E. (1951). Effects of group pressure upon the modification and distortion of judgments. In H. Guetzkow (Ed.), Groups, leadership and men (pp. 39–76). Pittsburgh: Carnegie Press. Asch, S. E. (1956). Studies of independence and conformity: I. A minority of one against a unanimous majority. Psychological Monographs, 70. Bandura, A. (1986). Social foundations of thought and action: A social cognitive theory. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall. Barkow, J. H., Cosmides, L., & Tooby, J. (1992). The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the generation of culture. New York: Oxford University Press. Barth, F. (1990). Guru and the conjurer: Transactions in knowledge and the shaping of culture in Southeast Asia and Melanesia. Man, 25(4), 640–653. Basalla, G. (1988). The evolution of technology. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Baum, W. M., Richerson, P. J., Efferson, C. M., & Paciotti, B. M. (2004). An experimental model of cultural evolution including traditions of rule giving and rule following. Evolution and Human Behavior, 25, 305–326. Bettinger, R. L., Boyd, R., & Richerson, P. J. (1996). Style, function, and cultural evolutionary processes. In H. D. G. Maschner (Ed.), Darwinian archaeologies (pp. 133–164). New York: Plenum Press. 174 Bloom, P. (2000). How children learn the meanings of words. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Boehm, C. (1996). Emergency decisions, culturalselection mechanics, and group selection. Current Anthropology, 37(5), 763–793. Boesch, C. (2003). Is culture a golden barrier between human and chimpanzee? Evolutionary Anthropology, 12, 82–91. Bongaarts, J., & Watkins, S. C. (1996). Social interactions and contemporary fertility transitions. Population and Development Review, 22(4), 639–682. Boyd, R., Gintis, H., Bowles, S., & Richerson, P. J. (2003). The evolution of altruistic punishment. Proceeding of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 100, 3531–3535. Boyd, R., & Richerson, P. J. (1985). Culture and the evolutionary process. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Boyd, R., & Richerson, P. J. (1989). Social learning as an adaptation. Lectures on Mathematics in the Life Sciences, 20, 1–26. Boyd, R., & Richerson, P. J. (1992a). How microevolutionary processes give rise to history. In M. H. Nitecki & D. V. Nitecki (Eds.), History and evolution (pp. 179–209). Albany: State University of New York Press. Boyd, R., & Richerson, P. J. (1992b). Punishment allows the evolution of cooperation (or anything else) in sizable groups. Ethology and Sociobiology, 13(3), 171–195. Boyd, R.,&Richerson, P. J. (1996). Why culture is common but cultural evolution is rare. Proceedings of the British Academy, 88, 73–93. Brown, M. J. (2004). Is Taiwan Chinese?: The impact of culture, power, and migration on changing identities. Berkeley: University of California Press. Burrow, J. W. (1966). Evolution and society: A study in Victorian social theory. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Buss, D. M. (1999). Evolutionary psychology: The new science of the mind. Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Byrne, R. (1995). The thinking ape: Evolutionary origins of intelligence. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Byrne, R., Barnard, P. J., Davidson, I., Janik, V. M., McGrew, W. C., Miklosi, A., et al. (2004). Understanding culture across species. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 8, 341–346. Campbell, D. T. (1965). Variation and selective retention in socio-cultural evolution. In H. R. Barringer, G. I. Blanksten, & R. W. Mack (Eds.), Social change in developing areas: A reinterpretation of evolutionary theory (pp. 19–49). Cambridge, MA: 175 Schenkman. Castro, L.,&Toro, M. (2004). The evolution of culture: From primate social learning to human culture. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science USA, 101(27), 10235–10240. Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (2000). Genes, peoples, and languages. Farrar, Straus & Giroux. Cavalli-Sforza, L. L., & Feldman, M. W. (1981). Cultural transmission and evolution: A quantitative approach. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Chaiken, S. (1979). Communicator’s physical attractiveness and persuasion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 1387–1397. Cohen, D., & Vandello, J. (2001). Honor and “faking” honorability. In R. M. Nesse (Ed.), Evolution and the capacity for commitment (pp. 163–185). New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Cronk, L., Chagnon, N. A., & Irons, W. (2000). Adaptation and human behavior: An anthropological perspective. New York: de Gruyter. Daly, M., & Wilson, M. (1983). Sex, evolution and behavior. Boston: Willard Grant. Dawkins, R. (1976). The selfish gene. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Diamond, J. (1997). Guns, germs, and steel: The fates of human societies. New York: Norton. Donald, M. (1991). Origins of the modern mind: Three stages in the evolution of culture and cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Dunn, M., Terrill, A., Reesink, G., Foley, R. A., & Levinson, S. C. (2005). Structural phylogenetics and 18. Cultural Evolution and the Shaping of Cultural Diversity 473 the reconstruction of ancient language history. Science, 309, 2072–2075. Durham, W. H. (1991). Coevolution: Genes, culture, and human diversity. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Fearon, J. D. (2003). Ethnic and cultural diversity by country. Journal of Economic Growth, 8(2), 195– 222. Festinger, L., Schachter, S., & Back, K. (1950). Social pressures in informal groups: A study of a housing community. New York: Harper. Foster, G. M. (1960). Culture and conquest: America’s Spanish heritage. New York: Wenner-Gren Foundation for Anthropological Research. Gigerenzer, G., & Goldstein, D. G. (1996). Reasoning the fast and frugal way: Models of bounded rationality. Psychological Review, 103(4), 650–669. Gil-White, F. J. (2001). Are ethnic groups biological “species” to the human brain?: Essentialism in our cognition of some social categories. Current Anthropology, 42(4), 515–554. 176 Griliches, Z. (1957). Hybrid corn: An exploration of the economics of technological change. Econometrica, 48, 501–522. Hamilton, W. D. (1964). Genetic evolution of social behavior I, II. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 7(1), 1– 52. Handelman, S. (1995). Comrade criminal: Russia’s new Mafiya. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Harpending, H. C., Batzer, M. A., Gurven, M., Jorde, L. B., Rogers, A. R., & Sherry, S. T. (1998). Genetic traces of ancient demography. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 95(4), 1961–1967. Henrich, J. (2001). Cultural transmission and the diffusion of innovations: Adoption dynamics indicate that biased cultural transmission is the predominate force in behavioral change. American Anthropologist, 103(4), 992–1013. Henrich, J. (2004). Demography and cultural evolution: Why adaptive cultural processes produced maladaptive losses in Tasmania. American Antiquity, 69(2), 197–221. Henrich, J., & Boyd, R. (1998). The evolution of conformist transmission and the emergence of betweengroup differences. Evolution and Human Behavior, 19(4), 215–241. Henrich, J., Boyd, R., Bowles, S., Camerer, C., Fehr, E., Gintis, H., et al. (2001). In search of Homo economicus: Behavioral experiments in 15 smallscale societies. American Economic Review, 91(2), 73–78. Henrich, J., Boyd, R., Bowles, S., Camerer, C., Fehr, E., & Gintis, H. (2004). Foundations of human sociality: Economic experiments and ethnographic evidence from fifteen small-scale societies. Oxford, UK: Oxford university Press. Henrich, J., & Gil-White, F. J. (2001). The evolution of prestige—Freely conferred deference as a mechanism for enhancing the benefits of cultural transmission. Evolution and Human Behavior, 22(3), 165–196. Henrich, J., Bowles, S., Boyd, R. T., Hopfensitz, A., Richerson, P. J., Sigmund, K., et al. (2003). Group report: The cultural and genetic evolution of human cooperation. In P. Hammerstein (Ed.), Genetic and cultural evolution of cooperation (pp. 445–468). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Hovland, C. I., Janis, I. L., & Kelley, H. H. (1953). Communication and persuasion: Psychological studies of opinion change. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Inkeles, A. (1983). Exploring individual modernity. New York: Columbia University Press. Insko, C. A., Gilmore, R., Drenan, S., Lipsitz, A., Moehle, D., & Thibaut, J. (1983). Trade versus expropriation 177 in open groups: A comparison of two type of social power. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 44, 977–999. Jacobs, R. C., & Campbell, D. T. (1961). The perpetuation of an arbitrary tradition through several generations of laboratory microculture. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62, 649–568. Johnson, A. W., & Earle, T. K. (2000). The evolution of human societies: From foraging group to agrarian state (2nd ed.). Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Jorgensen, J. G. (1980). Western Indians: Comparative environments, languages, and cultures of 172 Western American Indian Tribes. San Francisco: Freeman. Kaessmann, H., & Pääbo, S. (2002). The genetical history of humans and the great apes. Journal of Internal Medicine, 251, 1–18. Kaessmann, H., Wiebe, V., & Pääbo, S. (1999). Extensive nuclear DNA sequence diversity among chimpanzees. Science, 286, 1159–1162. Kelly, R. C. (1985). The Nuer conquest: The structure and development of an expansionist system. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. Kelly, R. L. (1995). The foraging spectrum: Diversity in hunter-gatherer lifeways. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Klein, R. G. (1999). The human career: Human biological and cultural origins (2nd ed.). Chicago: University of Chicago. Knauft, B. M. (1985). Good company and violence: Sorcery and social action in a Lowland New Guinea society. Berkeley: University of California Press. Knight, C., Studdert-Kennedy, M., & Hurford, J. R. (2000). The evolutionary emergence of language: Social function and the origins of linguistic form. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Labov, W. (2001). Principles of linguistic change: Social factors (Vol. 29). Malden, MA: Blackwell. Laland, K. N., Richerson, P. J., & Boyd, R. (1996). Developing a theory of animal social learning. In C. M. Heyes&B. G. Galef, Jr. (Eds.), Social learning in animals: The roots of culture (pp. 129–154). San Diego: Academic Press. Logan, M. H., & Schmittou, D. A. (1998, Summer). The uniqueness of Crow art: A glimpse into the his474 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE tory of an embattled people. Montana: The Magazine of Western History, pp. 58–71. Massini, S. (2004). The diffusion of mobile telephony in Italy and the UK: An empirical investigation. Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 13, 251– 277. 178 McElreath, R., Lubell, M., Richerson, P. J. M., Baum, W., Edsten, E., Waring, T., et al. (2005). Applying formal models to the laboratory study of social learning: The impact of task difficulty and environmental fluctuation. Evolution and Human Behavior, 26, 483–508. Moore, B. R. (1996). The evolution of imitative learning. In C. M. Heyes & B. G. Galef, Jr. (Eds.), Social learning in animals: The roots of culture (pp. 245– 265). San Diego: Academic Press. Moreland, R. L., Levine, J. M., & McMinn, J. G. (2001). Self-categorization and work group socialization. In M. A. Hogg&D. Terry (Eds.), Social identity processes in organizational contexts (pp. 87–100). Philadelphia: Psychology Press. Moylan, J. W., Graham, C. M., Borgerhoff Mulder, M., Nunn, C. L., & Håkansson, N. T. (2005). Cultural traits and linguistic trees: Phylogenetic signal in East Africa. In C. P. Lipo, M. J. O’Brien, M. Collard, & S. J. Shennan (Eds.), Mapping our ancestors: Phylogenetic approaches in anthropology and prehistory (pp. 33–52). New York: Aldine. Murdock, G. P. (1967). Ethnographic atlas. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press. Needham, J. (1987). Science and civilization in China: Vol. 5. Part 7. The gunpowder epic. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Nettle, D. (1999). Linguistic diversity. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Newcomb, T. M. (1943). Personality and social change. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Newcomb, T. M., Koenig, L. E., Flacks, R., &Warwick, D. P. (1967). Persistence and change: Bennington College and its Students after twenty-five years. New York: Wiley. Newson, L. (2003). Kin, culture, and reproductive decisions. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Exeter, Exeter, UK. Newson, L., Postmes, T., Lea, S. E. G., & Webley, P. (2005). Why are modern families small?: Toward an evolutionary and cultural explanation for the demographic transition. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 9, 360–375. Newson, L., Postmes, T., Lea, S. E. G., Webley, P., Richerson, P. J.,&McElrath, R. (in press). Influences on communication about reproduction: The cultural evolution of low fertility. Evolution and Human Behavior. Odling-Smee, F. J., Laland, K. N., & Feldman, M. W. (2003). Niche construction: The neglected process in evolution (Vol. 37). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Pagel, M., & Mace, R. (2004). The cultural wealth of 179 nations. Nature, 428, 276–278. Perloff, R. M. (2003). The dynamics of persuasion: Communication and attitudes in the 21st century. London: Erlbaum. Petty, R. E., & Cacioppo, J. T. (1986). The elaboration likelihood model of persuasion. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 19, pp. 123–205). New York: Academic Press. Postmes, T., Haslam, S. A., & Swaab, R. (2005). Social influence in small groups: An interactive model of social identity formation. European Review of Social Psychology, 16, 1–42. Richerson, P. J., & Boyd, R. (1999). Complex societies—The evolutionary origins of a crude superorganism. Human Nature, 10(3), 253–289. Richerson, P. J., & Boyd, R. (2001). The evolution of subjective commitment to groups: A tribal instincts hypothesis. In R. M. Nesse (Ed.), Evolution and the capacity for commitment (pp. 186–220). New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Richerson, P. J., & Boyd, R. (2005). Not by genes alone: How culture transformed human evolution. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Richerson, P. J., Boyd, R., & Henrich, J. (2003). Cultural evolution of human cooperation. In P. Hammerstein (Ed.), Genetic and cultural evolution of cooperation (pp. 357–388). Berlin: MIT Press. Rogers, E. M. (1995). Diffusion of innovations (4th ed.). New York: Free Press. Rogoff, B., Paradise, R., K., Mejia Arauz, R., CorreaChavez, M., & Angelillo, C. (2003). Firsthand learning through intent participation. Annual Review of Psychology, 54, 175–203. Rudicel, S. A. (1994). The shod foot and its implications for American women. Journal of the Southern Orthopaedic Association, 3, 268–272. Sherif, M.,&Murphy, G. (1936). The psychology of social norms. New York/London: Harper&Brothers. Shoumatoff, A. (2005). Dispatches from the vanishing world. Retrieved July 17, 2005, from www. dispatchesfromthevanishingworld.com/ Simons, H. W., Berkowitz, N. N., & Moyer, R. J. S., (1970). Similarity, credibility and attitude change: A review and a theory. Psychological Bulletin, 73, 1– 16. Simoons, F. J. (1969). Primary adult lactose intolerance and the milking habit: A problem in biologic and cultural interrelations: I. Review of the medical research. American Journal of Digestive Diseases, 14(12), 819–836. Simoons, F. J. (1970). Primary adult lactose intolerance and the milking habit: A problem in biologic and cultural interrelations: II. A culture historical hypothesis. 180 American Journal of Digestive Diseases, 15(8), 695–710. Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture: A naturalistic approach. Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Tamura, K., & Nei, M. (1993). Estimation of the number of nucleotide substitutions in the control region of mitochondrial DNC in humans and chim18. Cultural Evolution and the Shaping of Cultural Diversity 475 panzees. Molecular Biology and Evolution, 10(3), 512–526. Thomason, S. G. (2001). Language contact. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press. Tomasello, M. (1996). Do apes ape? In C. M. Heyes & B. G. Galef, Jr. (Eds.), Social learning in animals: The roots of culture (pp. 319–346). New York: Academic Press. Tomasello, M. (1999). The cultural origins of human cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Trivers, R. (1972). Parental investment and sexual selection. In B. Campbell (Ed.), Sexual selection and the descent of man (pp. 136–139). Chicago: Aldine. Trivers, R. L. (1971). The evolution of reciprocal altruism. Quarterly Review of Biology, 46(1), 35–57. Whiten, A., & Custance, D. (1996). Studies of imitation in chimpanzees and children. In C. M. Heyes & B. G. Galef, Jr. (Eds.), Social learning in animals: The roots of culture (pp. 291–318). New York: Academic Press. Whiten, A., Goodall, J., McGrew, W. C., Nishida, T., Reynolds, V., Sugiyama, Y., et al. (1999). Cultures in chimpanzees. Nature, 399, 682–685. Williams, G. C. (1966). Adaptation and natural selection: A critique of some current evolutionary thought. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Wilson, D. S. (2002). Darwin’s cathedral: Evolution, religion, and the nature of society. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Wright, P. (1966). Attitude change under direct and indirect interpersonal influence. Human Relations, 19, 199–211. Zelinsky, W. (1971). The hypothesis of the mobility transition. Geographical Review, 61, 219–249. Abu-Lughod, L. (1993). Writing women’s worlds: Bedouin stories. Berkeley: University of California Press. Appadurai, A. (1988). Putting hierarchy in its place. Cultural Anthropology, 3, 36–49. Bardige, B., Ward, J. V., Gilligan, C., Taylor, J., & Cohen, G. (1988). Moral concerns and considerations of urban youth. In C. Gilligan, J. V. Ward, & J. Taylor (Eds.), Mapping the moral domain (pp. 159– 173). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Berkowitz, L. (1964). Development of motives and values in a child. New York: Basic Books. 181 Berry, J.W., Poortinga, Y. H., Segall, M. H.,&Dasen, P. R. (1992). Cross-cultural psychology: Research and applications. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Bersoff, D. M., & Miller, J. G. (1993). Culture, context, and the development of moral accountability judgments. Developmental Psychology, 29(4), 664–676. Brandt, R. B. (1959). Ethical theory. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Bruner, J. S. (1973). Going beyond the information given. In J. M. Anglin (Ed.), Beyond the information given: Studies in the psychology of knowing (pp. 218–238). New York: Norton. Bruner, J. (1990). Acts of meaning. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Buck-Morss, S. (1975). Socio-economic bias in Piaget’s theory: Implications for cross-cultural studies. Human Development, 18, 35–49. Cohen, D., & Nisbett, R. E. (1997). Field experiments examining the culture of honor: The role of institutions in perpetuating norms about violence. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23(11), 1188– 1199. Colby, A., & Damon, W. (1992). Some do care: Contemporary lives of moral commitment. New York: Free Press. Cole, M. (1990). Cultural psychology: A once and future discipline? In J. J. Berman (Ed.), Nebraska Symposium on Motivation: Vol. 38. Cross-cultural perspectives (pp. 279–335). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology: A once and future discipline. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Cousins, S. D. (1989). Culture and self-perception in Japan and the United States. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 56, 124–131. D’Andrade, R. G. (1984). Cultural meaning systems. In R. A. Shweder&R. A. LeVine (Eds.), Culture theory: Essays on mind, self, and emotion (pp. 88–119). New York: Cambridge University Press. Darley, J. M., & Pittman, T. S. (2003). The psychology of compensatory and retributive justice. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 7(4), 324–336. Darley, J., & Zanna, M. (1982). Making moral judgments. American Scientist, 70, 515–521. Dien, D. S.-F. (1982). A Chinese perspective on Kohlberg’s theory of moral development. Developmental Review, 2, 331–341. Edwards, C. P. (1975). Societal complexity and moral 182 development: A Kenyan study. Ethos, 3(4), 505–527. Edwards, C. P. (1985). Another style of competence: The caregiving child. In A. D. Vogel & G. F. Melson (Eds.), The origins of nurturance (pp. 95–121). New York: Erlbaum. Edwards, C. (1986). Cross-cultural research on 19. Cultural Psychology of Moral Development 495 Kohlberg’s stages: The basis for consensus. In S. Modgil & C. Modgil (Eds.), Kohlberg: Consensus and controversy (pp. 419–430). Philadelphia: Falmer Press. Eysenck, H. J. (1961). Handbook of abnormal psychology: An experimental approach. New York: Basic Books. Fincham, F.,&Jaspars, J. (1980). Attribution of responsibility: From man the scientist to man as lawyer. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 13, pp. 82–138). San Diego, CA: Academic Press. Flanagan, C., Bowes, J. M., Jonsson, B., Csapo, B., & Shblanova, E. (1998). Ties that bind: Correlates of adolescents’ civic commitment in seven countries. Journal of Social Issues, 54(3), 457–475. Freud, S. (1930). Civilization and its discontents. London: Hogarth Press. Fung, H. (1999). Becoming a moral child: The socialization of shame among young Chinese children. Ethos, 27(2), 180–209. Fung, H., & Chen, E. C. (2001). Across time and beyond skin: Self and transgression in the everyday socialization of shame among Taiwanese preschool children. Social Development, 10(3), 420–437. Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures. New York: Basic Books. Gert, B. (1988). Morality: A new justification of the moral rules. New York: Oxford University Press. Gilligan, C. (1977). In a different voice: Women’s conceptions of self and of morality. Harvard Educational Review, 47(4), 481–517. Gilligan, C. (1982). In a different voice: Psychological theory and women’s development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Gilligan, C., Ward, J. V., & Taylor, J. (Eds.). (1988). Mapping the moral domain. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Gilligan, C., & Wiggins, G. (1988). The origins of morality in early childhood relationships. In C. Gilligan, J. Ward, & J. Taylor (Eds.), Mapping the moral domain: A contribution of women’s thinking to psychological theory and education (pp. 111–138). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Haidt, J. (2001). The emotional dog and its rational tail: A social intuitionist approach to moral judgment. 183 Psychological Review, 108(4), 814–834. Haidt, J., Koller, S. H., & Dias, M. G. (1993). Affect, culture, and morality, or is it wrong to eat your dog? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65(4), 613–628. Harkness, S., Edwards, C. P., & Super, C. M. (1981). Social roles and moral reasoning: A case study in a rural African community. Developmental Psychology, 17(5), 595–603. Heath, S. B. (1996). Ruling places: Adaptation in development by inner-city youth. In R. Jessor, A. Colby, & R. A. Shweder (Eds.), Ethnography and human development: Context and meaning in social inquiry (pp. 225–251). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Heider, F. (1958). The psychology of interpersonal relations. New York: Wiley. Howe, C. C., & Kahn, P. H. (1996). Along the Rio Negro: Brazilian children’s environmental views and values. Developmental Psychology, 32(6), 978–987. Huebner, A., & Garrod, A. (1991). Moral reasoning in a Karmic world. Human Development, 34, 341–352. Huebner, A. M.,&Garrod, A. C. (1993). Moral reasoning among Tibetan Monks: A study of Buddhist adolescents and young adults in Nepal. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 24(2), 167–185. Jensen, L. A. (1997). Different worldviews, different morals: America’s culture war divide. Human Development, 40(6), 325–344. Jensen, L. A. (1998). Moral divisions within countries between orthodoxy and progressivism: India and the United States. Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 37(1), 90–107. Kagan, J. (1984). The nature of the child. New York: Basic Books. Kahn, P. H. (1992). Children’s obligatory and discretionary moral judgments. Child Development, 63, 416–430. Kahn, P. H. (1997). Bayous and jungle rivers: Crosscultural perspectives on children’s environmental moral reasoning. In H. D. Saltzstein (Ed.), Culture as a context for moral development: New perspectives on the particular and the universal (pp. 23–36). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Kahn, P. (1998). Children’s moral and ecological reasoning about the Prince William Sound oil spill. Developmental Psychology, 33(6), 1091–1096. Kahn, P. (1999). The human relationship with nature: Development and culture. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Kant, I. (1964). The doctrine of virtue. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. (Original work published 1797) Kim, H. S., & Markus, H. R. (2002). Freedom of 184 speech and freedom of silence: An analysis of talking as a cultural practice. In R. Shweder, M. Minow, & H. R. Markus (Eds.), Engaging cultural differences: The multicultural challenge in liberal democracies (pp. 432–452). New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Kohlberg, L. (1969). Stage and sequence: The cognitivedevelopmental approach to socialization. In D. A. Goslin (Ed.), Handbook of socialization theory (pp. 347–380). Chicago: Rand McNally. Kohlberg, L. (1971). From is to ought: How to commit the naturalistic fallacy and get away with it in the study of moral development. In T. Mischel (Ed.), Cognitive development and epistemology (pp. 151– 236). New York: Academic Press. Kohlberg, L. (1981). The philosophy of moral development: Moral stages and the idea of justice (Vol. 1). New York: Harper & Row. Kohlberg, L., Levine, C., & Hewer, A. (1983). Moral stages: A current formulation and a response to critics. In J. A. Meacham (Ed.), Contributions to human 496 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE development (Vol. 10, pp. 1–177). Basel, Switzerland: Karger. LeVine, R. A. (1984). Properties of culture: An ethnographic view. In R. A. Shweder & R. A. LeVine (Eds.), Culture theory: Essays on mind, self, and emotion (pp. 67–87). New York: Cambridge University Press. Ma, H. K. (1997). The affective and cognitive aspects of moral development: A Chinese perspective. In H. Kao & D. Sinha (Eds.), Asian perspectives on psychology (pp. 93–109). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Markus, H. R., Kitayama, S., & Heiman, R. J. (1996). Culture and “basic” psychological principles. In E. Higgins & A. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook of basic principles (pp. 857–913). New York: Guilford Press. Miller, J. G. (1984). Culture and the development of everyday social explanation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46(5), 961–978. Miller, J. G. (1991). A cultural perspective on the morality of beneficence and interpersonal responsibility. In S. Ting-Toomey & F. Korzenny (Eds.), International and intercultural communication annual (Vol. 15, pp. 11–27). Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Miller, J. G. (1994). Cultural diversity in the morality of caring: Individually oriented versus duty-based interpersonal moral codes. Cross-Cultural Research, 28(1), 3–39. Miller, J. G. (1997). Theoretical issues in cultural psychology. In J. W. Berry, Y. H. Poortinga, & J. Pandey (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology: Vol. 185 1. Theory and method (2nd ed., pp. 85–128). Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon. Miller, J. G. (1999). Cultural psychology: Implications for basic psychological theory. Psychological Science, 10(2), 85–91. Miller, J. G. (2001). Culture and moral development. In D. Matsumoto (Ed.), The handbook of culture and psychology (pp. 151–169). New York: Oxford University Press. Miller, J. G. (2002). Bringing culture to basic psychological theory: Beyond individualism and collectivism: Comment on Oyserman et al. (2002). Psychological Bulletin, 128(1), 97–109. Miller, J. G. (2006). Insights into moral development from cultural psychology. In M. Killen & J. Smetana (Eds.), Handbook of moral development (pp. 375– 398). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Miller, J. G., & Bersoff, D. M. (1992). Culture and moral judgment: How are conflicts between justice and interpersonal responsibilities resolved? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62(4), 541– 554. Miller, J. G., & Bersoff, D. M. (1994). Cultural influences on the moral status of reciprocity and the discounting of endogenous motivation [Special issue: The self and the collective]. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20(5), 592–602. Miller, J. G., & Bersoff, D. M. (1995). Development in the context of everyday family relationships: Culture, interpersonal morality, and adaptation. In M. Killen & D. Hart (Eds.), Morality in everyday life: Developmental perspectives (pp. 259–282). New York: Cambridge University Press. Miller, J. G., & Bersoff, D. M. (1999). The role of liking in perceptions of the moral responsibility to help: A cultural perspective. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 34(5), 443–469. Miller, J. G., Bersoff, D. M., & Harwood, R. L. (1990). Perceptions of social responsibilities in India and in the United States: Moral imperatives or personal decisions? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58(1), 33–47. Miller, J. G.,&Luthar, S. (1989). Issues of interpersonal responsibility and accountability: A comparison of Indians’ and Americans’ moral judgments. Social Cognition, 7(3), 237–261. Miller, P. J., Wiley, A. R., Fung, H., & Liang, C.-H. (1997). Personal storytelling as a medium of socialization in Chinese and American families. Child Development, 68(3), 557–568. Much, N. C. (1997). A semiotic view of socialisation, lifespan development and cultural psychology: With vignettes from the moral culture of traditional Hindu 186 households [Special issue: Cultural constructions and social cognition: Emerging themes]. Psychology and Developing Societies, 9(1), 65–106. Much, N. C., & Shweder, R. A. (1978). Speaking of rules: The analysis of culture in breach. InW. Damon (Ed.), New directions for child development: Moral development (Vol. 2, pp. 19–39). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Nucci, L. P. (2002). The development of moral reasoning. In U. Goswami (Ed.), Blackwell handbook of childhood cognitive development (pp. 303–325). Malden, MA: Blackwell. Piaget, J. (1932). The moral judgment of the child. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Piaget, J. (1973). Need and significance of cross-cultural studies in genetic psychology. In J. W. Berry & P. R. Dasen (Eds.), Culture and cognition: Readings in cross-cultural psychology (pp. 299–309). London: Methuen. Pool, D. L., Shweder, R. A.,&Much, N. C. (1983). Culture as a cognitive system: Differentiated rule understandings in children and other savages. In E. T. Higgins, D. N. Ruble, & W. W. Hartup (Eds.), Social cognition and social development: A sociocultural perspective (pp. 193–213). New York: Cambridge University Press. Rawls, J. (1971). Justice as fairness. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Rozin, P. (1999). The process of moralization. Psychological Science, 10(3), 218–221. Rozin, P., Lowery, L., Imada, S.,&Haidt, J. (1999). The CAD triad hypothesis: A mapping between three moral emotions (contempt, anger, disgust) and three moral codes (community, autonomy, divinity). Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76(4), 574– 586. 19. Cultural Psychology of Moral Development 497 Rozin, P., & Singh, L. (1999). The moralization of cigarette smoking in the United States. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 8(3), 321–337. Schaberg, L. (2002). Toward a cultural broadening of feminist theory: A comparison of everyday outlooks on social roles, dissent, and feminism among United States and Japanese adults. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. Schwartz, T. (1981). The acquisition of culture. Ethos, 9, 4–17. Shimizu, H. (2001). Japanese adolescent boys’ senses of empathy (omoiyari) and Carol Gilligan’s perspectives on the morality of care: A phenomenological approach. Culture and Psychology, 7(4), 453–475. Shweder, R. A. (1982). Beyond self-constructed knowledge: The study of culture and morality. Merrill– 187 Palmer Quarterly, 28(1), 41–69. Shweder, R. A. (1984). Anthropology’s romantic rebellion against the enlightenment, or there’s more to thinking than reason and evidence. In R. A. Shweder & R. A. LeVine (Eds.), Culture theory: Essays on mind, self, and emotion (pp. 27–66). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Shweder, R. A. (1990). Cultural psychology—What is it? In J. W. Stigler, R. A. Shweder, & G. Herdt (Eds.), Cultural psychology: Essays on comparative human development (pp. 27–66). New York: Cambridge University Press. Shweder, R. A. (1999). Cultural psychology. In R. A. Wilson & F. C. Keil (Eds.), The MIT encyclopedia of the cognitive sciences (pp. 211–213). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Shweder, R. A. (2000a). The psychology of practice and the practice of the three psychologies. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 3, 207–222. Shweder, R. A. (2000b). Moral maps, “First World” conceits and the new evangelists. In L. Harrison & S. P. Huntington (Eds.), Culture matters: How values shape human progress (pp. 158–177). New York: Basic Books. Shweder, R. A. (2002). What about “female genital mutilation”?: And why understanding culture matters in the first place. In R. A. Shweder, M. Minow, & H. R. Markus (Eds.), Engaging cultural differences: The multicultural challenge in liberal democracies (pp. 216–251). New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Shweder, R. A., & Bourne, E. J. (1984). Does the concept of the person vary cross-culturally? In R. A. Shweder & R. A. Levine (Eds.), Culture theory: Essays on mind, self, and emotion (pp. 158–199). New York: Cambridge University Press. Shweder, R. A., & LeVine, R. A. (1984). Culture theory: Essays on mind, self, and emotion. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Shweder, R. A., Mahapatra, M., & Miller, J. G. (1987). Culture and moral development. In J, Kagan & S. Lamb (Eds.), The emergence of morality in young children (pp. 1–83). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Shweder, R. A., Markus, H. R., Minow, M. L., & Kessel, F. (1997). The free exercise of culture: Ethnic customs, assimilation and American law. Newsletter of the Social Science Research Council, 51(4), 61–67. Shweder, R. A., Minow, M., & Markus, H. (Eds.). (2002). Engaging cultural differences: The multicultural challenge in liberal democracies. New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Shweder, R. A., Much, N. C., Mahapatra, M., & Park, L. (1997). The “big three” of morality (autonomy, community, divinity) and the “big three” explanations 188 of suffering. In A. M. Brandt (Ed.), Morality and health (pp. 119–169). New York: Routledge. Shweder, R. A., & Sullivan, M. A. (1990). The semiotic subject of cultural psychology. In L. A. Pervin (Ed.), Handbook of personality: Theory and research (pp. 399–416). New York: Guilford Press. Shweder, R. A., & Sullivan, M. A. (1993). Cultural psychology: Who needs it? Annual Review of Psychology, 44, 497–527. Simpson, E. L. (1974). Moral development research: A case study of scientific cultural bias. Human Development, 17(2), 81–106. Smetana, J. G. (1981). Preschool children’s conceptions of moral and social rules. Child Development, 52(4), 1333–1336. Smetana, J. (1995). Morality in context: Abstractions, ambiguities and applications. In R. Vasta (Ed.), Annals of child development: A research annual (pp. 83–130). Philadelphia: Jessica Kingsley. Smetana, J. G., Schlagman, N., & Adams, P. W. (1993). Preschool children’s judgments about hypothetical and actual transgressions. Child Development, 64, 202–214. Snarey, J. R. (1985). Cross-cultural universality of social-moral development: A critical review of Kohlbergian research. Psychological Bulletin, 97(2), 202–232. Snarey, J., & Keljo, K. (1991). In a Gemeinschaft voice: The cross-cultural expansion of moral development theory. In W. M. Kurtines & J. L. Gewirtz (Eds.), Handbook of moral behavior and development: Vol. 1. Theory (pp. 395–424). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Song, M.-J., Smetana, J., & Kim, S. Y. (1987). Korean children’s conceptions of moral and conventional transgressions. Developmental Psychology, 23(4), 377–382. Stack, C. B. (1986). The culture of gender: Women and men of color. Signs, 11(2), 321–324. Stein, R., & Nemeroff, C. J. (1995). Moral overtones of food: Judgments of others based on what they eat. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 21(5), 480–490. Strauss, C., & Quinn, N. (1997). A cognitive theory of cultural meaning. New York: Cambridge University Press. Sullivan, E. V. (1977). A study of Kohlberg’s structural theory of moral development: A critique of liberal social science ideology. Human Development, 20(6), 352–376. Taylor, A. J. W. (2003). Justice as a basic human need. New Ideas in Psychology, 21(3), 209–219. 498 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE Thomas, S. J. (1986). Estimating gender differences in 189 the comprehension and preference of moral issues. Developmental Review, 6, 165–180. Tobin, J. J., Wu, D. Y. H., & Davidson, D. H. (1989). Preschool in three cultures: Japan, China, and the United States. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Turiel, E. (1983). The development of social knowledge: Morality and convention. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Turiel, E. (1998a). The development of morality. In N. Eisenberg (Ed.), Handbook of child psychology: Social, emotional, and personality development (Vol. 3, pp. 863–892). New York: Wiley. Turiel, E. (1998b). Notes from the underground: Culture, conflict, and subversion. In J. Langer & M. Killen (Eds.), Piaget, evolution, and development (pp. 271–296). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Turiel, E. (2002). The culture of morality: Social development, context, and conflict. New York: Cambridge University Press. Turiel, E., Killen, M.,&Helwig, C. C. (1987). Morality: Its structure, functions, and vagaries. In J. Kagan & S. Lamb (Eds.), The emergence of morality in young children (pp. 155–243). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Turiel, E., Smetana, J. G., & Killen, M. (1991). Social contexts in social cognitive development. In W. M. Kurtines & J. L. Gewirtz (Eds.), Handbook of moral behavior and development: Vol. 2. Research (pp. 307–332). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Urmson, J. C. (1958). Saints and heroes. In A. I. Melden (Ed.), Essays in moral philosophy (pp. 198–216). Seattle: University of Washington Press. Vandello, J. A., & Cohen, D. (2003). Male honor and female fidelity: Implicit cultural scripts that perpetuate domestic violence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84(5), 997–1010. Vasudev, J., & Hummel, R. C. (1987). Moral stage sequence and principled reasoning in an Indian sample. Human Development, 30(2), 105–118. Walker, L. J. (1984). Sex differences in the development of moral reasoning: A critical review. Child Development, 55(3), 677–691. Walker, L. J., Pitts, R. C., Hennig, K. H., & Matsuba, M. K. (1995). Reasoning about morality and real-life moral problems. In M. Killen & D. Hart (Eds.), Morality in everyday life: Developmental perspectives (pp. 371–407). New York: Cambridge University Press. Walker, V. S., & Snarey, J. R. (Eds.). (2004). Race-ing moral formation: African American perspectives on care and justice. New York: Teachers College Press. Ward, J. V. (1988). Urban adolescents’ conceptions of violence. In C. Gillian, J. V.Ward, & J. Taylor (Eds.), 190 Mapping the moral domain (pp. 175–200). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Wertsch, J. V. (1995). Sociocultural research in the copyright age. Culture and Psychology, 1, 81– 102. Whiting, B. B., & Whiting, J. W. (1975). Children of six cultures: A psycho-cultural analysis. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Yau, J., & Smetana, J. G. (2003). Conceptions of moral, social-conventional, and personal events among Chinese preschoolers in Hong Kong. Child Development, 74(3), 647–658. Abe, J., & Izard, C. (1999). Compliance, noncompliance strategies, and the correlates of compliance in 5year-old Japanese and American children. Social Development, 8(1), 1–20. Ainsworth, M. D. (1976). Systems for rating maternal care behavior. Princeton, NJ: Educational Testing Service Test Collection. Ainsworth, M. D., Blehar,M. C.,Waters, E., &Wahl, S. (1978). Patterns of attachment: A psychological study of the Strange Situation. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Ainsworth, M. D., & Bowlby, J. (1991). An ethological approach to personality development. American Psychologist, 46(4), 333–341. Allen, J. P., & Land, D. (1999). Attachment in adolescence. In J. Cassidy & P. R. Shaver (Eds.), Handbook of attachment (pp. 319–335). New York: Guilford Press. Barry, B. I., Bacon, I. L., & Child, M. K. (1959). Relation of child training to subsistence economy. American Anthropologist, 61(1), 51–63. Baumeister, R. F., & Vohs, K. D. (2003). Willpower, choice, and self-control. In G. Loewenstein, D. Read, & R. F. Baumeister (Eds.), Time and decision: Economic and psychological perspectives on intertemporal choice (pp. 201–216). New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Belsky, J., Rosenberger, K., & Crnic, K. (1995). The origins of attachment security: “Classical” and contextual determinants. In S. Goldberg, R. Muir, & J. Kerr (Eds.), Attachment theory: Social, developmental, and clinical perspectives (pp. 153–183). Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press. Belsky, J., Spritz, B., & Crnic, K. (1996). Infant attachment security and affective–cognitive information processing at age 3. Psychological Science, 7, 111– 114. Bornstein, M. H., Azuma, H., Tamis-LeMonda, C., & Ogino, M. (1990). Mother and infant activity and interaction in Japan and in the United States: I. A comparative macroanalysis of naturalistic exchanges. 191 International Journal of Behavioral Development, 13(3), 267–287. Bowlby, J. (1982). Attachment and loss (Vol. 1, 2nd ed.). New York: Basic Books. Bowlby, J. (1988). A secure base: Parent–child attachment and healthy human development. New York: Basic Books. Bretherton, I. (1985). Attachment theory: Retrospect and prospect. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 50(1), 3–39. Bretherton, I. (1987). New perspectives on attachment relations: Security, communication and internal working models. In J. Osofsky (Ed.), Handbook of infant development (pp. 1061–1100). New York: Wiley. Bretherton, I. (1992). The origins of attachment theory: John Bowlby and Mary Ainsworth. Developmental Psychology, 28, 759–775. Bridges, L. J., & Grolnick, W. S. (1995). The development of emotional self-regulation in infancy and early childhood. In N. Eisenberg (Ed.), Social development: Review of personality and social psychology (pp. 185–211). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Bridges, L. J., Grolnick, W. S., & Connell, J. P. (1997). Infant emotion regulation with mothers and fathers. Infant Behavior and Development, 20(1), 47–57. Briggs, J. L. (1970). Never in anger: Portrait of an Eskimo family. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Calkins, S. D. (2004). Early attachment processes and the development of emotional self-regulation. In R. F. Baumeister & K. D. Vohs (Eds.), Handbook of selfregulation: Research, theory, and applications (pp. 324–339). New York: Guilford Press. Calkins, S. D., & Johnson, M. C. (1998). Toddler regulation of distress to frustrating events: Temperamental and maternal correlates. Infant Behavior and Development, 21(3), 379–395. Calkins, S. D., Smith, C. L., Gill, K. L., & Johnson, M. C. (1998). Maternal interactive style across contexts: Relations to emotional, behavioral and physiological regulation during toddlerhood. Social Development, 7, 250–369. Carlson, V. J., & Harwood, R. L. (2003). Attachment, culture, and the caregiving system: The cultural patterning of everyday experiences among Anglo and Puerto Rican mother–infant pairs. Infant Mental Health Journal, 24(1), 53–73. Cassidy, J. (1988). Child–mother attachment and the self in six-year-olds. Child Development, 59, 121– 134. Cassidy, J. (1994). Emotion regulation: Influences of attachment relationships. Monographs of Society for 192 Research in Child Development, 59, 228–249. Cassidy, J., & Berlin, L. (1994). The insecure/ambivalent pattern of attachment: Theory and research. Child Development, 65, 971–991. Cassidy, J., & Kobak, R. R. (1988). Avoidance and its 522 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE relation to other defensive processes. In J. Belsky & T. Nezworski (Eds.), Clinical implications of attachment (pp. 300–323). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Cervone, D., & Shoda, Y. (1999). The coherence of personality: Social-cognitive bases of consistency, variability, and organization. New York: Guilford Press. Chang, E. C. (2001). Cultural influences on optimism and pessimism: Differences in Western and Eastern construals of the self. In Optimism and pessimism: Implications for theory, research, and practice (pp. 257–280). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Chao, R. K. (1992). Immigrant Chinese mothers and European American mothers: Their aims of control and other child rearing aspects related to school achievement. Dissertation Abstracts International, 53(6-A), 1787–1788. Chao, R. K.,&Tseng, V. (2002). Parenting of Asians. In M. H. Bornstein (Ed.), Handbook of parenting: Vol. 4. Social conditions and applied parenting (2nd ed., pp. 59–93). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Chen, X., Cen, G., Li, D., & He, Y. (2005). Social functioning and adjustment in Chinese children: The imprint of historical time. Child Development, 76(1), 182–195. Chen, X., Rubin, K., Cen, G., Hastings, P. D., Chen, H., & Stewart, S. L. (1998). Child-rearing attitudes and behavioral inhibition in Chinese and Canadian toddlers: A cross-cultural study. Developmental Psychology, 34(4), 677–686. Chen, X., Rubin, K. H., Liu, M., Chen, H.,Wang, L., Li, D., et al. (2003). Compliance in Chinese and Canadian toddlers: A cross-cultural study. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 27(5), 428–436. Clancy, P. M. (1986). The acquisition of communicative style in Japanese. In G. Schieffelin & E. Ochs (Eds.), Language socialization across cultures (pp. 213– 250). New York: Cambridge University Press. Cole, P. M., Martin, S. E., & Dennis, T. A. (2004). Emotion regulation as a scientific construct: Methodological challenges and directions for child development research. Child Development, 75(2), 317–333. Cole, P. M., & Tamang, B. L. (1998). Nepali children’s ideas about emotional displays in hypothetical challenges. Developmental Psychology, 34, 640–646. Crockenberg, S., & Litman, C. (1990). Autonomy as 193 competence in 2-year-olds: Maternal correlates of child defiance, compliance, and self-assertion. Developmental Psychology, 26(6), 961–971. deWolff, M. S.,&van IJzendoorn, M. H. (1997). Sensitivity and attachment: A meta-analysis on parental antecedents of infant attachment. Child Development, 68, 571–591. Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The “what” and “why” of goal pursuits: Human needs and selfdetermination of behavior. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 11(3), 227–268. Dennis, T. A., Cole, P. M., Zahn-Waxler, C., & Mizuta, I. (2002). Self in context: Autonomy and relatedness in Japanese and U.S. mother–preschooler dyads. Child Development, 73(6), 1803–1817. Diener, M. L., Mangelsdorf, S. C., McHale, J. L., & Frosch, C. A. (2002). Infants’ behavioral strategies for emotion regulation with fathers and mothers: Associations with emotional expressions and attachment quality. Infancy, 3(2), 153–174. Doi, T. (1973). Anatomy of dependence. Tokyo: Kodansha International Press. Doi, T. (1989). The concept of amae and its psychoanalytic implications. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 16, 349–354. Doi, T. (1992). On the concept of amae. Infant Mental Health Journal, 13(1), 7–11. Eisenberg, N. (2002). Emotion-related regulation and its relation to quality of social functioning. In W. W. Hartup & R. A. Weinberg (Eds.), Child psychology in retrospect and prospect: In celebration of the 75th anniversary of the Institute of Child Development (Vol. 32, pp. 133–171). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Eisenberg, N., Liew, J., & Pidada, S. U. (2001). The relations of parental emotional expressivity with the quality of Indonesian children’s social functioning. Emotion, 1(2), 116–136. Eisenberg, N., & Morris, S. A. (2002). Children’s emotion-related regulation. In R. V. Kail (Ed.), Advances in child development and behavior (Vol. 30, pp. 189–229). San Diego: Academic Press. Eisenberg, N., Smith, C. L., Sadovsky, A., & Spinrad, T. L. (2004). Effortful control: Relations with emotion regulation, adjustment, and socialization in childhood. In R. F. Baumeister (Ed.), Handbook of selfregulation: Research, theory, and applications (pp. 259–282). New York: Guilford Press. Eisenberg, N., & Spinrad, T. L. (2004). Emotion-related regulation: Sharpening the definition. Child Development, 75(2), 334–339. Eisenberg, N., & Zhou, Q. (2000). Regulation from a developmental perspective. Psychological Inquiry, 194 11(3), 166–177. Emde, R. N. (1992). Amae, intimacy, and the early moral self. Infant Mental Health Journal, 13(1), 34– 42. Feldman, R., Greenbaum, C.W., & Yirmiya, N. (1999). Mother–infant affect synchrony as an antecedent of the emergence of self-control. Developmental Psychology, 35(5), 223–231. Fiske, A., Kitayama, S., Markus, H., & Nisbett, R. (1998). The cultural matrix of social psychology. In D. Gilbert, S. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (4th ed., Vol. 2, pp. 915– 981). Boston: McGraw-Hill. Fonagy, P. (1999, May). Transgenerational consistencies of attachment: A new theory. Paper presented at the American Psychoanalytic Association Meeting, Washington, DC. Friedlmeier, W., & Trommsdorff, G. (1999). Emotion regulation in early childhood: A cross-cultural comparison between German and Japanese toddlers. 20. Situating the Child in Context 523 Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 30(6), 684– 711. Gergen, K. L., Gulerce, A., Lock, A., & Misra, G. (1996). Psychological science in cultural context. American Psychologist, 51, 496–503. Grant, H., & Dweck, C. (2001). Cross-cultural response to failure: Considering outcome attributions with different goals. In F. Salili & C. Chiu (Eds.), Student motivation: The culture and context of learning (pp. 203–219). Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Kluwer Academic. Greenfield, P. M., Keller, H., Fuligni, A.,&Maynard, A. (2003). Cultural pathways through universal development. Annual Review of Psychology, 54 (1), 461– 490. Grolnick, W. S., Bridges, L. J., & Connell, J. P. (1996). Emotion regulation in two-year-olds: Strategies and emotional expressions in four contexts. Child Development, 67 (3), 928–941. Grolnick, W. S., McMenamy, J. M., & Kurowski, C. O. (1999). Emotional self-regulation in infancy and toddlerhood. In L. Balter & C. Tamis-LeMonda (Eds.), Child psychology: A handbook of contemporary issues (pp. 3–22). Philadelphia: Psychology Press. Grolnick, W. S., & Ryan, R. M. (1989). Parental styles associated with children’s self-regulation and competence in school. Journal of Educational Psychology, 81(2), 143–154. Grossmann, K. E., Grossmann, K., Zimmermann, P. (1999). A wider view of attachment and exploration: Stability and change during the years of immaturity. 195 In J. Cassidy & P. R. Shaver (Eds.), Handbook of attachment: Theory, research, and clinical applications (pp. 760–786). New York: Guilford Press. Harwood, R. L. (1992). The influence of culturally derived values on Anglo and Puerto Rican mothers’ perceptions of attachment behavior. Child Development, 63, 822–839. Harwood, R. L., Miller, J. G., & Irizarry, N. L. (1995). Culture and attachment: Perceptions of the child in context. New York: Guilford Press. Heine, S. J. (2001). Self as cultural product: An examination of East Asian and North American selves. Journal of Personality, 69, 881–906. Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1997). Culture, dissonance, and self-affirmation. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 389–400. Heine, S. J., Markus, H. R., Lehman, D. R., & Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for positive self-regard? Psychological Review, 106(4), 766–794. Ho, D. F. (1986). Chinese pattern of socialization: A critical review. In M. H. Bond (Ed.), The psychology of Chinese people (pp. 1–37). New York: Oxford University Press. Ip, G. W. M., & Bond, M. H. (1995). Culture, values, and the spontaneous self-concept. Asian Journal of Psychology, 1(1), 29–35. Ka_itçiba_i, C. (1996). Family and human development across cultures. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Kanagawa, C., Cross, S. E., & Markus, H. R. (2001). “Who am I?”: The cultural psychology of the conceptual self. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 90–103. Kashima, Y., Siegel, M., Tanaka, K., & Kashima, E. S. (1992). Do people believe behaviors are consistent with attitudes?: Toward a cultural psychology of attribution processes. British Journal of Social Psychology, 31, 111–124. Keller, H. (2003). Socialization for competence: Cultural models of infancy. Human Development, 46, 288–311. Keller, H., Lohaus, A., Kuensemueller, P., Abels, M., Yovsi, R., Voelker, S., et al. (2004). The bioculture of parenting: Evidence from five cultural communities. Parenting: Science and Practice, 4(1), 25–50. Keller, H., Lohaus, A., Volker, S., Cappenberg, M., & Chasiotis, A. (1999). Temporal contingency as an independent component of parenting behavior. Child Development, 70(2), 474–485. Keller, H., Papaligoura, Z., Kuensemueller, P., Voelker, S., Papaeliou, C., Lohaus, A., et al. (2003). Concepts of mother–infant interaction in Greece and Germany. 196 Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 34(6), 677– 689. Keller, H., Yovsi, R., Borke, J., Kartner, J., Jensen, H.,& Papligoura, Z. (2004). Developmental consequences of early parenting experiences: Self-recognition and self-regulation in three cultural communities. Child Development, 75(6), 1745–1760. Keller, H., Yovsi, R. D., & Voelker, S. (2002). The role of motor stimulation in parental ethnotheories. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 33, 398–445. Kitayama, S., Karasawa, M., & Mesquita, B. (2004). Collective and personal processes in regulating emotions: Emotion and self in Japan and the U.S. In P. Philippot & R. S. Feldman (Eds.), The regulation of emotion (pp. 251–273). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Yin and yang of the Japanese self: The cultural psychology of personality coherence. In D. Cervone & Y. Shoda (Eds.), The coherence of personality: Social-cognitive bases of consistency, variability, and organization (pp. 242–302). New York: Guilford Press. Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Kurokawa, M. (2000). Culture, emotion, and well-being: Good feelings in Japan and the United States. Cognition and Emotion, 14(1), 93–124. Kochanska, G. (2001). Emotional development in children with different attachment histories: The first three years. Child Development, 72(2), 474–490. Kochanska, G., Coy, K. C.,&Murray, K. T. (2001). The development of self-regulation in the first four years of life. Child Development, 72(4), 1091–1111. Kochanska, G., & Knaack, A. (2003). Effortful control as a personality characteristic of young children: Antecedents, correlates, and consequences. Journal of Personality, 71, 1087–1112. 524 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE Kochanska, G., & Murray, K. T. (2000). Mother–child mutually responsive orientation and conscience development: From toddler to early school age. Child Development, 71(2), 417–431. Kochanska, G., Murray, K. T., & Coy, K. C. (1997). Inhibitory control as a contributor to conscience in childhood: From toddler to early school age. Child Development, 68(2), 263–277. Kochanska, G., Murray, K. L., & Harlan, E. T. (2000). Effortful control in early childhood: Continuity and change, antecedents, and implications for social development. Developmental Psychology, 36, 220– 232. Kondo-Ikemura, K., & Matsuoka, Y. (1999, April). The characteristics of attachment styles in Japanese students. Paper presented at the Society for Research in Child Development, Albuquerque, NM. 197 Kopp, C. B. (2001). Self-regulation in childhood. In N. Eisenberg, N. J. Smelser, & P. B. Baltes (Eds.), International encyclopedia of the behavioral and social sciences (pp. 13862–13866). New York: Elsevier. Kuczynski, L., Kochanska, G., Radke-Yarrow, M., & Girnius-Brown, O. (1987). A developmental interpretation of young children’s noncompliance. Developmental Psychology, 23, 799–806. Ladd, G. W. (1999). Peer relationships and social competence during early and middle childhood. Annual Review of Psychology, 50, 333–359. Lebra, T. S. (1994). Mother and child in Japanese socialization: A Japan–U.S. comparison. In P. M. Greenfield & R. R. Cocking (Eds.), Cross-cultural roots of minority child development (pp. 259–274). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. LeVine, R. A. (2004). Challenging the expert: Findings from an African study of infant care and development. In U. P. Gielen & J. L. Roopnarine (Eds.), Childhood and adolescence in cross-cultural perspectives. Westport, CT: Praeger. LeVine, R. A., & Norman, K. (2001). The infant’s acquisition of culture: Early attachment reexamined in anthropological perspective. In C. C. Moore & H. F. Matthews (Eds.), The psychology of cultural experience (pp. 83–103). New York: Cambridge University Press. Levy, R. I. (1973). Tahitians: Mind and experience in the Society Islands. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Main, M., & Cassidy, J. (1988). Categories of response to reunion with the parent at age 6: Predictable from infant attachment classifications and stable over a 1month period. Developmental Psychology, 24, 1–12. Main, M., & Goldwyn, R. (1998). Adult attachment classification system. Unpublished manuscript, University of California, Berkeley. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253. Markus, H. R., Mullally, P. R., & Kitayama, S. (1997). Self-ways: Diversity in modes of cultural participation. In U. Neisser & D. Jopling (Eds.), The conceptual self in context (pp. 13–61). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Matas, L., Arend, R., & Sroufe, L. A. (1978). Continuity of adaptation in the second year: The relationship between quality of attachment and later competence. Child Development, 49, 547–556. Mesquita, B. (2003). Emotions as dynamic cultural phenomena. In R. J. Davidson, K. R. Scherer, & H. H. Goldsmith (Eds.), Handbook of affective sciences (pp. 871–890). Oxford, UK: Oxford University 198 Press. Mesquita, B., Karasawa, M., Haire, A., & Izumi, S. (2002). The emotion process as a function of cultural models: A comparison between American, Mexican, and Japanese cultures. Unpublished manuscript, Wakeforest University, Winston-Salem, NC. Miller, J. G. (1984). Culture and the development of everyday social explanation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 45(6), 961–978. Miller, J. G. (2004). The cultural deep structure of psychological theories of social development. In R. Sternberg & E. Grigorenko (Eds.), Culture and competence (pp. 111–138). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Miller, P. J., Fung, H., & Mintz, J. (1996). Selfconstruction through narrative practices: A Chinese and American comparison of early socialization. Ethos, 24(2), 237–280. Mizuta, I., Zahn-Waxler, C., Cole, P. M., & Hiruma, N. (1996). A cross-cultural study of preschoolers’ attachment: Security and sensitivity in Japanese and U.S. dyads. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 19, 141–159. Morelli, G. (1997). Growing up female in a forager community. In M. E. Morbeck, A. Galloway, & A. Zihlman (Eds.), Life history, females and evolution. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Morelli, G., Henry, P. I., & Baldwin, H. (2002, November). Different caregivers but similar care among the Efe foragers: Are there different ways to conceptualize consistency of care? Paper presented at the American Anthropological Association, New Orleans, LA. Morelli, G., Rogoff, B., Oppenheimer, G., & Goldsmith, D. (1992). Cultural variations in infants’ sleeping arrangements: Questions of independence. Developmental Psychology, 28, 604–613. Morelli, G., Verhoef, H., & Anderson, C. (1996, August). Please don’t interrupt me, I’m talking: Community variation in the way children share the attention of their caregivers with others. Paper presented at the International Society for the Study of Behavioral Development, Québec, Canada. Nezworski, M. T. (1983). Continuity in adaptation into the fourth year: Individual differences in curiosity and exploratory behavior of preschool children. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis. Nisbett, R. E., Peng, K., Choi, I., & Norenzayan, A. (2001). Culture and systems of thought: Holistic ver20. Situating the Child in Context 525 sus analytic cognition. Psychological Review, 108(2), 291–310. 199 Nomura, N., Noguchi, Y., Saito, S., & Tezuka, I. (1995). Family characteristics and dynamics in Japan and the United States: A preliminary report from the family environment scale. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 19, 59–86. Nsamenang, A. B. (1992). Human development in cultural context: A Third World perspective. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Ochs, E., & Schieffelin, B. (1984). Language acquisition and socialization: Three developmental stories and their implications. In R. Shweder & R. A. LeVine (Eds.), Culture theory: Essays on mind, self and emotion (pp. 276–320). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Okonogi, K. (1992). Amae as seen in diverse interpersonal interactions. Infant Mental Health Journal, 13, 18–25. Osterweil, Z., & Nagano, K. N. (1991). Maternal views on autonomy: Japan and Israel. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 22, 362–375. Raeff, C. (1997). Individuals in relationships: Cultural values, children’s social interactions, and the development of an American individualistic self. Developmental Review, 17, 205–238. Roberts, W., & Strayer, J. (1996). Empathy, emotional expressiveness, and prosocial behavior. Child Development, 67(2), 449–470. Rogoff, B. (1990). Apprenticeship in thinking. New York: Oxford University Press. Rogoff, B., Mistry, J., Goncu, A., & Mosier, C. (1993). Guided participation in cultural activity by toddlers and caregivers. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 58(8, Serial No. 236). Rothbart, M. K. (1989). Temperament and development. In G. A. Kohnstamm, J. E. Bates, & M. K. Rothbart (Eds.), Temperament in childhood (pp. 187–247). New York: Wiley. Rothbart, M. K., & Derryberry, D. (1981). Development of individual differences in temperament. In M. E. Lamb & A. L. Brown (Eds.), Advances in developmental psychology (pp. 37–86). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Rothbaum, F., & Kakinuma, M. (2004). Amae and attachment: Security in cultural context. Human Development, 47, 34–39. Rothbaum, F., Kakinuma, M., Nagaoka, M., & Azuma, H. (2005). Attachment and amae: Parent–child closeness in the US and Japan. Unpublished manuscript, Tufts University, Medford, MA. Rothbaum, F., Nagoaka, R., & Ponte, I. (2005). Caregiver sensitivity in cultural context: Japanese and US teachers’ beliefs about anticipating and responding to children’s needs. Unpublished manuscript, Tufts University, 200 Medford, MA. Rothbaum, F., Pott, M., Azuma, H., Miyake, K., & Weisz, J. (2000). The development of close relationships in Japan and the US: Pathways of symbiotic harmony and generative tension. Child Development, 71, 1121–1142. Rothbaum, F., & Trommsdorff, G. (2006). Do roots and wings complement or oppose one another?: The socialization of relatedness and autonomy in cultural context. In J. E. Grusec & P. D. Hastings (Eds.), The handbook of socialization (pp. 461–489). New York: Guilford Press. Rothbaum, F., Weiss, J., Pott, M., Miyake, K., & Morelli, G. (2000). Attachment and culture: Security in the United States and Japan. American Psychologist, 55, 1093–1104. Rothbaum, F., Weisz, J., & Snyder, S. (1982). Changing the world and changing the self: A two-process model of perceived control. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 5–37. Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000a). The darker and brighter sides of human existence: Basic psychological needs as a unifying concept. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 319–338. Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000b). Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. American Psychologist, 55(1), 68–78. Ryan, R. M., Kuhl, J., & Deci, E. L. (1997). Nature and autonomy: Organizational view of social and neurobiological aspects of self-regulation in behavior and development. Development and Psychopathology, 9, 701–728. Saarni, C. (1997). Emotional competence and selfregulation in childhood. In P. Salovey & D. J. Sluyter (Eds.), Emotional development and emotional intelligence: Educational implications (pp. 35–66). New York: Basic Books. Saraswathi, T. S. (2003). Cross-cultural perspectives in human development: Theory, research and applications. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Seifer, R., & Schiller, M. (1995). The role of parenting sensitivity, infant temperament, and dyadic interaction in attachment theory and assessment. In E. Waters, B. Vaughn, G. Posada, & K. Kondo-Ikemura (Eds.), Caregiving, cultural, and cognitive perspectives on secure-base behavior and working models (pp. 146–147). Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 60(2–3, Serial No. 244). Shweder, R. A., Goodnow, J. J., Hatano, G., LeVine, R. A., Markus, H. R., & Miller, P. J. (2000). The cultural psychology of development: One mind, many 201 mentalities. In W. Damon & R. M. Lerner (Eds.), Handbook of child psychology, Vol. 1. Theoretical models of human development (5th ed., pp. 865– 937). New York: Wiley. Shweder, R. A., Much, N. C., Mahapatra, M., & Park, L. (1997). The “Big Three” of morality (autonomy, community, divinity) and the “Big Three” explanations of suffering. In A. M. Brandt & P. Rozin (Eds.), Morality and health (pp. 119–169). New York: Routledge. 526 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE Silverman, I.W., & Ippolito, M. F. (1995). Maternal antecedents of delay ability in young children. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 16, 569–591. Sroufe, L. A. (1979). Socioemotional development. In J. Osofsky (Ed.), Handbook of infant development (pp. 462–516). New York: Wiley. Sroufe, L. A. (1983). Infant–caregiver attachment and patterns of adaptation in preschool: The roots of maladaptation and competence. In M. Perlmutter (Ed.), The Minnesota Symposia on Child Psychology: Development and policy concerning children with specific needs (pp. 41–83). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Sroufe, L. A. (1996). Emotional development: The organization of emotional life in the early years. New York: Cambridge University Press. Sroufe, L. A., Fox, N. A., & Pancake, V. (1983). Attachment and dependency in developmental perspective. Child Development, 54, 1615–1627. Stifter, C. A., Spinrad, T. L., & Braungart-Rieker, J. M. (1999). Toward a developmental model of child compliance: The role of emotion regulation in infancy. Child Development, 70(1), 21–32. Stigler, J. W., Smith, S., & Mao, L. (1985). The selfperception of competence by Chinese children. Child Development, 56, 1259–1270. Suh, E. M. (2000). Self, the hyphen between culture and subjective well-being. In E. Diener & E. M. Suh (Eds.), Culture and subjective well-being (pp. 63–86). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Suh, E. M. (2002). Culture, identity consistency, and subjective well-being. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 1378–1391. Takahashi, K. (1990). Are the key assumptions of the “Strange Situation” procedure universal?: A view from Japanese research. Human Development, 33, 23–30. Thompson, R. A. (1994). Emotion regulation: A theme in search of definition. In N. A. Fox (Ed.), Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 59, 25–52. Thompson, R. A. (1998). Early sociopersonality development. In W. Damon & E. Eisenberg (Eds.), Handbook 202 of child development: Vol. 3. Social, emotional, and personality development (pp. 177–235). New York: Wiley. Tobin, J. J., Wu, D. Y. H., & Davidson, D. H. (1989). Preschool in three cultures. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Trommsdorff, G. (1995). Person–context relations as developmental conditions for empathy and prosocial action: A cross-cultural analysis. In T. A. Kindermann & J. Valsiner (Eds.), Development of person–context relations (pp. 113–146). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Trommsdorff, G., & Friedlmeier, W. (2003). Maternal sensitivity and preschool children’s emotion regulation in Japan and Germany. Unpublished manuscript, University of Konstanz, Konstanz, Germany. Trommsdorff, G., & Kornadt, H. J. (2003). Parent– child relations in cross-cultural perspective. In L. Kuczynski (Ed.), Handbook of dynamics in parent– child relations (pp. 271–306). London: Sage. Tronick, E. Z. (1989). Emotions and emotional communication in infancy. American Psychologist, 44(2), 112–119. Ujiie, T. (1997). How do Japanese mothers treat children’s negativism? Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 18(4), 467–483. Van IJzendoorn, M. H., & Sagi, A. (1999). Crosscultural patterns of attachment: The universal and contextual dimensions. In J. Cassidy & P. R. Shaver (Eds.), Handbook of attachment: Theory, research, and clinical applications (pp. 713–734). New York: Guilford Press. Voelker, S., Yovsi, R., & Keller, H. (1998). Maternal interaction quality as assessed by non trained raters from different cultural backgrounds. Paper presented at the 15th Biennial ISSBD meetings, Bern, Switzerland. Waters, E., & Cummings, E. M. (2000). A secure base from which to explore close relationships. Child Development, 71(1), 164–172. Weinfield, N. S., Sroufe, A. L., Egeland, B., & Carlson, E. A. (1999). The nature of individual differences in infant–caregiver attachment. In J. Cassidy & P. R. Shaver (Eds.), Handbook of attachment: Theory, research, and clinical applications (pp. 68–88). New York: Guilford Press. Weisz, J. R., Rothbaum, F. M., & Blackburn, T. C. (1984a). Standing out and standing in: The psychology of control in America and Japan. American Psychologist, 39, 955–969. Weisz, J. R., Rothbaum, F. M., & Blackburn, T. C. (1984b). Swapping recipes for control. American 203 Psychologist, 39, 974–975. Yamada, H. (2004). Japanese mothers’ views of young children’s areas of personal discretion. Child Development, 75(1), 164–179. Zahn-Waxler, C., Friedman, R. J., Cole, P., Mizuta, I., & Hiruma, N. (1996). Japanese and United States preschool children’s responses to conflict and distress. Child Development, 67, 2462–2477. Alexander, T. (1969). Children and adolescents: A biocultural approach to psychological development. New York: Atherton Press. Anastasi, A. (1958). Heredity, environment, and the question “How?” Psychological Review, 65, 197– 208. Aoki, K. (1986). A stochastic model of gene–culture coevolution suggested by the “culture historical hypothesis” for the evolution of adult lactose absorption in humans. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 83, 2929–2933. Balinsky, B. (1941). An analysis of the mental factors of various groups from mine to sixty. Genetic Psychology Monographs, 23, 191–234. Baltes, P. B. (1979). Life-span developmental psychology: Some converging observations in history and theory. In P. B. Baltes & O. G. Brim (Eds.), Life-span development and behavior (pp. 255–279). New York: Academic Press. Baltes, P. B. (1997). On the incomplete nature of human ontogeny: Selection, optimization, and compensation as foundation of developmental theory. American Psychologist, 52, 366–380. Baltes, P. B., Cornelius, S. W., Spiro, A., Nesselroade, J. R.,&Willis, S. L. (1980). Integration versus differentiation of fluid/crystallized intelligence in old age. Developmental Psychology, 6, 625–635. Baltes, P. B., & Kliegl, R. (1992). Further testing of the limits of cognitive plasticity: Negative age differences in a mnemonic skill are robust. Developmental Psychology, 28, 121–125. Baltes, P. B.,&Lindenberger, U. (1988). On the range of cognitive plasticity in old age as a function of experience: 15 years of intervention research. Behavior Therapy, 19, 283–300. Baltes, P. B., Lindenberger, U., & Staudinger, U. M. (1998). Life-span theory in developmental psychology. In W. Damon (Editor-in-Chief) & R. M. Lerner (Ed.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 1. Theoretical models of human development (pp. 1029– 1041). New York: Wiley. Baltes, P. B., Rösler, F., & Reuter-Lorenz, P. (2006). Brain, mind, and culture: From interactionism to biocultural co-constructivism. Cambridge University Press. 204 Baltes, P. B., & Singer, T. (2001). Plasticity and the aging mind: An exemplar of the biocultural orchestra540 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE tion of brain and behavior. European Review, 9, 59–76. Baltes, P. B., & Smith, J. (2004). Lifespan psychology: From developmental contextualism to developmental biocultural co-constructivism. Research on Human Development, 1, 123–144. Baltes, P. B., & Staudinger, U. M. (1996). Interactive minds: Lifespan perspectives on the social foundation of cognition. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Baron-Cohen, S. (1995). Mindblindness: An essay on autism and theory of mind. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Bartley, A. J., Jones, D.W., &Weinberger, D. R. (1997). Genetic variability of human brain size and cortical gyral patterns. Brain, 120, 257–269. Beja-Pereira, A., Luikart, G., England, P. R., Bradley, D. G., Jann, O. C., Bertorelle, G., et al. (2003). Gene– culture coevolution between cattle milk protein genes and human lactase genes. Nature Genetics, 35, 311– 313. Berger, P. L., & Luckmann, T. (1967). The social construction of reality. New York: Anchor-Doubleday. Bialystok, E. (2001). Bilingualism in development: Language, literacy, and cognition. New York: Cambridge University Press. Bialystok, E., Craik, F. I. M., Klein, R., & Viswanathan, M. (2004). Bilingualism, aging, and cognitive control: Evidence from the Simon task. Psychology and Aging, 19, 290–303. Bjorklund, D. F., & Pellegrini, A. D. (2000). Child development and evolutionary psychology. Child Development, 71, 1687–1708. Bornstein, M. H., Tal, J., & Tamis-LeMonda, C. S. (1991). Parenting in crosscultural perspective: The United States, France, and Japan. In M. H. Bornstein (Ed.), Cultural approaches to parenting (pp. 69–90). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Bower, G. H. (1970). Analysis of a mnemonic device. American Scientist, 58, 496–510. Brehmer, Y., Li., S.-C., Müller, V., van Oertzen, T., & Lindenberger, U. (in press). Memory plasticity across the life span: Uncovering children’s latent potential. Developmental Psychology. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Bronfenbrenner, U., & Ceci, S. J. (1994). Nature– nurture reconceptualized in developmental perspective: A bioecological model. Psychological Review, 205 101, 568–586. Cabeza, R. (2002). Hemispheric asymmetry reduction in older adults: The Harold model. Psychology and Aging, 17, 85–100. Cabeza, R., Grady, C. L., Nyberg, L., McIntosh, A. R., Tulving, E., Kapur, S., et al. (1997). Age-related differences in effective neural connectivity. NeuroReport, 8, 3479–3483. Cattell, R. B. (1971). Abilities: Their structure, growth and action. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Changeux, J.-P. (1985). Neuronal man. New York: Oxford University Press. Clark, A. (1999). An embodied cognitive science? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 3, 345–351. Clark, D. A., Mitra, P. P., &Wang, S. S. H. (2001). Scalable architecture in mammalian brains. Nature, 411, 189–193. Colcombe, S. J., Erickson, K.-I., Raz, N., Webb, A. G., Cohen, N. J., McAuley, E., et al. (2003). Aerobic fitness reduces brain tissue loss in aging humans. Journals of Gerontology, 58A, M176–M180. Cole, M. (1999). Culture in development. In M. H. Bornstein & M. E. Lamb (Eds.), Developmental psychology: An advanced textbook (pp. 73–123). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Collins,W. A., Maccoby, E. E., Steinberg, L., Hetherington, E. M., & Bornstein, M. H. (2000). Contemporary research on parenting: The case for nature and nurture. American Psychologist, 55, 218–232. Crick, F. H. C. (1958). On protein synthesis. In Symposia of the Society for Experimental Biology: Vol. 12. The biological replication of macromolecules (pp. 138–163). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. D’Andrade, R. (1996). Culture. In A. Kuper & J. Kuper (Eds.), Social science encyclopedia (2nd ed., pp. 161– 163). London: Routledge. de Haan, M., Pascalis, O., & Johnson, M. H. (2002). Specialization of neural mechanisms underlying face recognition in human infants. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 14, 199–209. Dunbar, R. I. M. (1993). Co-evolution of neocortical size, group size, and language in humans. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 16, 681–735. Dunbar, R. I. M. (2003). The social brain: Mind, language, and society in evolutionary perspective. Annual Review of Anthropology, 32, 163–181. Durham,W. H. (1991). Coevolution: Gene, culture, and human diversity. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Edelman, G. M. (1987). Neural Darwinism: The theory of neuronal group selection. New York: Basic Books. 206 Elbert, T., Pantev, C., Wienbruch, C., Rockstroh, B., & Taub, E. (1995). Increased cortical representation of the fingers of the left hand in string players. Science, 270, 305–307. Ericsson, K. A., Krampe, R. T., & Tesch-Römer, K. (1993). The role of deliberate practice in the acquisition of expert performance. Psychology Review, 100, 363–406. Feldman, M. W., & Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (1989). On the theory of evolution under genetic and cultural transmission with application to the lactose absorption problem. In M. W. Feldmann (Ed.), Mathematical evolutionary theory (pp. 145–173). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. 21. Biocultural Co-Construction of Developmental Plasticity 541 Garrett, H. E. (1946). A developmental theory of intelligence. American Psychologist, 1, 372–378. Gauvain, M. (1995). Thinking in niches: Sociocultural influences on cognitive development. Human Development, 38, 24–45. Gauvain, M. (1998). Cognitive development in social and cultural contexts. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 7, 188–192. Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures. New York: Basic Books. Ghisletta, P., & Lindenberger, U. (2003). Age-based structural dynamics between perceptual speed and knowledge in the Berlin Aging Study: Direct evidence for abilities dedifferentiation in old age. Psychology and Aging, 18, 696–713. Gopnik, A., Choi, S., & Baumberger, T. (1996). Crosslinguistic differences in early semantic and cognitive development. Cognitive Development, 11, 197–227. Gottlieb, G. (1976). The roles of experience in the development of behavior and the nervous system. In G. Gottlieb (Ed.), Neural and behavioral specificity (pp. 25–54). New York: Academic Press. Gottlieb, G. (1998). Normally occurring environmental and behavioral influences of gene activity: From central dogma to probabilistic epigenesis. Psychological Review, 105, 792–802. Gottlieb, G. (2002). Developmental–behavioral initiation of evolutionary change. Psychological Review, 109, 211–218. Grady, C. L., McIntosh, A. R., & Craik, F. I. M. (2003). Age-related differences in the functional connectivity of the hippocampus during memory encoding. Hippocampus, 13, 572–586. Greenfield, S. (2000). The private life of the brain. New York: Penguin Press. Greenough, W. T., & Black, J. E. (1992). Induction of brain structure by experience: Substrates for cognitive development. In M. R. Gunnar & C. A. Nelson 207 (Eds.), Minnesota Symposia on Child Psychology (Vol. 24, pp. 155–200). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Gross, C. G. (2000). Neurogenesis in the adult brain: Death of a dogma. Nature Reviews: Neuroscience, 1, 67–73. Grossman, A.W., Churchill, J. D., Bates, K. E., Kleim, J. A., & Greenough, W. T. (2002). A brain adaptation view of plasticity: is synaptic plasticity an overly limited concept? Progress in Brain Research, 138, 91– 108. Hatano, G., & Wertsch, J. V. (Eds.). (2001). Sociocultural approaches to cognitive development: The constitutions of culture in mind [Special issue]. Human Development, 44. Hebb, D. O. (1949). The organization of behavior. New York: Wiley. Herskovitz, M. J. (1948). Man and his works: The science of cultural anthropology. New York: Knopf. Horn, J. L. (1968). Organization of abilities and the development of intelligence. Psychological Review, 75, 242–259. Hutchins, E. (1995). Cognition in the wild. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Ingold, T. (1998). From complementarity to obviation: On dissolving the boundaries between social and biological anthropology, archaeology and psychology. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, 123, 21–52. International Human Genome Sequencing Consortium. (2001). Initial sequencing and analyses of the human genome. Nature, 409, 860–921. Joffe, T. H. (1997). Social pressures have selected for an extended juvenile period in primates. Journal of Human Evolution, 32, 593–605. Johnson, M. H. (2001). Functional brain development in humans. Nature Reviews: Neuroscience, 2, 475– 483. Karmiloff-Smith, A. (1998). Development itself is the key to understanding developmental disorders. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 2, 389–398. Kelly, M. K., Miller, K, F., Fang, G., & Fang, G. (1999). When days are numbered: Calendar structure and the development of calendar processing in English and Chinese. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 73, 289–314. King, B. J. (2000). Another frame shift: From cultural transmission to cultural co-construction. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 23, 154–155. Kitayama, S., Duffy, S., Kawamura, T., & Larsen, J. T. (2003). Perceiving an object and its context in different cultures: A cultural look at new look. Psychological Science, 14, 201–206. Kolb, B., & Whishaw, I. Q. (1998). Brain plasticity and behavior. Annual Review of Psychology, 49, 43–64. 208 Kordower, J. H., Piecinski, P., & Rakic, P. (1992). Neurogenesis of the amygdala nuclear complex in the rhesus monkey. Developmental Brain Research, 68, 9–15. Kramer, A. F. K., & Willis, S. L. (2002). Enhancing the cognitive vitality of older adults. Current Directions of Psychological Sciences, 11, 173–177. Krampe, R. T., & Ericsson, K. A. (1996). Maintaining excellence: Deliberate practice and elite performance in young and older pianists. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 125, 331–359. Kuhl, P. K., Williams, K. A., Lacerda, F., Stevens, K. N., & Lindblom, B. (1992). Linguistic experience alters phonetic perception in infants by 6 months of age. Science, 255, 606–608. Laland, K. N., Odling-Smee, F. J., & Feldman, M. W. (2000). Niche construction, biological evolution, and cultural change. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 23, 131–175. Li, S.-C. (2003). Biocultural orchestration of developmental plasticity across levels: The interplay of biology and culture in shaping the mind and behavior across the life span. Psychological Bulletin, 129, 171–194. Li, S.-C., & Freund, A. M. (2005). Advances in lifespan psychology: A focus on biocultural and personal influences. Research in Human Development, 2, 1–23. 542 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE Li, S.-C., & Lindenberger, U. (2002). Co-constructed functionality instead of functional normality: Dynamic biocultural co-construction of brainbehaviour mappings. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 25, 761–762. Li, S.-C., Lindenberger, U., Hommel, B., Aschersleben, G., Prinz,W.,&Baltes, P. B. (2004). Transformations in the couplings among intellectual abilities and constituent cognitive processes across the life span. Psychological Science, 15, 155–163. Llinas, R. R., & Churchland, P. S. (Eds.). (1996). The mind–brain continuum: Sensory processes. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Magnusson, D. (1988). Individual development from an interactional perspective: A longitudinal study. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Magnusson, D. (Ed.). (1996). The lifespan development of individuals: Behavioral, neurobiological, and psychosocial perspectives: A Synthesis. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Maguire, E. A., Gadian, D. G., Johnsrude, I. S., Good, C. D., Ashburner, J., Frackowiak, R. S. J., et al. (2000). Navigation-related structural change in the hippocampi of taxi drivers. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA, 97, 4398– 209 4403. McArdle, J. J., Ferrer-Caja, E., Hamagami, F., & Woodcock, R. W. (2002). Comparative longitudinal structural analyses of the growth and decline of multiple intellectual abilities over the life span. Developmental Psychology, 38, 115–142. Meaney, M. J. (2001). Nature, nurture, and the disunity of knowledge. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 935, 50–61. Mivart, G. J. (1871). Genesis of species. London: Macmillan. Miyamoto, Y., & Kitayama, S. (2002). Cultural variation in correspondence bias: The critical role of attitude diagnosticity of socially constrained behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 1239–1248. Nelson, C. A. (1999). Neural plasticity and human development. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 8, 42–45. Nelson, C. A. (2000). Neural plasticity and human development: The role of early experience in sculpting memory systems. Developmental Science, 3, 115– 136. Nelson, K. (1996). Language in cognitive development. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Neville, H. J., Bavelier, D., Corina, D., Rauschecker, J., Karni, A., Lalwani, A., et al. (1998). Cerebral organization for language in deaf and hearing subjects: Biological constraints and effects of experience. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA, 95, 922–929. Nisbett, R. E., Peng, K., Choi, I., & Norenzayan, A. (2001). Culture and systems of thought: Holistic versus analytic cognition. Psychological Review, 108, 291–310. Park, D. C., Nisbett, R., & Hedden, T. (1999). Aging, culture, and cognition. Journals of Gerontology: Series B, Psychological and Social Sciences, 54, P75– P84. Paulesu, E., McCrory, E., Fazio, F., Menoncello, L., Brunswick, N., Cappa, S. F., et al. (2000). A cultural effect on brain function. Nature Neuroscience, 3, 91– 96. Pennington, B. F., Filipek, P. A., Lefly, D., Chhabildas, N., Kennedy, D. N., Simon, J. H., et al. (2000). A twin MRI study of size variations in the human brain. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 12, 223– 232. Quartz, S. R., & Sejnowski, T. J. (1997). The neural basis of cognitive development: A constructivist manifesto. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 20, 537–596. Reinert, G. (1970). Comparative factor analytic studies of intelligence throughout the life span. In L. R. 210 Goulet&P. B. Baltes (Eds.), Life-span developmental psychology: Research and theory (pp. 476–484). New York: Academic Press. Reis, H. T., Collins, W. A., & Berscheid, E. (2000). The relationship context of human behavior and development. Psychological Bulletin, 126, 844–872. Rensberger, B. (1983). The nature–nurture debate, 1 & 2. Science, 83, 28–46. Reuter-Lorenz, P. A. (2002). New visions of the aging mind and brain. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 6, 394–400. Reuter-Lorenz, P. A., Jonides, J., Smith, E., Marshuetz, C., Miller, A., Hartley, A., et al. (2000). Age differences in the frontal lateralization of verbal and spatial working memory revealed by PET. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 12, 174–187. Rosenzweig, M. R. (1996). Aspects of the search for neural mechanisms of memory. Annual Review of Psychology, 47, 1–32. Saunders, B. A., & van Brakel, C. (1997). Are there nontrivial constraints on colour categorization? Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 20, 167–228. Schaie, K. W. (1965). A general model for the study of developmental problems. Psychological Bulletin, 64, 92–107. Schlaggar, B. L., Brown, T. T., Lugar, H. M., Visscher, K. M., Miezin, F. M., & Petersen, S. E. (2002). Functional neuroanatomical differences between adults and school-age children in the processing of single words. Science, 296, 1476–1479. Schooler, C., & Mulatu, M. S. (2004). Occupational self-direction, intellectual functioning, and selfdirected orientation in older workers: Findings and implications for individuals and societies. American Journal of Sociology, 110, 161–197. Schooler, C., Mulatu, M. S., & Oates, G. (1999). The continuing effects of substantively complex work on the intellectual functioning of older workers. Psychology and Aging, 14, 483–506. 21. Biocultural Co-Construction of Developmental Plasticity 543 Searle, J. R. (1995). The construction of social reality. New York: Free Press. Singer, T., Lindenberger, U., & Baltes, P. B. (2003). Plasticity of memory for new learning in very old age: A story of major loss? Psychology & Aging, 18, 306– 318. Snibbe, A. C., Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Suzuki, T. (2003). They saw a game—a Japanese and American (football) field study. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 34, 581–595. Suomi, S. (1999). Attachment in Rhesus monkeys. In J. Cassidy & P. R. Shaver (Ed.), Handbook of attachment: Theory, research, and clinical applications 211 (pp. 181–197). New York: Guilford Press. Super, C. M., & Harkness, S. (1986). The developmental niche: A conceptualization at the interface of child and culture. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 9, 545–569. Tetens, J. N. (1777). Philosophische Versuche über die menschliche Natur und ihre Entwicklung [Philosophical experiments about human nature and its development]. Leipzig, Germany: Weidmanns Erben und Reich. Tomasello, M. (1999). The cultural origins of human cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Tylor, E. B. (1874). Primitive culture: Researches into the development of mythology, philosophy, religion, language, art, and custom. London: Murray. Venter, J. C. et al. (2001). The sequence of human genome. Science, 291, 1304–1351. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Whorf, B. (1956). Language, thought and reality. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Williams, R. (1973). Keywords. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Atran, S. (1999). Itzaj Maya folkbiological taxonomy: Cognitive universals and cultural particulars. In D. L. Medin&S. Atran (Eds.), Folkbiology (pp. 119–213). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Azuma, H., & Kashiwagi, K. (1987). Descriptions for an intelligent person: A Japanese study. Japanese Psychological Research, 29, 17–26. Baltes, P. B., Dittmann-Kohli, F.,&Dixon, R. A. (1984). New perspectives on the development of intelligence in adulthood: Toward a dual-process conception and a model of selective optimization with compensation. In P. B. Baltes & O. G. Brim (Eds.), Life-span development and behavior (Vol. 6., pp. 33–76). New York: Academic Press. Baral, B. D., & Das, J. P. (2004). Intelligence: What is indigenous to India and what is shared? In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence (pp. 270–301). New York: Cambridge University Press. Barnouw, V. (1985). Culture and personality. Chicago: Dorsey Press. Bashi, Y. (1976). Verbal and nonverbal abilities of students in grades four, six, and eight in the Arab sector. Jerusalem: School of Education, Hebrew University. Benedict, R. (1946). The crysanthemum and the sword. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Berry, J. W. (1974). Radical cultural relativism and the concept of intelligence. In J. W. Berry & P. R. Dasen (Eds.), Culture and cognition: Readings in crosscultural psychology (pp. 225–229). London: 212 Methuen. Berry, J. W., & Irvine, S. H. (1986). Bricolage: Savages do it daily. In R. J. Sternberg & R. K. Wagner (Eds.), Practical intelligence: Nature and origins of competence in the everyday world (pp. 271–306). New York: Cambridge University Press. Berry, J. W., Poortinga, Y. H., Segall, M. H., & Dasen, P. R. (1992). Cross-cultural psychology: Research and applications. New York: Cambridge University Press. Binet, A.,&Simon, T. (1916). The development of intelligence in children (E. S. Kite, trans.). Baltimore:Williams & Wilkins. Boas, F. (1911). The mind of primitive man. New York: Macmillan. Boring, E. G. (1923, June 6). Intelligence as the tests test it. New Republic, 35–37. Brislin, R.W., Lonner,W. J.,&Thorndike, R. M. (Eds.). (1973). Cross-cultural research methods. New York: Wiley. Brown, A. L., & Ferrara, R. A. (1985). Diagnosing zones of proximal development. In J. V. Wertsch (Ed.), Culture, communication, and cognition: Vygotskian perspectives (pp. 273–305). New York: Cambridge University Press. Bruner, J. S., Olver, R. R., & Greenfield, P. M. (1966). Studies in cognitive growth. New York: Wiley. Cantez, E., & Girgin, Y. (1992). Istanbul’da yasayan 311 yas grubundaki kiz va erkek cocuklara Gesell Gelisim Testi’nin uygulanmiasindan elde edilen sonuclarin Gesell Gelisim Testi Normlari ile karsilastirilmasi ve normlara uygunlugunun arastirilmasi ile ilgili bir calisma. [A study about the comparison of the results obtained from the application of Gesell Development Schedules to 3- 11-year-old male and female children living in Istanbul with the norms of the Gesell Developmental Schedules]. Paper presented at the 8th Ulusal Psikoloji Kongresi Bilimsel Calismalari. Turkish Psychological Association, Ankara, Turkey. Carlstedt, B., Gustafsson, J.-E., & Hautamäki, J. (2004). Intelligence—Theory, research, and testing in the Nordic countries. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence (pp. 49–78). New York: Cambridge University Press. Carraher, T. N., Carraher, D., & Schliemann, A. D. (1985). Mathematics in the streets and in schools. British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 3, 21– 29. Carroll, J. B. (1993). Human cognitive abilities: A survey of factor-analytic studies. New York: Cambridge University Press. Cattell, R. B. (1971). Abilities: Their structure, growth, 213 and action. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Cattell, R. B., & Cattell, A. K. S. (1973). Measuring intelligence with the Culture Fair Tests. Champaign, IL: Institute for Personality and Ability Testing. Ceci, S. J. (1996). On intelligence (expanded ed.). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Ceci, S. J., & Brofenbrenner, U. (1985). Don’t forget to take the cupcakes out of the oven: Strategic timemonitoring, prospective memory and context. Child Development, 56, 175–190. Ceci, S. J.,&Roazzi, A. (1994). The effects of context on cognition: postcards from Brazil. In R. J. Sternberg& R. K. Wagner (Eds.), Mind in context: Interactionist perspectives on human intelligence (pp. 74–101). New York: Cambridge University Press. Chen, M. J. (1994). Chinese and Australian concepts of intelligence. Psychology and Developing Societies, 6, 101–117. Chen, M. J., Braithwaite, V., & Huang, J. T. (1982). Attributes of intelligent behaviour: Perceived relevance and difficulty by Australian and Chinese students. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 13, 139–156. 22. Intelligence and Culture 563 Chen, M. J., & Chen, H. C. (1988). Concepts of intelligence: A comparison of Chinese graduates from Chinese and English schools in Hong Kong. International Journal of Psychology, 223, 471–487. Chimhundu, H. (Ed.). (2001). Dura manzwi guru rechiShona. Harare, Zimbabwe: College Press. Cole, M. (1998). Cultural psychology: A once and future discipline. Cambridge, MA: Belknap. Cole, M., Gay, J., Glick, J., & Sharp, D. W. (1971). The cultural context of learning and thinking. New York: Basic Books. Cole, M., & Means, B. (1981). Comparative studies of how people think. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Cole, M., & Scribner, S. (1974). Culture and thought. New York: Wiley. Coley, J. D., Medin, D. L., Proffitt, J. B., Lynch, E., & Atran, S. (1999). Inductive reasoning in folkbiological thought. In D. L. Medin & S. Atran (Eds.), Folkbiology (pp. 205–232). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Connolly, H., & Bruner, J. (1974). Competence: Its nature and nurture. In K. Connolly & J. Bruner (Eds.), The growth of competence (pp. 3–10). New York: Academic Press. Craik, F. I. M., & Lockhart R. S. ( 1972). Levels of processing: A framework for memory research. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 11, 671– 684. Daniel, M. H. (1997). Intelligence testing: Status and 214 trends. American Psychologist, 52, 1038–1045. Daniel, M. H. (2000). Interpretation of intelligence test scores. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Handbook of intelligence (pp. 477–491). New York: Cambridge University Press. Das, J. P. (1994). Eastern views of intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Encyclopedia of intelligence (pp. 91– 97). New York: Macmillan. Dasen, P. (1984). The cross-cultural study of intelligence: Piaget and the Baoule. International Journal of Psychology, 19, 407–434. Deary, I. J., & Smith, P. (2004). Intelligence research and assessment in the United Kingdom. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence (pp. 1–48). New York: Cambridge University Press. Demetriou, A., & Papadopoulos, T. C. (2004). Human intelligence: From local models to universal theory. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence (pp. 445–474). New York: Cambridge University Press. Durojaiye, M. O. A. (1993). Indigenous psychology in Africa. In U. Kim & J. W. Berry (Eds.), Indigenous psychologies: Research and experience in cultural context (pp. 211–220). Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Embretson, S. E., & McCollam, K. (2000). Psychometric approaches to the understanding and measurement of intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Handbook of intelligence (pp. 423–444). New York: Cambridge University Press. Eysenck, H. J. (1986). A theory of intelligence and the psychophysiology of cognition. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Advances in the psychology of human intelligence (Vol. 3, pp. 1–34). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Feuerstein, R. (1979). The dynamic assessment of retarded performers: The Learning Potential Assessment Device theory, instruments, and techniques. Baltimore: University Park Press. Fernández-Ballesteros, R., & Colom, R. (2004). The psychology of human intelligence in Spain. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence (pp. 79–103). New York: Cambridge University Press. Flynn, J. R. (1984). The mean IQ of Americans: Massive gains 1932 to 1978. Psychological Bulletin, 95, 29– 51. Flynn, J. R. (1987). Massive IQ gains in 14 nations. Psychological Bulletin, 101, 171–191. Fraser, S. (Ed.). (1995). The bell curve wars: Race, intelligence and the future of America. New York: Basic Books. Gardner, H. (1983). Frames of mind: The theory of multiple intelligences. New York: Basic Books. Gill, R., & Keats, D. M. (1980). Elements of intellectual 215 competence: Judgments by Australian and Malay university students. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 11, 233–243. Gladwin, T. (1970). East is a big bird. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Goodnow, J. J. (1962). A test of milieu effects with some of Piaget’s tasks. Psychological Monographs, 76(serial No. 555). Goodnow, J. J. (1969). Cultural variations in cognition skills. In D. R. Price-Williams (Ed.), Cross-cultural studies (pp. 246–264). Hardmondsworth, UK: Penguin. Goodnow, J. J. (1976). The nature of intelligent behavior: Questions raised by cross-cultural studies. In L. Resnick (Ed.), The nature of intelligence (pp. 169– 188). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Greenfield, P. M. (1997). You can’t take it with you: Why abilities assessments don’t cross cultures. American Psychologist, 52, 1115–1124. Grigorenko, E. L. (2004). Is it possible to study intelligence without using the concept of intelligence?: An example from Soviet/Russian psychology. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence (pp. 170–211). New York: Cambridge University Press. Grigorenko, E. L., Geissler, P. W., Prince, R., Okatcha, F., Nokes, C., Kenny, D. A., et al. (2001). The organization of Luo conceptions of intelligence: A study of implicit theories in a Kenyan village. International Journal of Behavior Development, 25, 367–378. Grigorenko, E. L, Meier, E., Lipka, J., Mohatt, G., Yanez, E.,&Sternberg, R. J. (2004). The relationship between academic and practical intelligence: A case study of the tacit knowledge of Native American Yup’ik people in Alaska. Learning and Individual Differences, 14, 183–207. 564 V. COGNITION Grigorenko, E. L., & Sternberg, R. J. (1998). Dynamic testing. Psychological Bulletin, 124, 75–111. Grigorenko, E. L.,&Sternberg, R. J. (2001). Analytical, creative, and practical intelligence as predictors of self-reported adaptive functioning: A case study in Russia. Intelligence, 29, 57–73. Gulgoz, S., & Ka_itçiba_i, C. (2004). Intelligence and intelligence testing in Turkey. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence (pp. 248–269). New York: Cambridge University Press. Guthke, J. (1993). Current trends in theories and assessment of intelligence. In J. H. M. Hamers, K. Sijtsma, & A. J. J. M. Ruijssenaars (Eds.), Learning potential assessment (pp. 13–20). Amsterdam: Swets & Zeitlinger. 216 Hadebe, S. (Ed.). (2001). Isichamazwi. Harare, Zimbabwe: College Press. Hancock, T. (1999). The gender difference: Validity of standardized American tests in predicting MBA performance. Journal of Education for Business, 75, 91– 94. Haywood, H. C. & Tzuriel, D. (Eds.). (1992). Interactive assessment. New York: Springer-Verlag. Helms-Lorenz, M., Van de Vijver, F. J. R., & Poortinga, Y. H. (2003). Cross-cultural differences in cognitive performance and Spearman’s hypothesis: g or c? Intelligence, 31, 9–29. Herrnstein, R., & Murray, C. (1994). The bell curve. New York: Free Press. “Intelligence and its measurement”: A symposium. (1921). Journal of Educational Psychology, 12, 123– 147, 195–216, 271–275. Irvine, J. T. (1978). “Wolof magical thinking”: Culture and conservation revisited. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 9, 300–310. Irvine, S. H. (1979). The place of factor analysis in cross-cultural methodology and its contribution to cognitive theory. In L. Eckensberger,W. Lonner, & Y. Poortinga (Eds.), Cross-cultural contributions to psychology. Amsterdam: Swets & Zeitlinger. Irvine, S. H. (1988). Constructing the intellect of the Shona: A taxonomic approach. In J. W. Berry, S. H. Irvine, & E. B. Hunt (Eds.), Indigenous cognitive functioning in a cultural context (pp. 3–59). New York: Cambridge University Press. Irvine, S. H.,&Berry, J.W. (Eds.). (1983). Human abilities in cultural context. New York: Cambridge University Press. Jensen, A. R. (1982). The chronometry of intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Advances in the psychology of human intelligence (Vol. 1, pp. 255–310). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Jensen, A. R. (1998). The g factor. Westport, CT: Praeger-Greenwood. Ka_itçiba_i, Ç. (1996). Family and human development across cultures: A view from the other side. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Ka_itçiba_i, Ç., Sunar, D., & Bekman, S. (2001). Longterm effects of early intervention: Turkish lowincome mothers and children. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 22, 333–361. Kaplan, K. (1997). Inteligencia, escuela y sociedad: Las categories del juicio magisterial sbore la inteligencia [Intelligence, school, and society: The categories of the teachers’ judgment about intelligence]. Propuesta Educativa, 16, 24–32. Kaufman, A. S. (2000). Tests of intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Handbook of intelligence (pp. 445– 217 476). New York: Cambridge University Press. Kaufman, A. S., & Lichtenberger, E. O. (1998). Intellectual assessment. In C. R. Reynolds (Ed.), Comprehensive clinical psychology: Volume 4: Assessment (pp. 203–238). Tarrytown, NY: Elsevier Science. Kearins, J. M. (1981). Visual spatial memory in Australian Aboriginal children of desert regions. Cognitive Psychology, 13, 434–460. Kroeber, A. L., & Kluckhohn, C. (1952). Culture: A critical review of concepts and definitions. Cambridge, MA: Peabody Museum. Kugelmass, S., & Lieblich, A. (1975). A developmental study of the Arab child in Israel: Scientific report [Ford Foundation Grant 015.1261]. Kugelmass, S., Lieblich, A., & Bossik, D. (1974). Patterns of intellectual ability in Jewish and Arab children in Israel. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 5, 184–198. Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition. (1982). Culture and intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Handbook of human intelligence (pp. 642–719). New York: Cambridge University Press. Lautrey, J., & de Ribaupierre, A. (2004). Psychology of human intelligence in France and French-speaking Switzerland. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence (pp. 104–134). New York: Cambridge University Press. Lave, J. (1988). Cognition in practice. New York: Cambridge University Press. Lidz, C. S. (1991). Practitioner’s guide to dynamic assessment. New York: Guilford Press. Lieblich, A. (1983). Intelligence patterns among ethnic and minority groups in Israel. In M. Nisan & U. Last (Eds.), Between education and psychology (pp. 335– 357). Jerusalem: Magnes Press. (in Hebrew) Lieblich, A., & Kugelmass, S. (1981). Patterns of intellectual ability of Arab school children in Israel. Intelligence, 5, 311–320. Lin, C. T. (1980). A sketch on the methods of mental testing in ancient China. Acta Psychological Sinica, 1, 75–80. (in Chinese) Loehlin, J. C. (2000). Group differences in intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Handbook of intelligence (pp. 176–193). New York: Cambridge University Press. Luria, A. R. (1976). Psychological expedition to central Asia. Science, 74, 383–384. (Original work published 1931) Lutz, C. (1985). Ethnopsychology compared to what?: Explaining behaviour and consciousness among the Ifaluk. In G. M. White & J. Kirkpatrick (Eds.), Per22. Intelligence and Culture 565 son, self, and experience: Exploring Pacific 218 ethnopsychologies (pp. 35–79). Berkeley: University of California Press. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253. Marsella, A. J., Tharp, R., & Ciborowski, T. (Eds.). (1979). Perspectives on cross-cultural psychology. New York: Academic Press. Matsumoto, D. (1994). People: Psychology from a cultural perspective. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole. Matsumoto, D. (1996). Culture and psychology. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole. Mead, M. (1928). Coming of age in Samoa. New York: Morrow. Medin, D. L., & Atran, S. (Eds.). (1999). Folkbiology. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Minkowitch, A., Davis, D., & Bashi, Y. (1982). Success and failure in Israeli elementary education. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction. Miyamoto, M. (1985). Parents’ and children’s beliefs and children’s achievement and development. In R. Diaz-Guerrero (Ed.), Cross-cultural and national studies in social psychology (pp. 209–223). Amsterdam: Elsevier Science. Mpofu, E. (1993). The context of mental testing and implications for psychoeducational practice in modern Zimbabwe. InW. Su (Ed.), Proceedings of the second Afro-Asian psychological conference (pp. 17–25). Beijing: University of Peking Press. Mpofu, E. (2004). Intelligence in Zimbabwe. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence (pp. 364–390). New York: Cambridge University Press. Mundy-Castle, A. C. (1974). Social and technological intelligence in Western or Nonwestern cultures. Universitas, 4, 46–52. Newell, A., & Simon, H. A. (1972). Human problem solving. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. Nisbett, R. E. (2003). The geography of thought: Why we think the way we do. New York: Free Press. Nuñes, T. (1994). Street intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Encyclopedia of human intelligence (Vol. 2, pp. 1045–1049). New York: Macmillan. Okagaki, L., & Sternberg, R. J. (1993). Parental beliefs and children’s school performance. Child Development, 64, 36–56. Poole, F. J. P. (1985). Coming into social being: Cultural images of infants in Bimin-Kuskusmin folk psychology. In G. M. White & J. Kirkpatrick (Eds.), Person, self, and experience: Exploring Pacific ethnopsychologies (pp. 183–244). Berkeley: University of California Press. Prince, R. J., & Geissler P. W. (2001). Becoming “one 219 who treats”: A case study of a Luo healer and her grandson in western Kenya. Educational Anthropology Quarterly, 32, 447–471. Putnam, D. B., & Kilbride, P. L. (1980). A relativistic understanding of social intelligence among the Songhay of Mali and Smaia of Kenya. Paper presented at the meeting of the Society for CrossCultural Research, Philadelphia, PA. Raven, J. C., Court, J. H., & Raven, J. (1992). Manual for Raven’s Progressive Matrices and Mill Hill Vocabulary Scales. Oxford, UK: Oxford Psychologists Press. Rogoff, B. (1990). Apprenticeship in thinking: Cognitive development in social context. New York: Oxford University Press. Rogoff, B. (2003). The cultural nature of human development. London: Oxford University Press. Rosas, R. (2004). Intelligence research in Latin America. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence (pp. 391–410). New York: Cambridge University Press. Ruzgis, P. M., & Grigorenko, E. L. (1994). Cultural meaning systems, intelligence and personality. In R. J. Sternberg & P. Ruzgis (Eds.), Personality and intelligence (pp. 248–270). New York: Cambridge University Press. Sarason, S. B., & Doris, J. (1979). Educational handicap, public policy, and social history. New York: Free Press. Sato, T., Namiki, H., Ando, J., & Hatano, G. (2004). Japanese conception of and research on intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence (pp. 302–324). New York: Cambridge University Press. Savasir, L., & Sahin, N. (1995). Wechsler Cocuklar icin Zeka Olcegi [Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children]. Ankara: Turkish Psychological Association. Saxe, G. B. (1990). Culture and cognitive development: Studies in mathematical understanding. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Schliemann, A. D., & Magalhües, V. P. (1990). Proportional reasoning: From shops, to kitchens, laboratories, and, hopefully, schools. Proceedings of the Fourteenth International Conference for the Psychology of Mathematics Education, Oaxtepec, Mexico. Scribner, S. (1984). Studying working intelligence. In B. Rogoff & J. Lave (Eds.), Everyday cognition: Its development in social context (pp. 9–40). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Scribner, S. (1986). Thinking in action: Some characteristics of practical thought. In R. J. Sternberg & R. K. Wagner (Eds.), Practical intelligence: Nature and origins of competence in the everyday world (pp. 13– 220 30). New York: Cambridge University Press. Serpell, R. (1974). Aspects of intelligence in a developing country. African Social Research, 17, 576–596. Serpell, R. (1979). How specific are perceptual skills? A cross-cultural study of pattern reproduction. British Journal of Psychology, 70, 365–380. Serpell, R. (1996). Cultural models of childhood in indigenous socialization and formal schooling in Zambia. In C. P. Hwang & M. E. Lamb (Eds.), Images of childhood (pp. 129–142). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. 566 V. COGNITION Serpell, R. (2000). Intelligence and culture. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Handbook of intelligence (pp. 549– 580). New York: Cambridge University Press. Shi, J. (2004). Diligence makes people smart: Chinese perspectives on intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence (pp. 325–343). New York: Cambridge University Press. Shweder, R. A. (1991). Thinking through cultures: Multicultural expeditions in cultural psychology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Shweder, R. A. (2002). Engaging cultural differences: The multicultural challenge in liberal democracies. New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Spearman, C. (1927). The abilities of man. London: Macmillan. Srivistava, S., & Misra, G. (1996). Changing perspectives on understanding intelligence: An appraisal. Indian Psychological Abstracts and Reviews, 3. Srivistava, S., & Misra, G. (2000). Culture and conceptualization of intelligence. New Delhi: National Council of Educational Research and Training. Stankov, L. (2004). Similar thoughts under different stars: Conceptions of intelligence in Australia. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence (pp. 344–363). New York: Cambridge University Press. Sternberg, R. J. (1985). Beyond IQ: A triarchic theory of human intelligence. New York: Cambridge University Press. Sternberg, R. J. (1988). A triarchic view of intelligence in cross-cultural perspective. In S. H. Irvine & J. W. Berry (Eds.), Human abilities in cultural context (pp. 60–85). New York: Cambridge University Press. Sternberg, R. J. (1990). Metaphors of mind. New York: Cambridge University Press. Sternberg, R. J. (1997). Successful intelligence. New York: Plume. Sternberg, R. J. (1999a). Intelligence as developing expertise. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 24, 359–375. Sternberg, R. J. (1999b). The theory of successful intelligence. 221 Review of General Psychology, 3, 292–316. Sternberg, R. J. (2000). The holey grail of general intelligence. Science, 289, 399–401. Sternberg, R. J. (2003a). What is an expert student? Educational Researcher, 32(8), 5–9. Sternberg, R. J. (2003b). Wisdom, intelligence, and creativity, synthesized. New York: Cambridge University Press. Sternberg, R. J. (2004a). Culture and intelligence. American Psychologist, 59, 325–338. Sternberg, R. J. (Ed.). (2004b). International handbook of intelligence. New York: Cambridge University Press. Sternberg, R. J. (2004c). North American approaches to intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence (pp. 411–444). New York: Cambridge University Press. Sternberg, R. J., Conway, B. E., Ketron, J. L., & Bernstein, M. (1981). People’s conceptions of intelligence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 37–55. Sternberg, R. J., & Detterman, D. K. (1986). What is intelligence? Norwood, NJ: Ablex. Sternberg, R. J., Forsythe, G. B., Hedlund, J., Horvath, J., Snook, S.,Williams,W. M., et al. (2000). Practical intelligence in everyday life. New York: Cambridge University Press. Sternberg, R. J., & Grigorenko, E. L. (Eds.). (1997). Intelligence, heredity, and environment. New York: Cambridge University Press. Sternberg, R. J., & Grigorenko, E. L. (2002). Just because we “know” it’s true doesn’t mean it’s really true: A case study in Kenya. Psychological Science Agenda, 15(2), 8–10. Sternberg, R. J., Grigorenko, E. L., Ngrosho, D., Tantufuye, E., Mbise, A., Nokes, C., et al. (2002). Assessing intellectual potential in rural Tanzanian school children. Intelligence, 30, 141–162. Sternberg, R. J., & Kaufman J. C. (1998). Human abilities. Annual Review of Psychology, 49, 479–502. Sternberg, R. J., Nokes, K., Geissler, P. W., Prince, R., Okatcha, F., Bundy, D. A., et al. (2001). The relationship between academic and practical intelligence: A case study in Kenya. Intelligence, 29, 401–418. Sternberg, R. J., Powell, C., McGrane, P. A., & McGregor, S. (1997). Effects of a parasitic infection on cognitive functioning. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Applied, 3, 67–76. Sternberg, R. J.,&Suben, J. (1986). The socialization of intelligence. In M. Perlmutter (Ed.), Perspectives on intellectual development: Vol. 19. Minnesota Symposia on Child Psychology (pp. 201–235). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. 222 Stevenson, H. W., & Stigler, J. W. (1994). The learning gap: Why our schools are failing and what we can learn from Japanese and Chinese education. New York: Simon & Schuster. Stigler, J. W., Lee, S., Lucker, G. W., & Stevenson, H. W. (1982). Curriculum and achievement in mathematics: A study of elementary school children in Japan, Taiwan, and the United States. Journal of Educational Psychology, 74, 315–322. Super, C. M. (1976). Environmental effects on motor development: The case of African infant precocity. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 18, 561–567. Super, C. M., & Harkness, S. (1982). The development of affect in infancy and early childhood. In D. Wagner & H. Stevenson (Eds.), Cultural perspectives on child development (pp. 1–19). San Francisco: Freeman. Super, C. M., & Harkness, S. (1986). The developmental niche: A conceptualization at the interface of child and culture. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 9, 545–569. Super, C. M., & Harkness, S. (1993). The developmen22. Intelligence and Culture 567 tal niche: A conceptualization at the interface of child and culture. In R. A. Pierce & M. A. Black (Eds.), Life-span development: A diversity reader (pp. 61– 77). Dubuque, IA: Kendall/Hunt. Thurstone, L. L. (1924). The nature of intelligence. New York: Harcourt Brace. Thurstone, L. L. (1938). Primary mental abilities. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Tomasello, M. (1999). The cultural origins of human cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Tzuriel, D. (1995). Dynamic-interactive assessment: The legacy of L. S. Vygotsky and current developments. Unpublished manuscript, Bar-Ilan University, Jerusalem, Israel. Vernon, P. E. (1969). Intelligence and cultural environment. London: Methuen. Vernon, P. E. (1971). The structure of human abilities. London: Methuen. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Wagner, D. A. (1978). Memories of Morocco: The influence of age, schooling, and environment on memory. Cognitive Psychology, 10, 1–28. White, G. M. (1985). Premises and purposes in a Solomon Islands ethnopsychology. In G. M. White & J. Kirkpatrick (Eds.), Person, self, and experience: Exploring Pacific ethnopsychologies (pp. 328–366). Berkeley: University of California Press. 223 Yan, Z. (2001). Yan’s family rules—Piece of conduct. In Chinese classic books series (multimedia version). Beijing: Beijing Yinguan Electronic Publishing. (in Chinese) Yang, S.-Y. (2001). Conceptions of wisdom among Taiwanese Chinese. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 32, 662–680. Yang, S.-Y., & Sternberg, R. J. (1997a). Conceptions of intelligence in ancient Chinese philosophy. Journal of Theoretical and Philosophical Psychology, 17, 101– 119. Yang, S.-Y., & Sternberg, R. J. (1997b). Taiwanese Chinese people’s conceptions of intelligence. Intelligence, 25, 21–36. Zeidner, M. (1985). A cross-cultural test of the situational bias hypothesis—the Israeli scene. Evaluation and Program Planning, 8, 367–376. Zeidner, M., Matthews, G., & Roberts, R. D. (2004). Intelligence theory, assessment, and research: The Israeli experience. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence (pp. 212–247). New York: Cambridge University Press. Atran, S. (1998). Folk biology and the anthropology of science: Cognitive universals and cultural particulars. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 21, 547–609. 23. Perception and Cognition 589 Atran, S., Medin, D. L., & Ross, N. O. (2005). The cultural mind: Environmental decision making and cultural modeling within and across populations. Psychological Review, 112, 744–776. Au, T. (1983). Chinese and English counterfactuals: The Sapir–Whorf hypothesis revisited. Cognition, 15, 155–187. Avis, J., & Harris, P. L. (1991). Belief-desire reasoning among Baka children: Evidence for a universal conception of mind. Child Development, 62, 460–467. Baillargeon, R. (1995). Physical reasoning in infancy. In M. S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The cognitive neurosciences (pp. 181–204). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Barkow, J. H., Cosmides, L., & Tooby, J. (Eds.). (1992). The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the generation of culture. London: Oxford University Press. Becker, C. B. (1986). Reasons for the lack of argumentation and debate in the Far East. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 10, 75–92. Benjamin, L. T. (1988). A history of psychology: Original sources and contemporary research. New York: McGraw-Hill. Berlin, B., Breedlove, D., & Raven, P. (1973). General principles of classification and nomenclature in folk biology. American Anthropologist, 74, 214–242. Berlin, B. O., & Kay, P. D. (1969). Basic color terms. 224 Berkeley: University of California Press. Block, N. (1995). The mind as the software of the brain. In E. E. Smith & D. N. Osherson (Eds.), Thinking: An invitation to the cognitive science (pp. 377–425). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Bloom, A. H. (1981). The linguistic shaping of thought: A study in the impact of language on thinking in China and the West. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Bond, M. H. (1996). Chinese values. In M. H. Bond (Ed.), Handbook of Chinese psychology (pp. 208– 226). Hong Kong: Oxford University Press. Boroditsky, L. (2001). Does language shape thought?: English and Mandarin speakers’ conceptions of time. Cognitive Psychology, 43, 1–22. Boroditsky, L. (2003). Linguistic relativity. In L. Nadel (Ed.) Encyclopedia of Cognitive Science (pp. 917– 921). London: Macmillan. Buchtel, E., & Norenzayan, A. (2005). Rule-based and intuitive reasoning: Culture, reasoning style, and values. Unpublished manuscript, University of British Columbia, Vancouver. Callaghan, T., Rochat, P., Liilard, A., Claux, M., Odden, H., et al. (2005). Synchrony in the onset of mental state reasoning: Evidence from five cultures. Psychological Science, 16, 378–384. Carey, S. (2004). Bootstrapping and the origins of concepts. Daedalus, 59–68. Carroll, J. B., & Casagrande, J. B. (1958). The function of language classification in behavior. In E. Macoby, T. Newcomb, & E. Hartley (Eds.), Readings in social psychology (pp. 18–31). New York: Holt. Chalfonte, B. L., & Johnson, M. K. (1996). Feature memory and binding in young and older adults. Memory and Cognition, 24, 403–416. Choi, I., Choi, J., & Norenzayan, A. (2004). Culture and decisions. In D. J. Koehler & N. Harvey (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of judgment and decision making (pp. 504–524). Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Choi, I., Dalal, R., Kim-Prieto, C., & Park, H. (2003). Culture and judgment of causal relevance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 46–59. Choi, I., Koo, M., & Choi, J. (2005). Measuring holistic versus analytic thinking style. Unpublished manuscript, Seoul National University, Seoul, Korea. Choi, I., & Nisbett, R. E. (1998). The cultural psychology of surprise: Holistic theories and recognition of contradiction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 890–905. Choi, I., Nisbett, R. E., & Norenzayan, A. (1999). Causal attribution across cultures: Variation and universality. Psychological Bulletin, 125, 47–63. Chua, H. F., Boland, J. E., & Nisbett, R. E. (2005). Cultural variation in eye movements during scene perception. 225 Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 102, 12629–12633. Cohen, A., & Rozin, P. (1999). Religion and the morality of mentality. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 697–710. Cohen, D. (2001). Cultural variation: Considerations and implications. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 451– 471. Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology: A once and future discipline. Cambridge, MA: Belknap/Harvard University Press. Cole, M., Gay, J., Glick, J. A., & Sharp, D. W. (1971). The cultural context of learning and thinking. New York: Basic Books. Cole, M., & Scribner, S. (1974). Culture and thought: A psychological introduction. New York: Wiley. Cousins, S. D. (1989). Culture and self-perception in Japan and the United States. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 56, 124–131. Dehaene, S. (1997). The number sense: How the mind creates mathematics. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Dennett, D. C. (1995). Darwin’s dangerous idea: Evolution and the meanings of life. New York: Simon & Schuster. Edgerton, R. (1971). The individual in cultural adaptation. Los Angeles: University of California Press. Fiske, A. P., Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Nisbett, R. E. (1998). The cultural matrix of social psychology. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Linzey (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (4th ed., pp. 915– 981). Boston: McGraw-Hill. Foley, R., & Lahr, M. (1997). Mode 3 technologies and the evolution of modern humans. Cambridge Archaeological Journal, 7, 3–36. Fung, Y. (1983). A history of Chinese philosophy (D. Bodde, Trans.; Vols. 1–2). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. 590 V. COGNITION Gelman, R., & Gallistel, C. R. (2004). Language and the origin of number concepts. Science, 306, 441– 443. Gordon, P. (2004). Numerical cognition without words: Evidence from Amazonia. Science, 306, 496–499. Hacking, I. (1975). The emergence of probability. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Hedden, T., Ji, L., Jing, Q., Jiao, S., Yao, C., Nisbett, R. E., et al. (2000). Culture and age differences in recognition memory for social dimensions. Paper presented at the Cognitive Aging Conference, Atlanta. Heider, E. R., & Oliver, C. C. (1972). The structure of the color space in naming and memory for two languages. Cognitive Psychology, 3, 337–354. 226 Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Peng, K., & Greenholtz, J. (2002). What’s wrong with cross-cultural comparisons of subjective Likert scales?: The reference-group problem. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 903–918. Heine, S. J., & Norenzayan, A. (2006). Towards a psychological science for a cultural species. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 1, 251–269. Henrich, J. (2005). Perception and reasoning among the Mapuche. Unpublished manuscript, Emory University, Atlanta, GA. Henrich, J., & Boyd, R. (1998). The evolution of conformist transmission and between-group differences. Evolution and Human Behavior, 19, 215–242. Hong, Y., Chiu, C., & Kung, T. (1997). Bringing culture out in front: Effects of cultural meaning system activation on social cognition. In K. Leung, Y. Kashima, U. Kim,&S. Yamaguchi (Eds.), Progress in Asian social psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 135–146). Singapore: Wiley. Hunt, E., & Agnoli, F. (1991). The Whorfian hypothesis: A cognitive psychology perspective. Psychological Review, 98, 377–389. Hutchins, E. (1995). Cognition in the wild. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Ji, L., Nisbett, R. E., & Su, Y. (2001). Culture, change, and prediction. Psychological Science, 12, 450–456. Ji, L.,&Nisbett, R. E.,&Zhang, Z. (2004). Is it culture or is it language?: Examination of language effects in cross-cultural research on categorization. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 87, 57–65. Ji, L., Peng, K., & Nisbett, R. E. (2000). Culture, control, and perception of relationships in the environment. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 943–955. Kim, H. S. (2002). We talk, therefore we think?: A cultural analysis of the effect of talking on thinking. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 828–842. Kitayama, S., Duffy, S., Kawamura, T., & Larsen, J. (2003). Perceiving an object and its context in different cultures: A cultural look at New Look. Psychological Science, 14, 201–206. Kitayama, S., Ishii, K., Imada, T., Takemura, K., & Ramaswamy, J. (2006). Voluntary settlement and the spirit of independence: Evidence from Japan’s “Northern Frontier.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 91, 369–384. Knowles, E. D., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Hong, Y. (2001). Culture and the process of person perception: Evidence for automaticity among East Asians in correcting for situational influences on behavior. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 1344–1356. 227 Koo, M., & Choi, I. (2005). Becoming a holistic thinker: Training effect of Oriental medicine on reasoning. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 31, 1264–1272. Krull, D. S., Loy, M. H.-M., Lin, J., Wang, C.-F., Chen, S., & Zhao, X. (1999). The fundamental attribution error: Correspondence bias in individualist and collectivist cultures. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 1208–1219. Kühnen, U., Hannover, B., & Roeder, U. (2001). Crosscultural variations in identifying embedded figures: Comparisons from the United States, Germany, Russia, and Malaysia. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 32, 365–371. Kühnen, U., Hannover, B., Schubert, B. (2001). The semantic–procedural interface model of the self: The role of self-knowledge for context-dependent versus context-independent modes of thinking. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 397–409. Kühnen, U., & Oyserman, D. (2002). Thinking about the self influences thinking in general: Cognitive consequences of salient self-concept. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 492–499. Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Lee, F., Hallahan, M., & Herzog, T. (1996). Explaining real life events: How culture and domain shape attributions. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 732–741. Levinson, S. C. (1996). Language and space. Annual Review of Anthropology, 25, 353–382. Levinson, S. C., Kita, S., Haun, D., & Rasch, B. H. (2002). Returning the tables: Language affects spatial reasoning. Cognition, 84, 155–188. Li, P., & Gleitman, L. (2002). Turning the tables: Language and spatial reasoning. Cognition, 83, 265– 294. Lillard, A. (1998). Ethnopsychologies: Cultural variations in theories of mind. Psychological Bulletin, 123, 3–32. Liu, L. G. (1985). Reasoning counterfactually in Chinese: Are there any obstacles? Cognition, 21, 239– 270. Liu, S. H. (1974). The use of analogy and symbolism in traditional Chinese philosophy. Journal of Chinese Philosophy, 1, 313–338. Lloyd, G. E. R. (1990). Demystifying mentalities. New York: Cambridge University Press. Lucy, J. A. (1997). Linguistic relativity. Annual Review of Anthropology, 26, 291–312. Lucy, J. A., & Gaskins, S. (1997). Grammatical categories and the development of classification preferences: 228 A comparative approach. In S. C. Levinson & M. Bowerman (Eds.), Language acquisition and conceptual development. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Lucy, J. A.,&Shweder, R. (1979). Whorf and his critics: Linguistic and nonlinguistic influences on color memory. American Anthropologist, 81, 581–615. Luria, A. R. (1931). Psychological expedition to Central Asia. Science, 74, 383–384. Luria, A. R. (1971). Towards the problem of the historical nature of psychological processes. International Journal of Psychology, 6, 259–272. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253. Markus, H. R., Mullally, P. R., & Kitayama, S. (1997). Selfways: Diversity in modes of cultural participation. In U. Neisser & D. Jopling (Eds.), The conceptual self in context. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Masuda, T., & Kitayama, S. (2003). Perceiver-induced constraint and attitude attribution in Japan and the U.S.: A case for the cultural dependence of the correspondence bias. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40, 409–416. Masuda, T., & Nisbett, R. E. (2001). Attending holistically versus analytically: Comparing the context sensitivity of Japanese and Americans. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 922–934. Masuda, T., & Nisbett, R. E. (2005). Culture and change blindness. Unpublished manuscript, Hokkaido University, Sapporo, Japan. Medin, D. L. & Atran. S. (2004). The native mind: Biological categorization, reasoning and decision making in development across cultures. Psychological Review, 111, 960–983. Miller, J. G. (1984). Culture and the development of everyday social explanation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 961–978. Miller, K. F., & Paredes, D. R. (1996). On the shoulders of giants: Cultural tools and mathematical development. In R. J. Sternberg & T. Ben-Zeev (Eds.), The nature of mathematical thinking (pp. 83–117). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Miller, K. F., Smith, C. M., Zhu, J.,&Zhang, H. (1995). Preschool origins of cross-national differences in mathematical competence: The role of number naming systems. Psychological Science, 6, 56–60. Miller, K. F., & Stigler, J. W. (1987). Counting in Chinese: Cultural variation in basic cognitive skill. Cognitive Development, 2, 279–305. Miyamoto, Y., & Kitayama, S. (2002). Cultural variation in correspondence bias: The critical role of attitude 229 diagnosticity of socially constrained behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 1239–1248. Miyamoto, Y., Kitayama, S.,&Talhelm, T. (2006, January). A meta-analytic review of cultural differences in cognitive processes. Poster presented at the 6th Conference of the Society for Personality and Social Psychology, Palm Springs, CA. Miyamoto, Y., Nisbett, R. E., & Masuda, T. (2006). Culture and the physical environment: Holistic versus analytic perceptual affordances. Psychological Science, 17, 113–119. Morris, M. W., & Peng, K. (1994). Culture and cause: American and Chinese attributions for social and physical events. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 949–971. Munro, D. J. (1969). The concept of man in early China. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Nagashima, N. (1973). A reversed world: Or is it? In R. Horton, & R. Finnegan (Eds.), Modes of thought: Essays on thinking inWestern and non-Western societies (pp. 92–111). London: Faber & Faber. Nakamura, H. (1985).Ways of thinking of Eastern peoples. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press. (Original work published 1964) Needham, J. (1978). Science and civilisation in China. Vol. 4: Physics and physical technology. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. (Original work published 1962) Needham, J. (1978). The history of Chinese science and technology. Chiu-Lung: Chung Hua Shu Chu. (Original work published 1962) Neisser, U. (1963). The multiplicity of thought. British Journal of Psychology, 54, 1–14. Nisbett, R. E. (2003). The geography of thought. New York: Free Press. Nisbett, R. E., & Masuda, T. (2003). Culture and point of view. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 100, 11163–11170. Nisbett, R. E., & Norenzayan, A. (2002). Culture and cognition. In D. L. Medin (Ed.), Stevens’ handbook of experimental psychology: Cognition (3rd ed., pp. 561–597). New York: Wiley. Nisbett, R. E., Peng, K., Choi, I., & Norenzayan, A. (2001). Culture and systems of thought: Holistic vs. analytic cognition. Psychological Review, 108, 291– 310. Norenzayan, A. (2005a). Fatalistic thinking across cultures and religions. Unpublished raw data, University of British Columbia, Vancouver. Norenzayan, A. (2005b). Analytic and holistic thinking in Arabs, Chinese, and Canadians. Unpublished manuscript, University of British Columbia, Vancouver. 230 Norenzayan, A., Choi, I., & Nisbett, R. E. (2002). Cultural similarities and differences in social inference: Evidence from behavioral predictions and lay theories of behavior. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 109–120. Norenzayan, A., & Heine, S. J. (2005). Psychological universals across cultures: What are they and how can we know? Psychological Bulletin, 135, 763–784. Norenzayan, A., & Nisbett, R. E. (2000). Culture and causal cognition. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 9, 132–135. 592 V. COGNITION Norenzayan, A., Schaller, M., & Heine, S. (2006). Evolution and culture. In M. Schaller, J. Simpson, & D. Kenrick (Eds.), Evolution and social psychology (pp. 343–366). New York: Psychology Press. Norenzayan, A., Smith, E. E., & Kim, B., & Nisbett, R. E. (2002). Cultural preferences for formal versus intuitive reasoning. Cognitive Science, 26, 653–684. Oishi, S. (2004). The socio-ecological model of the self: The role of residential mobility. Paper presented at the 1st Cultural Psychology Preconference, Society for Personality and Social Psychology, New Orleans, LA. Oyserman, D., Kemmelmeier, M., & Coon, H. (2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism: Evaluation of theoretical assumptions and meta-analyses. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 3–72. Peng, K., & Knowles, E. (2003). Culture, education, and the attribution of physical causality. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 1272–1284. Peng, K., & Nisbett, R. E. (1999). Culture, dialectics, and reasoning about contradiction. American Psychologist, 54, 741–754. Pica, P., Lerner, C., Izard, V., & Dehaene, S. (2004). Exact and approximate arithmetic in an Amazonian indigenous group. Science, 306, 499–501. Pinker, S. (1997). How the mind works. New York: Norton. Rensink, R. A., O’Regan, J. K.,&Clark, J. J. (1997). To see or not to see: The need for attention to perceive changes in scenes. Psychological Science, 8, 368–373. Resnick, L. B. (1994). Situated rationalism: Biological and social preparation for learning. In L. A. Hirschfeld & S. A. Gelman (Eds.), Mapping the mind: Domain specificity in cognition and culture (pp. 474–494). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Revlin, R., Leirer, V., Yop, H., & Yop, R. (1980). The belief–bias effect in formal reasoning: The influence of knowledge on logic. Memory and Cognition, 8, 584–592. Rhee, E., Uleman, J. S., Lee, H. K., & Roman, R. J. 231 (1996). Spontaneous self-descriptions and ethnic identities in individualistic and collectivistic cultures. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 142–152. Richerson, P. J., & Boyd, R. (2005). Not by genes alone: How culture transformed human evolution. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Roberson, D., Davies, I., & Davidoff, J. (2000). Color categories are not universal: Replications and new evidence from a stone-age culture. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 129, 369–398. Rogoff, B. (1990). Apprenticeship in thinking: Cognitive development in social context. New York: Oxford University Press. Sanchez-Burks, J. (2002). Protestant relational ideology and (in)attention to relational cues in work settings. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 919–929. Saunders, B. A. C., & van Brakel, J. (1997). Are there non-trivial constraints on color categorization? Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 20, 167–178. Schaller, M. (2001). Unintended influence: Social– evolutionary processes in the construction and change of culturally-shared beliefs. In J. P. Forgas & K. D.Williams (Eds.), Social influence: Direct and indirect processes (pp. 77–93). Philadelphia: Psychology Press. Scribner, S. (1975). Recall of classical syllogisms: A cross-cultural investigation of error on logical problems. In R. Falmagne (Ed.), Reasoning: Representation and process (pp. 153–174). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Scribner, S. (1977). Modes of thinking and ways of speaking: Culture and logic reconsidered. In P. N. Johnson-Laird & P. C. Wason (Eds.), Thinking: Readings in cognitive science (pp. 483–500). New York: Cambridge University Press. Segall, M. H., Campbell, D. T., & Herskovits, M. J. (1966). The influence of culture on visual perception. New York: Bobbs-Merrill. Shweder, R. A. (1991). Cultural psychology: What is it? In R. A. Shweder (Ed.), Thinking through cultures: Expeditions in cultural psychology (pp. 73–110). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Simons, D. J. (2000). Current approaches to change blindness. Visual Cognition, 7, 1–15. Simons, D. J., & Chabris, C. F. (1999). Gorillas in our midst: Sustained inattentional blindness for dynamic events. Perception, 28, 1059–1074. Slobin, D. (1996). From “thought and language” to “thinking for speaking.” In J. Gumperz & S. Levinson (Eds.), Rethinking linguistic relativity (pp. 70–96). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. 232 Sloman, S. (1996). The empirical case for two systems of reasoning. Psychological Bulletin, 119, 30–52. Spelke, E. S. (1990). Principles of object perception. Cognitive Science, 14, 29–56. Spelke, E. S., Phillips, A., & Woodward, A. L. (1995). Infants’ knowledge of object motion and human action. In D. Sperber, D. Premack, & A. J. Premack (Eds.), Causal cognition: A multidisciplinary debate (pp. 44–78). Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Spencer-Rodgers, J., & Peng, K. (2003). The dialectical self: Contradiction, change, and holism in the East Asian self-concept. In R. M. Sorrentino, D. Cohen, J. M. Olsen, & M. P. Zanna (Eds.), Culture and social behavior: The Ontario Symposium (Vol. 10, pp. 227–249). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Spencer-Rodgers, J., Peng, K., Wang, L., & Hou, Y. (2003). Dialectical self-esteem and East–West differences in psychological well-being. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 1416–1432. Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture: A naturalistic approach. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell. Stich, S. P. (1990). Fragmentation of reason. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Stewart van Leeuwen, M. (1973). Tests of the carpentered world hypothesis by race and environment in America and Zambia. International Journal of Psychology, 8, 83–94. Tardif, T. (1996). Nouns are not always learned before verbs: Evidence from Mandarin-speakers early vocabularies. Developmental Psychology, 32, 492–504. Tomasello, M. (1999). The cultural origins of human cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Tomasello, M., Kruger, A. C., & Ratner, H. H. (1993). Cultural learning. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 16, 495–552. Triandis, H. C. (1989). The self and social behavior in differing cultural contexts. Psychological Review, 96, 269–289. Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Tweed, R. G., & Lehman, D. R. (2002). Learning considered within a cultural context: Confucian and Socratic approaches. American Psychologist, 57, 89– 99. Unsworth, S. J., & Medin, D. L. (2005). Cultural differences in belief bias associated with deductive reasoning? Cognitive Science, 29, 525–529. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Wellman, H. M., Cross, D., & Watson, J. (2001). Metaanalysis of theory-of-mind development: The truth 233 about false belief. Child Development, 72, 655–684. Whorf, B. L. (1956). Language, thought and reality. New York: Wiley. Witkin, H. A., & Berry, J. W. (1975). Psychological differentiation in cross-cultural perspective. Journal of Cross Cultural Psychology, 6, 4–87. Witkin, H. A., Dyk, R. B., Faterson, H. F., Goodenough, D. R., & Karp, S. A. (1974). Psychological differentiation. Potomac, MD: Erlbaum. Witkin, H. A., Lewis, H. B., Hertzman, M., Machover, K., Meissner, P. B., & Karp, S. A. (1954). Personality through perception. New York: Harper. Wundt, W. (1916). Elements of folk psychology: Outlines of a psychological history of the development of mankind. London: Allen & Unwin/Macmillan. Zebian, S., & Denny, J. P. (2001). Integrative cognitive style in Middle Eastern and Western groups. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 32, 58–75. Zhang, D. L. (1985). The concept of “Tian Ren He Yi” in Chinese philosophy. Beijing University Journal, 1, 8. Zhang, D. L., & Chen, Z. Y. (1991). Zhongguo Siwei Pianxiang [The orientation of Chinese thinking]. Beijing: Social Science Press. Alexander, K. J., Miller, P. J., & Hengst, J. A. (2001). Young children’s emotional attachments to stories. Social Development, 10, 374–398. Austin, J. L. (1975). How to do things with words. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Bakhtin, M. M. (1981). The dialogic imagination. Austin: University of Texas Press. Basso, K. (1996). Wisdom sits in places: Landscape and language among the Western Apache. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press. Bauman, R. (1986). Story, performance, and event: Contextual studies of oral narrative. New York: Cambridge University Press. Bauman, R., & Briggs, C. L. (1990). Poetics and performance as critical perspectives on language and social life. Annual Review of Anthropology, 19, 59–88. Bauman, R., & Sherzer, J. (Eds.). (1989). Explorations in the ethnography of speaking. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Berk, L. E. (2001). Awakening children’s minds. New York: Oxford University Press. Briggs, C. L. (1986). Learning how to ask: A sociolinguistic appraisal of the role of the interview in social science research. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Briggs, J. L. (1998). Inuit morality play: The emotional education of a three-year-old. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. 234 Bruner, J. S. (1990). Acts of meaning. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Burger, L. K., & Miller, P. J. (1999). Early talk about the past revisited: Affect in working-class and middleclass children’s co-narrations. Journal of Child Language, 26, 133–162. Cazden, C. B. (1993). Vygotsky, Hymes, and Bakhtin: From word to utterance and voice. In E. A. Forman, N. Minick, & C. A. Stone (Eds.), Contexts for learning: Sociocultural dynamics in children’s development (pp. 197–212). New York: Oxford University Press. Chen, E. C. H., Lin, S. M., Miller, P., & Fung, H. (2005, April). Storytelling as a medium of socialization for preschoolers: A follow-up study of narrative practices in Taiwanese and Euro-American families. Poster presented at the biennial meeting of the Society for Research in Child Development (SRCD), Atlanta, GA. Clark, C. D. (2003). In sickness and in play: Children coping with chronic illness. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology: A once and future discipline. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Coles, R. (1989). The call of stories. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Duranti, A., & Goodwin, C. (1992). Rethinking context: Language as an interactive phenomenon. New York: Cambridge University Press. Dyson, A. H. (1993). Social worlds of children learning to write in an urban primary school. New York: Teachers College Press. Engel, S. (1995). The stories children tell: Making sense of the narratives of childhood. New York: Freeman. Fivush, R. (1993). Emotional content of parent–child conversations about the past. In C. A. Nelson (Ed.), Memory and affect in development: Minnesota Symposia on Child Psychology (Vol. 26, pp. 39–77). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Fung, H. (1999). Becoming a moral child: The socialization of shame among young Chinese children. Ethos, 27, 180–209. Fung, H. (2003). When culture meets psyche: Understanding the contextualized self through the life and dreams of an elderly Taiwanese woman. Taiwan Journal of Anthropology, 1, 149–175. Fung, H., Miller, P. J., & Lin, L. C. (2004). Listening is active: Lessons from the narrative practices of Taiwanese families. In M. W. Pratt & B. E. Fiese (Eds.), Family stories and the life course: Across time and generations (pp. 303–323). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Goffman, E. (1979). Footing. Semiotica, 25, 1–29. 235 Gone, J. P. (1999). “We were through as keepers of it”: 24. Narrative Reverberations 611 The “missing pipe narrative” and Gros Ventre cultural identity. Ethos, 27, 415–440. Gone, J. P. (2005, June). “I came to tell you of my life”: Narrative expositions of “mental health” in an American Indian community. Paper presented at a Festschrift honoring Julian Rappaport, Urbana, IL. Goodnow, J. J., Miller, P. J., & Kessel, F. (Eds.). (1995). Cultural practices as context for development. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Goodwin, C. (1984). Notes on story structure and the organization of participation. In M. Atkinson & J. Heritage (Eds.), Structures of social action (pp. 225– 246). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Goodwin, M. H. (1990). He-said-she-said: Talk as social organization among black children. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Haight,W.,Wang, X., Fung, H.,Williams, K., & Mintz, J. (1999). Universal, developmental and variable aspects of young children’s play: A cross-cultural comparison of pretending at home. Child Development, 70, 1477–1488. Hanks, W. F. (1996). Language and communicative practices. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Heath, S. B. (1983). Ways with words: Language, life, and work in communities and classrooms. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (2003). Move the body, change the self: Acculturative effects on the selfconcept. In M. Schaller & C. Crandall (Eds.), Psychological foundations of culture (pp. 305–331). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for positive self-regard? Psychological Review, 106, 766–794. Hicks, D. A. (1991). Kinds of narrative: Genre skills among first graders from two communities. In A. McCabe & C. Peterson (Eds.), Developing narrative structure (pp. 55–87). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Hicks, D. A. (1994). Individual and social meanings in the classroom: Narrative discourse as a boundary phenomenon. Journal of Narrative and Life History, 4, 215–240. Hill, J. H. (1989). Weeping as a meta-signal in a Mexicano woman’s narrative. Journal of Folklore Research, 27, 29–47. Hill, J. H. (1995). The voices of Don Gabriel: Responsibility and self in a modern Mexicano narrative. In D. Tedlock & B. Mannheim (Eds.), The dialogic emergence of culture (pp. 97–147). Chicago: University of Illinois Press. 236 Holland, D., Lachicotte, W., Skinner, D., & Cain, C. (1998). Identity and agency in cultural worlds. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Holmgren, J. (1985). The economic foundations of virtue: Widow-remarriage in early and modern China. Australian Journal of Chinese Affairs, 13, 1–27. Hudley, E. V. P., Haight, W., & Miller, P. J. (2003). “Raise up a child”: Human development in an African-American family. Chicago: Lyceum. Hymes, D. (1974). Foundations in sociolinguistics: An ethnographic approach. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Jakobson, R. (1960). Closing statement: Linguistics and poetics. In T. A. Sebeok (Ed.), Style in language (pp. 350–377). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Jefferson, G. (1978). Sequential aspects of storytelling in conversation. In J. Shenkein (Ed.), Studies in the organization of conversational interaction (pp. 219– 248). New York: Academic Press. Jefferson, G. (1984). On the organization of laughter in talk about troubles. In J. M. Atkinson & J. Heritage (Eds.), Structures of social action: Studies in conversation analysis (pp. 346–369). New York: Cambridge University Press. Kamberelis, G. (1993). Tropes are for kids: Young children’s developing understanding of narrative, poetic, and expository written discourse genres. Dissertation Abstracts International, 54(12), 4379A. (UMI No. 9409724) Kamberelis, G., & Scott, K. D. (1992). Other people’s voices: The coarticulation of texts and subjectivities. Linguistics and Education, 4, 359–403. Koven, M. (2002). An analysis of speaker role inhabitance in narratives of personal experience. Journal of Pragmatics, 34, 167–217. Labov, W. (1972). Language in the inner city: Studies in the Black English vernacular. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Labov, W., & Waletsky, J. (1967). Narrative analysis: Oral versions of personal experiences. In J. Helm (Ed.), Essays on the verbal and visual arts (pp. 12– 44). Seattle: University of Washington Press. Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1990). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Li, J. (2004a). “I learn and I grow big”: Chinese preschoolers’ purposes for learning. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 28, 116–128. Li, J. (2004b). Learning as a task or a virtue: U.S. and Chinese preschoolers explain learning. Developmental Psychology, 40, 595–605. Linde, C. (1993). Life stories: The creation of coherence. New York: Oxford University Press. 237 Logan, O. L. (1989). Motherwit: An Alabama midwife’s story. New York: Penguin. Mandelbuam, J. (1987). Couples sharing stories. Communication Quarterly, 35, 144–170. Mandelbaum, J. (1989). Interpersonal activities in conversational storytelling. Western Journal of Speech Communication, 53, 114–126. Mandelbaum, J. (1993). Assigning responsibility in conversational storytelling: The interactional construction of reality, Text, 13, 247–266. Mann, S. (1987). Widows in the kinship, class, and community structure of Qing dynasty China. Journal of Asian Studies, 46, 37–55. Miller, P. J. (1994). Narrative practices: Their role in socialization and self-construction. In U. Neisser & R. Fivush (Eds.), The remembering self: Construction 612 V. COGNITION and accuracy in the self-narrative (pp. 158–179). New York: Cambridge University Press. Miller, P. J., Cho, G. E., & Bracey, J. R. (2005). Working-class children’s experience through the prism of personal storytelling. Human Development, 43, 115–135. Miller, P. J., Fung, H., & Mintz, J. (1996). Selfconstruction through narrative practices: A Chinese and American comparison of early socialization. Ethos, 24(2), 237–280. Miller, P. J., & Goodnow, J. J. (1995). Cultural practices: Toward an integration of culture and development. In J. J. Goodnow, P. J. Miller, & F. Kessel (Eds.), Cultural practices as contexts for development: New directions for child development (Vol. 67, pp. 5–16). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Miller, P. J., Hengst, J. A., Alexander, K. A.,&Sperry, L. L. (2000). Narrative genres: Tools for creating alternate realities. In K. Rosengren, C. Johnson,&P. Harris (Eds.), Imagining the impossible: The development of magical, scientific, and religious thinking in contemporary society (pp. 212–246). New York: Cambridge University Press. Miller, P. J., Hengst, J. A., & Wang, S.-H. (2003). Ethnographic methods: Applications from developmental cultural psychology. In P. Camic, J. Rhodes, & L. Yardley (Eds.), Qualitative research in psychology: Expanding perspectives in methodology and design (pp. 219–242). Washington DC: American Psychological Association. Miller, P. J., Hoogstra, L., Mintz, J., Fung, H., & Williams, K. (1993). Troubles in the garden and how they get resolved: A young child’s transformation of his favorite story. In C. A. Nelson (Ed.), The Minnesota Symposia on Child Psychology: Vol. 26. Memory and affect in development (pp. 87–114). 238 Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Miller, P. J., & Moore, B. B. (1989). Narrative conjunctions of caregiver and child: A comparative perspective on socialization through stories. Ethos, 17, 428– 449. Miller, P. J., Sandel, T., Liang, C. H.,&Fung, H. (2001). Narrating transgressions in Longwood: The discourses, meanings, and paradoxes of an American socializing practice. Ethos, 29, 159–186. Miller, P. J., & Sperry, L. L. (1988). Early talk about the past: The origins of conversational stories of personal experience. Journal of Child Language, 15, 293–315. Miller, P. J., Wiley, A., Fung, H., & Liang, C. H. (1997). Personal storytelling as a medium of socialization in Chinese and American families. Child Development, 68, 557–568. Nelson, K. (Ed.). (1989). Narratives from the crib. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Nelson, K. (1996). Language in cognitive development: The emergence of the mediated mind. New York: Cambridge University Press. Ochs, E. (1988). Culture and language development: Language acquisition and language socialization in a Samoan village. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Ochs, E., & Capps, L. (1996). Narrating the self. Annual Review of Anthropology, 25, 19–43. Ochs, E., & Capps, L. (2001). Living narrative: Creating lives in everyday storytelling. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Ochs, E., & Schieffelin, B. B. (1984). Language acquisition and socialization: Three developmental stories and their implications. In R. A. Shweder & R. A. LeVine (Eds.), Culture theory: Essays on mind, self, and emotion (pp. 276–320). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Paley, V. G. (1997). The girl with the brown crayon: How children use stories to shape their lives. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Peacock, J., & Holland, D. (1993). The narrated self. Ethos, 21, 367–383. Pratt, M. W., & Fiese, B. E. (Eds.). (2004). Family stories and the life course: Across time and generations. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Preece, A. (1987). The range of narrative forms conversationally produced by young children. Journal of Child Language, 14, 353–373. Rogoff, B. (1990). Apprenticeship in thinking. New York: Oxford University Press. Sacks, H. (1974). An analysis of the course of a joke’s telling in conversation. In R. Bauman & J. Sherzer (Eds.), Explorations in the ethnography of speaking 239 (pp. 337–353). New York: Cambridge University Press. Schiffrin, D. (1996). Narrative as self-portrait: Sociolinguistic constructions of identity. Language in Society, 25, 167–203. Scribner, S., & Cole, M. (1981) The psychology of literacy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Shweder, R. A., Goodnow, J., Hatano, G., LeVine, R. A., Markus, H., & Miller, P. J. (2006). The cultural psychology of development: One mind, many mentalities. In W. Damon (Series Ed.) & R. M. Lerner (Vol. Ed.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 1. Theoretical models of human development (6th ed., pp. 716–792). New York: Wiley. Silverstein, M. (1995). Shifters, linguistic categories, and cultural description. In B. Blount (Ed.), Language, culture, and society: A book of readings (pp. 187–221). Long Grove, IL: Waveland Press. (Original work published 1976) Sommer, M. (1996). The uses of chastity: Sex, law, and the property of widows in Qing China. Late Imperial China, 17, 77–130. Spence, P. (1984). Narrative truth and historical truth. New York: Norton. Sperry, L. L., & Sperry, D. E. (1995). Young children’s presentation of self in conversational narration. In L. L. Sperry & P. A. Smiley (Eds.), Exploring young children’s concepts of self and other through conversation: New directions for child development (Vol. 69, pp. 47–60). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Sperry, L. L., & Sperry, D. E. (1996). Early development 24. Narrative Reverberations 613 of narrative skills. Cognitive Development, 11, 443– 465. Sperry, L. L., & Sperry, D. E. (2000). Verbal and nonverbal contributions to early representation: Evidence from African-American toddlers. In N. Budwig, I. C. Uzgiris, & J. V. Wertsch (Eds.), Communication: An arena of development (pp. 143–165). Norwood, NJ: Ablex. Steedman, C. K. (1986). Landscape for a good woman: A story of two lives. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. Stromberg, P. G. (1993). Language and selftransformation: A study of the Christian conversion narrative. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Taylor, C. E. (1995). “You think it was a fight?”: Coconstructing (the struggle for) meaning, face, and family in everyday narrative activity. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 28, 283–317. Tobin, J. (2000). Good guys don’t wear hats. New York: Teachers College Press. 240 Tu, W. M. (1985). Selfhood and otherness in Confucian thought. In A. J. Marsella, G. Devos, & F. L. K. Hsu (Eds.), Culture and self: Asian and Western perspectives (pp. 231–251). New York: Tavistock. Tu, W. M. (1994). Embodying the universe: A note on Confucian self-realization. In R. T. Ames, W. Dissanayake, & T. P. Kasulis (Eds.), Self as person in Asian theory and practice (pp. 177–186). Albany: State University of New York Press. Urban, G. (1989). The “I” of discourse in Shokleng. In B. Lee & G. Urban (Eds.), Semiotics, self, and society (pp. 27–51). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. Van Deusen-Phillips, S. B., Goldin-Meadow, S., & Miller, P. J. (2001). Watching stories, seeing worlds: Similarities and differences in the cross-cultural narrative development of linguistically isolated deaf children. Human Development, 44, 311–336. Voloshinov, V. N. (1973). Marxism and the philosophy of language. New York: Seminar Press. Vygotsky, L. (1978). Mind in society. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Vygotsky, L. (1987). Thinking and speech (N. Minick, Trans.). New York: Plenum Press. (Original work published 1934) Waltner, A. (1981). Widow and remarriage in Ming and early Qing China. In R. W. Guisso & S. Johannesen (Eds.),Women in China: Current directions in historical scholarship (pp. 129–146). Youngstown, NY: Philo Press. Wang, Q. (2004). The emergence of cultural selfconstructs: Autobiographical memory and selfdescription in European American and Chinese children. Developmental Psychology, 40, 3–15. Wang, Q., & Leichtman, M. D. (2000). Same beginnings, different stories: A comparison of American and Chinese children’s narratives. Child Development, 71, 1329–1346. Wang, Q., Leichtman, M. D., & Davies, K. I. (2000). Sharing memories and telling stories: American and Chinese mothers and their 3-year-olds. Memory, 8, 159–178. Wang, Q., & Li, J. (2003). Chinese children’s selfconcepts in the domains of learning and social relations. Psychology in the School, 40, 85–101. Wang, X., Bernas, R., & Eberhard, P. (2005, April). Responding to children’s everyday transgressions in Chinese working-class families: A snapshot of Lianhua workers’ village. Poster presented at the biennial meeting of the Society for Research in Child Development (SRCD), Atlanta, GA. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. New York: Cambridge University Press. 241 Wertsch, J. (1985). Vygotsky and the social formation of mind. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Wertsch, J. (1991). Voices of the mind. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Wolf, S. A., & Heath, S. B. (1992). The braid of literature: Children’s worlds of reading. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Wortham, S. E. F. (2001). Narratives in action: A strategy for research and analysis. New York: Teachers College Press. Aboud, F. E., & Doyle, A.-B. (1996). Parental and peer influences on children’s racial attitudes [Special Issue]. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 20(3–4), 371–383. Aboud, F. E., & Skerry, S. A. (1983). Self and ethnic concepts in relation to ethnic constancy. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 15, 14–26. Ahn, W., Kalish, C., Gelman, S. A., Medin, D. L., Luhmann, C., Atran, S., et al. (2001). Why essences are essential in the psychology of concepts. Cognition, 82, 59–69. Ambady, N., Shih, M., & Kim, A. (2001). Stereotype susceptibility in children: Effects of identity activation on quantitative performance. Psychological Science, 12(5), 385–390. Anderson, J. R. (1990a). Cognitive psychology and its implications (3rd ed.). New York: Freeman. Anderson, J. R. (1990b). The adaptive character of thought. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Ariès, P. (1962). Centuries of childhood: A social history of family life. New York: Knopf. Astuti, R., Solomon, G. A., & Carey, S. (2004). Constraints on conceptual development: A case study of the acquisition of folkbiological and folksociological knowledge in Madagascar. In W. A. Collins (Ed.), Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development (pp. 1–135). Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Astuti, R., Solomon, G. E. A., Carey, S., Ingold, T., & Miller, P. H. (2004). Constraints on conceptual development: A case study of the acquisition of folkbiological and folksociological knowledge in Madagascar. Boston, MA: Blackwell. Atran, S. (1990). Cognitive foundations of natural history. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Atran, S. (2001). The trouble with memes: Inference versus imitation in cultural evolution. Human Nature, 12, 351–381. Atran, S. (2002). In gods we trust: The evolutionary landscape of religion. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. 638 V. COGNITION Atran, S., Medin, D., Lynch, E., Vapnarsky, V., Ucan Ek’, E., & Sousa, P. (2001). Folkbiology doesn’t 242 come from folkpsychology: Evidence from Yukatek Maya in cross-cultural perspective. Journal of Cognition and Culture, 1, 3–42. Atran, S., Medin, D., & Ross, N. (2005). The cultural mind: Environmental decision making and cultural modeling within and across populations. Psychological Review, 112, 744–776. Atran, S., Medin, D., Ross, N., Lynch, E., Vapnarsky, V., Ucan Ek’, E., et al. (2002). Folkecology, cultural epidemiology, and the spirit of the commons: A garden experiment in that Maya Lowlands, 1991–2001. Current Anthropology, 43, 421–450. Au, T. K., & Romo, L. F. (1999). Mechanical causality in children’s “folkbiology.” In D. L. Medin & S. Atran (Eds.), Folkbiology (pp. 355–401). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Avis, J., & Harris, P. L. (1991). Belief-desire reasoning among Baka children: Evidence for a universal conception of mind. Child Development, 62(3), 460– 467. Au, T. K., Romo, L. F., & DeWitt, J. E. (1999). Considering children’s folkbiology in health education. In M. Siegal & C. Peterson (Eds.), Children’s understanding of biology and health (pp. 209–234). London: Cambridge University Press. Axelrod, R. (1997). Advancing the art of simulation. Complexity, 3, 193–199. Bailenson, J., Shum, M., Atran, S., Medin, D., & Coley, J. (2002). A bird’s eye view: Biological categorization and reasoning within and across cultures. Cognition, 84, 1–53. Barrett, J. L., & Keil, F. C. (1996). Conceptualizing a nonnatural entity: Anthropomorphism in God concepts. Cognitive Psychology, 31(3), 219–247. Barsalou, L.W. (1985). Ideals, central tendency, and frequency of instantiation as determinants of graded structure in categories. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 11, 629–654. Bellezza, F. S. (1984). Reliability of retrieval from semantic memory: Noun meanings. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 22, 377–380. Berlin, B. (1978). Ethnobiological classification. In E. Rosch & B. B. Lloyd (Eds.), Cognition and categorization (pp. 9–26). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Berlin, B. (1992). Ethnobiological classification. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Berreby, D. (2005). Us and them: Understanding your tribal mind. New York: Little, Brown. Bloch, M., Solomon, G., & Carey, S. (2001). Zafimaniry: An understanding of what is passed on from parents to children. A cross-cultural investigation. Journal of Cognition and Culture, 1(1), 43–68. 243 Boster, J. (2005). Emotion categories across languages. In H. Cohen & C. Lefebvre (Eds.), Handbook of categorization in cognitive science (pp. 188–223). London: Elsevier Science. Boyd, R., & Richerson, P. J. (1985). Culture and the evolutionary process. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Boyer, P. (2001). Religion explained: The human instincts that fashion gods, spirits and ancestors. London: Heinemann. Briley, D., Morris, M., & Simonson, I. (2000). Reasons as carriers of culture: Dynamic versus dispositional models of cultural influence on decision making. Journal of Consumer Research, 27, 157–178. Brooks, J., & Lewis, M. (1976). Infants’ responses to strangers: Midget, adult, and child. Child Development, 47(2), 323–332. Brown, C. (1995). Lexical acculturation and ethnobiology: Utilitarianism and intellectualism. Journal of Linguistic Anthropology 5, 51–64. Brumann, C. (1999). Why a successful concept should not be discarded. Current Anthropology, 40, S1–S14. Bulmer, R. (1970). Which came first, the chicken or the egg-head? In J. Pouillon & P. Maranda (Eds.), Echanges et communications: Mèlanges offerts [daggerdbl] Claude Lèvi-Strauss. The Hague: Mouton. Bulmer, R. (1974). Folk biology in the New Guinea Highlands. Social Science Information, 13, 9–28. Burnett, R., Medin, D., Ross, N., & Blok, S. (2005). Ideal is typical. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 59, 3–10. Burnett, R., Medin, D., Ross, N. O., & Block S. V. (2005). Ideal is typical. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 59, 3–10. Carey, S. (1982). Semantic development: The state of the art. In E. Wanner & L. R. Gleitman (Eds.), Language acquisition: The state of the art. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Carey, S. (1985). Conceptual change in childhood. Cambridge, MA: Bradford Books. Cavalli-Sforza, L. L., & Feldman, M. W. (1981). Cultural transmission and evolution: A quantitative approach. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Chiu, L. (1972). A cross-cultural comparison of cognitive styles in Chinese and American children. International Journal of Psychology, 7, 235–242. Choi, I., Nisbett, R., & Smith, E. (1999). Culture, category salience, and inductive reasoning. Cognition, 65, 15–32. Cohen, D. (2001). Cultural variation: Considerations and implications. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 451– 471. Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology. Cambridge, MA: 244 Harvard University Press. Cole, M., & Scribner, S. (1974). Culture and thought: A psychological introduction. New York: Wiley. Coley, J. D. (1995). Emerging differentiation of folkbiology and folkpsychology: Attributions of biological and psychological properties to living things. Child Development, 66, 1856–1874. Coley, J. D., Hayes, B., Lawson, C., & Moloney, M. (2004). Knowledge, expectations, and inductive inferences within conceptual hierarchies. Cognition, 90, 217–253. 25. Culture, Categorization, and Reasoning 639 Coley, J., Medin, D., & Atran, S. (1997). Does rank have its privilege?: Inductive inferences in folkbiological taxonomies. Cognition, 64, 73–112. Crawford, M. T., Sherman, S. J., & Hamilton, D. L. (2002). Perceived entitativity, stereotype formation, and the interchangeability of group members. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 1076– 1094. de Waal, F. B. M. (1998). Chimpanzee politics: Power and sex among apes (Rev. ed.). Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press. Diamond, J., & Bishop, K. (1999). Ethno-ornithology of the Ketengban people. In D. L. Medin & S. Atran (Eds.), Folkbiology (pp. 17–46). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Eberhardt, J. L. (2005). Imaging race. American Psychologist, 60(2), 181–190. Eid, M., & Diener, E. (2001). Norms for experiencing emotions in different cultures: Inter- and intranational differences. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 869–885. Ekman, P. (1972). Universals and cultural differences in facial expressions of emotion. In J. Cole (Ed.), Nebraska Symposium on Motivation 1971 (Vol. 19, pp. 207–283). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Ellen, R. (1993). The cultural relations of classification. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Estes,W. K. (1986). Array models for category learning. Cognitive Psychology, 18, 500–549. Estes, W. K. (1994). Classification and cognition. New York: Oxford University Press. Flannagan, M. J., Fried, L. S., & Holyoak, K. J. (1986). Distributional expectations and the induction of category structure. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 12, 241–256. Fried, L. S., & Holyoak, K. J. (1984). Induction of category distributions: A framework for classification learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition, 10, 234–257. Frith, U., & Frith, C. (2003). Development and neurphysiology of mentalizing. Philosophical Transactions 245 of the Royal Society of London, 358, 459– 473. Fukuyama, F. (1995). Trust. New York: Free Press. Furth, H. (1996). Desire for society: Children’s knowledge as social imagination. New York: Plenum Press. Gardner, W., Gabriel, S., & Lee, A. (1999). “I” value freedom but “we” value relationships: Self-construal priming mirrors cultural differences in judgment. Psychological Science, 10, 321–326. Gallagher, H. L., & Frith, C. D. (2003). Functional imagine of “theory of mind.” Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7(2), 77–83. Gelman, R. (2002). Cognitive development. In H. Pashler & D. L. Medin (Eds.), Stevens’ handbook of experimental psychology, third edition (Vol. 2, pp. 533–559). New York: Wiley. Gelman, S. A. (2003). The essential child: Origins of essentialism in everyday thought. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Gelman, S. A., Coley, J. D., & Gottfried, G. M. (1994). Essentialist beliefs in children: The acquisition of concepts and theories. In L. A. Hirschfeld & S. A. Gelman (Eds.), Mapping the mind (pp. 341–367). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Gelman, S., & Hirschfeld, L. (1999). How biological is essentialism? In D. Medin & S. Atran (Eds.), Folkbiology (pp. 403–446). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Gelman, S., & Wellman, H. (1991). Insides and essences. Cognition, 38, 213–244. Gentner, D., & Goldin-Meadow, S. (Eds.). (2003). Language in mind: Advances in the study of language and thought. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Giménez, M., & Harris, P. L. (2002). Understanding constraints on inheritance: Evidence for biological thinking in early childhood. British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 20(3), 307–324. Goodenough, W. (1955) Componential analysis and the study of meaning. Language, 32, 185–216. Greenwald, A. G., & Banaji, M. R. (1995). Implicit social cognition: Attitudes, self-esteem, and stereotypes. Psychological Review, 102, 4–27. Hamilton, D. L., & Sherman, S. J. (1996). Perceiving persons and groups. Psychological Review, 103, 336–355. Hamilton, D. L., & Trolier, T. K. (1986). Stereotypes and stereotyping: An overview of the cognitive approach. In J. Dovidio&S. Gaertner (Eds.), Prejudice, discrimination, and racism (pp. 127–163). Orlando, FL: Academic Press. Harris, J. R. (1998). The nurture assumption: Why children turn out the way they do. New York: Free Press. Hart, A. J., Whalen, P. J., Shin, L. M., McInerney, S. C., 246 Fischer, H., & Rauch, S. L. (2000). Differential response in the human amygdala to racial outgroup vs. ingroup face stimuli. Neuroreport, 11, 2351–2355. Haslam, N., Rothschild, L., & Ernst, D. (2000). Essentialist beliefs about social categories. British Journal of Social Psychology, 39(1), 113–127. Hatano, G., & Inagaki, K. (1999). A developmental perspective on informal biology. In D. L. Medin & S. Atran (Eds.), Folkbiology (pp. 321–354). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Henrich, J., & Boyd, R. (2002). On modeling cognition and culture: Why replicators are not necessary for cultural evolution. Journal of Cognition and Culture, 2, 87–112. Heyman, G. D.,&Gelman, S. A. (2000). Preschool children’s use of trait labels to make inductive inferences. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 77(1), 1– 19. Heyman, G. D., & Gelman, S. A. (2000). Beliefs about the origins of human psychological traits. Developmental Psychology, 36(5), 663–678. Hilton, J. L., & von Hippel,W. (1996). Stereotypes. Annual Review of Psychology, 47, 237–271. Hirschfeld, L. A. (1989). Rethinking the acquisition of kinship terms. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 12, 541–568. Hirschfeld, L. A. (1995). Do children have a theory of race? Cognition, 54, 209–252. Hirschfeld, L. A. (1996). Race in the making. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Hirschfeld, L. A., & Gelman, S. A. (Eds.). (1994). Mapping the mind: Domain specificity in cognition and culture. New York: Cambridge University Press. Hofstede, G. (1980). Culture’s consequences: International differences in work-related values. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage. Homa, D. (1984). On the nature of categories. In G. H. Bower (Ed.), The psychology of learning and motivation: Advances in research and theory (Vol. 18, pp. 49–94). San Diego, CA: Academic Press. Hubert, L., & Golledge, R. (1981). A heuristic method for the comparison of related structures. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 23, 214–226. Hunn, E. S. (1975). A measure of the degree of correspondence of folk to scientific biological classification. American Ethnologist, 2, 309–327. Hunn, E. S. (1982). The utilitarian factor in folk biological classification. American Anthropologist, 84, 830–847. Hunn, E. S. (1999). Size as limiting the recognition of biodiversity in folkbiological classifications: One of four factors governing the cultural recognition of biological taxa. In D. L. Medin & S. Atran (Eds.), 247 Folkbiology (pp. 47–70). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Huntington, S. (1996). The clash of civilizations and the remaking of the world order. New York: Simon & Schuster. Hutchins, E. (1995). Cognition in the wild. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Inagaki, K., & Hatano, G. (2002). Young children’s naive thinking about the biological world. New York: Psychology Press. Inagaki, K., & Sugiyama, K. (1988). Attributing human characteristics: Developmental changes in over- and under-attribution. Cognitive Development, 3, 55–70. Izard, C. E., & Buechler, S. (1980). Aspects of consciousness and personality in terms of differential emotions theory. In R. Plutchik & H. Kellerman (Eds.), Emotion, theory, research, and experience: Vol. I. Theories of emotion (pp. 165–181). New York: Academic Press. Jackendoff, R. (1992). Language of the mind: Essays on mental representation. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Johnson, K. E. (2001). Determinants of typicality throughout the continuum of expertise. Memory and Cognition, 29, 1036–1050. Johnson, K., & Mervis, C. (1997). Effects of varying levels of expertise on the basic level of categorization. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 126, 248–277. Johnson, K. E., & Mervis, C. B. (1998). Impact of intuitive theories on feature recruitment throughout the continuum of expertise. Memory and Cognition, 26, 382–401. Johnstone, T., & Scherer, K. R. (2000). Vocal communication of emotion. In M. Lewis & J. M. HavilandJones (Eds.), Handbook of emotions (pp. 220–235). New York: Guilford Press. Keil, F. (1989). Concepts, kinds, and cognitive development. Cambridge MA: MIT Press. Keil, F. C., & Batterman, N. (1984). A characteristic-todefining shift in the development of word meaning. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 23, 221–236. Kelly, Quinn, & Slater (2005). Three-month-olds, but not newborns, prefer own-race faces. Developmental Science, 8(6), F31–F36. Kim, H. J., & Hupka, R. B. (2002). Comparison of associative meaning of the concepts of anger, envy, fear, and jealousy between English and Korean. CrossCultural Research, 36, 229–255. Kim, N. S., & Ahn, W. (2002). Clinical psychologists’ theory-based representations of mental disorders predict their diagnostic reasoning and memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 131, 451– 248 476. Kitayama, S., Ishii, K., Imada, T., Takemura, K., & Ramaswamy, J. (2006). Voluntary settlement and the spirit of independence: Evidence from Japan’s “Northern Frontier.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 91, 369–384. Laland, K. N., & Brown, G. R. (2002). Sense and nonsense: Evolutionary perspectives on human behavior. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Laland, K., Olding-Smee, F. J., & Feldman, M. (2000). Niche construction, biological evolution and cultural change. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 23, 131–146. Laqueur, T. (1990). Making sex: Body and gender from the Greeks to Freud. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Lamberts, K. (1995). Categorization under time pressure. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 124, 161–180. Lave, J. (1988). Cognition in practice. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Leach, E. R. (1970). Political systems of Highland Burma: A study of Kachin social structure. London: Athlone Press. Lèvi-Strauss, C. (1949). Les structures elementaires de la parenté. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. López, A., Atran, S., Coley, J., Medin, D., & Smith, E. (1997). The tree of life: Universals of folk-biological taxonomies and inductions. Cognitive Psychology, 32, 251–295. Lumsden, C. J., & Wilson, E. O. (1981). Genes, mind, and culture: The coevolutionary process. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Lutz, C. (1985). Ethnopsychology compared to what? Explaining behavior and consciousness among the Ifaluk. In G. White & J. Kirkpatrick (Eds.), Person, self, and experience: Exploring Pacific ethnopsychologies (pp. 35–79). Berkeley: University of California Press. Lutz, C. (1987). Goals, events, and understanding in Ifaluk emotion theory. In D. Holland & N. Quinn 25. Culture, Categorization, and Reasoning 641 (Eds.), Cultural models in language and thought (pp. 290–312). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Lutz, C. (1988). Unnatural emotions: Everyday sentiments on a Micronesian atoll and their challenge to Western theory. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Lynch, E., Coley, J., & Medin, D. (2000). Tall is typical: Central tendency, ideal dimensions and graded category structure among tree experts and novices. Memory and Cognition, 28, 41–50. Mahalingam, R. (1998). Essentialism, power and representation 249 of caste: A developmental study. Dissertation Abstracts International, 60(2-B). Malt, B. (1995). Category coherence in cross-cultural perspective. Cognitive Psychology, 29, 85–148. Malt, B. C., Sloman, S. A., Gennari, S., Shi, M., & Wang, Y. (1999). Knowing versus naming: Similarity and the linguistic categorization of artifacts. Journal of Memory and Language, 40, 230–262. Markus, H., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253. McCloskey, M., & Glucksberg, S. (1978). Natural categories: Well-defined or fuzzy-sets? Memory and Cognition, 6, 462—472. Medin, D., & Atran, S. (2004). The native mind: Biological categorization and reasoning in development and across cultures. Psychological Review, 111, 960– 983. Medin, D., Lynch, E., Coley, J.,&Atran, S. (1997). Categorization and reasoning among tree experts: Do all roads lead to Rome? Cognitive Psychology, 32, 49– 96. Medin, D., & Ortony, A. (1989). Psychological essentialism. In S. Vosniadou & A. Ortony (Eds.), Similarity and analogical reasoning (pp. 179–195). New York: Cambridge University Press. Medin, D., Ross, N., Atran, S., Burnett, R., & Blok, S. (2002). Categorization and reasoning in relation to culture and expertise. In B. Ross (Ed.), The psychology of learning and motivation: Advances in research and theory (Vol. 41, pp. 1–38). New York: Academic Press. Medin, D. L., Altom, M. W., Edelson, S. M., & Freko, D. (1982). Correlated symptoms and simulated medical classification. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 8, 37–50. Medin, D. L., & Coley, J. D. (1998). Concepts and categorization. In J. Hochberg & J. E. Cutting (Eds.), Handbook of perception and cognition: Perception and cognition at century’s end (2nd ed., pp. 403– 440). San Diego: Academic Press. Medin, D. L., Ross, N. O., Cox, D. G., & Atran, S. (in press). Why folkbiology matters: Resource conflict despite shared goals and values. Human Ecology. Medin, D. L., & Wattenmaker, W. D. (1987). Family resemblance, conceptual cohesiveness and category construction. Cognitive Psychology, 19, 242–279. Mehler, J., Jusczyk, P., Lambertz, G., Halsted, N., Bertoncini, J.,&Amiel-Tison, C. (1988). A precursor of language acquisition in young infants. Cognition, 29, 143–178. Miller, C. L. (1983). Developmental changes in male/female voice classification by infants. Infant Behavior 250 and Development, 6(3), 313–330. Monod, J. (1971). Chance and necessity: An essay on the natural philosophy of modern biology. New York: Knopf. Moore, C., Romney, A. K., Hsia, T., & Rush, C. (2000). The universality of the semantic structure of emotion terms. American Anthropologist, 101, 530–546. Morelli, G. A., Rogoff, B., & Angelillo, C. (2003). Cultural variation in young children’s access to work or involvement in specialised child-focused activities. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 27(3), 264–274. Murphy, G. L. (2002). The big book of concepts. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Murphy, G. L., & Medin, D. L. (1985). The role of theories in conceptual coherence. Psychological Review, 92, 289–316. Nesdale, D., & Flesser, D. (2001). Social identity and the development of children’s group attitudes. Child Development, 72(2), 506–517. Niedenthal, P. M., Halberstadt, J. B.,&Innes-Ker, A. H. (1999). Emotional response categorization. Psychological Review, 106, 337–361. Nisbett, R., Peng, K., Choi, I., & Norenzayan, A. (2001). Culture and systems of thought: Holistic versus analytic cognition. Psychological Review, 108, 291–310. Nisbett, R. E. (2003). The geography of thought: How Asians and westerners think differently—and why. New York: Free Press. Norenzayan, A., Smith, E. E., Kim, B. J., & Nisbett, R. E. (2002). Cultural preferences for formal versus intuitive reasoning. Cognitive Science, 26, 653–684. Nosofsky, R. M. (1992). Exemplar-based approach to relating categorization, identification, and recognition. In F. G. Ashby (Ed.), Multidimensional models of perception and cognition (pp. 363–393). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Nosofsky, R. M., & Palmeri, T. J. (1997). An exemplarbased random walk model of speeded classification. Psychological Review, 104, 266–300. Ocherson, D. N., Smith, E. E., Wilkie, O., Lopez, A., & Shafir, E. (1990). Category-based induction. Psychological Review, 97, 185–200. Osgood, C. E., Suci, G. J., Tannenbaum, P. H. (1957). The measurement of meaning. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. Oyserman, D., Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M. (2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism: Evaluation of theoretical assumptions and metaanalyses. Psychological Bulletin, 128(1), 3–72. Páez, D., & Vergara, A. (1995). Cultural differences in emotional knowledge. In J. A. Russell, J. M. 251 Fernandez-Dols, A. S. R. Manstead, & J. C. Wellencamp (Eds.), Everyday conceptions of emo642 V. COGNITION tion: An introduction to the psychology, anthropology, and linguistics of emotion (pp. 415–434). Boston: Kluwer. Phelps, E. A., O’Connor, K. J., Cunningham, W. A., Funayama, E. S., Gatenby, J. C., Gore, J. C., et al. (2000). Performance on indirect measures of race evaluation predicts amygdala activation. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 12, 729–738. Povinelli, D. J.,&Bering, J. M. (2002). The mentality of apes revisited. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 11(4), 115–119. Powslishta, K. K., Sen, M. G., Serbin, L. A., PoulinDubois, D., & Eichstedt, J. A. (2001). From infancy to middle childhood: The role of cognitive and social factors in becoming gendered. In R. K. Unger (Ed.), Handbook of the psychology of women and gender (pp. 116–132). New York: Wiley. Proffitt, J., Coley, J., & Medin, D. (2000). Expertise and category-based induction. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 26, 811–828. Rappaport, R. (1999). Ritual and religion in the making of humanity. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Rehder, B., & Hastie, R. (2001). Causal knowledge and categories: The effects of causal beliefs on categorization, induction, and similarity. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 130, 323–360. Richeson, J. A., Baird, A. A., Gordon, H. L., Heatherton, T. F., Wyland, C. L., Trawalter, S., et al. (2003). An fMRI investigation of the impact of interracial contact on executive function. Nature Neuroscience, 6, 1323–1328. Rips, L. (2001). Necessity and natural categories. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 827–852. Romney, A. K., & Batchelder, W. (1999). Cultural consensus theory. In R.Wilson&F. Keil (Eds.), The MIT encyclopedia of the cognitive sciences (pp. 208–209). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Romney, A. K., Brewer, D. D., & Batchelder, W. H. (1996). The relation between typicality and semantic similarity structure. Journal of Quantitative Anthropology, 6, 1–14. Romney, A. K., Moore, C. C., & Rusch, C. D. (1997). Cultural universals: Measuring the semantic structure of emotion terms in English and Japanese. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 94, 5489–5494. Romney, A. K.,Weller, S.,&Batchelder,W. (1986). Culture as consensus: A theory of culture and informant 252 accuracy. American Anthropologist, 88, 313–338. Rosaldo, M. (1980). Knowledge and passion: Ilongot notions of self and social life. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Rosaldo, R. (1984). Grief and a headhunter’s rage: On the cultural force of emotions. In E. Brunner & S. Plattner (Eds.), Text, play, and story: The construction and reconstruction of the self and society (pp. 178–195). Washington, DC: American Ethnological Society. Rosch, E., & Mervis, C. B. (1975). Family resemblance: Studies in the internal structure of categories. Cognitive Psychology, 7, 573–605. Rosch, E., Mervis, C., Grey, W., Johnson, D., & BoyesBraem, P. (1976). Basic objects in natural categories. Cognitive Psychology, 8, 382–439. Ross, N., Medin, D., Coley, J. D., & Atran, S. (2002). Cultural and experiential differences in the development of folkbiological induction. Cognitive Development, 18, 25–47. Russell, J. A. (1983). Pancultural aspects of the human conceptual organization of emotions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 45, 1281– 1288. Russell, J. A. (1989). Measures of emotion. In R. Plutchik & H. Kellerman (Eds.), Emotion: Theory, research, and experience (Vol. 4, pp. 83–111). New York: Academic Press. Russell, J. A. (1991). Culture and the categorization of emotion. Psychological Bulletin, 110, 426–450. Scheffler, H. W., & Lounsbury, F. G. (1971). A study in structural semantics: The Siriono kinship system. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. Scherer, K. R., & Wallbott, H. G. (1994). Evidence for universality and cultural variation of differential emotion response patterning. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 66, 310–328. Schneider, D. (1980). American kinship: A cultural account. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Semaj, M. B. (1980). The development of racial evaluation and preference: A cognitive approach. Journal of Black Psychology, 6, 59–79. Shafto, P., & Coley, J. D. (2003). Development of categorization and reasoning in the natural world: Novices to experts, naive similarity to ecological knowledge. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 29, 641–649. Shepard, R. N. (1987). Toward a universal law of generalization for psychological science. Science, 237, 1317–1323. Simons, D. J., & Keil, F. C. (1995). An abstract to concrete shift in the development of biological thought: The insides story. Cognition, 56, 129–163. 253 Smith, E., & Medin, D. (1981). Categories and concepts. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Smith, J. D., & Minda, J. P. (1998). Prototypes in the mist: The early epochs of category learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 24, 1411–1436. Smith, J. D., & Minda, J. P. (2000). Thirty categorization results in search of a model. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 26, 3–27. Smith, P. B., & Bond, M. H. (1993). Social psychology across cultures. New York: Harvester Wheatsheaf. Smits, T., Storms, G., Rosseel, Y., & De Boeck, P. (2002). Fruits and vegetables categorized: An application of the generalized context model. Psychonomic Bulletin and Review, 9, 836–844. 25. Culture, Categorization, and Reasoning 643 Sousa, P., Atran, S., & Medin, D. (2002). Essentialism and folkbiology: Further evidence from Brazil. Journal of Cognition and Culture, 2, 195–223. Spalding, T. L., & Ross, B. H. (2000). Concept learning and feature interpretation. Memory and Cognition, 28, 439–451. Sperber, D. (1985). Anthropology and psychology: Toward and epidemiology of representations. Man, 20, 73–89. Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture. Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Sperber, D., & Hirschfeld, L. (2004). The cognitive foundations of cultural stability and diversity. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 8(1), 40–46. Storms, G., De Boeck, P., & Ruts, W. (2000). Prototype and exemplar based information in natural language categories. Journal of Memory and Language, 42, 51–73. Strevens, M. (2000). The naive aspect of essentialist theories. Cognition, 74, 149–175. Tanaka, J., & Taylor, M. (1991). Object categories and expertise: Is the basic level in the eye of the beholder? Cognitive Psychology, 23, 457–482. Tomasello, M., Call, J., & Hare, B. (2003). Chimpanzees understand psychological states—the question is which ones and to what extent. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7(4), 153–156. Triandis, H. (1995). Individualism and collectivism. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Unsworth, S. J., & Medin, D. L. (2005). Cross-cultural differences in belief bias with deductive reasoning? Cognitive Science, 29, 525–529. Unsworth, S. J., Sears, C. R., & Pexman, P. M. (2005). Cultural influences on categorization processes. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 36, 662–688. Verbeemen, T., Vanoverberghe, V., Storms, G., & Ruts, 254 W. (2001). Contrast categories in natural language concepts. Journal of Memory and Language, 44, 1– 26. Vygotsky, L. (1978). Mind in society. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Walker, S. J. (1992). Supernatural beliefs, natural kinds and conceptual structure. Memory and Cognition, 20, 655–662. Waxman, S. R., Medin, D. L., & Ross, N. (in press). Folkbiological reasoning from a cross-cultural developmental perspective: Early essentialist notions are shaped by cultural beliefs. Developmental Psychology. Wheeler,M. E., & Fiske, S. T. (2005). Controlling racial prejudice and stereotyping: Social cognitive goals affect amygdala and stereotype activation. Psychological Science, 16, 56–63. Wierzbicka, A. (1992). Semantics, culture, and cognition: Universal human concepts in culture-specific configurations. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Wilson, D. S. (2002). Darwin’s cathedral. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Wisniewski, E., & Medin, D. (1994). On the interaction of theory and data in concept learning. Cognitive Science, 18, 221–281. Wolff, P., Medin, D., & Pankratz, C. (1999). Evolution and devolution of folkbiological knowledge. Cognition, 73, 177–204. Anderson, R. C., & Pichert, J. W. (1978). Recall of previously unrecallable information following a shift in perspective. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 17, 1–12. Antze, P. (1996). Telling stories, making selves: Memory and identity in multiple personality disorder. In P. Antze & M. Lambek (Eds.), Tense past: Cultural essays in trauma and memory (pp. 3–24). New York: Routledge. Bartlett, F. C. (1932). Remembering: A study in experimental and social psychology. New York: Cambridge University Press. Bauer, P. J. (2002). Early memory development. In U. Goswami (Ed.), Blackwell handbook of childhood cognitive development (pp. 127–146). Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Baumeister, R. F. (1987). How the self became a problem: A psychological review of historical research. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 163–176. Benet-Martinez, V., Leu, J., Lee, F., & Morris, M. W. (2002). Negotiating biculturalism: Cultural frame switching in biculturals with oppositional versus compatible identities. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 33, 492–516. Bienstock, R. E., Grogan, M., & Smith, H. (Producers). 255 (2003, September). Penn & Teller’s magic and mystery tour [Television broadcast]. CBC Documentary Special. Bluck, S. (2003). Autobiographical memory: Exploring its functions in everyday life. Memory, 11, 165–178. Bond, M. H. (1991). Beyond the Chinese face. Hong Kong: Oxford University Press. Bretherton, I., Fritz, J., Zahn-Waxler, C., & Ridgeway, D. (1986). Learning to talk about emotions: A functionalist perspective. Child Development, 57, 529– 548. Brockmeier, J., & Carbaugh, D. (Eds.). (2001). Narrative and identity: Studies in autobiography, self and culture. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Bruner, J. (1990). Acts of meaning. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Buehler, R., Griffin, D., & Ross, M. (1994). Exploring the “planning fallacy”: Why people underestimate their task completion times. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 366–381. Buehler, R., Griffin, D., & Ross, M. (2002). Inside the planning fallacy: The causes and consequences of optimistic time predictions. In G. Thomas, D. Griffin, & D. Kahneman (Eds.), Heuristics and biases: The psychology of intuitive judgement (pp. 250–270). New York: Cambridge University Press. Buehler, R., Otsubo, Y., Lehman, D. R., Heine, S. T., & Griffin, D. (2004). Culture and optimism: The planning fallacy in Japan and North America. Unpublished manuscript, Wilfrid Laurier University, Waterloo, Ontario, Canada. Cameron, J. J., Ross, M., & Holmes, J. G. (2002). Loving the one you hurt: Positive effects of recounting a transgression against an intimate partner. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 307–314. Carruthers, M. J. (1990). The book of memory: A study of memory in Medieval culture. New York: Cambridge University Press. Catholic Update. (2003, March). Available online at www.americancatholic.org/Newsletters/CU.asp Cheung, F. M. C. (1986). Psychopathology among Chinese people. In M. H. Bond (Ed.), The psychology of the Chinese people (pp. 171–212). Hong Kong: Oxford University Press. Chiu, C. Y., Morris, M. W., Hong, Y. Y., & Menon, T. (2000). Motivated cultural cognition: The impact of implicit cultural theories on dispositional attribution varies as a function of need for closure. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 247–259. Choi, I., Nisbett, R. E., & Norenzayan, A. (1999). Causal attribution across cultures: Variation and universality. Psychological Bulletin, 125, 47–63. Choi, S. H. (1992). Communicative socialization processes: 256 Korea and Canada. In S. Iwasaki, Y. Kashima, & K. Leung (Eds.), Innovations in cross-cultural psychology (pp. 103–122). Amsterdam: Swets & Zeitlinger. Christensen, T. C., Wood, J. V., & Feldman Barrett, L. (2003). Remembering everyday experience through the prism of self-esteem. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 51–62. Cohen, D.,&Gunz, A. (2002). As seen by the other . . .: Perspectives on the self in the memories and emotional perceptions of Easterners and Westerners. Psychological Science, 13, 55–59. Conway, M., & Pleydell-Pearce, C. W. (2000). The construction of autobiographical memories in the selfmemory system. Psychological Review, 107, 261– 288. Craik, F. I. M. (2000). Age-related changes in human memory. In D. C. Park & N. Schwarz (Eds.), Cognitive aging: A primer (pp. 75–92). Philadelphia: Psychology Press. D’Andrade, R. G. (1992). Schemas and motivation. In R. G. D’Andrade & C. Strauss (Eds.), Human motives and cultural models (pp. 23–44). New York: Cambridge University Press. Dekker, R. (2000). Childhood, memory and autobiography in Holland: From the Golden Age to Romanticism. New York: St. Martin’s Press. Denham, S. A.,&Kochanoff, A.T. (2002). Parental contributions to preschoolers’ understanding of emotion. Marriage and Family Review, 34, 311–343. Denham, S. A., Zoller, D., & Couchoud, E. A. (1994). Socialization of preschoolers’ emotion understanding. Developmental Psychology, 30, 928–936. Deshpande, C. G. (1996). Memory as depicted in Eastern and Western thoughts. Psycho-Lingua, 26(2), 57–65. Diener, E., Diener, M.,&Diener, C. (1995). Factors predicting the subjective well-being of nations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 851–864. Dunn, J., Brown, J., & Beardsall, L. (1991). Family talk about feeling states and children’s later understanding of others’ emotions. Developmental Psychology, 27, 448–455. Eid, M., & Diener, E. (2001). Norms for experiencing emotions in different cultures: Inter- and intranational differences. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 869–885. Feldman Barrett, L. (1997). The relationships among momentary emotion experiences, personality descriptions, and retrospective ratings of emotion. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 1100–1110. Fiske, A. P., Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Nisbett, R. E. (1998). The cultural matrix of social psychology. 257 In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (Vol. 2, 4th ed., pp. 915–981). Boston: McGraw-Hill. Fivush, R. (1994). Constructing narrative, emotions, and self in parent–child conversations about the past. In U. Neisser & R. Fivush (Eds.), The remembering self: Construction and accuracy in the self-narrative (pp. 136–157). New York: Cambridge University Press. Fivush, R., Berlin, L. J., Sales, J. M., MennutiWashburn, J., & Cassidy, J. (2003). Functions of parent–child reminiscing about emotionally negative events. Memory, 11, 179–192. Fivush, R., & Wang, Q. (2005). Emotion talk in mother–child conversations of the shared past: The effects of culture, gender, and event valence. Journal of Cognition and Development, 6(4), 489–506. Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures. New York: Basic Books. Han, J. J., Leichtman, M. D.,&Wang, Q. (1998). Autobiographical memory in Korean, Chinese, and American children. Developmental Psychology, 34, 701– 713. Harley, K., & Reese, E. (1999). Origins of autobiographical memory. Developmental Psychology, 35, 1338–1348. Herman, J. (1992). Trauma and recovery: The aftermath of violence—from domestic abuse to political terror. New York: Basic Books. Hoffman, C. Lau, I., & Johnson, D. R. (1986). The linguistic relativity of person cognition: An English– Chinese comparison. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51(6), 1097–1105. Holland, D.,&Quinn, N. (Eds.). (1987). Cultural models in language and thought. New York: Cambridge University Press. Hong, Y. Y., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C. Y., & BenetMartinez, V. (2000). Multicultural minds: A dynamic constructivist approach to culture and cognition. American Psychologist, 55, 709–720. Hume, D. (1882). A treatise of human nature (Vol. 1). London: Longmans Green. (Original work published 1739) Ka_itçiba_i, Ç. (1996). Family and human development across cultures: A view from the other side. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Kahneman, D., & Tversky, A. (1979). On the interpretation of intuitive probability: A reply to Jonathan Cohen. Cognition, 7, 409–411. Karney, B. R., & Coombs, R. H. (2000). Memory bias in long-term close relationships: Consistency or improvement? Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 959–970. 258 Karney, B. R., & Frye, N. E. (2002). “But we’ve been getting better lately”: Comparing prospective and retrospective views of relationship development. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 222–238. James, W. (1950). Principles of psychology. New York: Dover. (Original work published 1890) Kearins, J. M. (1981). Visual spatial memory in Australian aboriginal children of the desert regions. Cognitive Psychology, 13, 434–460. Kearins, J. M. (1986). Visual spatial memory in Aboriginal and White Australian children. Australian Journal of Psychology, 38, 203–214. Kim, H. S. (2002). We talk therefore we think?: A cultural analysis of the effect of talking on thinking. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 4, 828–842. Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (Eds.). (1994). Emotion and culture. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. 664 V. COGNITION Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Kurokawa, M. (2000). Culture, emotion, and well-being: Good feelings in Japan and the United States. Cognition and Emotion, 14, 93–124. Larsen, S. F., Schrauf, R. W., Fromholt, P., & Rubin, D. C. (2002). Inner speech and bilingual autobiographical memory: A Polish–Danish cross-cultural study. Memory, 10, 45–54. Leichtman, M. D., Pillemer, D. B., Wang, Q., Koreishi, A., & Han, J. J. (2000). When Baby Maisy came to school: Mothers’ interview styles and preschoolers’ event memories. Cognitive Development, 15, 1–16. Levy, B., & Langer, E. (1994). Aging free from negative stereotypes: Successful memory in China and among the American deaf. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 66(6), 989–997. Lin, Y. T. (1939). My country and my people. New York: John Day. Lowenthal, D. (1985). The past is a foreign country. New York: Cambridge University Press. MacDonald, S., Uesiliana, K., & Hayne, H. (2000). Cross-cultural and gender differences in childhood amnesia. Memory, 8, 365–376. Marian, V., & Kaushanskaya, M. (2004). Self-construal and emotion in bicultural bilinguals. Journal of Memory and Language, 51, 190–201. Marian, V., & Neisser, U. (2000). Language-dependent recall of autobiographical memories. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 129, 361–368. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253. 259 Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1994). The cultural construction of self and emotion: Implications for social behavior. In S. Kitayama & H. R. Markus (Eds.), Emotion and culture: Empirical studies of mutual influence (pp. 89–130). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Martini, M. (1996). “What’s new?” at the dinner table: Family dynamics during mealtimes in two cultural groups in Hawaii. Early Development and Parenting, 5, 23–34. Mascolo, M. F., & Li, J. (Eds.). (2004). Culture and developing selves: Beyond dichotomization. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Masuda, T., & Nisbett, R. E. (2001) Attending holistically versus analytically: Comparing the context sensitivity of Japanese and Americans. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 922–934. McAdams, D. P. (1993). The stories we live by: Personal myths and the making of the self.NewYork: Morrow. McCabe, A., & Peterson, C. (1991). Getting the story: A longitudinal study of parental styles in eliciting narratives and developing narrative skill. In A. McCabe & C. Peterson (Eds.), Developing narrative structure (pp. 217–253). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Miller, P. J., Fung, H., & Mintz, J. (1996). Selfconstruction through narrative practices: A Chinese and American comparison of early socialization. Ethos, 24, 237–280. Miller, P. J., Wiley, A. R., Fung, H., & Liang, C. H. (1997). Personal storytelling as a medium of socialization in Chinese and American families. Child Development, 68, 557–568. Minami, M., & McCabe, A. (1991). Haiku as a discourse regulation device: A stanza analysis of Japanese children’s personal narratives. Language in Society, 20, 577–599. Minami, M., & McCabe, A. (1995). Rice balls and bear hunts: Japanese and North American family narrative patterns. Journal of Child Language, 22, 423– 445. Mullen, M. K. (1994). Earliest recollections of childhood: A demographic analysis. Cognition, 52, 55– 79. Mullen, M. K., & Yi, S. (1995). The cultural context of talk about the past: Implications for the development of autobiographical memory. Cognitive Development, 10, 407–419. Nakamura, H. (1964).Ways of thinking of Eastern peoples: India, China, Tibet, and Japan. Honolulu: East– West Center Press. Nelson, K. (1993). Explaining the emergence of autobiographical memory in early childhood. In A. F. Collins, S. E. Gathercole, M. A., Conway, & P. E. 260 Morris (Eds.), Theories of memory (pp. 355–385). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Nelson, K. (1996). Language in cognitive development: The emergence of the mediated mind. New York: Cambridge University Press. Nelson, K., & Fivush, R. (2004). The emergence of autobiographical memory: A social cultural developmental theory. Psychological Review, 111, 486–511. Neisser, U. (1962). Cultural and cognitive discontinuity. In T. E. Gladwin & W. C. Sturtevant (Eds.), Anthropology and human behavior (pp. 54–71). Washington, DC: Anthropological Society of Washington. Neisser, U. (1967). Cognitive psychology. East Norwalk, CT: Appleton–Century–Crofts. Neisser, U. (1982). Memory: What are the important questions? In U. Neisser (Ed.), Memory observed (pp. 3–19). San Francisco: Freeman. Ochs, E. (1996). Linguistic resources for socialising humanity. In J. Gumperz & S. Levinson (Eds.), Rethinking linguistic reality (pp. 407–437). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Oishi, S. (2002). The experiencing and remembering of well-being: A cross-cultural analysis. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1398–1406. Pasupathi, M. (2001). The social construction of the personal past and its implications for adult development. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 651–672. Pennebaker, J. W., Zech, E., & Rimé, B. (2001). Disclosing and sharing emotion: Psychological, social, and health consequences. In R. O. Hansson & M. S. Stroebe (Eds.), Handbook of bereavement research: Consequences, coping, and care (pp. 517–543). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Perunovic, W. Q. E., Ross, M., & Wilson, A. E. (2005). 26. Culture and Memory 665 Language, culture, and conceptions of the self. In R. M. Sorrentino, D. Cohen, J. M. Olson, & M. P. Zanna (Eds.), Cultural and social behavior: The Ontario Symposium (Vol. 10, pp. 165–180). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Pillemer, D. B. (1998). Momentous events, vivid memories. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Pillemer, D. B. (2003). Directive functions of autobiographical memory: The guiding power of the specific episode. Memory, 11, 193–202. Pillemer, D. B., & White, S. H. (1989). Childhood events recalled by children and adults. In H.W. Reese (Ed.), Advances in child development and behavior (Vol. 21, pp. 297–340). New York: Academic Press. Rimé, B., Corsini, S., & Herbette, G. (2002). Emotion, verbal expression, and the social sharing of emotion. In S. R. Fussell (Ed.), The verbal communication of emotions: Interdisciplinary perspectives (pp. 185– 261 208). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Rimé, B., Finkenauer, C., Mesquita, B., Pennebaker, J. W., Singh-Manoux, A., & Yogo, M. (2001, July). The social sharing of emotion: An overview of crosscultural data. In Q. Wang & M. A. Conway (Cochairs), Memory and culture. Symposium conducted at the third International Conference on Memory, Valencia, Spain. Robinson, J. A., & Swanson, K. L. (1990). Autobiographical memory: The next phase. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 4, 321–335. Robinson, M. D., & Clore, G. L. (2002). Belief and feeling: Evidence for an accessibility model of emotional self-report. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 934–960. Rogers, T. B., Kuiper, N. A., & Kirker, W. S. (1977). Self-reference and the encoding of personal information. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35, 677–688. Ross, M. (1989). Relation of implicit theories to the construction of personal histories. Psychological Review, 96, 341–357. Ross, M., Heine, S. J., Wilson, A. E., & Sugimori, S. (2005). Cross-cultural discrepancies in selfappraisals. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 31, 1175–1188. Ross, M., & Holmberg, D. (1990). Recounting the past: Gender differences in the recall of events in the history of a close relationship.. In J. M. Olson&M. P. Zanna (Eds.), Self-inference processes: The Ontario Symposium (Vol. 6, pp. 135–152). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Ross, M.,&Wilson, A. E. (2002). It feels like yesterday: Self-esteem, valence of personal past experiences, and judgments of subjective distance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 792–803. Ross, M., Xun, E., & Wilson, A. E. (2002). Language and the bicultural self. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1040–1050. Röttger-Rössler, B. (1993). Autobiography in question: On self presentation and life description in an Indonesian society. Anthropos, 88, 365–373. Rousseau, J. J. (2000). Confessions. New York: Oxford University Press. (Original work published 1782) Sankaranarayanan, A., & Leichtman, M. D. (2000). Adults’ recollections of childhood in urban and rural India and the United States. Unpublished raw data. Schachtel, E. G. (1947). On memory and childhood amnesia. Psychiatry, 10, 1–26. Schrauf, R. W. (2000). Bilingual autobiographical memory: Experimental studies and clinical cases. Culture and Psychology, 6, 387–417. Schrauf, R. W., & Rubin, D. C. (2000). Internal languages of retrieval: The bilingual encoding of memories for the personal past. Memory and Cognition, 262 28, 616–623. Shweder, R. A., Goodnow, J., Hatano, G., LeVine, R. A., Markus, H. R., & Miller, P. J. (1998). The cultural psychology of development: One mind, many mentalities. In W. Damon (Series Ed.) & R. M. Lerner (Vol. Ed.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 1. Theoretical models of human development (5th ed., pp. 865–937). New York: Wiley. Simcock, G.,&Hayne, H. (2002). Breaking the barrier?: Children fail to translate their preverbal memories into language. Psychological Science, 13, 225–231. Singer, J. A., & Salovey, P. (1993). The remembered self: Emotion and memory in personality. New York: Free Press. St. Augustine. (1991). Confessions. New York: Oxford University Press. Tanur, J. M. (Ed.). (1992). Questions about questions: Inquiries into the cognitive bases of surveys. New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Trafimow, D., Silverman, E. S., Fan, R. M., & Law, J. S. F. (1997). The effects of language and priming on the relative accessibility of the private self and the collective self. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 28, 107–123. Triandis, H. C. (1989). The self and social behavior in differing cultural contexts. Psychological Review, 96, 506–520. Tulving, E. (2002). Episodic memory: From mind to brain. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 1–25. Tweed, R. G.,&Lehman, D. R. (2002). Learning considered within a cultural context: Confucian and Socratic approaches. American Psychologist, 57, 89–99. Valsiner, J. (2000). Culture and human development. London: Sage. Valsiner, J. (2001). Process structure of semiotic mediation in human development. Human Development, 44, 84–97. van Emmerik, A. A. P., Kamphuis, J. H., Hulsbosch, A. M., & Emmelkamp, P. M. G. (2002). Single session debriefing after psychological trauma: A metaanalysis. Lancet, 360, 766–771. Veenhoven, R. (1993). Bibliography of happiness: 2,472 contemporary studies on subjective appreciation of life. Rotterdam, the Netherlands: Erasmus University. Voronov, M., & Singer, J. A. (2002). The myth of individualism–collectivism: A critical review. Journal of Social Psychology, 142, 461–480. Vygotsky, L. (1978). Mind in society. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Wagar, B. M., & Cohen, D. (2003). Culture, memory, and the self: An analysis of the personal and collective self in long-term memory. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 39, 468–475. 263 Wang, Q. (2001a). Cultural effects on adults’ earliest childhood recollection and self-description: Implications for the relation between memory and the self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 220–233. Wang, Q. (2001b). “Did you have fun?”: American and Chinese mother–child conversations about shared emotional experiences. Cognitive Development, 16, 693–715. Wang, Q. (2004a). The emergence of cultural selfconstruct: Autobiographical memory and selfdescription in American and Chinese children. Developmental Psychology, 40, 3–15. Wang, Q. (2004b). The cultural context of parent–child reminiscing: A functional analysis. In M. W. Pratt & B. Fiese (Eds.), Family stories and the life course: Across time and generations (pp. 279–301). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Wang, Q. (2005, April). The socialization of self in Chinese and immigrant Chinese families. In R. Chao & H. Fung (Co-chairs), Cultural perspectives of Chinese socialization. Invited symposium at the biennial meeting of the Society for Research in Child Development (SRCD), Atlanta, GA. Wang, Q. (2006). Earliest recollections of self and others in European American and Taiwanese young adults. Psychological Science, 17(8), 708– 714. Wang, Q. (in press). “Remember when you got the big, big bulldozer?”: Mother–child reminiscing over time and across cultures. Social Cognition. Wang, Q., & Brockmeier, J. (2002). Autobiographical remembering as cultural practice: Understanding the interplay between memory, self and culture. Culture and Psychology, 8, 45–64. Wang, Q., & Conway, M. A. (2004). The stories we keep: Autobiographical memory in American and Chinese middle-aged adults. Journal of Personality, 72, 911–938. Wang, Q., Conway, M. A., & Hou, Y. (2004). Infantile amnesia: A cross-cultural investigation. Cognitive Sciences, 1, 123–135. Wang, Q.,&Fivush, R. (2005). Mother–child conversations of emotionally salient events: Exploring the functions of emotional reminiscing in European American and Chinese Families. Social Development, 14(3), 473–495. Wang, Q., Hutt, R., Kulkofsky, S., McDermott, M., & Wei, R. (2006). Emotion situation knowledge and autobiographical memory in Chinese, immigrant Chinese, and European American 3-year-olds. Journal of Cognition and Development, 7(1), 95–118. Wang, Q., & Leichtman, M. D. (2000). Same beginnings, 264 different stories: A comparison of American and Chinese children’s narratives. Child Development, 71, 1329–1346. Wang, Q., Leichtman, M. D., & Davies, K. (2000). Sharing memories and telling stories: American and Chinese mothers and their 3-year-olds. Memory, 8, 159–177. Wang, Q., Leichtman, M. D., & White, S. H. (1998). Childhood memory and self-description in young Chinese adults: The impact of growing up an only child. Cognition, 69(1), 73–103. Wang, Q., & Ross, M. (2005). What we remember and what we tell: The effects of culture and self-priming on memory representations and narratives. Memory, 13(6), 594–606. Webster, J. D. (1993). Construction and validation of the Reminiscence Functions Scale. Journals of Gerontology: Series A, Psychological Sciences and Social Sciences, 48, 256–262. Webster, J. D. (1997). The Reminiscence Functions Scale: A replication. International Journal of Aging and Human Development, 44, 137–148. Webster, J. D., & Cappeliez, P. (1993). Reminiscence and autobiographical memory: Complementary contexts for cognitive aging research. Developmental Review, 13, 54–91. Wilson, A. E., & Ross, M. (2001). From chump to champ: People’s appraisals of their earlier and present selves. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80(4), 572–584. Wu, P.-Y. (1990). The Confucian’s progress: Autobiographical writings in traditional China. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Wyatt, F. (1963). The reconstruction of the individual and of the collective past. In R. H. White (Ed.), The study of lives (pp. 304–320). New York: Atherton Press. Yoon, C., Hasher, L., Feinberg, F., & Rahhal, T. A. (2000). Cross-cultural differences in memory: The role of culture-based stereotypes about aging. Psychology and Aging, 15, 694–704. Au, T. (1983). Chinese and English counterfactuals: The Sapir–Whorf hypothesis revisited. Cognition, 15, 155–187. Au, T. (1984). Counterfactuals: In reply to Alfred Bloom. Cognition, 17, 289–302. Au, T. (2004). Making sense of differences: Language, culture, and social reality. In S.-h. Ng, C. Candlin, & C.-y. Chiu (Eds.), Language matters: Communication, culture, and social identity (pp. 139– 153). Hong Kong: City University of Hong Kong Press. Berlin, B., & Kay, P. (1969). Basic color terms: Their 265 universality and evolution. Berkeley: University of California Press. Bloom, A. H. (1981a). The linguistic shaping of thought: A study in the impact of language on thinking in China and the West. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Bloom, A. H. (1981b). Language and theoretical vs. reality centered morality. In R. W. Wilson, S. L. Greenblatt,&A. A.Wilson (Eds.), Moral behavior in Chinese society (pp. 21–37). New York: Praeger. Bond, M. H. (1983). How language variation affects inter-cultural differentiation of values by Hong Kong bilinguals. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 2, 57–66. Bond, M. H., & Cheung, M.-k. (1984). Experimenter language choice and ethnic affirmation by Chinese trilinguals in Hong Kong. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 8, 347–356. Bond, M. H., & Yang, K. S. (1982). Ethnic affirmation versus cross-cultural accommodation: The variable impact of questionnaire language on Chinese bilinguals from Hong Kong. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 13, 169–185. Boroditsky, L. (2001). Does language shape thought? Cognitive Psychology, 42, 1–22. Bourhis, R. Y., & Giles, H. (1977). The language of intergroup distinctiveness. In H. Giles (Ed.), Language, ethnicity and intergroup relations (pp. 119–135). London: Academic Press. Bourhis, R. Y., Giles, H., & Tajfel, H. (1973). Language as a determinant ofWelsh identity. European Journal of Social Psychology, 3, 447–460. Bourhis, R. Y., Giles, H., Leyens, J.-P., & Tajfel, H. (1979). Psycholinguistic distinctiveness: Language divergence in Beligum. In H. Giles & R. S. Clair (Eds.), Language and social psychology (pp. 158–185). Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Brauer, M., Judd, C. M., & Jacquelin, V. (2001). The communication of social stereotypes: The effects of group discussion and information distribution on stereotypic appraisals. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 463–475. Brennan, E. M., & Brennan, J. S. (1981). Accent scaling and language attitudes: Reactions to Mexican American English speech. Language and Speech, 24, 207– 221. Brenneis, D. (2002). Some cases for culture. Human Development, 45, 264–269. Brown, R. (1976). Reference: In memorial tribute to Eric Lenneberg. Cognition, 4, 125–153. Bruner, J. (1990). Acts of meaning. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Callan, V. J., Gallois, C., & Forbes, P. A. (1983). Evaluative reactions to accented English: Ethnicity, 266 sex role, and context. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 14, 407–426. Carroll, J. B., & Casagrande, J. B. (1958). The function of language classification in behavior. In E. E. Maccoby, T. R. Newcomb, & E. L. Hartley (Eds.), Readings in social psychology (3rd ed., pp. 18–31). New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Chiu, C.-y., & Chen, J. (2004). Symbols and interactions: Application of the CCC model to culture, language, and social identity. In S.-h. Ng, C. Candlin, & C.-y. Chiu (Eds.), Language matters: Communication, culture, and social identity (pp. 155–182). Hong Kong: City University of Hong Kong Press. Chiu, C.-y., Krauss, R. M., & Lau, I. (1998). Some cognitive consequences of communication. In S. R. Fussell & R. J. Kreuz (Eds.), Social and cognitive approaches to interpersonal communication (pp. 259– 276). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Chiu, C.-y., Krauss, K. M., & Lee, S. (1999). Communication and social cognition: A post-Whorfian approach. In T. Sugiman, M. Karasawa, J. Liu, & C. Ward (Eds.), Progress in Asian social psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 127–143). Map-Ku, Korea: KyoyookKwahak-Sa. Chomsky, N. (1992). Language and thought.Wakefield, RI: Moyer Bell. Clark, H. H., & Brennan, S. E. (1991). Grounding in communication. In L. B. Resnick, J. Levine, & S. D. Teasley (Eds.), Perspectives on socially shared cognition (pp. 127–149). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Clark, H. H., & Carlson, T. B. (1982). Speech acts and hearers’ beliefs. In N. V. Smith (Ed.), Mutual knowledge (pp. 1–59). New York: Academic Press. Clark, H. H., & Marshall, C. E. (1981). Definite reference and mutual knowledge. In A. K. Joshi, I. Sag, & B. Webber (Eds.), Elements of discourse understanding (pp. 10–63). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Clark, H. H., & Murphy, G. L. (1982). Audience design in meaning and reference. In J.-F. L. Ny&W. Kintsch (Eds.), Language and comprehension (pp. 287–296). New York: North Holland. Clark, H. H., Schreuder, R., & Buttrick, S. (1983). Common ground and the understanding of demonstrative reference. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 22, 245–258. Clarke, M., Losoff, A., McCracken, M. D., & Rood, D. (1984). Linguistic relativity and sex/gender studies: Epistemological and methodological considerations. Language Learning, 34, 47–67. Clarke, M., Losoff, A., McCracken, M. D., & Still, J. (1981). Gender perception in Arabic and English. 267 Language Learning, 31, 159–169. D’Andrade, R. (2002). Cultural Darwinism and language. American Anthropologist, 104, 223–232. Davidoff, J. (2001). Language and perceptual categorization. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 5, 382–387. Earle, M. (1969). A cross-cultural and cross-language comparison of dogmatism scores. Journal of Social Psychology, 79, 19–24. Ervin, S. M. (1962). The connotations of gender. Word, 18, 249–261. Fallshore, M., & Schooler, J. W. (1995). The verbal vulnerability of perceptual expertise. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 21, 1608–1623. Fiedler, K., Semin, G. R., & Finkenauer, C. (1993). The battle of words between gender groups: A languagebased approach to intergroup processes. Human Communication Research, 19, 409–441. Fussell, S. R., & Krauss, R. M. (1989a). The effects of intended audience on message production and comprehension: Reference in a common ground framework. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 25, 203–219. Fussell, S. R., & Krauss, R. M. (1989b). Understanding friends and strangers: The effects of audience design on message comprehension. European Journal of Social Psychology, 19, 509–525. Fussell, S. R., & Krauss, R. M. (1991). Accuracy and bias in estimates of others’ knowledge. European Journal of Social Psychology, 21, 445–454. Fussell, S. R., & Krauss, R. M. (1992). Coordination of knowledge in communication: Effects of speakers’ assumptions about others’ knowledge. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 378–391. 27. Language, Cognition, and Culture 685 Garro, L. (1986). Language, memory, and focality: A reexamination. American Anthropologist, 88, 128– 136. Genesee, F., & Holobow, N. E. (1989). Change and stability in intergroup perceptions. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 8, 17–38. Giles, H., Taylor, D. M., & Bourhis, R. Y. (1977). Dimensions of Welsh identity. European Journal of Social Psychology, 7, 165–174. Giles, H., Taylor, D. M., Lambert, W. E., & Albert, G. (1976). Dimensions of ethnic identity: An example from Northern Maine. Journal of Social Psychology, 100, 11–19. Glucksberg, S. (1988). Language and thought. In R. S. Sternberg & E. E. Smith (Eds.), The psychology of human thought (pp. 214–241). New York: Cambridge University Press. Glucksberg, S. (2001). Understanding figurative language: 268 From metaphor to idioms. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Grice, H. P. (1975). Logic and conversation. In P. Cole & J. Morgan (Eds.), Syntax and semantics: Vol. 3. Speech acts (pp. 43–58). New York: Academic Press. Guimond, S., & Palmer, D. L. (1985). The political socialization of commerce and social science students: Epistemic authority and attitude change. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 26, 1985–2013. Hall, E. T. (1990). Understanding cultural differences. Yarmouth, ME: Intercultural Press. Hamilton, D. L., Gibbons, P. A., Stroessner, S. J., & Sherman, J. W. (1992). Stereotype and language use. In G. R. Semin & K. Fiedler (Eds.), Language, interaction and social cognition (pp. 102–128). London: Sage. Heider, E. R. (1972). Universals in color naming and memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 93, 10–20. Heider, E. R., & Olivier, D. C. (1972). The structure of the color space in naming and memory for two languages. Cognitive Psychology, 3, 337–354. Higgins, E. T., & McCann, C. D. (1984). Social encoding and subsequent attitudes, impressions and memory: “Context-driven” and motivational aspects of processing. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 47, 26–39. Higgins, E. T., McCann, C. D., & Fondacaro, R. (1982). The “communication game”: Goal-directed encoding and cognitive consequences. Social Cognition, 1, 21–37. Hoffman, C., Lau, I., & Johnson, D. R. (1986). The linguistic relativity of person cognition: An English– Chinese comparison. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 1097–1105. Hoosain, R. (1991). Psycholinguistic implications for linguistic relatively: A case study of Chinese. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Hunt, E., & Agnoli, F. (1991). The Whorfian hypothesis: A cognitive psychology perspective. Psychological Review, 98, 377–389. Hunt, E., & Banaji, M. R. (1988). The Whorfian hypothesis revisited: A cognitive science view of linguistic and cultural effects on thought. In J. W. Berry, S. H. Irvine, & E. B. Hunt (Eds.), Indigenous cognition: Functioning in cultural context (pp. 57–84). Dordrecht, the Netherlands: Martinus Nijhoff. Ishii, K., Reyes, J. A., & Kitayama, S. (2003). Spontaneous attention to word content versus emotional tone: Differences among three cultures. Psychological Science, 14, 39–46. Jaworski, A., & Thurlow, C. (2004). Language, tourism and globalization: Mapping new international identities. 269 In S.-h. Ng, C. Candlin, & C.-y. Chiu (Eds.), Language matters: Communication, culture, and social identity (pp. 297–321). Hong Kong: City University of Hong Kong Press. Kahneman, D., & Tversky, A. (1984). Choices, values, and frames. American Psychologist, 39, 341–350. Kashima, E. S., & Kashima, Y. (1998). Culture and language: The case of cultural dimensions and personal pronoun use. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 29, 461–486. Kashima, Y., & Kashima, E. (2003). Individualism, GNP, climate, and pronoun drop: Is individualism determined by affluence and climate, or does language use play a role. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 34, 125–134. Kay, P., & Kempton, W. (1984). What is the Sapir– Whorf hypothesis? American Anthroplogist, 86, 65– 79. Kay, P., & McDaniel, C. K. (1978). The linguistic significance of the meanings of basic color terms. Language, 54, 610–646. Krauss, R. M., & Chiu, C.-y. (1998). Language and social behavior. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (4th ed., Vol. 2, pp. 41–88). New York: McGrawHill. Krauss, R. M., & Fussell, S. R. (1991). Perspectivetaking in communication: Representations of others’ knowledge in reference. Social Cognition, 9, 2–24. Krauss, R. M., & Fussell, S. R. (1996). Social psychological approaches to the study of communication. In E. T. Higgins & A. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook of basic principles (pp. 655–701). New York: Guilford Press. Krauss, R. M., Fussell, S. R., & Chen, Y. (1995). Coordination of perspective in dialogue: Intrapersonal and interpersonal processes. In I. Markova, C. G. Graumann, & K. Foppa (Eds.), Mutualities in dialogue (pp. 124–145). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Krauss, R. M., & Glucksberg, S. (1977). Social and nonsocial speech. Scientific American, 236, 100–105. Krauss, R. M., Vivekananthan, P. S., & Weinheimer, S. (1968). “Inner speech” and “external speech.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 9, 295– 300. Langacker, R. W. (1976). Semantic representations and the linguistic relativity hypothesis. Foundations of Language, 14, 307–357. 686 V. COGNITION Lantz, D.,&Stefflre, V. (1964). Language and cognition revisited. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 69, 472–481. 270 Latané, B. (1996). Dynamic social impact: The creation of culture by communication. Journal of Communication, 46, 13–25. Latané, B., & Bourgeois, M. J. (1996). Experimental evidence for dynamic social impact: The emergence of subcultures in electronic groups. Journal of Communication, 46, 35–47. Latané, B., & L’Herrou, T. (1996). Spatial clustering in the conformity game: Dynamic social impact in electronic groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 1218–1230. Lau, I. Y.-M., Chiu, C.-y., & Hong, Y. (2001). I know what you know: Assumptions about others’ knowledge and their effects on message construction. Social Cognition, 19, 587–600. Lau, I. Y.-M., Chiu, C.-y., & Lee, S.-L. (2001). Communication and shared reality: Implications for the psychological foundations of culture. Social Cognition, 19, 350–371. Lau, I. Y.-M., Lee, S.-L., & Chiu, C.-y. (2004). Language, cognition and reality: Constructing shared meanings through communication. In M. Schaller & C. Crandall (Eds.), The psychological foundations of culture (pp. 77–100). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Lehman, D., Chiu, C.-y., & Schaller, M. (2004). Culture and psychology. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 689–714. Liu, L. G. (1985). Reasoning counterfactually in Chinese: Are there any obstacles? Cognition, 21, 239– 270. Lucy, J. A., & Shweder, R. A. (1979). Whorf and his critics: Linguistic and nonlinguistic influences on color memory. American Anthropologist, 81, 581– 615. Lucy, J. A., & Shweder, R. A. (1988). The effect of incidental conversation on memory for focal colors. American Anthropologist, 90, 923–931. Lyczak, R., Fu, G. S., & Ho, A. (1976). Attitudes of Hong Kong bilinguals toward English and Chinese speakers. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 7, 425–438. Lyons, A., & Kashima, Y. (2001). The reproduction of culture: Communication processes tend to maintain cultural stereotypes. Social Cognition, 19, 372–394. Lyons, A., & Kashima, Y. (2003). How are stereotypes maintained through communication?: The influence of stereotype sharedness. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 85, 989–1005. Maass, A., Milesi, A., Zabbini, S., & Stahlberg, D. (1995). Linguistic intergroup bias: Differential expectancies or in-group protection? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 116–126. Maass, A., Salvi, D., Arcuri, L., & Semin, G. R. (1989). 271 Language use in intergroup contexts: The linguistic intergroup bias. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 38, 689–703. Masuda, T., & Nisbett, R. E. (2001). Attending holistically versus analytically: Comparing the context sensitivity of Japanese and Americans. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 922–934. Mazurkewich, I., & Fista-Stoga, F., Mawle, D., Somers, M., & Thibaudeau, S. (1986). A new look at language attitudes in Montreal. Genetic, Social, and General Psychology Monographs, 112, 201–217. McCann, C. D., Higgins, E. T., & Fondacaro, R. A. (1991). Primacy and recency in communication and self-persuasion: How successive audiences and multiple encodings influence subsequent judgments. Social Cognition, 9, 47–66. Miller, P.,Wiley, A. R., Fung, H., & Liang, C.-h. (1997). Personal storytelling as a medium of socialization in Chinese and American families. Child Development, 68, 557–568. Ng, S.-h., Chiu, C.-y., & Candlin, C. (2004). Communication, culture, and identity: Overview and synthesis. In S.-h. Ng, C. Candlin, & C.-y. Chiu (Eds.), Language matters: Communication, culture, and social identity (pp. 1–23). Hong Kong: City University of Hong Kong Press. Ota, H. (2004). Culture and intergenerational communication: Implications of cultures for communication across age groups. In S.-h. Ng, C. Candlin, & C.-y. Chiu (Eds.), Language matters: Communication, culture, and social identity (pp. 183–201). Hong Kong: City University of Hong Kong Press. Ranken, H. B. (1963). Language and thinking: Positive and negative effects of naming. Science, 141, 48–50. Roberson, D., & Davidoff, J. (2000). The “categorical perception” of colors and facial expressions: The effect of verbal interference. Memory and Cognition, 28, 977–986. Roberson, D., Davies, I., & Davidoff, J. (2000). Color categories are not universal: Replications and new evidence from a stone-age culture. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 129, 369–398. Rokeach, M. (1960). The open and closed mind: Investigations into the nature of belief systems and personality systems. New York: Basic Books. Rosch, E. H. (1973). On the internal structure of perceptual and semantic categories. In T. E. Moore (Ed.), Cognitive development and the acquisition of language (pp. 254–279). New York: Academic Press. Rosch, E. H. (1987). Linguistic relativity. Et cetera, 44, 254–279. Ross, M., Xun, W. Q. E., & Wilson, A. E. (2002). Language and the bicultural self. Personality and Social 272 Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1040–1050. Schegloff, E. A. (1991). Conversation analysis and socially shared cognition. In L. B. Resnick, J. M. Levine, & S. D. Teasley (Eds.), Perspectives on socially shared cognition (pp. 150–171). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Schooler, J.W.,&Engstler-Schooler, T. Y. (1990). Visual overshadowing of visual memories: Some things are better left unsaid. Cognitive Psychology, 22, 36–71. Sebastian, R. J., & Ryan, E. B. (1985). Speech cues and social evaluations: Markers of ethnicity, social class and age. In H. Giles & R. N. S. Clair (Eds.), Recent advances in language, communication and social psychology (pp. 112–143). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Semin, G. R. (1998). Cognition, language, and communication. In S. R. Fussell & R. J. Kreuz (Eds.), Social and cognitive approaches to interpersonal communication (pp. 229–257). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Semin, G. R., & Fiedler, K. (1988). The cognitive functions of linguistic categories in describing persons: Social cognition and language. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 558–568. Semin, G. R., & Fiedler, K. (1991). The linguistic category model, its bases, application and range. In W. Stroebe & M. Hewstone (Eds.), European review of social psychology. (Vol. 2, pp. 1–30). New York: Wiley. Sera, M. D., Berge, D., & del Castillio Pintado, J. (1994). Grammatical and conceptual forces in the attribution of gender by English and Spanish speakers. Child Development, 68, 820–831. Sera, M. D., Elieff, C., Forbes, J., Burch, M. C., Rodriguez, W., & Dubois, D. P. (2002). When language affects cognition and when it does not: An analysis of grammatical gender and classification. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 131, 377–397. Shatz, M., Diesendruck, G., Martinez-Beck, I., & Akar, D. (2003). The influence of language and socioeconomic status on children’s understanding of false belief. Developmental Psychology, 39, 717–729. Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture: A naturalistic approach. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell. Stefflre, V., Vales, V. C., & Morley, L. (1966). Language and cognition in Yucatan: A cross-cultural replication. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 4, 112–115. Takano, Y. (1989). Methodological problems in crosscultural studies of linguistic relativity. Cognition, 31, 141–162. Tardif, T. (1996). Nouns are not always learned before verbs: Evidence from Mandarin speakers’ early vocabularies. Developmental Psychology, 32, 492– 273 504. Tardif, T., Gelman, S. A., & Xu, F. (1999). Putting the “noun bias” in context: A comparison of English and Mandarin. Child Development, 70, 620–635. Tardif, T., Shatz, M., & Naigles, L. (1998). Caregiver speech and children’s use of nouns versus verbs: A comparison of English, Italian, and Mandarin. Journal of Child Language, 24, 535–565. Taylor, D. M., Bassili, J. N., & Aboud, F. E. (1973). Dimensions of ethnic identity: An example for Quebec. Journal of Social Psychology, 89, 185–192. Taylor, D. M., & Royer, L. (1980). Group processes affecting anticipated language choice in intergroup relations. In H. Giles, W. P. Robinson, & P. Smith (Eds.), Language: Social psychological perspectives (pp. 185–192). Oxford, UK: Pergamon. Thomas, D. R., & DeCapito, A. (1966). Role of stimulus labeling in stimulus generalization. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 71, 913–915. Tong, Y., Hong, Y.-y., Lee, S.-l., & Chiu, C.-y. (1999). Language as a carrier of social identity. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 23, 281–296. Trafimow, D., Silverman, E. S., Fan, R. M.-T., & Law, J. S. F. (1997). The effects of language and priming on the relative accessibility of the private self and the collective self. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 28, 107–123. Verkuyten, M., & Pouliasi, K. (2002). Biculturalism among older children: Cultural frame switching, attributions, self-identification, and attitudes. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 33, 596–609. Whorf, B. L. (1956). Language, thought, and reality: Selected writings of Benjamin Lee Whorf. New York: Wiley. Yang, K. S., & Bond, M. H. (1980). Ethnic affirmation by Chinese bilinguals. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 11, 411–425. Zhang, J., & Shavitt, S. (2003). Cultural values in advertisements to the Chinese X-generation. Journal Advertising, 32, 23–33. Zhou, R. (2004). A comparative study of Chinese and English metaphorical representation of time. In S.-h. Ng, C. Candlin, & C.-y. Chiu (Eds.), Language matters: Communication, culture, and social identity (pp. 203–218). Hong Kong: City University of Hong Kong Press. Ahadi, S. A., Rothbart, M. K., & Ye, R. (1993). Children’s temperament in the US and China: Similarities and differences. European Journal of Personality, 7, 359–377. Ahuvia, A. C. (2002). Individualism/collectivism and cultures of happiness: A theoretical conjecture on the relationship between consumption, culture and subjective 274 well-being at the national level. Journal of Happiness Studies, 3, 23–36. Bagozzi, R. P., Wong, N., & Yi, Y. (1999). The role of culture and gender in the relationship between positive and negative affect. Cognition and Emotion, 13, 641–672. Balatsky, G., & Diener, E. (1993). Subjective well-being among Russian students. Social Indicators Research, 28, 225–243. Benet-Martínez, V., & Karakitapoglu-Aygun, Z. (2003). The interplay of cultural syndromes and personality in predicting life satisfaction: Comparing Asian Americans and European Americans. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 34, 38–60. Betancourt, H.,&López, S. R. (1993). The study of culture, ethnicity, and race in American psychology. American Psychologist, 48, 629–637. Biswas-Diener, R.,&Diener, E. (2001). Making the best of a bad situation: Satisfaction in the slums of Calcutta. Social Indicators Research, 55, 329–352. Biswas-Diener, R., Vittersø, J., & Diener, E. (2005). Most people are pretty happy, but there is cultural variation: The Inughuit, the Amish, and the Maasai. Journal of Happiness Studies, 6, 205–226. Brown, J. D., & Kobayashi, C. (2002). Selfenhancement in Japan and America. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 5, 145–168. Brown, J. D., & Kobayashi, C. (2003). Motivation and manifestation: Cross-cultural expression of the selfenhancement motive. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 6, 85–88. Cantril, H. (1965). The pattern of human concerns. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. Caspi, A., Sugden, K., Moffitt, T. E., Taylor, A., Craig, I. W., Harrington, H., et al. (2003). Influence of life stress on depression: Moderation by a polymorphism in the 5-HTT gene. Science, 301, 386–389. Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (1991). Genes, peoples, and languages. Scientific American, 256(5), 104–110. Chirkov, V., Ryan, R. M., Kim, Y.,&Kaplan, U. (2003). Differentiating autonomy from individualism and independence: A self-determination theory perspective on internalization of cultural orientations and well28. Culture and Subjective Well-Being 709 being. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 97–110. Cohen, D., & Gunz, A. (2002). As seen by the other: Perspective on the self in the memories and emotional perceptions of Easterners andWesterners. Psychological Science, 13, 55–59. Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (1985). Intrinsic motivation and self-determination in human behavior. New York: Plenum. 275 The Dhammapada: The sayings of the Buddha (T. Byron, Trans.). (1976). New York: Random House. Diener, E. (1984). Subjective well-being. Psychological Bulletin, 95, 542–575. Diener, E., & Diener, C. (1996). Most people are happy. Psychological Science, 7, 181–185. Diener, E., & Diener, M. (1995). Cross-cultural correlates of life satisfaction and self-esteem. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 653–663. Diener, E., Diener, M.,&Diener, C. (1995). Factors predicting the subjective well-being of nations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 851–864. Diener, E., Emmons, R. A., Larsen, R. J., & Griffin, S. (1985). The Satisfaction with Life Scale. Journal of Personality Assessment, 49, 71–75. Diener, E., Gohm, C. L., Suh, E., & Oishi, S. (2000). Similarity of the relations between marital status and subjective well-being across cultures. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 31, 419–436. Diener, E., Horwitz, J., & Emmons, R. (1985). Happiness of the very wealthy. Social Indicators Research, 16, 263–274. Diener, E., Lucas, R. E., & Scollon, C. N. (2006). Beyond the hedonic treadmill: Revising the adaptation theory of well-being. American Psychologist, 61, 305–314. Diener, E., & Oishi, S. (2000). Money and happiness. In E. Diener & E.M. Suh (Eds.), Culture and subjective well-being (pp. 185–218). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Diener, E., Sandvik, E., Seidlitz, L., & Diener, M. (1993). The relationship between income and subjective well-being: Relative or absolute? Social Indicators Research, 28, 195–223. Diener, E., Scollon, C. K. N., Oishi, S., Dzokoto, V., & Suh, E. M. (2000). Positivity and the construction of life satisfaction judgments: Global happiness is not the sum of its parts. Journal of Happiness Studies, 1, 159–176. Diener, E., & Seligman, M. E. P. (2004). Beyond money: Toward an economy of well-being. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 5, 1–31. Diener, E., & Suh, E. M. (1999). National differences in subjective well-being. In D. Kahneman, E. Diener, & N. Schwarz (Eds.), Well-being: The foundations of hedonic psychology (pp. 434–450). New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Diener, E., Suh, E. M., Smith, H., & Shao, L. (1995). National differences in reported subjective well-being: Why do they occur? Social Indicators Research, 34, 7–32. Diener, M. L., Fujita, F., Kim-Prieto, C., & Diener, E. (2004). Culture and emotional experience. Unpublished 276 manuscript, University of Utah. Diener, M. L., & Lucas, R. E. (2004). Adult’s desires for children’s emotions across 48 countries: Associations with individual and national characteristics. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 35, 525–547. Edgerton, R. B. (1992). Sick societies: Challenging the myth of primitive harmony. New York: Free Press. Eid, M., & Diener, E. (2001). Norms for experiencing emotions in different cultures: Inter- and intranational differences. Journal of Social and Personality Psychology, 81, 869–885. Ekman, P., & Friesen, W. V. (1971). Constants across cultures in the face and emotion. Journal of Social and Personality Psychology, 17, 124–129. Ekman, P., Friesen, W. V., O’Sullivan, M., Chan, A., Diacoyanni-Tarlatzis, I., Heider, K., et al. (1987). Universals and cultural differences in the judgments of facial expressions of emotion. Journal of Social and Personality Psychology, 53, 712–717. Fredrickson, B. L. (1998). What good are positive emotions? Review of General Psychology, 2, 300–319. Freedman, D. G., & Freedman, N. C. (1969). Behavioural differences between Chinese-American and European-American newborns. Nature, 224, 1227. Fujita, F., & Diener, E. (2005). Life satisfaction set point: Stability and change. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 88, 158–164. Gaskins, R. W. (1999). “Adding legs to a snake”: A reanalysis of motivation and the pursuit of happiness from a Zen Buddhist perspective. Journal of Educational Psychology, 91, 204–215. Gohm, C. L., Oishi, S., Darlington, J., & Diener, E. (1998). Culture, parental conflict, parental marital status, and the subjective well-being of young adults. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 60, 319–334. Haritatos, J., & Benet-Martínez, V. (2002). Bicultural identities: The interface of cultural, personality, and socio-cognitive processes. Journal of Research in Personality, 36, 598–606. Heine, S. J. (2003). Self-enhancement in Japan?: A reply to Brown and Kobayashi. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 6, 75–84. Heine, S. J., Kitayama, S., Lehman, D. R., Takata, T., Ide, E., Leung, C., et al. (2001). Divergent consequences of success and failure in Japan and North America: An investigation of self-improving motivations and malleable selves. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 599–615. Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for positive self-regard? Psychological Review, 106, 766–794. Hermans, H. J. M.,&Kempen, H. J. G. (1998). Moving 277 cultures: The perilous problems of cultural dichotomies in a globalizing society. American Psychologist, 53, 1111–1120. Hong, Y., & Chiu, C. (2001). Toward a paradigm shift: From cross-cultural differences in social cognition to 710 VI. EMOTION AND MOTIVATION social-cognitive mediation of cultural differences. Social Cognition, 19, 181–196. Howell, C. J., Howell, R. T., & Schwabe, K. A. (2006). Does wealth enhance life satisfaction for people who are materially deprived?: Exploring the association among the Orang Asli of Peninsular Malaysia. Social Indicators Research, 76, 499–524. Inglehart, R. (1990). Culture shift in advanced industrial society. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Inglehart, R., & Klingemann, H.-D. (2000). Genes, culture, democracy, and happiness. In E. Diener&E.M. Suh (Eds.), Culture and subjective well-being (pp. 185–218). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Ito, T. A., & Cacioppo, J. T. (1999). The psychophysiology of utility appraisals. In D. Kahneman, E. Diener, & N. Schwartz (Eds.), Wellbeing: The foundations of hedonic psychology (pp. 470–488). New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Izard, C. E., & Malatesta, C. Z. (1987). Perspectives on emotional development I: Differential emotions theory of early emotional development. In J. D. Osofsky (Ed.), Handbook of infant development (2nd ed., pp. 494–554). New York: Wiley. Johnson, T., Kulesa, P., Cho, Y. I., & Shavitt, S. (2005). The relation between culture and response styles: Evidence from 19 countries. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 36, 264–277. Kagan, J., Arcus, D., Snidman, N., Feng,W. Y., Hendler, J., & Greene, S. (1994). Reactivity in infants: A cross-national comparison. Developmental Psychology, 30, 342–345. Kang, S.-M., Shaver, P. R., Sue, S., Min, K.-H., & Jing, H. (2003). Culture-specific patterns in the prediction of life satisfaction: Roles of emotion, relationship quality, and self-esteem. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 1596–1608. Kim, D.-Y. (2004). The implicit life satisfaction measure. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 7, 236– 262. Kim, D.-Y., Sarason, B., & Sarason, I. G. (2006). Implicit social cognition and culture: Explicit and implicit psychological acculturation, and distress of Korean-American young adults. Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 25, 1–32. Kim-Prieto, C. Y. (2005). Culture’s influence on experienced and remembered emotions. Unpublished doctoral 278 dissertation, University of Illinois, Urbana– Champaign. Kim-Prieto, C., & Diener, E. (2004). Religion’s role in cultural differences in emotional experiences. Unpublished manuscript, University of Illinois, Urbana– Champaign. Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (2000). The pursuit of happiness and the realization of sympathy: Cultural patterns of self, social relations, and well-being. In E. Diener & E. M. Suh (Eds.), Culture and subjective well-being (pp. 113–161). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Kurokawa, M. (2000). Culture, emotion, and well-being: Good feelings in Japan and the United States. Cognition and Emotion, 14, 93–124. Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., Matsumoto, H., & Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective processes in the construction of the self: Selfenhancement in the United States and self-criticism in Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 1245–1267. Kuppens, P., Ceulemans, E., Timmerman, M. E., Diener, E., & Kim-Prieto, C. (2006). Universal intracultural and intercultural dimensions of the recalled frequency of emotional experience. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 37, 491–515. Kwan, V. S. Y., Bond, M. H., & Singelis, T. M. (1997). Pancultural explanations for life satisfaction: Adding relationship harmony to self-esteem. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 1038–1051. Lesch, K.-P., Bengel, D., Heils, A., Sabol, S. Z., Greenberg, B. D., Petri, S., et al. (1996). Association of anxiety-related traits with a polymorphism in the serotonin transporter gene regulatory region. Science, 274, 1527–1531. Levy, R. I. (1982). On the nature and functions of the emotions: An anthropological perspective. Social Science Information, 21, 511–528. Lucas, R. E., Diener, E., Grob, A., Suh, E. M., & Shao, L. (2000). Cross-cultural evidence for the fundamental features of extraversion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 452–468. Lutz, C. A. (1988). Unnatural emotions: Everyday sentiments on a Micronesian atoll and their challenge to Western theory. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Lykken, D., & Tellegen, A. (1996). Happiness is a stochastic phenomenon. Psychological Science, 7, 186– 188. Lyubomirsky, S., King, L.,&Diener, E. (2005). The benefits of frequent positive affect: Does happiness lead to success? Psychological Bulletin, 131, 803–855. 279 Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1994). The cultural construction of self and emotion: Implications for social behavior. In S. Kitayama & H. R. Markus (Eds.), Emotion and culture: Empirical studies of mutual influence (pp. 89–130). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Maslow, A. H. (1954). Motivation and personality. New York: Harper & Row. Menon, U., & Shweder, R. A. (1994). Kali’s tongue: Cultural psychology and the power of shame in Orissa, India. In S. Kitayama & H. R. Markus (Eds.), Emotion and culture: Empirical studies of mutual influence (pp. 241–284). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Mesquita, B., & Frijda, N. H. (1992). Cultural variations in emotions: A review. Psychological Bulletin, 112, 179–204. Mesquita, B., Fridja, N. H., & Scherer, K. R. (1997). Culture and emotion. In J. W. Berry, P. R. Dasen, & T. S. Saraswathi (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (2nd ed., Vol. 2, pp. 255–297). Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Miller, P. J., Wang, S., Sandel, T., & Cho, G. E. (2002). Self-esteem as folk theory: A comparison of European American and Taiwanese mother’s beliefs. Parenting: Science and Practice, 2, 209–239. No, S., & Hong, Y.-Y. (2004, January). Negotiating bicultural identity: Contrast and assimilation effects in cultural frame switching. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the Society for Personality and Social Psychology, Austin, TX. Oishi, S. (2000). Goals as cornerstones of subjective well-being. In E. Diener & E. M. Suh (Eds.), Culture and subjective well-being (pp. 87–112). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Oishi, S. (2002). The experience and remembering of well-being: A cross-cultural analysis. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1398–1406. Oishi, S., & Diener, E. (2001). Goals, culture, and subjective well-being. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 1674–1682. Oishi, S., Diener, E. F., Lucas, R. E., & Suh, E. M. (1999). Cross-cultural variations in predictors of life satisfaction: Perspectives from needs and values. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 980– 990. Oishi, S., Diener, E., Scollon, C. N., & Biswas-Diener, R. (2003). Cross-situational consistency of affective experiences across cultures. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 460–472. 280 Oishi, S., Schimmack, U., & Colcombe, S. J. (2003). The contextual and systematic nature of life satisfaction judgments. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 39, 232–247. Ortony, A., & Turner, T. J. (1990). What’s basic about basic emotions? Psychological Review, 97, 315–331. Park, N., & Huebner, E. S. (2005). A cross-cultural study of the levels and correlates of life satisfaction among adolescents. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 36, 444–456. Peng, K., & Nisbett, R. E. (1999). Culture, dialectics, and reasoning about contradiction. American Psychologist, 54, 741–754. Plutchik, R. (1980). Emotion: A psychoevolutionary synthesis. New York: Harper & Row. Radhakrishnan, P., & Chan, D. K.-S. (1997). Cultural differences in the relation between self-discrepancy and life satisfaction. International Journal of Psychology, 32, 387–398. Rice, T. W., & Steele, B. J. (2004). Subjective well-being and culture across time and space. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 35, 633–647. Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000). Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. American Psychologist, 55, 68–78. Ryff, C. D., & Singer, B. (1998). The contours of positive human health. Psychological Inquiry, 9, 1–28. Schimmack, U., Diener, E., & Oishi, S. (2002). Lifesatisfaction is a momentary judgment and a stable personality characteristic: The use of chronically accessible and stable sources. Journal of Personality, 70, p. 345–384. Schimmack, U., Oishi, S., & Diener, E. (2002). Cultural influences on the relation between pleasant emotions and unpleasant emotions: Asian dialectic philosophies or individualism–collectivism? Cognition and Emotion, 16, 705–719. Schimmack, U., Radhakrishnan, P., Oishi, S., Dzokoto, V.,&Ahadi, S. (2002). Culture, personality, and subjective well-being: Integrating process models of life satisfaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 582–593. Schwarz, N., & Strack, F. (1999). Reports of subjective well-being: Judgmental processes and their methodological implications. In D. Kahneman, E. Diener, & N. Schwarz (Eds.), Well-being: The foundations of hedonic psychology (pp. 61–84). New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Scollon, C. N., Diener, E., Oishi, S., Biswas-Diener, R. (2004). Emotions across cultures and methods. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 35, 304–326. Shao, L. (1993). Multilanguage comparability of life 281 satisfaction and happiness measures in mainland Chinese and American students. Unpublished master’s thesis, University of Illinois, Urbana– Champaign. Shaver, P. R., Wu, S., & Schwartz, J. C. (1992). Crosscultural similarities and differences in emotion and its representation: A prototype approach. Review of Personality and Social Psychology, 13, 175–212. Sheldon, K. M., Elliot, A. J., Ryan, R. M., Chirkov, V., Kim, Y., Wu, C., et al. (2004). Self-concordance and subjective well-being in four cultures. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 35, 209–223. Shweder, R. A. (2000). Moral maps, “First World” conceits, and the new evangelists. In L. E. Harrison & S. P. Huntington (Eds.), Culture matters: How values shape human progress (pp. 158–172). New York: Basic Books. Smith, P. B. (2004). Acquiescent response bias as an aspect of cultural communication style. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 35, 50–61. Snibbe, A. C., & Markus, H. R. (2005). You can’t always get what you want: Educational attainment, agency, and choice. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 88, 703–720. Suh, E., Diener, E., Oishi, S., & Triandis, H. C. (1998). The shifting basis of life satisfaction judgments across cultures: Emotions versus norms. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 482–493. Suh, E. M. (2002). Culture, identity consistency, and subjective well-being. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 1378–1391. Thompson, J. (1941). Development of facial expression 712 VI. EMOTION AND MOTIVATION of emotion in blind and seeing children. Archives of Psychology, (No. 264). Tomkins, S. S. (1962). Affect, imagery, and consciousness: Vol. 1. The positive affects. New York: Springer. Tomkins, S. S. (1963). Affect, imagery, and consciousness: Vol. 2. The negative affects. New York: Springer. Tsai, J., Knutson, B., & Fung, H. H. (2006). Cultural variation in affect valuation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 90, 288–307 Veenhoven, R. (n.d.). Distributional findings in nations. InWorld database of happiness. Retrieved September 5, 2004, from www.eur.nl/fsw/research/happiness Veenhoven, R. (1991). Is happiness relative? Social Indicators Research, 24, 1–34. Veenhoven, R. (1993). Happiness in nations. Rotterdam, the Netherlands: Risbo. Veenhoven, R. (2001). Are the Russians as unhappy as they say they are?: Comparability of self-reports across nations. Journal of Happiness Studies, 2, 111– 282 136. Vittersø, J., Røysamb, E., & Diener, E. (2002). The concept of life satisfaction across cultures: Exploring its diverse meaning and relation to economic wealth. In E. Gullone&R. A. Cummins (Eds.), The universality of subjective well-being indicators (pp. 81–103). Dordrecht, the Netherlands: Kluwer Academic. Wallbott, H. G., & Scherer, K. (1988). How universal and specific is emotional experience?: Evidence from 27 countries on five continents. In K. R. Scherer (Ed.), Facets of emotion: Recent research (pp. 31– 56). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Watson, D., Clark, L. A., & Tellegen, A. (1984). Crosscultural convergence in the structure of mood: A Japanese replication and a comparison with U.S. findings. Journal of Social and Personality Psychology, 47, 127–144. Wierzbicka, A. (1986). Human emotions: Universal or culture-specific? American Anthropologist, 88, 584– 594. Wirtz, D. (2004). Focusing on the good versus focusing on the bad: An analysis of East–West differences in subjective well-being. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Illinois, Urbana–Champaign. Wu, W. C. H., & Bond, M. H. (2006). National differences in predictors of suicide among young and elderly citizens: Linking societal predictors to psychological factors. Archives of Suicide Research, 10, 45– 60. Yang, K. S. (2003). Beyond Maslow’s culture-bound linear theory: A preliminary statement of the double-Y model of basic human needs. In V. Murphy-Berman & J. J. Berman (Eds.), Nebraska Symposium on Motivation: Vol. 49. Cross-cultural differences in perspectives on the self (pp. 176–255). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Allan, G. A. (1979). A sociology of friendship and kinship. London: Allen & Unwin. Asch, S. (1956). Studies of independence and conformity: A minority of one against a unanimous majority. Psychological Monographs, 70(No. 416). 728 VI. EMOTION AND MOTIVATION Baguma, P., & Furnham, A. (1993). The Protestant work ethic in Great Britain and Uganda. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 24, 495–507. Bargh, J. A., Chen, M., & Burrows, L. (1996). Automaticity of social behavior: Direct effects of trait construct and stereotype activation on action. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 230–244. Baumeister, R. F. (1987). How the self became a problem: A psychological review of historical research. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 163–176. 283 Baumeister, R. F., & Jones, E. E. (1978). When selfpresentation is constrained by the target’s knowledge: Consistency and compensation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 36, 608–618. Baumeister, R. F., Tice, D. M., & Hutton, D. G. (1989). Self-presentational motivations and personality differences in self-esteem. Journal of Personality, 57, 547–579. Bendix, R. (1977). Max Weber: An intellectual portrait. Berkeley: University of California Press. Bond, M. H., & Cheung, T. (1983). College students spontaneous self-concept. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 14, 153–171. Bond, M. H., & Tornatzky, L. G. (1973). Locus of control in students from Japan and the United States: Dimensions and levels of response. Psychologia, 16, 209–213. Bond, R., & Smith, P. B. (1996). Culture and conformity: A meta-analysis of studies using Asch’s (1952b, 1956) line judgment task. Psychological Bulletin, 119, 111–137. Brown, J. D., & Kobayashi, C. (2002). Selfenhancement in Japan and America. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 5, 145–168. Bruner, J. (1990). Acts of meaning. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Campbell, J. D., Trapnell, P., Heine, S. J., Katz, I. M., Lavallee, L. F.,&Lehman, D. R. (1996). Self-concept clarity: Measurement, personality correlates, and cultural boundaries. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 141–156. Chan, Y. M. (2000). Self-esteem: A cross-cultural comparison of British-Chinese, White British, and Hong Kong Chinese children. Educational Psychology, 20, 59–74. Chang, H.-C.,&Holt, G. R. (1994). A Chinese perspective on face as inter-relational concern. In S. TingToomey (Ed.), The challenge of facework: Crosscultural and interpersonal issues (pp. 95–132). Albany: State University of New York Press. Chang, W. C., Chua, W. L., & Toh, Y. (1997). The concept of psychological control in the Asian context. In K. Leung, U. Kim, S. Yamaguchi, & Y. Kashima (Eds.), Progress in Asian social psychology (pp. 95– 117). Singapore: Wiley. Chartrand, T. L., & Bargh, J. A. (1999). The chameleon effect: The perception–behavior link and social interaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 893–910. Chiu, C., Dweck, C. S., Tong, J. U., & Fu, J. H. (1997). Implicit theories and conceptions of morality. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 923–940. Cialdini, R. B., Wosinska, W., & Barrett, D. W. (1999). 284 Compliance with a request in two cultures: The differential influence of social proof and commitment/ consistency on collectivists and individualists. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 1242– 1253. Cousins, S. D. (1989). Culture and selfhood in Japan and the U.S. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 56, 124–131. Crocker, J., & Park, L. E. (2004). The costly pursuit of self-esteem. Psychological Bulletin, 130, 392–414. Dweck, C. S., Hong, Y.,&Chiu, C. (1993). Implicit theories: Individual differences in the likelihood and meaning of dispositional inference. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 644–656. Dweck, C. S., & Leggett, E. L. (1988). A socialcognitive approach to motivation and personality. Psychological Review, 95, 256–273. Elliot, A. J., Chirkov, V. I., Kim, Y., & Sheldon, K. M. (2001). A cross-cultural analysis of avoidance (relative to approach) personal goals. Psychological Science, 12, 505–510. Fanfani, A. (1935). Catholicism, Protestantism and capitalism. New York: Sheed & Ward. Feather, N. (1966). Effects of prior success and failure on expectations of success and subsequent performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 3, 287–298. Feather, N. T., & McKee, I. R. (1993). Global selfesteem and attitudes toward the high achiever for Australian and Japanese students. Social Psychology Quarterly, 56, 65–76. Festinger, L. (1957). A theory of cognitive dissonance. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Furnham, A. (1990). The Protestant work ethic: The psychology of work-related beliefs and behaviors. London: Routledge. Furnham, A., Bond, M. H., & Heaven, P. (1993). A comparison of Protestant work ethic beliefs in thirteen nations. Journal of Social Psychology, 133, 185– 197. Furnham, A., & Muhiudeen, C. (1984). The Protestant work ethic in Britain and Malaysia. Journal of Social Psychology, 122, 157–161. Giddens, A. (1992). Introduction. In M. Weber, The Protestant ethic and the spirit of capitalism. London: Routledge. Giorgi, L., & Marsh, C. (1990). The Protestant work ethic as a cultural phenomenon. European Journal of Social Psychology, 20, 499–517. Greenwald, A. G. (1980). The totalitarian ego: Fabrication and revision of personal history. American Psychologist, 35, 603–618. Greenwald, A. G., & Farnham, S. D. (2000). Using the 285 Implicit Association Test to measure self-esteem and self-concept. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 1022–1038. 29. Culture and Motivation 729 Hamamura, T., Heine, S. J., & Paulhus, D. L. (2007). Cultural differences in response styles: The role of dialectical thinking. Unpublished manuscript, University of British Columbia. Hampden-Turner, C., & Trompenaars, A. (1993). The seven cultures of capitalism: Value systems for creating wealth in the United States, Japan, Germany, France, Britain, Sweden, and the Netherlands. New York: Doubleday. Heider, F. (1958). The psychology of interpersonal relations. New York: Wiley. Heine, S. J. (2003). An exploration of cultural variation in self-enhancing and self-improving motivations. In V. Murphy-Berman & J. J. Berman (Eds.), Nebraska Symposium on Motivation: Vol. 49. Cross-cultural differences in perspectives on the self (pp. 101–128). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Heine, S. J. (2005). Constructing good selves in Japan and North America. In R. M. Sorrentino, D. Cohen, J. M. Olson, & M. P. Zanna (Eds.), Culture and social behavior: The Tenth Ontario Symposium (pp. 115–143). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Heine, S. J., & Hamamura, T. (2007). In search of East Asian self-enhancement. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 11, 1–24. Heine, S. J., Kitayama, S., & Hamamura, T. (in press). The inclusion of additional studies yield different conclusions: A comment on Sedikides, Gaertner, & Vevea (2005). Asian Journal of Social Psychology. Heine, S. J., Kitayama, S., & Lehman, D. R. (2001). Cultural differences in self-evaluation: Japanese readily accept negative self-relevant information. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 32, 434–443. Heine, S. J., Kitayama, S., Lehman, D. R., Takata, T., Ide, E., Leung, C., et al. (2001). Divergent consequences of success and failure in Japan and North America: An investigation of self-improving motivations and malleable selves. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 599–615. Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1995). Cultural variation in unrealistic optimism: Does the West feel more invulnerable than the East? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 595–607. Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1997). Culture, dissonance, and self-affirmation. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 389–400. Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1999). Culture, selfdiscrepancies, and self-satisfaction. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 915–925. 286 Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (2004). Move the body, change the self: Acculturative effects on the selfconcept. In M. Schaller & C. Crandall (Eds.), Psychological foundations of culture (pp. 305–331). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for positive self-regard? Psychological Review, 106, 766–794. Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Peng, K., & Greenholtz, J. (2002). What’s wrong with cross-cultural comparisons of subjective Likert scales?: The reference-group problem. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 903–918. Heine, S. J., & Renshaw, K. (2002). Interjudge agreement, self-enhancement, and liking: Cross-cultural divergences. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 578–587. Higgins, E. T. (1996). The “self-digest”: Self-knowledge serving self-regulatory functions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 1062–1083. Hiniker, P. J. (1969). Chinese reactions to forced compliance: Dissonance reduction or national character. Journal of Social Psychology, 77, 157–176. Ho, D. Y. F. (1976). On the concept of face. American Journal of Sociology, 81, 867–884. Hoshino-Browne, E., & Spencer, S. J. (2000, February). Cross-cultural differences in attribution and perseverance. Poster presented at the 1st Convention of the Society for Personality and Social Psychology, Nashville, TN. Hoshino-Browne, E., Zanna, A. S., Spencer, S. J., Zanna, M. P., Kitayama, S., & Lackenbauer, S. (2005). On the cultural guises of cognitive dissonance: The case of Easterners and Westerners. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 89, 294– 310. Huntington, E. (1915). Civilization and climate. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Ip, G. W., & Chiu, C. (2002, June). Assessing prevention pride and promotion pride in Chinese and American cultures: Validity of the regulatory focus questionnaire. Paper presented at the conference on Culture and Social Behavior: The Tenth Ontario Symposium, London, Ontario, Canada. Ishii, K., & Kitayama, S. (2005, January 20). Group agency bias in Japan and the US. Paper presented at the Cultural Psychology Preconference, New Orleans, LA. Isonio, S. A., & Garza, R. T. (1987). Protestant work ethic endorsement among Anglo Americans, Chicanos, and Mexicans: A comparison of factor structures. Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 9, 287 413–425. Iyengar, S. S., & Lepper, M. R. (1999). Rethinking the value of choice: A cultural perspective on intrinsic motivation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 349–366. Jackson, E. F., Fox, W. S., & Crockett, H. J. (1970). Religion and occupational achievement. American Sociological Review, 35, 48–63. Kanagawa, C., Cross, S. E., & Markus, H. R. (2001). “Who am I?”: The cultural psychology of the conceptual self. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 90–103. Kenrick, D. T., Li, N. P., & Butner, J. (2003). Dynamical evolutionary psychology: Individual decision-rules and emergent social norms. Psychological Review, 1, 3–28. Kim, H. S., & Drolet, A. (2003). Choice and selfexpression: A cultural analysis of variety seeking. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85, 373–382. Kim, H. S., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Deviance or uniqueness, harmony or conformity?: A cultural analysis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 785–800. Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., Matsumoto, H., & Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective processes in the construction of the self: Selfenhancement in the United States and self-criticism in Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 1245–1267. Kitayama, S., Snibbe, A. C., & Markus, H. R. (2004). Is there any “free” choice?: Self and dissonance in two cultures. Psychological Science, 15, 527–533. Kitayama, S., & Uchida, Y. (2003). Explicit selfcriticism and implicit self-regard: Evaluating self and friend in two cultures. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 39, 476–482. Klar, Y., & Giladi, E. E. (1997). “No one in my group can be below the group’s average”: A robust positivity bias in favor of anonymous peers. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 885–901. Kunda, Z. (1990). The case for motivated reasoning. Psychological Bulletin, 108, 480–498. Kurman, J. (2001). Self-enhancement: Is it restricted to individualistic cultures? Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 12, 1705–1716. Kurman, J. (2003). Why is self-enhancement low in certain collectivist cultures?: An investigation of two competing explanations. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 34, 496–510. Landes, D. S. (1999). The wealth and poverty of nations. New York: Norton. Lee, A. Y., Aaker, J. L., & Gardner, W. L. (2000). The 288 pleasures and pains of distinct self-construals: The role of interdependence in regulatory focus. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 1122– 1134. Lee, G. R., & Stone, L. H. (1980). Mate-selection systems and criteria: Variation according to family structure. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 42, 319–326. Lewis, C. C. (1995). Educating hearts and minds. New York: Cambridge University Press. Lockwood, P., Marshall, T. C., & Sadler, P. (2005). Promoting success or preventing failure: Cultural differences in motivation by positive and negative role models. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 31, 379–392. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991a). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991b). Cultural variation in the self-concept. In G. R. Goethals & J. Strauss (Eds.), Multidisciplinary perspectives on the self (pp. 18–48). New York: Springer-Verlag. Markus, H. R., Ryff, C. D., Curhan, K. B., & Palmerscheim, K. A. (2004). In their own words: Well-being at midlife among high school and collegeeducated adults. In C.D. Ryff & R.C. Kessler (Eds.), A portrait of midlife in the U.S. (pp. 273–319). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. McClelland, D. (1961). The achieving society. Princeton, NJ: Van Nostrand. Menon, T., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Hong, Y. (1999). Culture and the construal of agency: Attribution to individual versus group dispositions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 701–717. Miller, D. T., & Ross, M. (1975). Self-serving biases in the attribution of causality: Fact or fiction? Psychological Bulletin, 82, 213–225. Miller, P. J., Wang, S., Sandel, T., & Cho, G. E. (2002). Self-esteem as folk theory: A comparison of European American and Taiwanese mothers’ beliefs. Parenting: Science and Practice, 2, 209–239. Miller, P. J., Wiley, A. R., Fung, H., & Liang, C. (1997). Personal storytelling as a medium of socialization in Chinese and American families. Child Development, 68, 557–568. Mischel, W. (1973). Toward a cognitive social learning reconceptualization of personality. Psychological Review, 80, 252–253. Morling, B., Kitayama, S.,&Miyamoto, Y. (2002). Cultural practices emphasize influence in the United States and adjustment in Japan. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 311–323. Niles, F. S. (1994). The work ethic in Australia and Sri 289 Lanka. Journal of Social Psychology, 134, 55–59. Norasakkunkit, V., & Kalick, M. S. (2002). Culture, ethnicity, and emotional distress measures: The role of self-construal and self-enhancement. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 33, 56–70. Norenzayan, A., Choi, I., & Nisbett, R. E. (2002). Cultural similarities and differences in social inference: Evidence from behavioral predictions and lay theories of behavior. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 109–120. Norenzayan, A., & Heine, S. J. (2005). Psychological universals: What are they and how can we know? Psychological Bulletin, 131, 763–784. Oishi, S., & Diener, E. (2003). Culture and well-being: The cycle of action, evaluation, and decision. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 939–949. Oxford English Dictionary (2nd ed.). (1989). New York: Oxford University Press. Oyserman, D., Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M. (2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism: Evaluation of theoretical assumptions and metaanalyses. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 3–72. Peng, K., & Nisbett, R. E. (1999). Culture, dialectics, and reasoning about contradiction. American Psychologist, 54, 741–754. Peng, K., Nisbett, R. E., & Wong, N. Y. C. (1997). Validity problems comparing values across cultures and possible solutions. Psychological Methods, 2, 329– 344. Putnam, R. D. (2000). Bowling alone: The collapse and revival of American community. New York: Simon& Schuster. Pye, L. W. (2000). “Asian values”: From dynamos to dominoes? In L. E. Harrison & S. P. Huntington (Eds.), Culture matters (pp. 244–255). New York: Basic Books. Pyszczynski, T., & Greenberg, J. (1983). Determinants of reduction in intended effort as a strategy for coping with anticipated failure. Journal of Research in Personality, 17, 412–422. Quinn, D. M., & Crocker, J. (1999). When ideology hurts: Effects of belief in the Protestant ethic and feeling overweight on the psychological well-being of women. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 402–414. Richerson, P. J., & Boyd, R. (2005). Not by genes alone. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Rosen, B. C. (1998). Winners and losers of the information revolution: Psychosocial change and its discontents. Westport, CT: Praeger. Rosenberg, M. (1965). Society and the adolescent selfimage. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Rothbaum, F., Weisz, J. R., & Snyder, S. S. (1982). 290 Changing the world and changing the self: A twoprocess model of perceived control. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 5–37. Sanchez-Burks, J. (2002). Protestant relational ideology and (in)attention to relational work settings. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 919–929. Sanchez-Burks, J., Lee, F., Choi, I., Nisbett, R., Zhao, S., & Koo, J. (2003). Conversing across cultures: East– West communication styles in work and nonwork contexts. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85, 363–372. Sanchez-Burks, J., Nisbett, R. E., & Ybarra, O. (2000). Cultural styles, relational schemas and prejudice against outgroups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 174–189. Sears, D. (1986). College sophomores in the laboratory: Influences of a narrow data base on social psychology’s view of human nature. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 515–530. Sedikides, C., Gaertner, L., & Vevea, J. (2005). Pancultural self-enhancement reloaded: A metaanalytic reply to Heine (2005). Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 89, 539–551. Seginer, R., Trommsdorff, G., & Essau, C. (1993). Adolescent control beliefs: Cross-cultural variations of primary and secondary orientations. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 16, 243–260. Shweder, R. A. (1990). Cultural psychology: What is it? In J. W. Stigler, R. A. Shweder, & G. Herdt (Eds.), Cultural psychology: Essays on comparative human development (pp. 1–43). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Singelis, T. M., Bond, M. H., Lai, S. Y., & Sharkey,W. F. (1999). Unpackaging culture’s influence on selfesteem and embarrassability: The role of selfconstruals. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 30, 315–331. Snibbe, A. C., & Markus, H. R. (2005). You can’t always get what you want: Social class, agency, and choice. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 88, 703–720. Snibbe, A. C., Markus, H. R., Kitayama, S., & Suzuki, T. (2003). “They saw a game”: Self and group enhancement in Japan and the U.S. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 34, 581–595. Spencer-Rodgers, J., Boucher, H. C., Mori, S. C., Wang, L., & Peng, K. (2005). Culture and self-perception: Naive dialecticism and East Asian conceptual selves. Unpublished manuscript, Berkeley, University of California. Spencer-Rodgers, J., Peng, K., Wang, L., & Hou, Y. (2004). Dialectical self-esteem and East–West differences in psychological well-being. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 1416–1432. 291 Steele, C. M. (1988). The psychology of selfaffirmation: Sustaining the integrity of the self. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 21, pp. 261–302). San Diego: Academic Press. Stevenson, H. W., & Stigler, J. W. (1992). The learning gap: Why our schools are failing and what we can learn from Japanese and Chinese education. New York: Summit Books. Su, S. K., Chiu, C.-Y., Hong, Y.-Y., Leung, K., Peng, K., &Morris, M.W. (1999). Self organization and social organization: American and Chinese constructions. In T. R. Tyler, R. Kramer, & O. John (Eds.), The psychology of the social self (pp. 193–222). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Suh, E. M. (2002). Culture, identity consistency, and subjective well-being. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 1378–1391. Suzuki, N., & Yamagishi, T. (2004). An experimental study of self-effacement and self-enhancement among the Japanese. Japanese Journal of Social Psychology, 20, 17–25. Takata, T. (2003). Self-enhancement and self-criticism in Japanese culture: An experimental analysis. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 34, 542–551. Taylor, S. E., & Brown, J. D. (1988). Illusion and wellbeing: A social psychological perspective on mental health. Psychological Bulletin, 103, 193–210. Tesser, A. (1988). Toward a self-evaluation maintenance model of social behavior. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 21, pp. 181–227). San Diego: Academic Press. Tice, D. M. (1991). Esteem protection or enhancement?: Self-handicapping motives and attributions differ by trait self-esteem. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 711–725. Tomasello, M. (1999). The cultural origins of human cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Twenge, J. M., & Campbell, W. K. (2001). Age and birth cohort differences in self-esteem: A crosstemporal meta-analysis. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 5, 321–344. Weber, M. (1992). The Protestant ethic and the spirit of capitalism. London: Routledge. (Original work published 1904) Weber, M. (1947). The theory of social and economic organization (T. Parsons, Trans.). New York: Free Press. Weber, M. (1951). The religion of China: Confucianism and Taoism (H. H. Gerth, Transl. & ed.). Glencoe, IL: Free Press. Weber, M. (1952). Ancient Judaism (Transl. & ed., H. 292 H. Gerth&D. Martindale). Glencoe, IL: Free Press. Weintraub, K. J. (1978). The value of the individual: Self and circumstance in autobiography. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Weisz, J. R., Rothbaum, F. M., & Blackburn, T. C. (1984). Standing out and standing in: The psychology of control in America and Japan. American Psychologist, 39, 955–969. White, K., & Lehman, D. R. (2005). Culture and social comparison seeking: The role of self-motives. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 31, 232–242. Wills, T. A. (1981). Downward comparison principles in social psychology. Psychological Bulletin, 90, 245– 271. Abu-Lughod, L. (1986). Veiled sentiments. Berkeley: University of California Press. Adams, G., & Markus, H. R. (2004). Toward a conception of culture suitable for a social psychology of culture. In M. Schaller & C. S. Crandall (Eds.), The psychological foundations of culture (pp. 335–360). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Albert, D., & Mesquita, B. (2005). Mexican emotion: A different kind of interdependence? Unpublished manuscript, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, NC. Bagozzi, R. P., Verbeke, W., & Gavino, J. C. (2003). Culture moderates the self-regulation of shame and its effects on performance: The case of salespersons in the Netherlands and the Philippines. Journal of Applied Psychology, 88(2), 219–233. Bagozzi, R. P., Wong, K. S., & Youjae, Y. (1999). The role of culture and gender in the relationship between positive and negative affect. Cognition and Emotion, 13(6), 641–672. Baldwin, M., & Baccus, J. R. (2004). Maintaining a focus on the social goals underlying self-conscious emotions. Psychological Inquiry, 15(2), 139–144. Barrett, L. F. (2006). Solving the emotion paradox: Categorization and the experience of emotion. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 10, 20–46. Barrett, L. F., Mesquita, B., Ochsner, K., & Gross, J. J. (2007). Emotional experience. Annual Review of Psychology, 58(7), 373–403. Barrett, L. F., & Russell, J. A. (1998). Independence and bipolarity in the structure of current affect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74(4), 967– 984. Bateson, G., & Mead, M. (1942). Balinese character. In Special publications: New York Academy of Sciences (pp. 1–47). New York: New York Academy of Sciences. Boucher, J. D., & Brandt, M. E. (1981). Judgement of emotion: American and Malay antecedents. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 12(3), 272–283. 293 Briggs, J. L. (1970). Never in anger: Portrait of an Eskimo family. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Bruner, J. (1986). Actual minds, possible worlds. New York: Plenum Press. Bruner, J. (1990). Acts of meaning. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Bruner, J. (2003). The narrative construction of reality. In P. Sengers & M. Mateas (Eds.), Narritive Intelligence (Vol. 46, pp. 41–62). Amsterdam: Benjamins. Chentsova-Dutton, Y., & Tsai, J. L. (2005). Self-focus and emotional responding in European Americans and Asian Americans. Paper presented at the sixth annual meeting of the Society for Personality and Social Psychology, New Orleans, LA. Clore, G. L., & Ortony, A. (2000). Cognitive neuroscience of emotion. In R. D. Lane & L. Nadel (Eds.), Cognitive neuroscience of emotion (pp. 24–61). New York: Oxford University Press. Cohen, D. (1996). Law, social policy, and violence: The impact of regional cultures. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70(5), 961–978. Cohen, D.,&Gunz, A. (2002). As seen by the other . . .: Perspectives on the self in the memories and emotional perceptions of Easterners and Westerners. Psychological Science, 13(1), 55–59. Cohen, D., & Nisbett, R. E. (1994). Self-protection and the culture of honor: Explaining Southern violence. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20(5), 551–567. Cohen, D., & Nisbett, R. E. (1997). Field experiments examining the culture of honor: The role of institutions in perpetuating norms about violence. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23(11), 1188– 1199. Cohen, D., Nisbett, R. E., Bowdle, B. F., & Schwarz, N. (1996). Insult, aggression, and the Southern culture of honor: An “experimental ethnography.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70(5), 945– 960. Cohen, D., Vandello, J., Puente, S., & Rantilla, A. (1999). “When you call me that, smile!”: How norms for politeness, interaction styles, and aggression work together in Southern culture. Social Psychology Quarterly, 62(3), 257–275. Consedine, N., Strongman, K. T., & Magai, C. (2003). Emotions and behaviour: Data from a cross-cultural recognition study. Cognition and Emotion, 17, 881– 902. Crystal, D. S., Parrott,W. G., Okazaki, Y.,&Watanabe, H. (2001). Examining relations between shame and personality among university students in the United States and Japan: A developmental perspective. International 294 Journal of Behavioral Development, 25(2), 113–123. D’Andrade, R. G. (1984). Culture meaning systems. In R. A. Shweder & R. A. Levine (Eds.), Culture theory: Essays on mind, self, and emotion (pp. 88–119). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. D’Andrade, R. G., & Strauss, C. (1992). Human motives and cultural models. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Diaz-Gerrero, R. (1967). Psychology of the Mexican: Culture and personality. Austin: University of Texas Press. Eid, M., & Diener, E. (2001). Norms for experiencing emotions in different cultures: Inter- and intranational differences. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81(5), 869–885. Ekman, P. (1992). An argument for basic emotions. Cognition and Emotion, 6(3/4), 169–200. Elliott, A., Chirkov, V., Kim, Y., & Sheldon, K. (2001). A cross-cultural analysis of avoidance (relative to approach) personal goals. Psychological Science, 12, 505–510. Ellsworth, P. C., & Scherer, K. R. (2003). Appraisal processes in emotion. In H. Goldsmith & K. R. Scherer (Eds.), Handbook of affective sciences (pp. 572– 595). New York: Oxford University Press. Fessler, D. (2004). Shame in two cultures: Implications for evolutionary approaches. Journal of Cognition and Culture, 4, 207–262. Frank, H., Harvey, O. J., & Verdun, K. (2000). American responses to five categories of shame in Chinese cultures: A preliminary cross-cultural construct validation. Personality and Individual Differences, 28, 887–896. Frijda, N. H. (1986). The emotions. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Frijda, N. H. (2006). The laws of emotion. New York: Erlbaum. Frijda, N. H., Kuipers, P., & Terschure, E. (1989). Relations between emotion, appraisal and emotional action readiness. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, 212–228. Frijda, N. H., Markam, S., Sato, K.,&Wiers, R. (1995). Emotion and emotion words. In J. A. Russell (Ed.), Everyday conceptions of emotion (pp. 121–143). Dordrecht, the Netherlands: Kluwer Academic. Frijda, N. H., & Mesquita, B. (1994). The social roles and functions of emotions. In S. Kitayama & H. R. Markus (Eds.), Emotion and culture: Empirical studies of mutual influence (pp. 51–88). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures. New York: Basic Books. 295 Geertz, H. (1961). The Javanese family. New York: Free Press. Hamaguchi, E. (1985). A contextual model of the Japanese: Towards a methodological innovation in Japanese studies. Journal of Japanese Studies, 11, 289– 321. Heine, S. J., Kitayama, S., Lehman, D. R., Takata, T., Ide, E., Leung, K., et al. (2001). Divergent consequences of success and failure in Japan and North America: An investigation of self-improving motivations and malleable selves. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81(4), 599–615. Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for positive self-regard? Psychological Review, 106(4), 766–794. Holland, D., Lachicotte,W., Jr. , Skinner, D.,&Cain, C. (1998). Identity and agency in cultural worlds. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Holland, D., & Quinn, N. (1987). Cultural models in language and thought. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Iyengar, S. S., & Lepper, M. R. (1999). Rethinking the value of choice: A cultural perspective on intrinsic motivation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76(3), 349–366. Keltner, D., & Haidt, J. (1999). Social functions of emotions at four levels of analysis. Cognition and Emotion, 13(5), 505–521. Kim, H. (2001). Deviance: Uniqueness and time in context. Paper presented at the second annual meeting of the Society for Personality and Social Psychology., San Antonio, TX. Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (2000). The pursuit of happiness and the realization of sympathy: Cultural patterns of self, social relations, and well-being. In E. Diener & E. Suh (Eds.), Subjective wellbeing across cultures (pp. 113–161). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Kurokawa, M. (2000). Culture, emotion, and well-being: Good feelings in Japan and the United States. Cognition and Emotion, 14(1), 93–124. Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., Matsumoto, D., & Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective processes in the construction of the self: Selfenhancement in the U.S. and self-criticism in Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72(6), 1245–1267. Kitayama, S., Mesquita, B., & Karasawa, M. (2006). Cultural affordances and emotional experience: Socially engaging and disengaging emotions in Japan and the United States. Journal of Personality and Social 296 Psychology, 91(5), 890–903. Klein, A. M. (2001). Tender machos: masculine contrasts in the Mexican baseball league. In A. Yiannakis & M. J. Melnick (Eds.), Contemporary issues in the sociology of sport (pp. 291–303). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Leary, M. R., & Baumeister, R. F. (2000). The nature and function of self-esteem: Sociometer theory. In M. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 32, pp. 1–62). San Diego: Academic Press. Lebra, T. S. (1994). Mother and child in Japanese socialization: A Japan-U.S. comparison. In P. M. Greenfield & R. R. Cocking (Eds.), Cross-cultural roots of minority child development (pp. 259–274). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Leu, J., Mesquita, B., Ellsworth, P., ZhiYong, Z., Huijian, Y., Buchtel, E., et al. (2007). Understanding dialectical emotions: Emotion representations in East and West. Unpublished manuscript, University of Washington, Seattle. Lu, L. (2001). Understanding happiness: A look into Chinese folk psychology. Journal of Happiness Studies, 2, 407–432. Lutz, C. (1987). Goals, events, and understanding in Ifaluk emotion theory. In N. Quinn & D. Holland (Eds.), Cultural models in language and thought (pp. 290–312). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98(2), 224–253. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1994). The cultural construction of self and emotion: Implications for social behavior. In S. Kitayama & H. R. Markus (Eds.), Emotion and culture: Empirical studies of mutual influence (pp. 89–130). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (2003). Models of agency: Sociocultural diversity in the construction of action. In J. J. Berman & V. Murphy-Berman (Eds.), Cross-cultural differences in perspectives on the self (Vol. 49, pp. 18–74). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Markus, H. R., Mullally, P. R., & Kitayama, S. (1997). Selfways: Diversity in modes of cultural participation. In U. Neisser & D. A. Jopling (Eds.), The conceptual self in context: Culture, experience, selfunderstanding (pp. 13–61). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Mascolo, M. F., Fischer, K.W.,&Li, J. (2003). Dynamic development of component systems in emotions: Pride, shame and guilt in China and the United 297 States. In R. J. Davidson, K. R. Scherer, & H. H. Goldsmith (Eds.), Handbook of affective sciences (pp. 295–408). New York: Oxford University Press. Masuda, T., Ellsworth, P. C., Mesquita, B., Leu, J., & Veerdonk, E. (2005). Putting the face in context: Cultural differences in the perception of emotions from facial behavior. Unpublished manuscript, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. Matsumoto, D. (1996). Unmasking Japan. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Matsumoto, D., Kudoh, T., Scherer, K. R., & Wallbott, H. (1988). Antecedents of and reactions to emotions in the United States and Japan. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 19(3), 267–286. Matsumoto, D., & Yoo, S. H. (2006). The cultural attribution fallacy. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 1(3), 234–250. Mauro, R., Sato, K., & Tucker, J. (1992). The role of appraisal in human emotions: A cross-cultural study. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62(2), 301–317. Mead, G. H. (1934). Mind, self, and society. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Mesquita, B. (1993). Cultural variations in emotions. A comparative study of Dutch, Surinamese, and Turkish people in the Netherlands. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands. Mesquita, B. (2001). Emotions in collectivist and individualist contexts. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80(1), 68–74. Mesquita, B. (2003). Emotions as dynamic cultural phenomena. In R. Davidson, H. Goldsmith, & K. R. Scherer (Eds.), The handbook of the affective sciences (pp. 871–890). New York: Oxford University Press. Mesquita, B., & Albert, D. (2007). The cultural regulation of emotions. In J. J. Gross (Ed.), The handbook of emotion regulation (pp. 486–503). New York: Guilford Press. Mesquita, B., & Ellsworth, P. C. (2001). The role of culture in appraisal. In K. R. Scherer&A. Schorr (Eds.), Appraisal processes in emotion: Theory, methods, research (pp. 233–248). New York: Oxford University Press. Mesquita, B., & Frijda, N. H. (1992). Cultural variations in emotions: A review. Psychological Bulletin, 112(2), 179–204. Mesquita, B., Frijda, N. H., & Scherer, K. R. (1997). Culture and emotion. In P. Dasen & T. S. Saraswathi (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 255–297). Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Mesquita, B., & Karasawa, M. (2002). Different emotional lives. Cognition and Emotion, 16(1), 127–141. 298 Mesquita, B., & Karasawa, M. (2004). Self-conscious emotions as dynamic cultural processes. Psychological Inquiry, 15, 161–166. Mesquita, B., Karasawa, M., & Chu, R. L. (2007). Predictors of pleasantness in three cultures: A comparison between the United States, Japan, and Taiwan. Unpublished manuscript, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, NC. Mesquita, B., Karasawa, M., Haire, A., Izumi, K., Hayashi, A., Idzelis, M., et al. (2005). What do I feel?: The role of cultural models in emotion representations. Unpublished manuscript, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, NC. Mesquita, B., & Markus, H. R. (2004). Culture and emotion: Models of agency as sources of cultural variation in emotion. In A. S. R. Manstead, N. H. Frijda, & A. H. Fischer (Eds.), Feelings and emotions: The Amsterdam symposium (pp. 341–358). New York: Cambridge University Press. Middleton, D. R. (1989). Emotional style: The cultural ordering of emotions. Ethos, 17(2), 187–201. Miller, J. G. (1997). Theoretical issues in cultural psychology. In J. Berry, Y. H. Poortinga, & J. Pandey (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 85–128). Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon. Miller, J. G., Fung, H., & Mintz, J. (1996). Selfconstruction through narrative practices: A Chinese and American comparison of early socialization. Ethos, 24, 237–280. Minami, H. (1971). Psychology of the Japanese people (A. Ikoma, Trans.). Toronto: University of Toronto Press. Ng, A., Ho, S., & Smith, I. (2003). In search of the good life: A cultural odyssey in the East andWest. Genetic, Social, and General Psychology Monographs, 129(4), 317–363. Oatley, K., & Jenkins, J. H. (1992). Human emotions: Function and dysfunction. Annual Review of Psychology, 43, 55–85. Oishi, S. (2002). The experiencing and remembering of well-being: A cross-cultural analysis. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1398–1406. Oishi, S., & Diener, E. (2001). Goals, culture and subjective well-being. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27(12), 463–473. Oishi, S., & Diener, E. (2003). Culture and well-being: The cycle of action, evaluation, and decision. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 939–949. Oishi, S., Diener, E., Scollon, C. N., & Biswas-Diener, R. (2004). Cross-situational consistency of affective experiences across cultures. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 460–472. Peristiany, J. G. (1966). Honour and shame in a Cypriot 299 highland. In J. G. Peristiany (Ed.), Honour and shame: The values of Mediterranean society (pp. 171–190). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Rothbaum, F., Pott, M., Azuma, H., Miyake, K., & Weisz, J. (2000). The development of close relationships in Japan and the United States: Paths of symbiotic harmony and generative tension. Child Development, 71(5), 1121–1142. Rothbaum, F., Weisz, J., Pott, M., Miyake, K., & Morelli, G. (2000). Attachment and culture: Security in the United States and Japan. American Psychologist, 55(10), 1093–1104. Rusch, C. D. (2004). Cross-cultural variability of the semantic domain of emotion terms: An examination of English shame and embarrassment with Japanese Hazukashii. Cross-Cultural Research, 38, 236–248. Russell, J. A. (1983). Pancultural aspects of the human conceptual organization of emotions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 45(6), 1281–1288. Scherer, K. R. (1984). Emotion as a multicomponent process: A model and some cross-cultural data. In P. R. Shaver (Ed.), Review of personality and social psychology (Vol. 5, pp. 37–63). Beverly Hills, CA: Sage. Scherer, K. R. (1997). The role of culture in emotionantecedent appraisal. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 902–922. Scherer, K. R., Matsumoto, D., Wallbott, H. G., & Kudoh, T. (1988). Emotional experience in cultural context: A comparison between Europe, Japan, and the U.S. In K. R. Scherer (Ed.), Facets of emotion (pp. 5–30). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Scherer, K. R., & Wallbott, H. G. (1994). Evidence for universality and cultural variation of differential emotion response patterning. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 66(2), 310–328. Schieffelin, E. L. (1985). Anger, grief, and shame: Toward a Kaluli ehthnopsychology. In G. L. White & J. Kirkpatrick (Eds.), Person, self, and experience: Exploring Pacific ethnopsychologies (pp. 168–182). Berkeley: University of California Press. Schimmack, U., Oishi, S., & Diener, E. (2002). Cultural influences on the relation between pleasant emotions and unpleasant emotions: Asian dialectic philosophies or individualism–collectivism? Cognition and Emotion, 16(6), 705–719. Scollon, C. N., Diener, E., Oishi, S., & Biswas-Diener, R. (2004). Emotions across cultures and methods. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 35, 304–326. Scollon, C. N., Diener, E., Oishi, S., & Biswas-Diener, R. (2005). An experience sampling and cross-cultural investigation of the relation between pleasant and unpleasant affect. Cognition and Emotion, 19, 27– 52. 300 Shweder, R. A.,&Haidt, J. (2000). The cultural psychology of emotions: Ancient and new. In M. Lewis & J. M. Haviland-Jones (Eds.), Handbook of emotions (2nd ed., pp. 397–414). New York: Guilford Press. Smith, C. A., & Ellsworth, P. C. (1985). Patterns of cognitive appraisal in emotion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 48, 813–838. Solomon, R. C. (1978). Emotions and anthropology: The logic of emotional world views. Inquiry, 21, 181–199. Stephenson, P. H. (1989). Going to McDonald’s in Leiden: Reflections on the concept of self and society in the Netherlands. Ethos, 17, 226–247. Tooby, J., & Cosmides, L. (1990). The past explains the present: Emotional adaptations and the structure of ancestral environments. Ethology and Sociobiology, 11, 375–424. Tooby, J., & Cosmides, L. (1992). The psychological foundations of culture. In J. H. Barkow, L. Cosmides & J. Tooby (Eds.), The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the generation of culture (pp. 19– 136). New York: Oxford University Press. Tracy, J. L., & Robins, R. W. (2004). Putting the self into self-conscious emotions: A theoretical model. Psychological Inquiry, 15, 103–125. Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Tsai, J. L., Chentsova-Dutton, Y., Friere-Bebeau, L. H., & Przymus, D. (2002). Emotional expression and physiology in European Americans and Hmong Americans. Emotion, 2, 380–397. Tsai, J. L., Knutson, B., & Fung, H. H. (2006). Cultural variation in affect valuation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 90(2), 288–307. Tsai, J. L., & Levenson, R. W. (1997). Cultural influences on emotional responding: Chinese American and European American dating couples during the interpersonal conflict. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 28, 600–625. Tsang, S., & Wu, C. (2005). What constitutes my subjective well-being: Is the subjective well-being of interdependent-self individuals rooted in others’ subjective well-being? Paper presented at the sixth biennial conference of the Asian Association of Social Psychology, Wellington, New Zealand. Valdes, G. (1996). Con respeto: Bridging the distances between culturally diverse families and schools: An ethnographic portrait. New York: Teachers College Press. Van der Horst, H. (1996). The low sky: Understanding the Dutch. The Hague: Scriptum Books. Weiner, B. (1982). The emotional consequences of casual ascriptions. In M. S. Clark & S. T. Fiske (Eds.), 301 Affect and cognition (pp. 185–210). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Weiner, B. (1986). Attribution, emotion and action. In R. M. H. Sorrentino & E. T. Higgins (Eds.), Handbook of motivation and cognition (pp. 281–312). New York: Wiley. Allgeier, E. R., & Wiederman, M. W. (1991). Love and mate selection in the 1990s. Free Inquiry, 11, 25–27. Aron, A., Fisher, H. E., Mashek, D. J., Strong, G., Li, H., & Brown, L. L. (2005). Reward, motivation, and emotion systems associated with early-stage intense romantic love. Journal of Neuropsychology, 94, 327– 337. Aron, A., & Rodriguez, G. (1992, July 25). Scenarios of falling in love among Mexican-, Chinese-, and AngloAmericans. Paper presented at the Sixth International Conference on Personal Relationships, Orono, ME. Barkow, J. H., Cosmides, L., & Tooby, J. (Eds.). (1992). The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the generation of culture. New York: Oxford University Press. Bartels, A., & Zeki, S. (2000, November 27). The neural basis of romantic love. Neuroreport, 11, 3829– 3834. Bartels, A., & Zeki, S. (2004). The neural correlates of maternal and romantic love. NeuroImage, 21, 1155– 1166. Berscheid, E., & Fei, J. (1977). Romantic love and sexual jealousy. In G. Clanton & L. G. Smith (Eds.), Jealousy (pp. 101–114). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall. Birbaumer, N., Lutzenberger, W., Elbert, T., Flor, H., & Rockstroh, B. (1993) Imagery and brain processes. In N. Birbaumer & A. Öhman (Eds.), The structure of emotion (pp. 132–134). Göttingen, Germany: Hogrefe & Huber. Bringle, R. G., & Buunk, B. (1986). Examining the causes and consequences of jealousy: Some recent findings and issues. In R. Gilmour & S. Duck (Eds.), The emerging field of personal relationships (pp. 225–240). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Brooke, J. (1991, March 29). “Honor” killing of wives is outlawed in Brazil. The New York Times, p. B-16. Broude, G. J., & Green, S. J. (1983). Cross-cultural codes on husband–wife relationships. Ethology, 22, 273–274. Bryson, J. B. (1977, August). Situational determinants of the expression of jealousy. In H. Sigall (Chair), Sexual Jealousy Symposium presented at the 85th meeting of the American Psychological Association, San Francisco, CA. Bumroongsook, S. (1992). Conventions of mate selection in twentieth-century central Thailand. Unpublished 302 Master’s thesis, Department of History, University of Hawaii, Honolulu. Burton, R. (1927). The anatomy of melancholy. London: Longman. (Original work published 1621) Buss, D. M. (1994). The evolution of desire. New York: Basic Books. Buss, D. M., & Schmitt, D. P. (1993). Sexual strategies theory: An evolutionary perspective on human mating. Psychological Review, 100, 204–232. Buunk, B. (1982). Anticipated sexual jealousy: Its relationship to self-esteem, dependency, and reciprocity. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 8, 310– 316. Buunk, B., & Hupka, R. B. (1987). Cross-cultural differences in the elicitation of sexual jealousy. Journal of Sex Research, 23, 12–22. Capellanus, A. (1957). The art of courtly love. New York: Ungar. (Original work published 1174) Carter, C. S. (1998). Neuroendocrine perspectives on social attachment and love. Psychoneuroendrocrinology, 23, 779–818. Chu, G. C. (1985). The changing concept of self in contemporary China. In A. J. Marsella, G. DeVos, & F. L. K. Hus (Eds.), Culture and self: Asian and Western perspectives (pp. 252–277). London: Tavistock. Chu, G. C., & Ju, Y. (1993). The great wall in ruins. Albany: State University of New York Press. Cohen, D. (2001). Cultural variation: Considerations and implications. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 451– 471. Daily, M., & Wilson, M. (1998a). Evolutionary and social psychology and family homicide. Science, 28, 519–524. Daly, M., Wilson, M., & Weghorst, S. J. (1982). Male sexual jealousy. Ethology and Sociobiology, 3, 11– 27. Darwin, C. (1871). The descent of man and selection in relation to sex. London: Murray. Davis, D. A., & Davis, S. S. (1995). Possessed by love: gender and romance in Morocco. In William Jankowiak (Ed.), Romantic passion: A universal experience? (pp. 219–238). New York: Columbia University Press. Davis, K. (1977). Jealousy and sexual property. In G. Clanton & L. G. Smith (Eds.), Jealousy (pp. 129– 135). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. (Original work published 1948) Diamond, L. M. (2004). Emerging perspectives on distinctions between romantic love and sexual desire. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 116–119. Dion, K. K., & Dion, K. L. (1993). Individualistic and collectivistic perspectives on gender and the cultural 303 context of love and intimacy. Journal of Social Issues, 49, 53–69. Doherty, R. W., Hatfield, E., Thompson, K., & Choo, P. (1994). Cultural and ethnic influences on love and attachment. Personal Relationships, 1, 391–398. Doi, L. T. (1963). Some thoughts on helplessness and the desire to be loved. Psychiatry, 26, 266–272. Doi, L. T. (1973). The anatomy of dependence (J. Bester, Trans.). Tokyo: Kodansha International. Fischer, K. W., Shaver, P. R., & Carnochan, P. (1990). 776 VI. EMOTION AND MOTIVATION How emotions develop and how they organize development. Cognition and Emotion, 4, 81–127. Fischer, K. W., Wang, L., Kennedy, B., & Cheng, C.-L. (1998). Culture and biology in emotional development: Socioemotional development across cultures. New Directions for Child Development, 82, 20–43. Fisher, H. E. (1989). Evolution of human serial pairbonding. American Journal of Physical Anthropology, 78, 331–354. Fisher, H. E. (2003, July 16). The brain chemistry of romantic attraction and its positive effect on sexual motivation. Paper presented at the 29th annual meeting of the International Academy of Sex Research, Bloomington, IN. Fisher, H. E. (2004). Why we love: The nature and chemistry of romantic love. New York: Holt. Fukuda, N. (1991). Women in Japan. In L. L. Adler (Ed.), Women in cross-cultural perspective (pp. 205– 219). Westport, CT: Praeger. Gayford, J. J. (1979). Battered wives. British Journal of Hospital Medicine, 22, 496, 503. Gil, V. E. (1992). Clinical notes: The cut sleeve revisited: A brief ethnographic interview with a male homosexual in mainland China. Journal of Sex Research, 29, 569–577. Glass, S. P., & Wright, T. L. (1985). Sex differences in type of extramarital involvement and marital dissatisfaction. Sex Roles, 12, 1101–1120. Goode,W. J. (1959). The theoretical importance of love. American Sociological Review, 24, 38–47. Goode, W. J. (1963). World revolution and family patterns. New York: Free Press. Goodwin, G. (1942). The social organization of the Western Apache. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Goodwin, R. (1999). Personal relationships across cultures. London: Routledge. Gouldsbury, C., & Sheane, H. (1911). The Great Plateau of Northern Rhodesia. London: Arnold. Greenhouse, S. (1994, February 3). State Dept. finds widespread abuse of world’s women. The New York Times, pp. 1A–6A. 304 Haavio-Mannila, E., & Kontula, O. (2003). Single and double sexual standards in Finland, Estonia, and St. Petersburg. Journal of Sex Research, 40, 36–49. Harris, C. R. (2003). A review of sex differences in sexual jealousy, including self-report data, psychophysiological responses, interpersonal violence, and morbid jealousy. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 7, 102–128. Hatfield, E., & Rapson, R. L. (1987). Passionate love/ sexual desire: Can the same paradigm explain both? Archives of Sexual Behavior, 16, 259–277. Hatfield, E., & Rapson, R. L. (1993). Love, sex, and intimacy: Their psychology, biology, and history. New York: HarperCollins. Hatfield, E., & Rapson, R. L. (1996). Love and sex: Cross-cultural perspectives. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon. Hatfield, E., & Sprecher, S. (1986). Measuring passionate love in intimate relations. Journal of Adolescence, 9, 383–410. Hatfield, E., & Sprecher, S. (1996). Men’s and women’s mate preferences in the United States, Russia, and Japan. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 26, 728– 750. Hendrick, C., & Hendrick, S. S. (1989). Research on love: Does it measure up? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 56, 784–794. Hilger, M. I. (1952). Arapaho child life and its cultural background. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. Hrdy, S. B. (1999). The woman that never evolved. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Hsu, F. L. K. (1953). Americans and Chinese: Passage to difference (3rd ed.). Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii. Hsu, F. L. K. (1985). The self in cross-cultural perspective. In A. J. Marsella, G. DeVos, & F. L. K. Hsu (Eds.), Culture and self: Asian and Western perspectives (pp. 24–55). London: Tavistock. Hunt, M. (1959). The natural history of love. New York: Grove Press. Hupka, R. B. (1981). Cultural determinants of jealousy. Alternative Lifestyles, 4, 310–356. Hupka, R. B. (1991). The motive for the arousal of romantic jealousy: Its cultural origin. In P. Salovey (Ed.), The psychology of jealousy and envy (pp. 252– 270). New York: Guilford Press. Hupka, R. B., & Ryan, J. M. (1990). The cultural contribution to jealousy: Cross-cultural aggression in sexual jealousy situations. Behavior Science Research, 24, 51–71. Hyde, J. S. (Ed.). (2005). Biological substrates of human 305 sexuality. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Jankowiak, W. (Ed.). (1995). Romantic passion: A universal experience? New York: Columbia University Press. Jankowiak, W. R., & Fischer, E. F. (1992). A crosscultural perspective on romantic love. Ethology, 31, 149–155. Joseph, R., & Joseph, T. B. (1987). The rose and the thorn. Tucson: University of Arizona Press. Kelley, H. H., Berscheid, E., Christensen, A., Harvey, J. H., Huston, T. L., Levinger, G., et al. (Eds.). (1983). Close relationships. New York: Freeman. Kephart, W. M. (1967). Some correlates of romantic love. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 29, 470– 479. Kim, J., & Hatfield, E. (2004). Love types and subjective well being. Social Behavior and Personality: An International Journal, 32, 173–182. Kitayama, S. (2002). Culture and basic psychological processes—toward a system view of culture: Comment on Oyserman et al. (2002). Psychological Bulletin, 128, 89–96. Komisaruk, B. R., & Whipple, B. (1998). Love as sensory stimulation: Physiological consequences of its 31. Passionate Love and Sexual Desire 777 deprivation and expression. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 8, 927–944. Landis, D., & O’Shea, W. A. O., III. (2000). Crosscultural aspects of passionate love: An individual difference analysis. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 31, 754–779. Lee, G. R., & Stone, L. H. (1980). Mate-selection systems and criteria: Variation according to family structure. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 42, 319–326. Levine, R., Sato, S., Hashimoto, T., & Verma, J. (1995). Love and marriage in eleven cultures. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 26, 554–571. Linton, R. (1936). The study of man. New York: Appleton-Century. Luciano, E. M. C. (2003). Caribbean love and sex: Ethnographic study of rejection and betrayal in heterosexual relationships in Puerto Rico. Paper presented at the 29th annual meeting of the International Academy of Sex Research Meeting, Bloomington, IN. Mace, D., & Mace, V. (1980). Marriage: East andWest. New York: Dolphin Books. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253. Marazziti, D., Akiskal, H. S., Rossi, A., & Cassano, G. 306 B. (1999). Alteration of the platelet serotonin transporter in romantic love. Psychological Medicine, 29(3), 741–745. Marazziti, D., & Canale, D. (2004). Hormonal changes when falling in love. Psychoneuroendrocrinology, 29(7), 931–936. Mead, M. (1931). Jealousy: Primitive and civilized. In S. D. Schmalhausen & V. F. Calverton (Eds.), Woman’s coming of age (pp. 35–48). New York: Liveright. Mirsky, J. (1937). The Eskimo of Greenland. In M. Mead (Ed.), Cooperation and competition among primitive peoples (pp. 51–86). New York: McGrawHill. Mishkin, B. (1937). The Maori of New Zealand. In M. Mead (Ed.), Cooperation and competition among primitive peoples (pp. 428–457). New York: McGraw-Hill. Money, J. (1977). Peking: The sexual revolution. In J. Money & H. Musaph (Eds.), Handbook of sexology (pp. 543–550). Amsterdam: Excerpta Medica. Murstein, B. I. (1974). Love, sex, and marriage through the ages. New York: Springer. Nadler, A., & Dotan, I. (1992). Commitment and rival attractiveness: Their effects on male and female reactions to jealousy arousing situations. Sex Roles, 26, 293–310. Nisbett, R. (2003). The geography of thought: How Asians and Westerners think differently . . . and why. New York: Free Press. Oysermann, D., Kemmelmeier, M., & Coon, H. M. (2002). Cultural psychology, a new look: Reply to Bond (2002), Fiske (2002), Kitayama (2002), and Miller. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 110–117. Pimentel, E. E. (2000). Just how do I love thee?: Marital relations in urban China. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 62, 32–47. Prakasa, V. V., & Rao, V. N. (1979). Arranged marriages: An assessment of the attitudes of the college students in India. In G. Kurian (Ed.), Cross-cultural perspectives of mate-selection and marriage (pp. 11– 31). Westport, CT: Greenwood Press. Regan, P. C., & Berscheid, E. (1999). Lust: what we know about human sexual desire. London: Sage. Rivers, W. H. R. (1906). The Todas. London: Macmillan. Rosenblatt, P. C. (1967). Marital residence and the function of romantic love. Ethnology, 6, 471–480. Rosenblatt, P. C., & Anderson, R. M. (1981). Human sexuality in cross-cultural perspective. In M. Cook (Ed.), The bases of human sexual attraction (pp. 215–250). London: Academic Press. Ruan, F. F. (1991). Sex in China: Studies in sexology in Chinese culture. New York: Plenum Press. Salovey, P., & Rodin, J. (1985). The heart of jealousy. 307 Psychology Today, 19, 22–29. Shaver, P. R., & Hazan, C. (1988). A biased overview of the study of love. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 5, 474–501. Shaver, P. R., Morgan, H. J., & Wu, S. (1996). Is love a “basic” emotion? Personal Relationships, 3, 81–96. Shaver, P. R., Murdaya, U., & Fraley, R. C. (2001). Structure of the Indonesian emotion lexicon. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 4, 201–224. Shaver, P. R., Wu, S., & Schwartz, J. C. (1991). Crosscultural similarities and differences in emotion and its representation: A prototype approach. In M. S. Clark (Ed.), Review of personality and social psychology (Vol. 13, pp. 175–212). Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Shostak, M. (1981). Nisa: The life and words of a !Kung woman. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Simmons, C. H., Vom Kolke, A., & Shimizu, H. (1986). Attitudes toward romantic love among American, German, and Japanese students. Journal of Social Psychology, 126, 327–337. Simpson, J. A., Campbell, B., & Berscheid, E. (1986). The association between romantic love and marriage: Kephart (1967) twice revisited. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 12, 363–372. Smith, J. C., & Hogan, B. (1983). Criminal law (5th ed.). London: Butterworths. Sommer, V. (1993, November 13). Primate origins: The hardware of human sexuality. Paper presented at the meeting of the Society for the Scientific Study of Sex, San Diego, CA. Soueif, A. (1999). The map of love. London: Bloomsbury. Sprecher, S., Aron, A., Hatfield, E., Cortese, A., Potapova, E., & Levitskaya, A. (1994). Love: American style, Russian style, and Japanese style. Personal Relationships, 1, 349–369. Sprecher, S., & Chandak, R. (1992). Attitudes about arranged marriages and dating among men and women from India. Free Inquiry in Creative Sociology, 20, 1– 11. Stephens, W. N. (1963). The family in cross-cultural perspective. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Sternberg, R. J. (1988). Triangulating love. In R. J. Sternberg & M. L. Barnes (Eds.), The psychology of love (pp. 119–138). New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Tannahill, R. (1980). Sex in history. New York: Stein & Day. Tooby, J., & Cosmides, L. (1992). The evolutionary and psychological foundations of the social sciences. In J. H. Barkow, L. Cosmides, & J. Tooby (Eds.), The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the generation 308 of culture (pp. 19–136). New York: Oxford University Press. Trawick, M. (1990). Notes on love in a Tamil family. Berkeley: University of California Press. Triandis, H. C., McCusker, C., & Hui, C. H. (1990). Multimethod probes of individualism and collectivism. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 1006–1020. Wallen, K. (1989). Mate selection: Economics and affection. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 12, 37–38. Weaver, S. E., & Ganong, L. W. (2004). The factor structure of the Romantic Belief Scale for African Americans and European Americans. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 21, 171–185. White, G. L., & Mullen, P. E. (1989). Jealousy: Theory, research, and clinical strategies. New York: Guilford Press. Wilson, M., & Daly, M. (1992). The man who mistook his wife for a chattel. In J. H. Barkow, L. Cosmides, & J. Tooby (Eds.), The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the generation of culture (pp. 289– 326). New York: Oxford University Press. Wolkstein, D. (1991). The first love stories. New York: Harper Perennial. Xu, X., & Whyte, M. K. (1990). Love matches and arranged marriages: A Chinese replication. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 52, 709–722. Akinkube, O. O. (1985). World epidemiology of hypertension in Blacks. In E. S. W. D. Hall & N. B. Shulman (Ed.), Hypertension in Blacks: Epidemiology, pathyphysiology, and treatment (pp. 3–16). Chicago: Yearbook. Alpert, B. S., Dover, E. V., Booker, D. L., Martin, A. M., & Strong, W. B. (1981). Blood pressure response to dynamic exercise in healthy children—Black versus White. Journal of Pediatrics, 99, 556–560. Ambadar, Z., Schooler, J. W., & Cohn, J. F. (2005). Deciphering the enigmatic face: The importance of facial dynamics in interpreting subtle facial expressions. Psychological Science, 16(5), 403–410. Anderson, N. B., Lane, J. D., Muranaka, M., Williams, R. B., Jr., & Houseworth, S. J. (1988). Racial differences in blood pressure and forearm vascular responses to the cold face stimulus. Psychosomatic Medicine, 50, 57–63. Anderson, N. B., Lane, J. D., Taguchi, F., & Williams, R. B., Jr. (1989). Patterns of cardiovascular responses to stress as a function of race and parental hypertension in men. Health Psychology, 8, 525–540. Boucsein, W. (1992). Electodermal activity. New York: Plenum Press. Brownley, K. A., Light, K. C., & Anderson, N. B. (1996). Social support and hostility interact to influence 309 clinic, work, and home blood pressure in Black and White men and women. Psychophysiology, 33, 434–445. Cannon,W. B. (1927). The James–Lange theory of emotions: A critical examination and an alternative theory. American Journal of Psychology, 39, 106–124. Changeux, J.-P. (1985). Neuronal man: The biology of mind. New York: Oxford University Press. Cohen, D., Nisbett, R. E., Bowdle, B. F., & Schwarz, N. (1996). Insult, aggression, and the southern culture of honor: An “experimental ethnography.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70(5), 945– 959. Damasio, A. (1998). The somatic marker hypothesis and the possible functions of the prefrontal cortex. In A. C. Roberts, T. W. Robbins, & L. Weiskrantz (Eds.), The prefrontal cortex: Executive and cognitive functions (pp. 36–50). New York: Oxford University Press. Darwin, C. (1872). The expression of the emotions in man and animals. London: Murray. Delehanty, S. G., Dimsdale, J. E., & Mills, P. (1991). Psychosocial correlates of reactivity in Black and White men. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 35, 451–460. Ekman, P. (1994). Strong evidence for universals in facial expressions: A reply to Russell’s mistaken critique. Psychological Bulletin, 115(2), 268–287. Ekman, P., & Friesen, W. V. (1969). The repertoire of nonverbal behavior: Categories, origins, usage, and coding. Semiotica, 1, 49–98. Ekman, P., Friesen, W. V., & Ellsworth, P. (1982). What are the similarities and differences in facial behavior across cultures? In P. Ekman (Ed.), Emotion in the human face (pp. 128–146). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Ekman, P., Friesen,W. V.,&Simons, R. C. (1985). Is the startle reaction an emotion? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 1416–1426. Elfenbein, H. A., & Ambady, N. (2002). On the universality and cultural specificity of emotion recognition: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 203– 235. Falkner, B., & Kushner, H. (1989). Race differences in stress induced reactivity in young adults. Health Psychology, 8, 613–627. Friesen, W. V. (1972). Cultural differences in facial expressions in a social situation: An experimental test of the concept of display rules. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of California, San Francisco. Goffman, E. (1971). Relations in public; microstudies of the public order. New York: Harper & Row. Gottman, J. M., & Levenson, R. W. (1986). Assessing 310 the role of emotion in marriage. Behavioral Assessment, 8(1), 31–48. 32. Emotion, Biology, and Culture 793 Gross, J. J., & Levenson, R. W. (1993). Emotional suppression: Physiology, self-report, and expressive behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 64(6), 970–986. Guglielmi, R. S. (1999). Psychophysiological assessment of prejudice: Past research, current status, and future directions. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 3, 123–157. Hagemann, T., Levenson, R. W., & Gross, J. J. (2006). Expressive suppression during an acoustic startle. Psychophysiology, 43(1), 104–112. Heelas, P. (1986). Emotion talk across cultures. In R. M. Harre (Ed.), The social construction of emotions (pp. 234–266). Oxford, UK: Blackwell. Hinton, A. L. (1999). Biocultural approaches to the emotions. New York: Cambridge University Press. Hochschild, A. R. (1979). Emotion work, feeling rules, and social structure. American Journal of Sociology, 84, 551–575. Hohn, A., Riopel, D., Kiel, J., Loadhold, C., Margolius, H., Halushka, P., et al. (1983). Childhood familial and racial differences in physiologic and biochemical factors related to hypertension. Hypertension, 5, 56– 70. Hupka, R. B., Zbigniew, Z., Jurgen, O., & Reidl, L. (1996). Anger, envy, fear, and jealousy as felt in the body: A five-nation study. Cross-Cultural Research, 30, 243–264. Jackson, R.W., Treiber, F. A., Turner, J. R., Davis, H.,& Strong, W. B. (1999). Effects of race, sex, and socioeconomic status upon cardiovascular stress responsivity and recovery in youth. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 31, 111–119. James, W. (1884). What is an emotion? Mind, 9, 188– 205. Johnson, E. H. (1989). The role of the experience and expression of anger and anxiety in elevated blood pressure among Black and White adolescents. Journal of the National Medical Association, 81, 573– 584. Johnson, L. C., & Corah, N. L. (1963). Racial differences in skin resistance. Science, 139, 766–767. Johnson, L. C.,&Landon, M. M. (1965). Eccrine sweat gland activity and racial differences in resting skin conductance. Psychophysiology, 1, 322–329. Juniper, K., Jr., & Dykman, R. A. (1967). Skin resistance, sweat-gland counts, salivary flow, and gastric secretion: Age, race, and sex differences, and intercorrelations. Psychophysiology, 4, 216–222. Katkin, E. S., Blascovich, J., & Goldband, S. (1981). 311 Empirical assessment of visceral self-perception: Individual and sex differences in the acquisition of heart beat discrimination. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 40, 1095–1101. King, A. R., & Levenson, R. W. (2004). Individual differences in autonomic responses to stress. Berkeley: University of California Press. Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Matsumoto, H. (1995). Culture, self, and emotion: A cultural perspective on “self-conscious” emotions. In J. P. Tangney & K. W. Fischer (Eds.), Self-conscious emotions: The psychology of shame, guilt, embarrassment, and pride. (pp. 439–464). New York: Guilford Press. Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., Matsumoto, H., & Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective processes in the construction of the self: selfenhancement in the United States and self-criticism in Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72(6), 1245–1267. Kleinman, A. (1977). Depression, somatization, and the new cross-cultural psychiatry. Social Science and Medicine, 11, 3–10. Korol, B., Bergfield, G. R., & McLaughlin, L. J. (1975). Skin color and autonomic nervous system measures. Physiology and Behavior, 14, 575–578. Kunzmann, U., Kupperbusch, C. S., & Levenson, R. W. (2005). Behavioral inhibition and amplification during emotional arousal: A comparison of two age groups. Psychology and Aging, 20, 144–158. Lakoff, G. (1987). Women, fire, and dangerous things. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Lazarus, R. S., Tomita, M., Opton, E., & Kodoma, M. (1966). A cross-cultural study of stress-reaction patterns in Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 4, 622–633. Lee, Y., Rosner, B., Gould, J., Lowe, E., & Kass, E. (1976). Familial aggregation of blood pressure in newborn infants and their mothers. Pediatrics, 58, 722–729. Levenson, R. W. (1979). Cardiac–respiratory–somatic relationships and feedback effects in a multiple session heart rate control experiment. Psychophysiology, 16(4), 367–373. Levenson, R. W. (1999). The intrapersonal functions of emotion. Cognition and Emotion, 13, 481–504. Levenson, R. W. (2003). Blood, sweat, and fears: The autonomic architecture of emotion. In P. Ekman, J. J. Campos, R. J. Davidson, & F. B. M. de Waal (Eds.), Emotions inside out: 130 years after Darwin’s The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals (pp. 348–356). New York: New York Academy of Sciences. 312 Levenson, R.W., Ekman, P., Heider, K.,&Friesen,W. V. (1992). Emotion and autonomic nervous system activity in the Minangkabau of West Sumatra. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62(6), 972–988. Levinson, S., Liu, K., Stamler, J., Stamler, R., Whipple, I., Ausbrook, D., & Berkson, D. (1985). Ethnic differences in blood pressure and heart rate of Chicago school children. American Journal of Epidemiology, 122, 366–377. Lieblich, I., Kugelmass, S., & Ben-Shakhar, G. (1973). Psychophysiological baselines as a function of race and origin. Psychophysiology, 10, 426–430. Lutz, C. A., & Abu-Lughod, L. (Eds.). (1990). Language and the politics of emotion. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. 794 VI. EMOTION AND MOTIVATION Mead, M. (1935). Sex and temperament in three primitive societies. Oxford, UK: Morrow. Morell, M. A., Myers, H. F., Shapiro, D., Goldstein, I. B.,&Armstrong, M. (1988). Psychophysiological reactivity to mental arithmetic stress in Black and White normotensive men. Health Psychology, 7(5), 479–496. Murphy, J., Alpert, B., Moes, D., & Somes, G. (1986). Race and cardiovascular reactivity: A neglected relationship. Hypertension, 8, 1075–1083. Oatley, K. (1993). Social construction in emotions. In M. Lewis & J. M. Haviland (Eds.), Handbook of emotions (pp. 341–352). New York: Guilford Press. Pennebaker, J. W. (1982). The psychology of physical symptoms. New York: Springer-Verlag. Persky, V., Dyer, A., Stamler, J., Shekelle, R., & Schoenberger, J. (1979). Racial patterns of heart rate in an employed adult population. American Journal of Epidemiology, 110, 274–280. Pole, N., Best, S. R., Metzler, T., & Marmar, C. R. (2005). Why are Hispanics at greater risk for PTSD? Cultural Diversity and Ethnic Minority Psychology, 11, 144–161. Rankin, R. E., & Campbell, D. T. (1955). Galvanic skin response to negro and white experimenters. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 30–33. Rinn, W. E. (1984). The neuropsychology of facial expression: A review of the neurological and psychological mechanisms for producing facial expressions. Psychological Bulletin, 95(1), 52–77. Roberts, J., & Rowlands, M. (1981). Vital and health statistics: Hypertension in adults 25–74 years of age: United States, 1971–1975 (Series 11, No. 221, DHEW Publication No. PHS 81-1671). Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. Roberts, N. A., & Levenson, R. W. (2006). Subjective, behavioral, and physiological reactivity to ethnically 313 matched and ethnically mismatched film clips. Emotion, 6(4), 635–646. Rozin, P., Lowery, L., Imada, S.,&Haidt, J. (1999). The CAD triad hypothesis: A mapping between three moral emotions (contempt, anger, disgust) and three moral codes (community, autonomy, divinity). Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76(4), 574– 586. Russell, J. A. (1994). Is there universal recognition of emotion from facial expressions?: A review of the cross-cultural studies. Psychological Bulletin, 115(1), 102–141. Saab, P. G., Llabre, M. M., Schneiderman, N., Hurwitz, B. E., McDonald, P. G., Evans, J., et al. (1997). Influence of ethnicity and gender on cardiovascular responses to active coping and inhibitory-passive coping challenges. Psychosomatic Medicine, 59, 434– 446. Saarni, C. (1993). Socialization of emotion. In M. Lewis & J. M. Haviland (Eds.), Handbook of emotions (pp. 435–446). New York: Guilford Press. Schachter, J., Kerr, J.,Wimberly, E.,&Lachin, J. (1974). Heart rate levels of Black and White newborns. Psychosomatic Medicine, 36, 513–524. Schachter, J., Kuller, L.,&Perfetti, C. (1984). Heart rate during the first five years of life: Relation to ethnic group (Black or White) and to parental hypertension. American Journal of Epidemiology, 119, 554–563. Schachter, J., Lachin, J., Kerr, J., Wimberly, E., & Ratey, J. (1976). Heart rate and blood pressure in Black newborns and in White newborns. Pediatrics, 58, 283–287. Schachter, S., & Singer, J. (1962). Cognitive, social, and physiological determinants of emotional state. Psychological Review, 69(5), 379–399. Scherer, K. R. (2000). Psychological models of emotion. In J. C. Borod (Ed.), The neuropsychology of emotion (pp. 137–162). New York: Oxford University Press. Scherer, K. R., & Wallbott, H. G. (1994). Evidence for universality and cultural variation of differential emotion response patterning. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 66(2), 310–328. Scherer, K. R., Wallbott, H. G., Matsumoto, D., & Kudoh, T. (1988). Emotional experience in cultural context: A comparison between Europe, Japan, and the United States. In K. R. Scherer (Ed.), Facets of emotions (pp. 5–30). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Scherer, K. R., Wallbott, H. G., & Summerfield, A. B. (1986). Experiencing emotion: A cross-cultural study. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Shekelle, R., Liu, S., Raynor, W., & Miller, R. (1978). Racial difference in mean pulse rate of children aged 314 six to eleven years. Pediatrics, 61, 119–121. Shweder, R. A. (1993). The cultural psychology of emotions. In M. Lewis & J. M. Haviland (Eds.), Handbook of emotions (pp. 417–431). New York: Guilford Press. Soto, J. A., Levenson, R. W., & Ebling, R. (2005). Cultures of moderation and expression: Emotional experience, behavior, and physiology in Chinese Americans and Mexican Americans. Emotion, 5(2), 154– 165. Tsai, J. L., & Chentsova-Dutton, Y. (2003). Variation among European Americans in emotional facial expression. Journal of Cross Cultural Psychology, 34, 650–657. Tsai, J. L., Chentsova-Dutton, Y., Freire-Bebeau, L., & Przymus, D. E. (2002). Emotional expression and physiology in European Americans and Hmong Americans. Emotion, 2, 380–397. Tsai, J. L., & Levenson, R. W. (1997). Cultural influences on emotional responding: Chinese American and European American dating couples during interpersonal conflict. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 28, 600–625. Tsai, J. L., Levenson, R.W., & Carstensen, L. L. (2000). Autonomic, subjective, and expressive responses to emotional films in older and younger Chinese Americans and European Americans. Psychology and Aging, 15, 684–693. 32. Emotion, Biology, and Culture 795 Tsai, J. L., Pole, N., Levenson, R. W., & Muñoz, R. F. (2003). The effects of depression on the emotional responses of Spanish-speaking Latinas. Cultural Diversity and Ethnic Minority Psychology, 9, 49–63. Vanman, E., Paul, B. Y., Ito, T. A., & Miller, N. (1997). The modern face of prejudice and structural features that moderate the effect of cooperation on affect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 941–959. Voors, A., Webber, L., & Berenson, G. (1982). Resting heart rate and pressure-rate product of children in a total biracial community: The Bogulusa Heart Study. American Journal of Epidemiology, 116, 276–286. Vrana, S. R., & Rollock, D. (1998). Physiological response to a minimal social encounter: Effects of gender, ethnicity, and social context. Psychophysiology, 35, 462–469. Vrana, S. R., & Rollock, D. (2002). The role of ethnicity, gender, emotional content, and contextual differences in physiological, expressive, and self-reported emotional responses to imagery. Cognition and Emotion, 16, 165–192. Wallbott, H. G.,&Scherer, K. R. (1988). How universal and specific is emotional experience?: Evidence from 315 27 countries on five continents. In K. R. Scherer (Ed.), Facets of emotion: Recent research. (pp. 31– 56). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Wierzbicka, A. (1986). Human emotions: Universal or culture-specific. American Anthropologist, 88, 584– 594. Alarcon, R., Alegria, M., Bell, C., Boyce, C., Kirmayer, L., Lin, K. M., et al. (2002). Beyond the funhouse mirrors: Research agenda on culture and psychiatric diagnosis. In D. Kupfer, M. First, & D. Regier (Eds.), A research agenda for DSM-V (pp. 219–282). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press American Psychiatric Association. (1994). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (4th ed.). Washington, DC: Author. American Psychiatric Association. (2000). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (4th ed., text rev.). Washington, DC: Author. American Psychological Association. (1992). Guidelines for providers of psychological services to ethnic, linguistic, and culturally diverse populations. American Psychologist, 48, 45–48. Andrade, L., Caraveo-Anduaga, J., Berglund, P., Bijl, R. V., DeGraff, R., Vollebergh,W., et al. (2003). The epidemiology of major depressive episodes: Results from the International Consortium of Psychiatric Epidemiology Surveys. International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 12, 3–21. Bae, S., Brekke, J., & Bola, J. (2004). Ethnicity and treatment outcome variation in schizophrenia: A longitudinal study of community-based psychosocial rehabilitation interventions. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 192, 623–628. Barrio, C., Yamada, A.-M., Atuel, H., Hough, R., Yee, S., Russo, P., et al. (2003). A tri-ethnic examination of symptom expression on the positive and negative syndrome scale in schizophrenia spectrum disorders. Schizophrenia Research, 6, 259–269. Becerra, R., Karno, M., & Escobar, L. (Eds.). (1982). Mental health and Hispanic-Americans: Clinical perspectives. New York: Grune & Stratton. Bernal, G., Trimble, J., Burlew, K., & Leong, F. (Eds.). (2003). Handbook of racial and ethnic minority psychology. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Berry, J. (1997). Immigration, acculturation, and adaptation. Applied Psychology: An International Review, 46, 5–34. Brekke, J. S., & Barrio, C. (1997). Cross-ethnic symptom differences in schizophrenia: The influence of culture and minority status. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 23, 305–316. Bruce, M., Smith, W., Miranda, J., Hoagwood, K., & Wells, K. (2002). NIMH Affective Disorders 316 Workgroup: Community-based interventions. Mental Health Services Research, 4, 205–214. Canino, G., Canino, I., & Arroyo, W. (1997). Cultural considerations in the classification of mental disorders in children and adolescents. In T. Widiger, A. Frances, H. Pincus, R. Ross, M. First, & W. Davis (Eds.), DSM-IV sourcebook (Vol. 3, pp. 873–883). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association Press. Caracci, G., & Mezzich, J. (2001). Culture and urban mental health. In J. Mezzich & H. Fabrega (Eds.), Cultural psychiatry: International perspectives (pp. 581–594). Philadelphia: Saunders. Carballo, M., Smajkic, A., Zeric, D., Dzidowska, M., Gebre-Medhin, J., & Van Halem, J. (2004). Mental health and coping in a war situation: The case of Bosnia and Herzegovina. Journal of Biosocial Science, 36, 463–77. Carillo, E., & Lopez, A. (2001). The Latino psychiatric patient: Assessment and treatment. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association Press. Carr, S., & Sloan, T. (Eds.). (2004). Poverty and psychology: From global perspective to local practice. New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum Press. Castillo, R. J. (1996). Culture and mental illness: A client-centered approach culture and mental illness. Los Angeles: Wadsworth. Caudill, W., & Lin, T. (Eds.). (1969). Mental health research in Asia and the Pacific, Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii. Chakraborty, A. (1991). Culture, colonialism, and psychiatry. Lancet, 337, 1204–1207. Chun, K., Organista, P.,&Marin, G. (2002). Acculturation: Advances in theory, measurement, and applied research. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association Press. 33. Culture and Psychopathology 815 Clement, D. (1982). Samoan folk knowledge of mental disorder. In A.J. Marsella & G. White (Eds.), Cultural conceptions of mental health and therapy (pp. 193–213). Boston: Reidel. Crystal, S., Sambamoorthi, U., Walkup, J., & Akincigil, A. (2003). Diagnosis and treatment of depression in the elderly medicare population: Predictors, disparities, and trends. Journal of the American Geriatrics Society, 51, 1718–1728. Csordas, T. (1994). Embodiment and experience: The existential ground of culture and self. New York: Cambridge University Press. Cuellar, I., & Paniagua, F. (2000). Handbook of multicultural mental health. New York: Academic Press. Dana, R. (1998). Understanding cultural identity in intervention and assessment. Thousand Oaks, CA: 317 Sage. Docherty, J. (1997). Barriers to the diagnosis of depression in primary care. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry Supplement, 158, 5–10. Draguns, J. (1973). Comparisons of psychopathology across cultures: Issues, findings, directions. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, , 4, 9–47. Draguns, J. (1980). Psychological disorders of clinical severity. In H. Triandis & J. Draguns (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology: Vol. 6. Psychopathology (pp. 99–174). Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Draguns, J. (1990). Normal and abnormal behavior in cross-cultural perspective. In J. Berman (Ed.), Nebraska Symposium on Motivation: Cross-cultural perspectives (pp. 235–278). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Draguns, J., & Tanaka-Matsumi, J. (2003). Assessment of psychopathology across and within cultures: Issues and findings. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 41, 755–776. Edgerton, R. (1992). Sick societies: Challenging the myth of primitive harmony. New York: Free Press. Fox, S. (2003). The Mandinka nosological system in the context of post-traumatic syndromes. Transcultural Psychiatry, 4, 488–506. Gaines, A. (1995). Culture-specific delusions: Sense and nonsense in cultural context. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 18, 281–301. Gattuso, S., Fullagar, S., & Young, I. (2005). Speaking of women’s “nameless misery”: The everyday construction depression in Australia’s women’s magazines. Social Science and Medicine, 61, 1640–1648. Gfroerer, J., & Tan, L. (2003). Substance use among foreign-born youths in the United States: Does the length of residence matter? American Journal of Public Health, 93, 1892–1895. Guarnaccia, P., Parra, P., Deschamps, A., Milstein, G., & Argiles, N. (1992). Si Dios quiere: Hispanic families’ experiences of caring for a seriously mentally ill family member. Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry, 16, 187–215. Heath, D. (Ed.). (1995). International handbook on alcohol and culture. Westport, CT: Greenwood. Helzer, J., & Canino, G. (Eds.). (1992). Alcoholism in North America, Europe, and Asia. New York: Oxford University Press. Hollingshead, A., & Redlich, F. (1958). Social class and mental illness: A community study. New York:Wiley. Hollon, S., Munoz, R., Barlow, D., Beardslee, W., Bell, C., Bernal, G., et al. (2002). Psychosocial intervention development for the prevention and treatment of depression: Promoting innovation and increasing access. Biological Psychiatry, 52, 610– 318 630. Horvath, A.-M. (1997). Ethnocultural identification and the complexities of ethnicity. In K. Cushner & R. W. Brislin (Eds.), Improving intercultural interactions, V2: Models for cross-cultural training programs (pp. 165–183). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Jablensky, A., Sartorius, N., Ernberg, N., Anker, M., Korten, A., Cooper, J. E., et al. (1992). Schizophrenia: Manifestations incidence, and course in different cultures: A WHO ten country study. Psychological Medicine, 20, 1–97. (Monograph supplement) Jenkins, J. (1998). Diagnostic criteria for schizophrenia and related psychotic disorders: Integration and suppression of cultural evidence in DSM-IV. Transcultural Psychiatry, 35, 357–376. Jenkins, J., & Barrett, R. (2004). Introduction. In Schizophrenia, culture, and subjectivity: The edge of experience (pp. 1–23). New York: Cambridge University Press. Johnson, T., VanGeest, J., & Cho, Y. (2002). Migration and substance use: Evidence from the U.S. National Health Interview Survey. Substance Use and Misuse, 37, 941–972. Kanagawa, C., Cross, S., & Markus, H. (2001). “Who am I?”: The cultural psychology of the conceptual self. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 90–103. Kelly, B. (2005). Structural violence and schizophrenia. Social Science and Medicine, 61, 721–730. Kirmayer, L. (1998). Editorial: The fate of culture in DSM-IV. Transcultural Psychiatry, 35, 339–343. Kitayama, S., Markus, H., Matsumoto, H., & Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective processes in the construction of the self: Selfenhancement in the United States and self-criticism in Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 1245–1267. Kleinman, A. (1980). Patients and healers in the context of culture: An exploration of the borderland between anthropology, medicine, and psychiatry. Berkeley: University of California Press. Kleinman, A. (2004). Culture and depression. New England Journal of Medicine, 351, 951–953. Kleinman, A., & Good, B. (Eds.). (1985). Culture and depression. Berkeley: University of California Press. Kraepelin, E. (1904). Vergleichende psychaitrie [Comparative psychiatry]. Zentralblatt für Nervenheilkunde und Psychiatrie, 15, 433–437. Kroeber, A., & Kluckhohn, C. (1952). Culture: A critical review of concepts and definitions. Cambridge, MA: Peabody Museum. 816 VI. EMOTION AND MOTIVATION Lebra, W. (Ed.). (1972). Transcultural research in mental 319 health. Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii. Leighton, A. (1959). My name is legion: Foundations for a theory of man in relation to culture. New York: Basic Books. Leighton, A., Lambo, A., Hughes, C., Leighton, D., Murphy, J., & Macklin, D. (1963). Psychiatric disorder among the Yoruba. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press. Leighton, A., & Murphy, J. (1961). Cultures as causative of mental disorder. Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly, 38, 341–383. Lin, K. M., Smith, M., & Ortiz, V. (2001). Culture and psychopharmacology. In J. Mezzich & H. Fabrega (Eds.), Cultural psychiatry: International perspectives (pp. 523–538). Philadelphia: Saunders. Lin, T., Tseng, W., & Yeh, E. (1995). Chinese societies and mental health. New York: Oxford University Press. Littlewood, R., & Lipsedge, M. (1997). Aliens and alienists: Ethnic minorities and psychiatry. London: Routledge. Lorant, V., Deliege, D., Eaton,W., Robert, A., Philippot, P., & Ansseau, M. (2004). Socioeconomic inequalities in depression: A meta-analysis. American Journal of Epidemiology, 157, 98–112. Marsella, A. J. (1979). Cross-cultural studies of mental disorders. In A. J. Marsella, R. Tharp, & T. Ciborowski (Eds.), Perspectives on cross-cultural psychology (pp. 233–264). New York: Academic Press. Marsella, A. J. (1982). Culture and mental health: An overview. In A. J. Marsella & G. White (Eds.), Cultural conceptions of mental health and therapy (pp. 359–388). Boston: Reidel/Kluwer. Marsella, A. J. (1985). Culture, self, and mental disorder. In A. J. Marsella, G. DeVos, & F. Hsu (Eds.), Culture and self: Asian and Western perspectives (pp. 281–308). London: Tavistock Press. Marsella, A. J. (1987). The measurement of depressive experience and disorder across cultures. In A. J. Marsella, R. Hirtschfeld,&M. Katz (Eds.), The measurement of depression (pp. 376–397). New York: Guilford Press. Marsella, A. J. (1993). Sociocultural foundations of psychopathology: A pre-1970 historical overview. Transcultural Psychiatric Research and Review, 30, 97–142. Marsella, A. J. (1997, February 15). The plight of the Native Hawaiians. Paper presented at the Native Hawaiian Identity and Acculturation, Union of Polynesian Nations Conference, Honolulu, HI. Marsella, A. J. (1998). Urbanization, mental health, and social deviancy: A review of issues and research. 320 American Psychologist, 53, 624–634. Marsella, A. J. (1999). In search of meaning: Some thoughts on belief, doubt, and well being. International Journal of Transpersonal Studies, 18, 41–52. Marsella, A. J. (2000a). Culture and psychopathology. In A. Kazdin (Ed.), The encyclopedia of psychology. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association Press. Marsella, A. J. (2000b). Culture-bound disorders. In A. Kazdin (Ed.), The encyclopedia of psychology (pp. 407–410). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association Press. Marsella, A. J. (2004, October). Culture, alcoholism, and substance abuse. Workshop presentation at the Hawaii Psychological Association Annual Meeting, Honolulu. Marsella, A. J., Austin, A., & Grant, B. (Eds.). (2005). Cultures in transition: Social change and well-being in the Pacific Islands. New York: Springer. Marsella, A. J., Friedman, M., Gerrity, E., & Scurfield, R. (1996). Ethnocultural aspects of PTSD. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association Press. Marsella, A. J., & Higginbotham, H. (1984). Traditional Asian medicine: Applications to psychiatric services in developing nations. In P. Pedersen, N. Sartorius, & A. J. Marsella (Eds.), Mental health services: The cross-cultural context (pp. 175–197). Beverly Hills, CA: Sage. Marsella, A. J., & Kameoka, V. (1989). Ethnocultural issues in the assessment of psychopathology. In S. Wetzler (Ed.), Measuring mental illness: Psychometric assessment for clinicians (pp. 231–256).Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press. Marsella, A. J., Kaplan, A., & Suarez, E. (2002). Cultural considerations for understanding, assessing, and treating depressive experience and disorders. In M. Reinecke & J. Cohler (Eds.), Comparative treatments of depression (pp. 47–78). New York: Springer. Marsella, A. J., Kinzie, D., & Gordon, P. (1973). Ethnocultural variations in the expression of depression. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 4, 435– 458. Marsella, A. J., & Leong, F. (1995). Cross-cultural assessment of personality and career decisions. Journal of Career Assessment, 3, 202–218. Marsella, A. J., & Ring, E (2003). Human migration and immigration: An overview. In L. Adler & U. Gielen (Eds.), Migration: Immigration and emigration in international perspective (pp. 3–22). Westport, CT: Praeger. Marsella, A. J., Sartorius, N., Jablensky, A., & Fenton, R. (1985). Culture and depressive disorders. In A. 321 Kleinman & B. Good (Eds.), Culture and depression (pp. 299–324). Berkeley: University of California Press. Marsella, A. J., & Scheuer, A. (1993). Coping: Definitions, conceptualizations, and issues. Integrative Psychiatry, 9, 124–134. Marsella, A. J., Suarez, E., Leland, T., Morse, H., Digman, B., & Scheuer, A. (2002). Culture and schizophrenia: An overview of the research and clinical literature. In H. Bot, M. Braakman, L. Preijde, & W.Wassink (Eds.), Culturen op de vlucht [Cultures in transition and change]. Amsterdam: Afdeling Phoenix. 33. Culture and Psychopathology 817 Marsella, A. J., & White, G. (Eds.). (1982). Cultural conceptions of mental health and therapy. Boston: Reidel. Marsella, A. J.,&Yamada, A. (2000). Culture and mental health: An overview. In I. Cuellar & F. Paniagua (Eds.), Handbook of multicultural mental health: Assessment and treatment of diverse populations (pp. 3–26). New York: Academic Press. Mezzich, J., & Fabrega, H. (2001). Cultural psychiatry: International perspectives. Philadelphia: Saunders. Mezzich, J., Kleinman, A., Fabrega, H., & Parron, D. (Eds.). (1996). Culture and psychiatric diagnosis: A DSM-IV perspective. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press. Moreira, V. (2004). Poverty and psychopathology. In S. Carr & T. Sloan (Eds.), Poverty and psychology: From global perspective to local practice (pp. 69–86). New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum Press. Murray, C., & Lopez, A. (Eds.). (1996). Quantifying global health risks: The burden of disease attributable to selected risk factors in 1990 and projected to 2020. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Nathan, J., Marsella, A. J., & Horvath, A. (1999). An ethnosemantic analysis of the concepts of self and group among Caucasians, Japanese-Americans, and Japanese Nationals. International Journal of Intercultural Relation, 23, 711–725. O’Hare, T., & Van Tran, T. (1998). Substance abuse among Southeast Asians in the U.S.: Implications for practice and research. Social Work and Health Care, 26, 69–80. Ohnuki-Tierney, E. (1984). Illness and culture in contemporary Japan: An anthropological view. New York: Cambridge University Press. O’Nell, T. (1998). Disciplined hearts: Hearts, identity and depression in an American Indian community. Los Angeles: University of California Press. Paniagua, F. (2001). Diagnosis in a multicultural context. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. 322 Patel, V., & Kleinman, A. (2003). Poverty and common mental disorders in developing countries. Bulletin of the World Health Organization, 81, 609–613. Phoon, W., & Macindoe, I. (Eds.). (2003). Untangling the threads: Perspectives on mental health in Chinese communities. Parramatta, Australia: Transcultural Mental Health Centre. Ponterotto, J., Gretchen, D., & Chauhan, R. (2001). Cultural identity and multicultural assessment: Quantitative and qualitative tools for the clinician In L. Suzuki & J. Ponterotto, et al. (Eds.), Handbook of multicultural assessment: Clinical, psychological, and educational applications (2nd ed., pp. 67–99). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Richardson, L., DiGiuseppe, D., Garrison, M., & Christakis, D. (2003). Depression in Medicaidcovered youth: Differences by race and ethnicity. Archives of Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine, 157, 984–989. Rogler, L. (1997). Framing research on culture in psychiatric diagnosis: The case of the DSM-IV. Psychiatry, 59, 145–155. Rudmin, F. (2003). Critical history of the acculturation, psychology of assimilation, separation, integration, and marginalization. Review of General Psychology, 7, 3–37. Schmitz, P. (2003). Psychosocial factors of immigration and emigration: An introduction. In L. Adler & U. Gielen (Eds.), Migration: Immigration and emigration in international perspective (pp. 23–50). Westport, CT: Praeger. Simons, R., & Hughes, C. (Eds.). (1985). The culturebound syndromes. Boston: Reidel/Kluwer. Straussner, S. (Ed.). (2001). Ethnocultural factors in substance abuse. New York: Guilford Press. Suhail, K., & Cochrane, R. (2002). Effect of culture and environment on the phenomenology of delusions and hallucinations. International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 48, 126–138. Telles, M., & Karno, M. (Eds.). (1994). Latino mental health: Current research and policy perspectives. Los Angeles: Neuropsychiatric Institute, University of California at Los Angeles. Triandis, H., & Draguns, J. (Eds.). (1981). Handbook of cross-cultural psychology: Vol. 6. Psychopathology. Boston: Allyn & Bacon. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. (2001). Mental health: Culture, race, and ethnicity (DHHS, Public Health Service, Office of the Surgeon General). Rockville, MD: U.S. Government Printing Office. VanGeest, J., & Johnson, T. (1997). Substance use patterns among homeless migrants and nonmigrants in 323 Chicago. Substance Use and Misuse, 32, 877–907. Ward, C. (1997). Culture learning, acculturative stress, and psychopathology: Three perspectives on acculturation. Applied Psychology: An International Review, 46, 58–62. Weiss, M. (2001). Cultural epidemiology: An introduction and overview. Anthropology and Medicine, 8, 5–29. Wells, K., Miranda, J., Bruce, M., Alegria, M., & Wallerstein, N. (2004). Bridging community intervention and mental health services research. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 955–963. World Health Organization World Mental Health Consortium. (2004). Prevalence, severity, and unmet need for treatment of mental disorders in the WHOWorld Mental Health Surveys. Journal of the American Medical Association, 291, 2581–2590. Yamada, A-M. (1998). Multidimensional identification. In T. Singelis (Ed.), Teaching about culture, ethnicity, and diversity (pp. 141–149). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Yamada, A-M., Marsella, A. J., & Atuel, H. (2002). Development of a Cultural Identification Battery for Asian and Pacific Islander Americans in Hawai’i. Asian Psychologist, 3, 11–20. Atran, S., Medin, D. L., & Ross, N. O. (2005). The cultural mind: Environmental decision making and cultural modeling within and across populations. Psychological Review, 112, 774–776. Barkow, G., Cosmides, L., & Tooby, J. (Eds.). (1992). The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the generation of culture. New York: Oxford University Press. Berlin, I. (1976). Vico and Herder: Two studies in the history of ideas. London: Hogarth Press. Berry, J.W., Poortinga, Y. H., Segall, M. H.,&Dasen, P. R. (2002). Cross-cultural psychology: Research and applications (2nd ed.). New York: Cambridge University Press. Bruner, J. S. (1990). Acts of meaning. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Choi, I., Nisbett, R. E., & Norenzayan, A. (1999). Causal attribution across cultures: Variation and universality. Psychological Bulletin, 125, 47–63. Cohen, D. (2001). Cultural variation: Considerations and implications. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 451– 471. Cohen, D., & Nisbett, R. E. (1997). Field experiments examining the culture of honor: The role of institutions in perpetuating norms about violence. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 1188–1199. Cohen, D., Nisbett, R. E., Bowdle, B. F., & Schwarz, N. (1996). Insult, aggression, and the southern culture 324 of honor: An “experimental ethnography.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 945–960. Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology: A once and future discipline. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press. Fiske, A. P., Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Nisbett, R. E. (1998). The cultural matrix of social psychology. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (4th ed., pp. 915– 981). Boston: McGraw-Hill. Gardner, W. L., Gabriel, S., & Lee, A. Y. (1999). “I” value freedom, but “we” value relationships: Selfconstrual priming mirrors cultural differences in judgment. Psychological Science, 10, 321–326. Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures. New York: Basic Books. Gray, J. (1996). Isaiah Berlin. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1997). Culture, dissonance, and self-affirmation. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 389–400. Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for positive self-regard? Psychological Review, 106, 766794. Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Peng, K., & Greenholtz, J. (2002). What’s wrong with cross-cultural comparisons of subjective Likert scales? The reference-group effect. Journal of personality and Social Psychology, 82, 903–918. Henrich, J., Boyd, R., Bowles, S., Camerer, C., Fehr, E., Gintis, H., et al. (2005). “Economic Man” in crosscultural perspective: Behavioral experiments in 15 small-scale societies. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 28(6), 795–815. Hofstede, G. (1980). Culture’s consequences: International differences in work-related values. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage. Hong, Y., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Benet-Martínez, V. (2000). Multicultural minds: A dynamic constructivist approach to culture and cognition. American Psychologist, 55, 709–720. Jahoda, G. (1993). Crossroads between culture and mind: Continuities and change in theories of human nature. London: Harvester Wheatsheaf, and Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Kim, H. S., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Deviance or uniqueness, harmony or conformity?: A cultural analysis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 785–800. Kitayama, S. (2002). Cultural and basic psychological processes-toward a system view of culture: Comment on Oyserman et al. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 189– 325 196. Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Yin and yang of the Japanese self: The cultural psychology of personality coherence. In D. Cervone & Y. Shoda (Eds.), The coherence of personality: Social cognitive bases of personality consistency, variability, and organization (pp. 242–302). New York: Guilford Press. Kitayama, S., Duffy, S., Kawamura, T., & Larsen, J. (2003). Perceiving an object and its context in different cultures: A cultural look at new look. Psychological Science, 14, 201–206. Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Kurokawa, M. (2000). Culture, emotion and well-being: Good feelings in Japan and the U.S. Cognition and Emotion, 14(1), 93– 124. Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., Matsumoto, H., & Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective processes in the construction of the self: Self-enhancement in the United States and self-criticism in Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 1245–1267. Kroeber, A. L., & Kluckhohn, C. (1966). Culture: A critical review of concepts and definitions. New York: Vintage. (Original work published 1952) Kühnen, U., & Oyserman, D. (2002). Thinking about the self influences thinking in general: Cognitive consequences of salient self-concept. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 492–499. Lehman, D. R., Chiu, C., & Schaller, M. (2004). Psychology and culture. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 689–714. Markus, H. R., Mullally, P. R., & Kitayama, S. (1997). Selfways: Diversity in modes of cultural participation. In U. Neisser & D. Jopling (Eds.), The conceptual self in context: Culture, experience, self-understanding (pp. 13–62). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Markus, H., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253. Masuda, T., & Nisbett, R. E. (2001). Attending holistically versus analytically: Comparing the context sensitivity of Japanese and Americans. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 922–934. Medin, D. L., & Atran, S. (2004). The native mind: Biological categorization and reasoning in development and across cultures. Psychological Review, 111, 960– 983. Miller, J. G. (1984). Culture and the development of everyday social explanation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 961–978. Miller, P., Wiley, A. R., Fung, H., & Liang, C-h. (1997). Personal storytelling as a medium of socialization in 326 Chinese and American families. Child Development, 68, 557–568. Miyamoto, Y., Nisbett, R. E., & Masuda, T. (2006). Culture and the physical environment: Holistic versus analytic perceptual affordances. Psychological Science, 17, 113–119. Morris, M., & Peng, K. (1994). Culture and cause: American and Chinese attributions for social and physical events. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 949–971. Nisbett, R. E. (2003). The geography of thought: Why we think the way we do. New York: Free Press. Nisbett, R. E., Peng, K., Choi, I., & Norenzayan, A. (2001). Culture and systems of thought: Holistic vs. analytic cognition. Psychological Review, 108, 291– 310. Oyserman, D., Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M. (2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism: Evaluation of theoretical and assumptions and metaanalyses. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 3–72. Peng, K., Nisbett, R. E., & Wong, N. (1997). Validity problems of cross-cultural value comparison and possible solutions. Psychological Methods, 2, 329– 341. Rogoff, B. (1990). Apprenticeship in thinking: Cognitive development in social context. New York: Oxford University Press. Romney, A. K., & D’Andrade, R. (Eds.). (1964). Transcultural studies in cognition [Special issue]. American Anthropologist, 66(3). Ross, M., Xun, W. Q. E., & Wilson, A. E. (2002). Language and the bicultural self. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1040–1050. Sanchez-Burks, J. (2002). Protestant relational ideology and (in) attention to relational cues in work settings. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 919. Shweder, R. A. (1984). Anthropology’s romantic rebellion against the enlightenment, or, there is more to thinking than reason and evidence. In R. A. Shweder & R. A. LeVine (Eds.), Culture theory: Essays on mind, self, and emotion (pp. 27–66). New York: Cambridge University Press. Shweder, R. A. (1990a). Cultural psychology: What is it? In J. W. Stigler, R. A. Shweder, & G. Herdt (Eds.), Cultural psychology: Essays on comparative human development. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Shweder, R. A. (1990b). In defense of moral realism. Child Development, 61, 2060–2067. Shweder, R. A. (1991). Thinking through cultures: Expeditions in cultural psychology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 327 Shweder, R. A. (1992). Ghost busters in anthropology. In C. Strauss & R. G. D’Andrade (Eds.), Human motives and cultural models (pp. 45–58). New York: Cambridge University Press. Shweder, R. A. (1996). True ethnography: The lore, the law and the lure. In R. Jessor, A. Colby, & R. A. Shweder (Eds.), Ethnography and human development: Context and meaning in social inquiry. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Shweder, R. A. (1999). Why cultural psychology? Ethos: Journal of the Society for Psychological Anthropology, 27, 62–73. Shweder, R. A. (2003a). Toward a deep cultural psychology of shame. Social Research, 70, 1401–1422. Shweder, R. A. (2003b). Why do men barbecue? Recipes for cultural psychology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Shweder, R. A. (2004). Deconstructing the emotions for the sake of comparative research. In A. S. R. Manstead, N. Frijda, & A. Fischer (Eds.), Feelings and emotions: The Amsterdam Symposium (pp. 81–97). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Shweder, R. A., & Bourne, L. (1984). Does the concept of the person vary cross-culturally? In R. A. Shweder & R. A. LeVine (Eds.), Culture theory: Essays on mind, self, and emotion (pp. 158–199). New York: Cambridge University Press. Shweder, R. A., Balle-Jensen, L., & Goldstein, W. (1995). Who sleeps by whom revisited: A method for extracting the moral goods implicit in praxis. In J. J. Goodnow, P. J. Miller, & F. Kessell (Eds.), Cultural practices as contexts for development: New directions for child development. San Francisco: JosseyBass. Shweder, R. A., Goodnow, J., Hatano, G., LeVine, R., Markus, H., & Miller, P. (2006). The cultural psychology of development: One mind, many mentalities. In R. Lerner (Ed.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 1. Theoretical models of human development (6th ed., pp. 716–792). New York: Wiley. 34. An Anthropological Perspective 835 Shweder, R. A., & Haidt, J. (2000). The cultural psychology of the emotions: Ancient and new. In M. Lewis & J. M. Haviland (Eds.), Handbook of emotions (pp. 397–414). New York: Guilford Press. Shweder, R. A., & LeVine, R. A. (Eds.). (1984). Culture theory: Essays on mind, self, and emotion. New York: Cambridge University Press. Shweder, R. A., Mahapatra, M., & Miller, J. G. (1990). Culture and moral development. In J. Stigler, R. A. Shweder, & G. Herdt (Eds.), Cultural psychology: 328 Essays on comparative human development (pp. 138–204). New York: Cambridge University Press. Shweder, R. A.,&Much, N. C. (1987). Determinants of meaning: Discourse and moral socialization. In W. Kurtines & J. Gewirtz (Eds.), Moral development through social interaction (pp. 245–280). New York: Wiley. Shweder, R. A., Much, N. C., Mahapatra, M., & Park, L. (1997). The big three of morality (autonomy, community, divinity) and the big three explanations of suffering. In A. Brandt & P. Rozin (Eds.), Morality and health (pp. 119–169). New York: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Shweder, R. A., & Sullivan, M. (1990). The semiotic subject of cultural psychology. In L. Pervin (Ed.), Handbook of personality: Theory and research (pp. 399–416). New York: Guilford Press. Shweder, R. A., & Sullivan, M. (1993). Cultural psychology: Who needs it? Annual Review of Psychology, 44, 497–523. Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture: A naturalistic approach. London: Blackwell. Tomasello, M. (1999). The cultural origins of human cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Trafimow, D., Triandis, H. C., & Goto, S. G. (1991). Some tests of the distinction between the private self and the collective self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 649–655. Triandis, H. C. (1989). The self and social behavior in differing cultural-contexts. Psychological Review, 96, 506–520. Triandis, H. C. (1990). Cross-cultural studies of individualism and collectivism. In J. Berman (Ed.), Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 1989 (pp. 41– 133). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes (M. Cole, V. John-Steiner, S. Scribner & E. Souberman, Eds.). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Weber,M. (1930). Protestant ethic and the spirit of capitalism. Winchester, MA: Allen & Unwin. (Original work published 1904) Whiting, J. W. M., & Child, I. (1953). Child training and personality. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Yang, K.-S. (2000). Monocultural and cross-cultural indigenous approaches: The royal road to the development of a balanced global human psychology. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 3, 241–263. Chiu, L.-H. (1972). A cross-cultural comparison of cognitive styles in Chinese and American children. International 329 Journal of Psychology, 7, 235–242. Choi, I. (1998). The cultural psychology of surprise: Holistic theories, contradiction, and epistemic curiosity. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. Choi, I., & Nisbett, R. E. (1998). Situational salience and cultural differences in the correspondence bias and in the actor–observer bias. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 24, 949–960. Choi, I., & Nisbett, R. E. (2000). The cultural psychology of surprise: Holistic theories and recognition of contradiction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 9, 890–905. Chua, H. F., Boland, J. E., & Nisbett, R. E. (2005). Cultural variation in eye movements during scene perception. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science of the USA, 102, 12629–12633. Cohen, D. (1998). Culture, social organization, and patterns of violence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75, 408–419. Cohen, D. (2006). Tradition’s thread. Unpublished manuscript, University of Illinois, Urbana–Champaign. Cohen, D., Nisbett, R. E., Bowdle, B., & Schwarz, N. (1996). Insult, aggression, and the Southern culture of honor: An “experimental ethnography.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 945–960. Cohen, D., Vandello, J., Puente, S., & Rantilla, A. (1999). “When you call me that, smile!” Social Psychology Quarterly, 62, 257–275. Gardner, W. L., Gabriel, S., & Lee, A. Y. (1999). “I” value freedom, but “we” value relationships: Selfconstrual priming mirrors cultural differences in judgment. Psychological Science, 10, 321–326. Haberstroh, S., Kühnen, U., Oyserman, D., & Schwarz, N. (2000). Is the interdependent self a better communicator than the independent self?: Self-construal and the observation of conversational norms. Heidelberg: University of Heidelberg. Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1997). Culture, dissonance, and self-affirmation. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 81, 599–615. Hong, Y.-Y., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C.-Y., & BenetMartinez, V. (2000). Multicultural minds: A dynamic constructivist approach to culture and cognition. American Psychologist, 55, 709–720. Ji, L.-J., Zhang, Z., & Nisbett, R. E. (2004). Is it culture or is it language?: Examination of language effects in cross-cultural research on categorization. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 87, 57–65. Kitayama, S., Duffy, S., Kawamura, T., & Larson, J. T. (2003). Perceiving an object and its context in different cultures: A cultural look at New Look. Psychological Science, 14, 201–206. 330 Kühnen, U., Hannover, B., & Schubert, B. (2001). The semantic–procedural interface model of the self: The role of self-knowledge for context-dependent versus context-independent modes of thinking. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 397–409. Kühnen, U., & Oyserman, D. (2002). Thinking about the self influences thinking in general: Cognitive consequences of salient self-concept. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 492–499. Leung, A. & Cohen, D. (2006). Honor, face, and dignity: Ideal types and experiments. Unpublished manuscript, University of Illinois, Urbana– champaign. Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253. Masuda, T., & Nisbett, R. E. (2001). Attending holistically vs. analytically: Comparing the context sensitivity of Japanese and Americans. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 922–934. Miller, J. G. (1984). Culture and the development of everyday social explanation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 961–978. Miyamoto, Y., Nisbett, R. E., & Masuda, T. (2006). Culture and physical environment: Holistic versus analytic perceptual affordances. Psychological Science, 17, 113–119. Nisbett, R. E. (2005). The ghosts of cultural psychology. In R. Sorrentino, D. Cohen, J. Olson, & M. P. Zanna (Eds.), Culture and social behavior: The tenth Ontario Symposium. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Nisbett, R. E., & Cohen, D. (1996). Culture of honor: The psychology of violence in the South. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Norenzayan, A., & Nisbett, R. E. (2000). Culture and causal cognition. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 9, 132–135. Norenzayan, A., Smith, E. E., Kim, B. J., & Nisbett, R. E. (2002). Cultural preferences for formal versus intuitive reasoning. Cognitive Science, 26, 653– 684. Peng, K., & Nisbett, R. E. (1999). Culture, dialectics, and reasoning about contradiction. American Psychologist, 54, 741–754. Trafimow, D., Triandis, H. C., & Goto, S. G. (1991). Some tests of the distinction between the private self and the collective self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 649–655. Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Bond, M., Leung, K., Au, A., Tong, K., De Carrasquel, S., Murakami, F., et al. (2004). Cultural dimensions of social axioms and their correlates across 41 cultures. 331 Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 35, 548–570. Braudel, F. (1980). On history. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Cohen, D., Hoshino-Browne, E., & Leung, A. K.-y. (2007). Culture and the structure of personal experience: Insider and outsider phenomenologies of the self and social world. In M. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (pp. 1–67). San Diego: Academic Press. Fu, J., Morris, M., Lee, S., Chao, M., Chiu, C. Y., & Hong, Y.-y. (in press). Epistemic motives and cultural conformity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology. Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures. New York: Basic Books. Harmon-Jones, E. & Winkielman, P. (2007). A brief overview of social neuroscience. In E. Harmon-Jones & P. Winkielman (Eds.), Social neuroscience: Integrating biological and psychological explanations of social behavior (pp. 3–11). New York: Guilford Press. Heine, S., Lehman, D., Markus, H., & Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for positive selfregard? Psychological Review, 106, 766–794. Hoshino-Browne, E., Zanna, A. S., Spencer, S.J., Zanna, M. P., Kitayama, S., & Lackenbauer, S. (2005). On the cultural guises of cognitive dissonance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 89, 294–310. Huntington, S. P. (1996). The clash of civilizations and the remaking of world order. New York: Simon & Schuster. Kim, H. (2002). We talk, therefore we think? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 828–842. Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. (1999). Yin and yang of the Japanese self. In D. Cervone & Y. Shoda (Eds.), The coherence of personality: Social-cognitive bases of consistency, variability, and organization (pp. 242–302). New York: Guilford Press. Kitayama, S., Markus, H., Matsumoto, H., & Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective processes in the construction of the self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 1245–1267. Konner,M. (2002). The tangled wing. New York: Holt. Leung, A. K-y. & Cohen, D. (2007). Within- and between-culture variation. Unpublished manuscript, University of Illinois. Leung, A. K-y., & Cohen, D. (in press). The soft embodiment of culture. Psychological Science. LeVine, R. (2001). Culture and personality studies, 1918–1960: Myths and history. Journal of Personality, 69, 803–818. Moore, B. (1966). Social origins of dictatorship and democracy. New York: Beacon. 332 Norenzayan, A., & Heine, S. J. (2005). Psychological universals: What are they and how can we know? Psychological Bulletin, 131, 763–784. Rozin, P., Haidt, J., & McCauley, C. (2000). Disgust. In M. Lewis & J. Haviland (Eds.), The Handbook of Emotions (2nd ed., pp. 637–653). New York: Guilford Press. Shweder, R. (1993). “Why do men barbeque” and other postmodern ironies of growing up in the decade of ethnicity. Daedalus, 122, 279–308. Shweder, R. (2000). Moral maps, “first world” conceits, and the new evangelists. In L. Harrison & S. Huntington (Eds.), Culture matters (pp. 158–176). New York: Basic Books. Snibbe, A. C., & Markus, H. R. (2005). You can’t always get what you want: Educational attainment, agency, and choice. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 88, 703–720. Tsai, J., Louie, J., Chen, E., & Uchida, Y. (2007). Learning what feelings to desire. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 33, 17–30. 333